the mysterious island- jules verne
TRANSCRIPT
7/29/2019 The Mysterious Island- Jules Verne
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/the-mysterious-island-jules-verne 1/365
le:///E|/BOOKS/jules%20verne/The%20Mysterious%20Island.txt
e Project Gutenberg EBook The Mysterious Island, by Jules Verne
in our series by Jules Verne
pyright laws are changing all over the world. Be sure to check the
pyright laws for your country before downloading or redistributing
is or any other Project Gutenberg eBook.
is header should be the first thing seen when viewing this Project
tenberg file. Please do not remove it. Do not change or edit the
ader without written permission.
ease read the "legal small print," and other information about the
ook and Project Gutenberg at the bottom of this file. Included is
portant information about your specific rights and restrictions in
w the file may be used. You can also find out about how to make a
nation to Project Gutenberg, and how to get involved.
Welcome To The World of Free Plain Vanilla Electronic Texts**
EBooks Readable By Both Humans and By Computers, Since 1971**
***These EBooks Were Prepared By Thousands of Volunteers*****
tle: The Mysterious Island
thor: Jules Verne
lease Date: April, 1998 [EBook #1268]
es, we are more than one year ahead of schedule]
his file was last updated on November 09, 2002]
ition: 11
nguage: English
aracter set encoding: ASCII
* START OF THE PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK THE MYSTERIOUS ISLAND, BY VERNE***
is etext was first prepared by Anthony Matonak
is updated edition was produced by David Widger <[email protected]>
tensive proofing was done by Trevor Carlson
e Mysterious Island
Jules Verne
74
RT 1--DROPPED FROM THE CLOUDS
apter 1
le:///E|/BOOKS/jules%20verne/The%20Mysterious%20Island.txt (1 of 366) [8/4/2003 1:56:45 PM]
7/29/2019 The Mysterious Island- Jules Verne
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/the-mysterious-island-jules-verne 2/365
le:///E|/BOOKS/jules%20verne/The%20Mysterious%20Island.txt
re we rising again?" "No. On the contrary." "Are we descending?" "Worse
an that, captain! we are falling!" "For Heaven's sake heave out the
llast!" "There! the last sack is empty!" "Does the balloon rise?" "No!"
hear a noise like the dashing of waves. The sea is below the car! It
nnot be more than 500 feet from us!" "Overboard with every weight!
. . everything!"
ch were the loud and startling words which resounded through the air,
ove the vast watery desert of the Pacific, about four o'clock in the
ening of the 23rd of March, 1865.
w can possibly have forgotten the terrible storm from the northeast, in
e middle of the equinox of that year. The tempest raged without
termission from the 18th to the 26th of March. Its ravages were terrible
America, Europe, and Asia, covering a distance of eighteen hundred
les, and extending obliquely to the equator from the thirty-fifth north
rallel to the fortieth south parallel. Towns were overthrown, forests
rooted, coasts devastated by the mountains of water which were
ecipitated on them, vessels cast on the shore, which the published
counts numbered by hundreds, whole districts leveled by waterspouts which
stroyed everything they passed over, several thousand people crushed on
nd or drowned at sea; such were the traces of its fury, left by this
vastating tempest. It surpassed in disasters those which so frightfullyvaged Havana and Guadalupe, one on the 25th of October, 1810, the other
the 26th of July, 1825.
t while so many catastrophes were taking place on land and at sea, a
ama not less exciting was being enacted in the agitated air.
fact, a balloon, as a ball might be carried on the summit of a
terspout, had been taken into the circling movement of a column of air
d had traversed space at the rate of ninety miles an hour, turning round
d round as if seized by some aerial maelstrom.
neath the lower point of the balloon swung a car, containing five
ssengers, scarcely visible in the midst of the thick vapor mingled with
ray which hung over the surface of the ocean.
ence, it may be asked, had come that plaything of the tempest? From
at part of the world did it rise? It surely could not have started during
e storm. But the storm had raged five days already, and the first
mptoms were manifested on the 18th. It cannot be doubted that the balloon
me from a great distance, for it could not have traveled less than two
ousand miles in twenty-four hours.
any rate the passengers, destitute of all marks for their guidance,
uld not have possessed the means of reckoning the route traversed since
eir departure. It was a remarkable fact that, although in the very midst
the furious tempest, they did not suffer from it. They were thrown about
d whirled round and round without feeling the rotation in the slightest
gree, or being sensible that they were removed from a horizontal
sition.
eir eyes could not pierce through the thick mist which had gathered
neath the car. Dark vapor was all around them. Such was the density of
e atmosphere that they could not be certain whether it was day or night.
reflection of light, no sound from inhabited land, no roaring of the
ean could have reached them, through the obscurity, while suspended in
ose elevated zones. Their rapid descent alone had informed them of the
ngers which they ran from the waves. However, the balloon, lightened of
avy articles, such as ammunition, arms, and provisions, had risen into
le:///E|/BOOKS/jules%20verne/The%20Mysterious%20Island.txt (2 of 366) [8/4/2003 1:56:45 PM]
7/29/2019 The Mysterious Island- Jules Verne
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/the-mysterious-island-jules-verne 3/365
le:///E|/BOOKS/jules%20verne/The%20Mysterious%20Island.txt
e higher layers of the atmosphere, to a height of 4,500 feet. The
yagers, after having discovered that the sea extended beneath them, and
inking the dangers above less dreadful than those below, did not hesitate
throw overboard even their most useful articles, while they endeavored
lose no more of that fluid, the life of their enterprise, which
stained them above the abyss.
e night passed in the midst of alarms which would have been death to
ss energetic souls. Again the day appeared and with it the tempest began
moderate. From the beginning of that day, the 24th of March, it showed
mptoms of abating. At dawn, some of the lighter clouds had risen into there lofty regions of the air. In a few hours the wind had changed from a
rricane to a fresh breeze, that is to say, the rate of the transit of the
mospheric layers was diminished by half. It was still what sailors call
close-reefed topsail breeze," but the commotion in the elements had none
e less considerably diminished.
wards eleven o'clock, the lower region of the air was sensibly clearer.
e atmosphere threw off that chilly dampness which is felt after the
ssage of a great meteor. The storm did not seem to have gone farther to
e west. It appeared to have exhausted itself. Could it have passed away
electric sheets, as is sometimes the case with regard to the typhoons of
e Indian Ocean?
t at the same time, it was also evident that the balloon was again
owly descending with a regular movement. It appeared as if it were,
ttle by little, collapsing, and that its case was lengthening and
tending, passing from a spherical to an oval form. Towards midday the
lloon was hovering above the sea at a height of only 2,000 feet. It
ntained 50,000 cubic feet of gas, and, thanks to its capacity, it could
intain itself a long time in the air, although it should reach a great
titude or might be thrown into a horizontal position.
rceiving their danger, the passengers cast away the last articles which
ill weighed down the car, the few provisions they had kept, everything,
en to their pocket-knives, and one of them, having hoisted himself on to
e circles which united the cords of the net, tried to secure more firmlye lower point of the balloon.
was, however, evident to the voyagers that the gas was failing, and
at the balloon could no longer be sustained in the higher regions. They
st infallibly perish!
ere was not a continent, nor even an island, visible beneath them. The
tery expanse did not present a single speck of land, not a solid surface
on which their anchor could hold.
was the open sea, whose waves were still dashing with tremendous
olence! It was the ocean, without any visible limits, even for those
ose gaze, from their commanding position, extended over a radius of forty
les. The vast liquid plain, lashed without mercy by the storm, appeared
if covered with herds of furious chargers, whose white and disheveled
ests were streaming in the wind. No land was in sight, not a solitary
ip could be seen. It was necessary at any cost to arrest their downward
urse, and to prevent the balloon from being engulfed in the waves. The
yagers directed all their energies to this urgent work. But,
twithstanding their efforts, the balloon still fell, and at the same time
ifted with the greatest rapidity, following the direction of the wind,
at is to say, from the northeast to the southwest.
ightful indeed was the situation of these unfortunate men. They were
idently no longer masters of the machine. All their attempts were
le:///E|/BOOKS/jules%20verne/The%20Mysterious%20Island.txt (3 of 366) [8/4/2003 1:56:45 PM]
7/29/2019 The Mysterious Island- Jules Verne
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/the-mysterious-island-jules-verne 4/365
le:///E|/BOOKS/jules%20verne/The%20Mysterious%20Island.txt
eless. The case of the balloon collapsed more and more. The gas escaped
thout any possibility of retaining it. Their descent was visibly
celerated, and soon after midday the car hung within 600 feet of the
ean.
was impossible to prevent the escape of gas, which rushed through a
rge rent in the silk. By lightening the car of all the articles which it
ntained, the passengers had been able to prolong their suspension in the
r for a few hours. But the inevitable catastrophe could only be retarded,
d if land did not appear before night, voyagers, car, and balloon must to
certainty vanish beneath the waves.
ey now resorted to the only remaining expedient. They were truly
untless men, who knew how to look death in the face. Not a single murmur
caped from their lips. They were determined to struggle to the last
nute, to do anything to retard their fall. The car was only a sort of
llow basket, unable to float, and there was not the slightest possibility
maintaining it on the surface of the sea.
o more hours passed and the balloon was scarcely 400 feet above the
ter.
that moment a loud voice, the voice of a man whose heart was
accessible to fear, was heard. To this voice responded others not less
termined. "Is everything thrown out?" "No, here are still 2,000 dollars
gold." A heavy bag immediately plunged into the sea. "Does the balloon
se?" "A little, but it will not be long before it falls again." "What
ill remains to be thrown out?" "Nothing." "Yes! the car!" "Let us catch
ld of the net, and into the sea with the car."
is was, in fact, the last and only mode of lightening the balloon. The
pes which held the car were cut, and the balloon, after its fall, mounted
000 feet. The five voyagers had hoisted themselves into the net, and
ung to the meshes, gazing at the abyss.
e delicate sensibility of balloons is well known. It is sufficient to
row out the lightest article to produce a difference in its vertical
sition. The apparatus in the air is like a balance of mathematical
ecision. It can be thus easily understood that when it is lightened of
y considerable weight its movement will be impetuous and sudden. So it
ppened on this occasion. But after being suspended for an instant aloft,
e balloon began to redescend, the gas escaping by the rent which it was
possible to repair.
e men had done all that men could do. No human efforts could save them
w.
ey must trust to the mercy of Him who rules the elements.
four o'clock the balloon was only 500 feet above the surface of the
ter.
loud barking was heard. A dog accompanied the voyagers, and was held
essed close to his master in the meshes of the net.
op has seen something," cried one of the men. Then immediately a loud
ice shouted,--
and! land!" The balloon, which the wind still drove towards the
uthwest, had since daybreak gone a considerable distance, which might be
ckoned by hundreds of miles, and a tolerably high land had, in fact,
peared in that direction. But this land was still thirty miles off. It
uld not take less than an hour to get to it, and then there was the
le:///E|/BOOKS/jules%20verne/The%20Mysterious%20Island.txt (4 of 366) [8/4/2003 1:56:45 PM]
7/29/2019 The Mysterious Island- Jules Verne
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/the-mysterious-island-jules-verne 5/365
le:///E|/BOOKS/jules%20verne/The%20Mysterious%20Island.txt
ance of falling to leeward.
hour! Might not the balloon before that be emptied of all the fluid it
t retained?
ch was the terrible question! The voyagers could distinctly see that
lid spot which they must reach at any cost. They were ignorant of what it
s, whether an island or a continent, for they did not know to what part
the world the hurricane had driven them. But they must reach this land,
ether inhabited or desolate, whether hospitable or not.
was evident that the balloon could no longer support itself! Several
mes already had the crests of the enormous billows licked the bottom of
e net, making it still heavier, and the balloon only half rose, like a
rd with a wounded wing. Half an hour later the land was not more than a
le off, but the balloon, exhausted, flabby, hanging in great folds, had
s in its upper part alone. The voyagers, clinging to the net, were still
o heavy for it, and soon, half plunged into the sea, they were beaten by
e furious waves. The balloon-case bulged out again, and the wind, taking
, drove it along like a vessel. Might it not possibly thus reach the
nd?
t, when only two fathoms off, terrible cries resounded from four pairs
lungs at once. The balloon, which had appeared as if it would neverain rise, suddenly made an unexpected bound, after having been struck by
tremendous sea. As if it had been at that instant relieved of a new part
its weight, it mounted to a height of 1,500 feet, and here it met a
rrent of wind, which instead of taking it directly to the coast, carried
in a nearly parallel direction.
last, two minutes later, it reproached obliquely, and finally fell
a sandy beach, out of the reach of the waves.
e voyagers, aiding each other, managed to disengage themselves from the
shes of the net. The balloon, relieved of their weight, was taken by the
nd, and like a wounded bird which revives for an instant, disappeared
to space.
t the car had contained five passengers, with a dog, and the balloon
ly left four on the shore.
e missing person had evidently been swept off by the sea, which had
st struck the net, and it was owing to this circumstance that the
ghtened balloon rose the last time, and then soon after reached the land.
arcely had the four castaways set foot on firm ground, than they all,
inking of the absent one, simultaneously exclaimed, "Perhaps he will try
swim to land! Let us save him! let us save him!"
apter 2
ose whom the hurricane had just thrown on this coast were neither
ronauts by profession nor amateurs. They were prisoners of war whose
ldness had induced them to escape in this extraordinary manner.
hundred times they had almost perished! A hundred times had they almost
llen from their torn balloon into the depths of the ocean. But Heaven had
served them for a strange destiny, and after having, on the 20th of
rch, escaped from Richmond, besieged by the troops of General Ulysses
ant, they found themselves seven thousand miles from the capital of
rginia, which was the principal stronghold of the South, during the
rrible War of Secession. Their aerial voyage had lasted five days.
le:///E|/BOOKS/jules%20verne/The%20Mysterious%20Island.txt (5 of 366) [8/4/2003 1:56:45 PM]
7/29/2019 The Mysterious Island- Jules Verne
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/the-mysterious-island-jules-verne 6/365
le:///E|/BOOKS/jules%20verne/The%20Mysterious%20Island.txt
e curious circumstances which led to the escape of the prisoners were
follows:
at same year, in the month of February, 1865, in one of the coups de
in by which General Grant attempted, though in vain, to possess himself
Richmond, several of his officers fell into the power of the enemy and
re detained in the town. One of the most distinguished was Captain Cyrus
rding. He was a native of Massachusetts, a first-class engineer, to whom
e government had confided, during the war, the direction of the railways,
ich were so important at that time. A true Northerner, thin, bony, lean,out forty-five years of age; his close-cut hair and his beard, of which
only kept a thick mustache, were already getting gray. He had one-of
ose finely-developed heads which appear made to be struck on a medal,
ercing eyes, a serious mouth, the physiognomy of a clever man of the
litary school. He was one of those engineers who began by handling the
mmer and pickaxe, like generals who first act as common soldiers. Besides
ntal power, he also possessed great manual dexterity. His muscles
hibited remarkable proofs of tenacity. A man of action as well as a man
thought, all he did was without effort to one of his vigorous and
nguine temperament. Learned, clear-headed, and practical, he fulfilled in
l emergencies those three conditions which united ought to insure human
ccess--activity of mind and body, impetuous wishes, and powerful will. He
ght have taken for his motto that of William of Orange in the 17thntury: "I can undertake and persevere even without hope of success."
rus Harding was courage personified. He had been in all the battles of
at war. After having begun as a volunteer at Illinois, under Ulysses
ant, he fought at Paducah, Belmont, Pittsburg Landing, at the siege of
rinth, Port Gibson, Black River, Chattanooga, the Wilderness, on the
tomac, everywhere and valiantly, a soldier worthy of the general who
id, "I never count my dead!" And hundreds of times Captain Harding had
most been among those who were not counted by the terrible Grant; but in
ese combats where he never spared himself, fortune favored him till the
ment when he was wounded and taken prisoner on the field of battle near
chmond. At the same time and on the same day another important personage
ll into the hands of the Southerners. This was no other than Gideon
ilen, a reporter for the New York Herald, who had been ordered to follow
e changes of the war in the midst of the Northern armies.
deon Spilett was one of that race of indomitable English or American
roniclers, like Stanley and others, who stop at nothing to obtain exact
formation, and transmit it to their journal in the shortest possible
me. The newspapers of the Union, such as the New York Herald, are genuine
wers, and their reporters are men to be reckoned with. Gideon Spilett
nked among the first of those reporters: a man of great merit, energetic,
ompt and ready for anything, full of ideas, having traveled over the
ole world, soldier and artist, enthusiastic in council, resolute in
tion, caring neither for trouble, fatigue, nor danger, when in pursuit of
formation, for himself first, and then for his journal, a perfect
easury of knowledge on all sorts of curious subjects, of the unpublished,
the unknown, and of the impossible. He was one of those intrepid
servers who write under fire, "reporting" among bullets, and to whom
ery danger is welcome.
also had been in all the battles, in the first rank, revolver in one
nd, note-book in the other; grape-shot never made his pencil tremble. He
d not fatigue the wires with incessant telegrams, like those who speak
en they have nothing to say, but each of his notes, short, decisive, and
ear, threw light on some important point. Besides, he was not wanting in
mor. It was he who, after the affair of the Black River, determined at
y cost to keep his place at the wicket of the telegraph office, and after
le:///E|/BOOKS/jules%20verne/The%20Mysterious%20Island.txt (6 of 366) [8/4/2003 1:56:45 PM]
7/29/2019 The Mysterious Island- Jules Verne
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/the-mysterious-island-jules-verne 7/365
le:///E|/BOOKS/jules%20verne/The%20Mysterious%20Island.txt
ving announced to his journal the result of the battle, telegraphed for
o hours the first chapters of the Bible. It cost the New York Herald two
ousand dollars, but the New York Herald published the first intelligence.
deon Spilett was tall. He was rather more than forty years of age.
ght whiskers bordering on red surrounded his face. His eye was steady,
vely, rapid in its changes. It was the eye of a man accustomed to take in
a glance all the details of a scene. Well built, he was inured to all
imates, like a bar of steel hardened in cold water.
r ten years Gideon Spilett had been the reporter of the New York
rald, which he enriched by his letters and drawings, for he was as
ilful in the use of the pencil as of the pen. When he was captured, he
s in the act of making a description and sketch of the battle. The last
rds in his note-book were these: "A Southern rifleman has just taken aim
me, but--" The Southerner notwithstanding missed Gideon Spilett, who,
th his usual fortune, came out of this affair without a scratch.
rus Harding and Gideon Spilett, who did not know each other except by
putation, had both been carried to Richmond. The engineer's wounds
pidly healed, and it was during his convalescence that he made
quaintance with the reporter. The two men then learned to appreciate each
her. Soon their common aim had but one object, that of escaping,
joining Grant's army, and fighting together in the ranks of the Federals.
e two Americans had from the first determined to seize every chance;
t although they were allowed to wander at liberty in the town, Richmond
s so strictly guarded, that escape appeared impossible. In the meanwhile
ptain Harding was rejoined by a servant who was devoted to him in life
d in death. This intrepid fellow was a Negro born on the engineer's
tate, of a slave father and mother, but to whom Cyrus, who was an
olitionist from conviction and heart, had long since given his freedom.
e once slave, though free, would not leave his master. He would have died
r him. He was a man of about thirty, vigorous, active, clever,
telligent, gentle, and calm, sometimes naive, always merry, obliging, and
nest. His name was Nebuchadnezzar, but he only answered to the familiar
breviation of Neb.
en Neb heard that his master had been made prisoner, he left
ssachusetts without hesitating an instant, arrived before Richmond, and
dint of stratagem and shrewdness, after having risked his life twenty
mes over, managed to penetrate into the besieged town. The pleasure of
rding on seeing his servant, and the joy of Neb at finding his master,
n scarcely be described.
t though Neb had been able to make his way into Richmond, it was quite
other thing to get out again, for the Northern prisoners were very
rictly watched. Some extraordinary opportunity was needed to make the
tempt with any chance of success, and this opportunity not only did not
esent itself, but was very difficult to find.
anwhile Grant continued his energetic operations. The victory of
tersburg had been very dearly bought. His forces, united to those of
tler, had as yet been unsuccessful before Richmond, and nothing gave the
isoners any hope of a speedy deliverance.
e reporter, to whom his tedious captivity did not offer a single
cident worthy of note, could stand it no longer. His usually active mind
s occupied with one sole thought--how he might get out of Richmond at any
st. Several times had he even made the attempt, but was stopped by some
surmountable obstacle. However, the siege continued; and if the prisoners
re anxious to escape and join Grant's army, certain of the besieged were
le:///E|/BOOKS/jules%20verne/The%20Mysterious%20Island.txt (7 of 366) [8/4/2003 1:56:45 PM]
7/29/2019 The Mysterious Island- Jules Verne
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/the-mysterious-island-jules-verne 8/365
le:///E|/BOOKS/jules%20verne/The%20Mysterious%20Island.txt
less anxious to join the Southern forces. Among them was one Jonathan
rster, a determined Southerner. The truth was, that if the prisoners of
e Secessionists could not leave the town, neither could the Secessionists
emselves while the Northern army invested it. The Governor of Richmond
r a long time had been unable to communicate with General Lee, and he
ry much wished to make known to him the situation of the town, so as to
sten the march of the army to their relief. Thus Jonathan Forster
cordingly conceived the idea of rising in a balloon, so as to pass over
e besieging lines, and in that way reach the Secessionist camp.
e Governor authorized the attempt. A balloon was manufactured andaced at the disposal of Forster, who was to be accompanied by five other
rsons. They were furnished with arms in case they might have to defend
emselves when they alighted, and provisions in the event of their aerial
yage being prolonged.
e departure of the balloon was fixed for the 18th of March. It should
effected during the night, with a northwest wind of moderate force, and
e aeronauts calculated that they would reach General Lee's camp in a few
urs.
t this northwest wind was not a simple breeze. From the 18th it was
ident that it was changing to a hurricane. The tempest soon became such
at Forster's departure was deferred, for it was impossible to risk thelloon and those whom it carried in the midst of the furious elements.
e balloon, inflated on the great square of Richmond, was ready to
part on the first abatement of the wind, and, as may be supposed, the
patience among the besieged to see the storm moderate was very great.
e 18th, the 19th of March passed without any alteration in the weather.
ere was even great difficulty in keeping the balloon fastened to the
ound, as the squalls dashed it furiously about.
e night of the 19th passed, but the next morning the storm blew with
doubled force. The departure of the balloon was impossible.
that day the engineer, Cyrus Harding, was accosted in one of the
reets of Richmond by a person whom he did not in the least know. This was
sailor named Pencroft, a man of about thirty-five or forty years of age,
rongly built, very sunburnt, and possessed of a pair of bright sparkling
es and a remarkably good physiognomy. Pencroft was an American from the
rth, who had sailed all the ocean over, and who had gone through every
ssible and almost impossible adventure that a being with two feet and no
ngs would encounter. It is needless to say that he was a bold, dashing
llow, ready to dare anything and was astonished at nothing. Pencroft at
e beginning of the year had gone to Richmond on business, with a young
y of fifteen from New Jersey, son of a former captain, an orphan, whom he
ved as if he had been his own child. Not having been able to leave the
wn before the first operations of the siege, he found himself shut up, to
s great disgust; but, not accustomed to succumb to difficulties, he
solved to escape by some means or other. He knew the engineer-officer by
putation; he knew with what impatience that determined man chafed under
s restraint. On this day he did not, therefore, hesitate to accost him,
ying, without circumlocution, "Have you had enough of Richmond, captain?"
e engineer looked fixedly at the man who spoke, and who added, in a low
ice,--
aptain Harding, will you try to escape?"
hen?" asked the engineer quickly, and it was evident that this question
le:///E|/BOOKS/jules%20verne/The%20Mysterious%20Island.txt (8 of 366) [8/4/2003 1:56:45 PM]
7/29/2019 The Mysterious Island- Jules Verne
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/the-mysterious-island-jules-verne 9/365
le:///E|/BOOKS/jules%20verne/The%20Mysterious%20Island.txt
s uttered without consideration, for he had not yet examined the stranger
o addressed him. But after having with a penetrating eye observed the
en face of the sailor, he was convinced that he had before him an honest
n.
ho are you?" he asked briefly.
ncroft made himself known.
ell," replied Harding, "and in what way do you propose to escape?"
y that lazy balloon which is left there doing nothing, and which looks
me as if it was waiting on purpose for us--"
ere was no necessity for the sailor to finish his sentence. The
gineer understood him at once. He seized Pencroft by the arm, and dragged
m to his house. There the sailor developed his project, which was indeed
tremely simple. They risked nothing but their lives in its execution. The
rricane was in all its violence, it is true, but so clever and daring an
gineer as Cyrus Harding knew perfectly well how to manage a balloon. Had
himself been as well acquainted with the art of sailing in the air as he
s with the navigation of a ship, Pencroft would not have hesitated to set
t, of course taking his young friend Herbert with him; for, accustomed to
ave the fiercest tempests of the ocean, he was not to be hindered on
count of the hurricane.
ptain Harding had listened to the sailor without saying a word, but his
es shone with satisfaction. Here was the long-sought-for opportunity--he
s not a man to let it pass. The plan was feasible, though, it must be
nfessed, dangerous in the extreme. In the night, in spite of their
ards, they might approach the balloon, slip into the car, and then cut
e cords which held it. There was no doubt that they might be killed, but
the other hand they might succeed, and without this storm!--Without
is storm the balloon would have started already and the looked-for
portunity would not have then presented itself.
am not alone!" said Harding at last.
ow many people do you wish to bring with you?" asked the sailor.
wo; my friend Spilett, and my servant Neb."
hat will be three," replied Pencroft; "and with Herbert and me five.
t the balloon will hold six--"
hat will be enough, we will go," answered Harding in a firm voice.
is "we" included Spilett, for the reporter, as his friend well knew,
s not a man to draw back, and when the project was communicated to him he
proved of it unreservedly. What astonished him was, that so simple an
ea had not occurred to him before. As to Neb, he followed his mastererever his master wished to go.
his evening, then," said Pencroft, "we will all meet out there."
his evening, at ten o'clock," replied Captain Harding; "and Heaven
ant that the storm does not abate before our departure."
ncroft took leave of the two friends, and returned to his lodging,
ere young Herbert Brown had remained. The courageous boy knew of the
ilor's plan, and it was not without anxiety that he awaited the result of
e proposal being made to the engineer. Thus five determined persons were
out to abandon themselves to the mercy of the tempestuous elements!
le:///E|/BOOKS/jules%20verne/The%20Mysterious%20Island.txt (9 of 366) [8/4/2003 1:56:45 PM]
7/29/2019 The Mysterious Island- Jules Verne
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/the-mysterious-island-jules-verne 10/365
le:///E|/BOOKS/jules%20verne/The%20Mysterious%20Island.txt
! the storm did not abate, and neither Jonathan Forster nor his
mpanions dreamed of confronting it in that frail car.
would be a terrible journey. The engineer only feared one thing; it
s that the balloon, held to the ground and dashed about by the wind,
uld be torn into shreds. For several hours he roamed round the nearly-
serted square, surveying the apparatus. Pencroft did the same on his
de, his hands in his pockets, yawning now and then like a man who did not
ow how to kill the time, but really dreading, like his friend, either the
cape or destruction of the balloon. Evening arrived. The night was dark
the extreme. Thick mists passed like clouds close to the ground. Rain
ll mingled with snow. it was very cold. A mist hung over Richmond. it
emed as if the violent storm had produced a truce between the besiegers
d the besieged, and that the cannon were silenced by the louder
tonations of the storm. The streets of the town were deserted. It had not
en appeared necessary in that horrible weather to place a guard in the
uare, in the midst of which plunged the balloon. Everything favored the
parture of the prisoners, but what might possibly be the termination of
e hazardous voyage they contemplated in the midst of the furious
ements?--
irty weather!" exclaimed Pencroft, fixing his hat firmly on his head
th a blow of his fist; "but pshaw, we shall succeed all the same!"
half-past nine, Harding and his companions glided from different
rections into the square, which the gas-lamps, extinguished by the wind,
d left in total obscurity. Even the enormous balloon, almost beaten to
e ground, could not be seen. Independently of the sacks of ballast, to
ich the cords of the net were fastened, the car was held by a strong
ble passed through a ring in the pavement. The five prisoners met by the
r. They had not been perceived, and such was the darkness that they could
t even see each other.
thout speaking a word, Harding, Spilett, Neb, and Herbert took their
aces in the car, while Pencroft by the engineer's order detached
ccessively the bags of ballast. It was the work of a few minutes only,
d the sailor rejoined his companions.
e balloon was then only held by the cable, and the engineer had nothing
do but to give the word.
that moment a dog sprang with a bound into the car. It was Top, a
vorite of the engineer. The faithful creature, having broken his chain,
d followed his master. He, however, fearing that its additional weight
ght impede their ascent, wished to send away the animal.
ne more will make but little difference, poor beast!" exclaimed
ncroft, heaving out two bags of sand, and as he spoke letting go the
ble; the balloon ascending in an oblique direction, disappeared, after
ving dashed the car against two chimneys, which it threw down as it swept
them.
en, indeed, the full rage of the hurricane was exhibited to the
yagers. During the night the engineer could not dream of descending, and
en day broke, even a glimpse of the earth below was intercepted by fog.
ve days had passed when a partial clearing allowed them to see the wide
tending ocean beneath their feet, now lashed into the maddest fury by the
le.
r readers will recollect what befell these five daring individuals who
le:///E|/BOOKS/jules%20verne/The%20Mysterious%20Island.txt (10 of 366) [8/4/2003 1:56:45 PM]
7/29/2019 The Mysterious Island- Jules Verne
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/the-mysterious-island-jules-verne 11/365
le:///E|/BOOKS/jules%20verne/The%20Mysterious%20Island.txt
t out on their hazardous expedition in the balloon on the 20th of March.
ve days afterwards four of them were thrown on a desert coast, seven
ousand miles from their country! But one of their number was missing, the
n who was to be their guide, their leading spirit, the engineer, Captain
rding! The instant they had recovered their feet, they all hurried to the
ach in the hopes of rendering him assistance.
apter 3
e engineer, the meshes of the net having given way, had been carried off
a wave. His dog also had disappeared. The faithful animal had
luntarily leaped out to help his master. "Forward," cried the reporter;
d all four, Spilett, Herbert, Pencroft, and Neb, forgetting their
tigue, began their search. Poor Neb shed bitter tears, giving way to
spair at the thought of having lost the only being he loved on earth.
ly two minutes had passed from the time when Cyrus Harding disappeared
the moment when his companions set foot on the ground. They had hopes
erefore of arriving in time to save him. "Let us look for him! let us
ok for him!" cried Neb.
es, Neb," replied Gideon Spilett, "and we will find him too!"
iving, I trust!"
till living!"
an he swim?" asked Pencroft.
es," replied Neb, "and besides, Top is there."
e sailor, observing the heavy surf on the shore, shook his head.
e engineer had disappeared to the north of the shore, and nearly half a
le from the place where the castaways had landed. The nearest point of
e beach he could reach was thus fully that distance off.
was then nearly six o'clock. A thick fog made the night very dark. The
staways proceeded toward the north of the land on which chance had thrown
em, an unknown region, the geographical situation of which they could not
en guess. They were walking upon a sandy soil, mingled with stones, which
peared destitute of any sort of vegetation. The ground, very unequal and
ugh, was in some places perfectly riddled with holes, making walking
tremely painful. From these holes escaped every minute great birds of
umsy flight, which flew in all directions. Others, more active, rose in
ocks and passed in clouds over their heads. The sailor thought he
cognized gulls and cormorants, whose shrill cries rose above the roaring
the sea.
om time to time the castaways stopped and shouted, then listened for
me response from the ocean, for they thought that if the engineer had
nded, and they had been near to the place, they would have heard the
rking of the dog Top, even should Harding himself have been unable to
ve any sign of existence. They stopped to listen, but no sound arose
ove the roaring of the waves and the dashing of the surf. The little band
en continued their march forward, searching into every hollow of the
ore.
ter walking for twenty minutes, the four castaways were suddenly
ought to a standstill by the sight of foaming billows close to their
et. The solid ground ended here. They found themselves at the extremity
le:///E|/BOOKS/jules%20verne/The%20Mysterious%20Island.txt (11 of 366) [8/4/2003 1:56:45 PM]
7/29/2019 The Mysterious Island- Jules Verne
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/the-mysterious-island-jules-verne 12/365
le:///E|/BOOKS/jules%20verne/The%20Mysterious%20Island.txt
a sharp point on which the sea broke furiously.
t is a promontory," said the sailor; "we must retrace our steps,
lding towards the right, and we shall thus gain the mainland."
ut if he is there," said Neb, pointing to the ocean, whose waves shone
a snowy white in the darkness. "Well, let us call again," and all
iting their voices, they gave a vigorous shout, but there came no reply.
ey waited for a lull, then began again; still no reply.
e castaways accordingly returned, following the opposite side of the
omontory, over a soil equally sandy and rugged. However, Pencroft
served that the shore was more equal, that the ground rose, and he
clared that it was joined by a long slope to a hill, whose massive front
thought that he could see looming indistinctly through the mist. The
rds were less numerous on this part of the shore; the sea was also less
multuous, and they observed that the agitation of the waves was
minished. The noise of the surf was scarcely heard. This side of the
omontory evidently formed a semicircular bay, which the sharp point
eltered from the breakers of the open sea. But to follow this direction
s to go south, exactly opposite to that part of the coast where Harding
ght have landed. After a walk of a mile and a half, the shore presented
curve which would permit them to return to the north. This promontory,
which they had turned the point, must be attached to the mainland. Thestaways, although their strength was nearly exhausted, still marched
urageously forward, hoping every moment to meet with a sudden angle which
uld set them in the first direction. What was their disappointment, when,
ter trudging nearly two miles, having reached an elevated point composed
slippery rocks, they found themselves again stopped by the sea.
e are on an islet," said Pencroft, "and we have surveyed it from one
tremity to the other."
e sailor was right; they had been thrown, not on a continent, not even
an island, but on an islet which was not more than two miles in length,
th even a less breadth.
s this barren spot the desolate refuge of sea-birds, strewn with stones
d destitute of vegetation, attached to a more important archipelago? It
s impossible to say. When the voyagers from their car saw the land
rough the mist, they had not been able to reconnoiter it sufficiently.
wever, Pencroft, accustomed with his sailor eyes to piece through the
oom, was almost certain that he could clearly distinguish in the west
nfused masses which indicated an elevated coast. But they could not in
e dark determine whether it was a single island, or connected with
hers. They could not leave it either, as the sea surrounded them; they
st therefore put off till the next day their search for the engineer,
om whom, alas! not a single cry had reached them to show that he was
ill in existence.
he silence of our friend proves nothing," said the reporter. "Perhaps
has fainted or is wounded, and unable to reply directly, so we will not
spair."
e reporter then proposed to light a fire on a point of the islet, which
uld serve as a signal to the engineer. But they searched in vain for wood
dry brambles; nothing but sand and stones were to be found. The grief of
b and his companions, who were all strongly attached to the intrepid
rding, can be better pictured than described. It was too evident that
ey were powerless to help him. They must wait with what patience they
uld for daylight. Either the engineer had been able to save himself, and
d already found a refuge on some point of the coast, or he was lost for
le:///E|/BOOKS/jules%20verne/The%20Mysterious%20Island.txt (12 of 366) [8/4/2003 1:56:45 PM]
7/29/2019 The Mysterious Island- Jules Verne
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/the-mysterious-island-jules-verne 13/365
le:///E|/BOOKS/jules%20verne/The%20Mysterious%20Island.txt
er! The long and painful hours passed by. The cold was intense. The
staways suffered cruelly, but they scarcely perceived it. They did not
en think of taking a minute's rest. Forgetting everything but their
ief, hoping or wishing to hope on, they continued to walk up and down on
is sterile spot, always returning to its northern point, where they could
proach nearest to the scene of the catastrophe. They listened, they
lled, and then uniting their voices, they endeavored to raise even a
uder shout than before, which would be transmitted to a great distance.
e wind had now fallen almost to a calm, and the noise of the sea began
so to subside. One of Neb's shouts even appeared to produce an echo.
rbert directed Pencroft's attention to it, adding, "That proves thatere is a coast to the west, at no great distance." The sailor nodded;
sides, his eyes could not deceive him. If he had discovered land, however
distinct it might appear, land was sure to be there. But that distant
ho was the only response produced by Neb's shouts, while a heavy gloom
ng over all the part east of the island.
anwhile, the sky was clearing little by little. Towards midnight the
ars shone out, and if the engineer had been there with his companions he
uld have remarked that these stars did not belong to the Northern
misphere. The Polar Star was not visible, the constellations were not
ose which they had been accustomed to see in the United States; the
uthern Cross glittered brightly in the sky.
e night passed away. Towards five o'clock in the morning of the 25th of
rch, the sky began to lighten; the horizon still remained dark, but with
ybreak a thick mist rose from the sea, so that the eye could scarcely
netrate beyond twenty feet or so from where they stood. At length the fog
adually unrolled itself in great heavily moving waves.
was unfortunate, however, that the castaways could distinguish nothing
ound them. While the gaze of the reporter and Neb were cast upon the
ean, the sailor and Herbert looked eagerly for the coast in the west. But
t a speck of land was visible. "Never mind," said Pencroft, "though I do
t see the land, I feel it... it is there... there... as sure as the fact
at we are no longer at Richmond." But the fog was not long in rising. it
s only a fine-weather mist. A hot sun soon penetrated to the surface ofe island. About half-past six, three-quarters of an hour after sunrise,
e mist became more transparent. It grew thicker above, but cleared away
low. Soon the isle appeared as if it had descended from a cloud, then the
a showed itself around them, spreading far away towards the east, but
unded on the west by an abrupt and precipitous coast.
s! the land was there. Their safety was at least provisionally insured.
e islet and the coast were separated by a channel about half a mile in
eadth, through which rushed an extremely rapid current.
wever, one of the castaways, following the impulse of his heart,
mediately threw himself into the current, without consulting his
mpanions, without saying a single word. It was Neb. He was in haste to bethe other side, and to climb towards the north. It had been impossible
hold him back. Pencroft called him in vain. The reporter prepared to
llow him, but Pencroft stopped him. "Do you want to cross the channel?"
asked. "Yes," replied Spilett. "All right!" said the seaman; "wait a
t; Neb is well able to carry help to his master. If we venture into the
annel, we risk being carried into the open sea by the current, which is
nning very strong; but, if I'm not wrong, it is ebbing. See, the tide is
ing down over the sand. Let us have patience, and at low water it is
ssible we may find a fordable passage." "You are right," replied the
porter, "we will not separate more than we can help."
ring this time Neb was struggling vigorously against the current. He
le:///E|/BOOKS/jules%20verne/The%20Mysterious%20Island.txt (13 of 366) [8/4/2003 1:56:45 PM]
7/29/2019 The Mysterious Island- Jules Verne
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/the-mysterious-island-jules-verne 14/365
le:///E|/BOOKS/jules%20verne/The%20Mysterious%20Island.txt
s crossing in an oblique direction. His black shoulders could be seen
erging at each stroke. He was carried down very quickly, but he also made
y towards the shore. It took more than half an hour to cross from the
let to the land, and he reached the shore several hundred feet from the
ace which was opposite to the point from which he had started.
nding at the foot of a high wall of granite, he shook himself
gorously; and then, setting off running, soon disappeared behind a rocky
int, which projected to nearly the height of the northern extremity of
e islet.
b's companions had watched his daring attempt with painful anxiety, and
en he was out of sight, they fixed their attention on the land where
eir hope of safety lay, while eating some shell-fish with which the sand
s strewn. It was a wretched repast, but still it was better than nothing.
e opposite coast formed one vast bay, terminating on the south by a very
arp point, which was destitute of all vegetation, and was of a very wild
pect. This point abutted on the shore in a grotesque outline of high
anite rocks. Towards the north, on the contrary, the bay widened, and a
re rounded coast appeared, trending from the southwest to the northeast,
d terminating in a slender cape. The distance between these two
tremities, which made the bow of the bay, was about eight miles. Half a
le from the shore rose the islet, which somewhat resembled the carcass
a gigantic whale. Its extreme breadth was not more than a quarter ofmile.
posite the islet, the beach consisted first of sand, covered with black
ones, which were now appearing little by little above the retreating
de. The second level was separated by a perpendicular granite cliff,
rminated at the top by an unequal edge at a height of at least 300 feet.
continued thus for a length of three miles, ending suddenly on the right
th a precipice which looked as if cut by the hand of man. On the left,
ove the promontory, this irregular and jagged cliff descended by a long
ope of conglomerated rocks till it mingled with the ground of the
uthern point. On the upper plateau of the coast not a tree appeared. It
s a flat tableland like that above Cape Town at the Cape of Good Hope,
t of reduced proportions; at least so it appeared seen from the islet.wever, verdure was not wanting to the right beyond the precipice. They
uld easily distinguish a confused mass of great trees, which extended
yond the limits of their view. This verdure relieved the eye, so long
aried by the continued ranges of granite. Lastly, beyond and above the
ateau, in a northwesterly direction and at a distance of at least seven
les, glittered a white summit which reflected the sun's rays. It was that
a lofty mountain, capped with snow.
e question could not at present be decided whether this land formed an
land, or whether it belonged to a continent. But on beholding the
nvulsed masses heaped up on the left, no geologist would have hesitated
give them a volcanic origin, for they were unquestionably the work of
bterranean convulsions.
deon Spilett, Pencroft, and Herbert attentively examined this land, on
ich they might perhaps have to live many long years; on which indeed they
ght even die, should it be out of the usual track of vessels, as was
kely to be the case.
ell," asked Herbert, "what do you say, Pencroft?"
here is some good and some bad, as in everything," replied the sailor.
e shall see. But now the ebb is evidently making. In three hours we will
tempt the passage, and once on the other side, we will try to get out of
is scrape, and I hope may find the captain." Pencroft was not wrong in
le:///E|/BOOKS/jules%20verne/The%20Mysterious%20Island.txt (14 of 366) [8/4/2003 1:56:45 PM]
7/29/2019 The Mysterious Island- Jules Verne
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/the-mysterious-island-jules-verne 15/365
le:///E|/BOOKS/jules%20verne/The%20Mysterious%20Island.txt
s anticipations. Three hours later at low tide, the greater part of the
nd forming the bed of the channel was uncovered. Between the islet and
e coast there only remained a narrow channel which would no doubt be easy
cross.
out ten o'clock, Gideon Spilett and his companions stripped themselves
their clothes, which they placed in bundles on their heads, and then
ntured into the water, which was not more than five feet deep. Herbert,
r whom it was too deep, swam like a fish, and got through capitally. All
ree arrived without difficulty on the opposite shore. Quickly drying
emselves in the sun, they put on their clothes, which they had preservedom contact with the water, and sat down to take counsel together what to
next.
apter 4
l at once the reporter sprang up, and telling the sailor that he would
join them at that same place, he climbed the cliff in the direction which
e Negro Neb had taken a few hours before. Anxiety hastened his steps, for
longed to obtain news of his friend, and he soon disappeared round an
gle of the cliff. Herbert wished to accompany him.
top here, my boy," said the sailor; "we have to prepare an encampment,
d to try and find rather better grub than these shell-fish. Our friends
ll want something when they come back. There is work for everybody."
am ready," replied Herbert.
ll right," said the sailor; "that will do. We must set about it
gularly. We are tired, cold, and hungry; therefore we must have shelter,
re, and food. There is wood in the forest, and eggs in nests; we have
ly to find a house."
ery well," returned Herbert, "I will look for a cave among the rocks,
d I shall be sure to discover some hole into which we can creep."
ll right," said Pencroft; "go on, my boy."
ey both walked to the foot of the enormous wall over the beach, far
om which the tide had now retreated; but instead of going towards the
rth, they went southward. Pencroft had remarked, several hundred feet
om the place at which they landed, a narrow cutting, out of which he
ought a river or stream might issue. Now, on the one hand it was
portant to settle themselves in the neighborhood of a good stream of
ter, and on the other it was possible that the current had thrown Cyrus
rding on the shore there.
e cliff, as has been said, rose to a height of three hundred feet, but
e mass was unbroken throughout, and even at its base, scarcely washed bye sea, it did not offer the smallest fissure which would serve as a
elling. It was a perpendicular wall of very hard granite, which even the
ves had not worn away. Towards the summit fluttered myriads of sea-fowl,
d especially those of the web-footed species with long, flat, pointed
aks--a clamorous tribe, bold in the presence of man, who probably for the
rst time thus invaded their domains. Pencroft recognized the skua and
her gulls among them, the voracious little sea-mew, which in great
mbers nestled in the crevices of the granite. A shot fired among this
arm would have killed a great number, but to fire a shot a gun was
eded, and neither Pencroft nor Herbert had one; besides this, gulls and
a-mews are scarcely eatable, and even their eggs have a detestable taste.
le:///E|/BOOKS/jules%20verne/The%20Mysterious%20Island.txt (15 of 366) [8/4/2003 1:56:45 PM]
7/29/2019 The Mysterious Island- Jules Verne
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/the-mysterious-island-jules-verne 16/365
le:///E|/BOOKS/jules%20verne/The%20Mysterious%20Island.txt
wever, Herbert, who had gone forward a little more to the left, soon came
on rocks covered with sea-weed, which, some hours later, would be hidden
the high tide. On these rocks, in the midst of slippery wrack, abounded
valve shell-fish, not to be despised by starving people. Herbert called
ncroft, who ran up hastily.
ere are mussels!" cried the sailor; "these will do instead of eggs!"
hey are not mussels," replied Herbert, who was attentively examining
e molluscs attached to the rocks; "they are lithodomes."
re they good to eat?" asked Pencroft.
erfectly so."
hen let us eat some lithodomes."
e sailor could rely upon Herbert; the young boy was well up in natural
story, and always had had quite a passion for the science. His father had
couraged him in it, by letting him attend the lectures of the best
ofessors in Boston, who were very fond of the intelligent, industrious
d. And his turn for natural history was, more than once in the course of
me, of great use, and he was not mistaken in this instance. These
thodomes were oblong shells, suspended in clusters and adhering very
ghtly to the rocks. They belong to that species of molluscous perforatorsich excavate holes in the hardest stone; their shell is rounded at both
ds, a feature which is not remarked in the common mussel.
ncroft and Herbert made a good meal of the lithodomes, which were then
lf opened to the sun. They ate them as oysters, and as they had a strong
ppery taste, they were palatable without condiments of any sort.
eir hunger was thus appeased for the time, but not their thirst, which
creased after eating these naturally-spiced molluscs. They had then to
nd fresh water, and it was not likely that it would be wanting in such a
priciously uneven region. Pencroft and Herbert, after having taken the
ecaution of collecting an ample supply of lithodomes, with which they
lled their pockets and handkerchiefs, regained the foot of the cliff.
o hundred paces farther they arrived at the cutting, through which, as
ncroft had guessed, ran a stream of water, whether fresh or not was to be
certained. At this place the wall appeared to have been separated by some
olent subterranean force. At its base was hollowed out a little creek,
e farthest part of which formed a tolerably sharp angle. The watercourse
that part measured one hundred feet in breadth, and its two banks on
ch side were scarcely twenty feet high. The river became strong almost
rectly between the two walls of granite, which began to sink above the
uth; it then suddenly turned and disappeared beneath a wood of stunted
ees half a mile off.
ere is the water, and yonder is the wood we require!" said Pencroft.ell, Herbert, now we only want the house."
e water of the river was limpid. The sailor ascertained that at this
me--that is to say, at low tide, when the rising floods did not reach it
it was sweet. This important point established, Herbert looked for some
vity which would serve them as a retreat, but in vain; everywhere the
ll appeared smooth, plain, and perpendicular.
wever, at the mouth of the watercourse and above the reach of the high
de, the convulsions of nature had formed, not a grotto, but a pile of
ormous rocks, such as are often met with in granite countries and which
ar the name of "Chimneys."
le:///E|/BOOKS/jules%20verne/The%20Mysterious%20Island.txt (16 of 366) [8/4/2003 1:56:45 PM]
7/29/2019 The Mysterious Island- Jules Verne
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/the-mysterious-island-jules-verne 17/365
le:///E|/BOOKS/jules%20verne/The%20Mysterious%20Island.txt
ncroft and Herbert penetrated quite far in among the rocks, by sandy
ssages in which light was not wanting, for it entered through the
enings which were left between the blocks, of which some were only
stained by a miracle of equilibrium; but with the light came also air--a
gular corridor-gale--and with the wind the sharp cold from the exterior.
wever, the sailor thought that by stopping-up some of the openings with a
xture of stones and sand, the Chimneys could be rendered habitable. Their
ometrical plan represented the typographical sign "&," which signifies
t cetera" abridged, but by isolating the upper mouth of the sign, through
ich the south and west winds blew so strongly, they could succeed inking the lower part of use.
ere's our work," said Pencroft, "and if we ever see Captain Harding
ain, he will know how to make something of this labyrinth."
e shall see him again, Pencroft," cried Herbert, "and when be returns
must find a tolerable dwelling here. It will be so, if we can make a
replace in the left passage and keep an opening for the smoke."
o we can, my boy," replied the sailor, "and these Chimneys will serve
r turn. Let us set to work, but first come and get a store of fuel. I
ink some branches will be very useful in stopping up these openings,
rough which the wind shrieks like so many fiends."
rbert and Pencroft left the Chimneys, and, turning the angle, they
gan to climb the left bank of the river. The current here was quite
pid, and drifted down some dead wood. The rising tide--and it could
ready be perceived--must drive it back with force to a considerable
stance. The sailor then thought that they could utilize this ebb and flow
r the transport of heavy objects.
ter having walked for a quarter of an hour, the sailor and the boy
rived at the angle which the river made in turning towards the left. From
is point its course was pursued through a forest of magnificent trees.
ese trees still retained their verdure, notwithstanding the advanced
ason, for they belonged to the family of "coniferae," which is spread
er all the regions of the globe, from northern climates to the tropics.
e young naturalist recognized especially the "deedara," which are very
merous in the Himalayan zone, and which spread around them a most
reeable odor. Between these beautiful trees sprang up clusters of firs,
ose opaque open parasol boughs spread wide around. Among the long grass,
ncroft felt that his feet were crushing dry branches which crackled like
reworks.
ell, my boy," said he to Herbert, "if I don't know the name of these
ees, at any rate I reckon that we may call them 'burning wood,' and just
w that's the chief thing we want."
et us get a supply," replied Herbert, who immediately set to work.
e collection was easily made. It was not even necessary to lop the
ees, for enormous quantities of dead wood were lying at their feet; but
fuel was not wanting, the means of transporting it was not yet found.
e wood, being very dry, would burn rapidly; it was therefore necessary to
rry to the Chimneys a considerable quantity, and the loads of two men
uld not be sufficient. Herbert remarked this.
ell, my boy," replied the sailor, "there must be some way of carrying
is wood; there is always a way of doing everything. If we had a cart or a
at, it would be easy enough."
le:///E|/BOOKS/jules%20verne/The%20Mysterious%20Island.txt (17 of 366) [8/4/2003 1:56:45 PM]
7/29/2019 The Mysterious Island- Jules Verne
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/the-mysterious-island-jules-verne 18/365
le:///E|/BOOKS/jules%20verne/The%20Mysterious%20Island.txt
ut we have the river," said Herbert.
ight," replied Pencroft; "the river will be to us like a road which
rries of itself, and rafts have not been invented for nothing."
nly," observed Herbert, "at this moment our road is going the wrong
y, for the tide is rising!"
e shall be all right if we wait till it ebbs," replied the sailor, "and
en we will trust it to carry our fuel to the Chimneys. Let us get the
ft ready."
e sailor, followed by Herbert, directed his steps towards the river.
ey both carried, each in proportion to his strength, a load of wood bound
fagots. They found on the bank also a great quantity of dead branches in
e midst of grass, among which the foot of man had probably never before
od. Pencroft began directly to make his raft. In a kind of little bay,
eated by a point of the shore which broke the current, the sailor and the
d placed some good-sized pieces of wood, which they had fastened together
th dry creepers. A raft was thus formed, on which they stacked all they
d collected, sufficient, indeed, to have loaded at least twenty men. In
hour the work was finished, and the raft moored to the bank, awaited the
rning of the tide.
ere were still several hours to be occupied, and with one consent
ncroft and Herbert resolved to gain the upper plateau, so as to have a
re extended view of the surrounding country.
actly two hundred feet behind the angle formed by the river, the wall,
rminated by a fall of rocks, died away in a gentle slope to the edge of
e forest. It was a natural staircase. Herbert and the sailor began their
cent; thanks to the vigor of their muscles they reached the summit in a
w minutes; and proceeded to the point above the mouth of the river.
attaining it, their first look was cast upon the ocean which not long
fore they had traversed in such a terrible condition. They observed, with
otion, all that part to the north of the coast on which the catastrophe
d taken place. It was there that Cyrus Harding had disappeared. They
oked to see if some portion of their balloon, to which a man might
ssibly cling, yet existed. Nothing! The sea was but one vast watery
sert. As to the coast, it was solitary also. Neither the reporter nor Neb
uld be anywhere seen. But it was possible that at this time they were
th too far away to be perceived.
omething tells me," cried Herbert, "that a man as energetic as Captain
rding would not let himself be drowned like other people. He must have
ached some point of the shore; don't you think so, Pencroft?"
e sailor shook his head sadly. He little expected ever to see Cyrus
rding again; but wishing to leave some hope to Herbert: "Doubtless,
ubtless," said he; "our engineer is a man who would get out of a scrape
which any one else would yield."
the meantime he examined the coast with great attention. Stretched out
low them was the sandy shore, bounded on the right of the river's mouth
lines of breakers. The rocks which were visible appeared like amphibious
nsters reposing in the surf. Beyond the reef, the sea sparkled beneath
e sun's rays. To the south a sharp point closed the horizon, and it could
t be seen if the land was prolonged in that direction, or if it ran
utheast and southwest, which would have made this coast a very long
ninsula. At the northern extremity of the bay the outline of the shore
s continued to a great distance in a wider curve. There the shore was
le:///E|/BOOKS/jules%20verne/The%20Mysterious%20Island.txt (18 of 366) [8/4/2003 1:56:45 PM]
7/29/2019 The Mysterious Island- Jules Verne
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/the-mysterious-island-jules-verne 19/365
le:///E|/BOOKS/jules%20verne/The%20Mysterious%20Island.txt
w, flat, without cliffs, and with great banks of sand, which the tide
ft uncovered. Pencroft and Herbert then returned towards the west. Their
tention was first arrested by the snow-topped mountain which rose at a
stance of six or seven miles. From its first declivities to within two
les of the coast were spread vast masses of wood, relieved by large green
tches, caused by the presence of evergreen trees. Then, from the edge of
is forest to the shore extended a plain, scattered irregularly with
oups of trees. Here and there on the left sparkled through glades the
ters of the little river; they could trace its winding course back
wards the spurs of the mountain, among which it seemed to spring. At the
int where the sailor had left his raft of wood, it began to run betweene two high granite walls; but if on the left bank the wall remained clear
d abrupt, on the right bank, on the contrary, it sank gradually, the
ssive sides changed to isolated rocks, the rocks to stones, the stones to
ingle running to the extremity of the point.
re we on an island?" murmured the sailor.
t any rate, it seems to be big enough," replied the lad.
n island, ever so big, is an island all the same!" said Pencroft.
t this important question could not yet be answered. A more perfect
rvey had to be made to settle the point. As to the land itself, island or
ntinent, it appeared fertile, agreeable in its aspect, and varied in its
oductions.
his is satisfactory," observed Pencroft; "and in our misfortune, we
st thank Providence for it."
od be praised!" responded Herbert, whose pious heart was full of
atitude to the Author of all things.
ncroft and Herbert examined for some time the country on which they had
en cast; but it was difficult to guess after so hasty an inspection what
e future had in store for them.
ey then returned, following the southern crest of the granite platform,rdered by a long fringe of jagged rocks, of the most whimsical shapes.
me hundreds of birds lived there nestled in the holes of the stone;
rbert, jumping over the rocks, startled a whole flock of these winged
eatures.
h!" cried he, "those are not gulls nor sea-mews!"
hat are they then?" asked Pencroft.
pon my word, one would say they were pigeons!"
ust so, but these are wild or rock pigeons. I recognize them by the
uble band of black on the wing, by the white tail, and by their slate-lored plumage. But if the rock-pigeon is good to eat, its eggs must be
cellent, and we will soon see how many they may have left in their
sts!"
e will not give them time to hatch, unless it is in the shape of an
elet!" replied Pencroft merrily.
ut what will you make your omelet in?" asked Herbert; "in your hat?"
ell!" replied the sailor, "I am not quite conjuror enough for that; we
st come down to eggs in the shell, my boy, and I will undertake to
spatch the hardest!"
le:///E|/BOOKS/jules%20verne/The%20Mysterious%20Island.txt (19 of 366) [8/4/2003 1:56:45 PM]
7/29/2019 The Mysterious Island- Jules Verne
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/the-mysterious-island-jules-verne 20/365
le:///E|/BOOKS/jules%20verne/The%20Mysterious%20Island.txt
ncroft and Herbert attentively examined the cavities in the granite,
d they really found eggs in some of the hollows. A few dozen being
llected, were packed in the sailor's handkerchief, and as the time when
e tide would be full was approaching, Pencroft and Herbert began to
descend towards the watercourse. When they arrived there, it was an hour
ter midday. The tide had already turned. They must now avail themselves
the ebb to take the wood to the mouth. Pencroft did not intend to let
e raft go away in the current without guidance, neither did he mean to
bark on it himself to steer it. But a sailor is never at a loss when
ere is a question of cables or ropes, and Pencroft rapidly twisted ard, a few fathoms long, made of dry creepers. This vegetable cable was
stened to the after-part of the raft, and the sailor held it in his hand
ile Herbert, pushing off the raft with a long pole, kept it in the
rrent. This succeeded capitally. The enormous load of wood drifted down
e current. The bank was very equal; there was no fear that the raft would
n aground, and before two o'clock they arrived at the river's mouth, a
w paces from the Chimneys.
apter 5
ncroft's first care, after unloading the raft, was to render the cave
bitable by stopping up all the holes which made it draughty. Sand,
ones, twisted branches, wet clay, closed up the galleries open to the
uth winds. One narrow and winding opening at the side was kept, to lead
t the smoke and to make the fire draw. The cave was thus divided into
ree or four rooms, if such dark dens with which a donkey would scarcely
ve been contented deserved the name. But they were dry, and there was
ace to stand upright, at least in the principal room, which occupied the
nter. The floor was covered with fine sand, and taking all in all they
re well pleased with it for want of a better.
erhaps," said Herbert, while he and Pencroft were working, "our
mpanions have found a superior place to ours."
ery likely," replied the seaman; "but, as we don't know, we must work
l the same. Better to have two strings to one's bow than no string at
l!"
h!" exclaimed Herbert, "how jolly it will be if they were to find
ptain Harding and were to bring him back with them!"
es, indeed!" said Pencroft, "that was a man of the right sort."
as!" exclaimed Herbert, "do you despair of ever seeing him again?"
od forbid!" replied the sailor. Their work was soon done, and Pencroft
clared himself very well satisfied.
ow," said he, "our friends can come back when they like. They will find
good enough shelter."
ey now had only to make a fireplace and to prepare the supper--an easy
sk. Large flat stones were placed on the ground at the opening of the
rrow passage which had been kept. This, if the smoke did not take the
at out with it, would be enough to maintain an equal temperature inside.
eir wood was stowed away in one of the rooms, and the sailor laid in the
replace some logs and brushwood. The seaman was busy with this, when
rbert asked him if he had any matches.
ertainly," replied Pencroft, "and I may say happily, for without
le:///E|/BOOKS/jules%20verne/The%20Mysterious%20Island.txt (20 of 366) [8/4/2003 1:56:45 PM]
7/29/2019 The Mysterious Island- Jules Verne
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/the-mysterious-island-jules-verne 21/365
le:///E|/BOOKS/jules%20verne/The%20Mysterious%20Island.txt
tches or tinder we should be in a fix."
till we might get fire as the savages do," replied Herbert, "by rubbing
o bits of dry stick one against the other."
ll right; try, my boy, and let's see if you can do anything besides
ercising your arms."
ell, it's a very simple proceeding, and much used in the islands of the
cific."
don't deny it," replied Pencroft, "but the savages must know how to do
or employ a peculiar wood, for more than once I have tried to get fire
that way, but I could never manage it. I must say I prefer matches. By
e bye, where are my matches?"
ncroft searched in his waistcoat for the box, which was always there,
r he was a confirmed smoker. He could not find it; he rummaged the
ckets of his trousers, but, to his horror, he could nowhere discover the
x.
ere's a go!" said he, looking at Herbert. "The box must have fallen out
my pocket and got lost! Surely, Herbert, you must have something--a
nder-box--anything that can possibly make fire!"
o, I haven't, Pencroft."
e sailor rushed out, followed by the boy. On the sand, among the rocks,
ar the river's bank, they both searched carefully, but in vain. The box
s of copper, and therefore would have been easily seen.
encroft," asked Herbert, "didn't you throw it out of the car?"
knew better than that," replied the sailor; "but such a small article
uld easily disappear in the tumbling about we have gone through. I would
ther even have lost my pipe! Confound the box! Where can it be?"
ook here, the tide is going down," said Herbert; "let's run to the
ace where we landed."
was scarcely probable that they would find the box, which the waves
d rolled about among the pebbles, at high tide, but it was as well to
y. Herbert and Pencroft walked rapidly to the point where they had landed
e day before, about two hundred feet from the cave. They hunted there,
ong the shingle, in the clefts of the rocks, but found nothing. If the
x had fallen at this place it must have been swept away by the waves. As
e sea went down, they searched every little crevice with no result. It
s a grave loss in their circumstances, and for the time irreparable.
ncroft could not hide his vexation; he looked very anxious, but said not
word. Herbert tried to console him by observing, that if they had found
e matches, they would, very likely, have been wetted by the sea andeless.
o, my boy," replied the sailor; "they were in a copper box which shut
ry tightly; and now what are we to do?"
e shall certainly find some way of making a fire," said Herbert.
aptain Harding or Mr. Spilett will not be without them."
es," replied Pencroft; "but in the meantime we are without fire, and
r companions will find but a sorry repast on their return."
ut," said Herbert quickly, "do you think it possible that they have no
le:///E|/BOOKS/jules%20verne/The%20Mysterious%20Island.txt (21 of 366) [8/4/2003 1:56:45 PM]
7/29/2019 The Mysterious Island- Jules Verne
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/the-mysterious-island-jules-verne 22/365
le:///E|/BOOKS/jules%20verne/The%20Mysterious%20Island.txt
nder or matches?"
doubt it," replied the sailor, shaking his head, "for neither Neb nor
ptain Harding smoke, and I believe that Mr. Spilett would rather keep his
te-book than his match-box."
rbert did not reply. The loss of the box was certainly to be regretted,
t the boy was still sure of procuring fire in some way or other.
ncroft, more experienced, did not think so, although he was not a man to
ouble himself about a small or great grievance. At any rate, there was
ly one thing to be done--to await the return of Neb and the reporter; but
ey must give up the feast of hard eggs which they had meant to prepare,
d a meal of raw flesh was not an agreeable prospect either for themselves
for the others.
fore returning to the cave, the sailor and Herbert, in the event of
re being positively unattainable, collected some more shell-fish, and
en silently retraced their steps to their dwelling.
ncroft, his eyes fixed on the ground, still looked for his box. He even
imbed up the left bank of the river from its mouth to the angle where the
ft had been moored. He returned to the plateau, went over it in every
rection, searched among the high grass on the border of the forest, all
vain.
was five in the evening when he and Herbert re-entered the cave. It is
eless to say that the darkest corners of the passages were ransacked
fore they were obliged to give it up in despair. Towards six o'clock,
en the sun was disappearing behind the high lands of the west, Herbert,
o was walking up and down on the strand, signalized the return of Neb and
ilett.
ey were returning alone! . . . . The boy's heart sank; the sailor had not
en deceived in his forebodings; the engineer, Cyrus Harding, had not been
und!
e reporter, on his arrival, sat down on a rock, without saying
ything. Exhausted with fatigue, dying of hunger, he had not strength to
ter a word.
to Neb, his red eyes showed how he had cried, and the tears which he
uld not restrain told too clearly that he had lost all hope.
e reporter recounted all that they had done in their attempt to recover
rus Harding. He and Neb had surveyed the coast for a distance of eight
les and consequently much beyond the place where the balloon had fallen
e last time but one, a fall which was followed by the disappearance of
e engineer and the dog Top. The shore was solitary; not a vestige of a
rk. Not even a pebble recently displaced; not a trace on the sand; not a
man footstep on all that part of the beach. It was clear that that
rtion of the shore had never been visited by a human being. The sea was
deserted as the land, and it was there, a few hundred feet from the
ast, that the engineer must have found a tomb.
Spilett ended his account, Neb jumped up, exclaiming in a voice which
owed how hope struggled within him, "No! he is not dead! he can't be
ad! It might happen to any one else, but never to him! He could get out
anything!" Then his strength forsaking him, "Oh! I can do no more!" he
rmured.
eb," said Herbert, running to him, "we will find him! God will give him
ck to us! But in the meantime you are hungry, and you must eat
le:///E|/BOOKS/jules%20verne/The%20Mysterious%20Island.txt (22 of 366) [8/4/2003 1:56:45 PM]
7/29/2019 The Mysterious Island- Jules Verne
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/the-mysterious-island-jules-verne 23/365
le:///E|/BOOKS/jules%20verne/The%20Mysterious%20Island.txt
mething."
saying, he offered the poor Negro a few handfuls of shell-fish, which
s indeed wretched and insufficient food. Neb had not eaten anything for
veral hours, but he refused them. He could not, would not live without
s master.
to Gideon Spilett, he devoured the shell-fish, then he laid himself
wn on the sand, at the foot of a rock. He was very weak, but calm.
rbert went up to him, and taking his hand, "Sir," said he, "we have found
shelter which will be better than lying here. Night is advancing. Come
d rest! To-morrow we will search farther."
e reporter got up, and guided by the boy went towards the cave. On the
y, Pencroft asked him in the most natural tone, if by chance he happened
have a match or two.
e reporter stopped, felt in his pockets, but finding nothing said, "I
d some, but I must have thrown them away."
e seaman then put the same question to Neb and received the same
swer.
onfound it!" exclaimed the sailor.
e reporter heard him and seizing his arm, "Have you no matches?" he
ked.
ot one, and no fire in consequence."
h!" cried Neb, "if my master was here, he would know what to do!"
e four castaways remained motionless, looking uneasily at each other.
rbert was the first to break the silence by saying, "Mr. Spilett, you are
smoker and always have matches about you; perhaps you haven't looked
ll, try again, a single match will be enough!"
e reporter hunted again in the pockets of his trousers, waistcoat, and
eat-coat, and at last to Pencroft's great joy, no less to his extreme
rprise, he felt a tiny piece of wood entangled in the lining of his
istcoat. He seized it with his fingers through the stuff, but he could
t get it out. If this was a match and a single one, it was of great
portance not to rub off the phosphorus.
ill you let me try?" said the boy, and very cleverly, without breaking
, he managed to draw out the wretched yet precious little bit of wood
ich was of such great importance to these poor men. It was unused.
urrah!" cried Pencroft; "it is as good as having a whole cargo!" He
ok the match, and, followed by his companions, entered the cave.
is small piece of wood, of which so many in an inhabited country are
sted with indifference and are of no value, must here be used with the
eatest caution.
e sailor first made sure that it was quite dry; that done, "We must
ve some paper," said he.
ere," replied Spilett, after some hesitation tearing a leaf out of his
te-book.
ncroft took the piece of paper which the reporter held out to him, and
elt down before the fireplace. Some handfuls of grass, leaves, and dry
le:///E|/BOOKS/jules%20verne/The%20Mysterious%20Island.txt (23 of 366) [8/4/2003 1:56:45 PM]
7/29/2019 The Mysterious Island- Jules Verne
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/the-mysterious-island-jules-verne 24/365
le:///E|/BOOKS/jules%20verne/The%20Mysterious%20Island.txt
ss were placed under the fagots and disposed in such a way that the air
uld easily circulate, and the dry wood would rapidly catch fire.
ncroft then twisted the piece of paper into the shape of a cone, as
okers do in a high wind, and poked it in among the moss. Taking a small,
ugh stone, he wiped it carefully, and with a beating heart, holding his
eath, he gently rubbed the match. The first attempt did not produce any
fect. Pencroft had not struck hard enough, fearing to rub off the
osphorus.
o, I can't do it," said he, "my hand trembles, the match has missed
re; I cannot, I will not!" and rising, he told Herbert to take his place.
rtainly the boy had never in all his life been so nervous. Prometheus
ing to steal the fire from heaven could not have been more anxious. He
d not hesitate, however, but struck the match directly.
little spluttering was heard and a tiny blue flame sprang up, making a
oking smoke. Herbert quickly turned the match so as to augment the flame,
d then slipped it into the paper cone, which in a few seconds too caught
re, and then the moss.
minute later the dry wood crackled and a cheerful flame, assisted by
e vigorous blowing of the sailor, sprang up in the midst of the darkness.
t last!" cried Pencroft, getting up; "I was never so nervous before in
l my life!"
e flat stones made a capital fireplace. The smoke went quite easily out
the narrow passage, the chimney drew, and an agreeable warmth was not
ng in being felt.
ey must now take great care not to let the fire go out, and always to
ep some embers alight. It only needed care and attention, as they had
enty of wood and could renew their store at any time.
ncroft's first thought was to use the fire by preparing a more
urishing supper than a dish of shell-fish. Two dozen eggs were brought byrbert. The reporter leaning up in a corner, watched these preparations
thout saying anything. A threefold thought weighed on his mind. Was Cyrus
ill alive? If he was alive, where was he? If he had survived from his
ll, how was it that he had not found some means of making known his
istence? As to Neb, he was roaming about the shore. He was like a body
thout a soul.
ncroft knew fifty ways of cooking eggs, but this time he had no choice,
d was obliged to content himself with roasting them under the hot
nders. In a few minutes the cooking was done, and the seaman invited the
porter to take his share of the supper. Such was the first repast of the
staways on this unknown coast. The hard eggs were excellent, and as eggs
ntain everything indispensable to man's nourishment, these poor peopleought themselves well off, and were much strengthened by them. Oh! if
ly one of them had not been missing at this meal! If the five prisoners
o escaped from Richmond had been all there, under the piled-up rocks,
fore this clear, crackling fire on the dry sand, what thanksgiving must
ey have rendered to Heaven! But the most ingenious, the most learned, he
o was their unquestioned chief, Cyrus Harding, was, alas! missing, and
s body had not even obtained a burial-place.
us passed the 25th of March. Night had come on. Outside could be heard
e howling of the wind and the monotonous sound of the surf breaking on
e shore. The waves rolled the shingle backwards and forwards with a
le:///E|/BOOKS/jules%20verne/The%20Mysterious%20Island.txt (24 of 366) [8/4/2003 1:56:45 PM]
7/29/2019 The Mysterious Island- Jules Verne
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/the-mysterious-island-jules-verne 25/365
le:///E|/BOOKS/jules%20verne/The%20Mysterious%20Island.txt
afening noise.
e reporter retired into a dark corner after having shortly noted down
e occurrences of the day; the first appearance of this new land, the loss
their leader, the exploration of the coast, the incident of the matches,
c.; and then overcome by fatigue, he managed to forget his sorrows in
eep. Herbert went to sleep directly. As to the sailor, he passed the
ght with one eye on the fire, on which he did not spare fuel. But one of
e castaways did not sleep in the cave. The inconsolable, despairing Neb,
twithstanding all that his companions could say to induce him to take
me rest, wandered all night long on the shore calling on his master.
apter 6
e inventory of the articles possessed by these castaways from the clouds,
rown upon a coast which appeared to be uninhabited, was soon made out.
ey had nothing, save the clothes which they were wearing at the time of
e catastrophe. We must mention, however, a note-book and a watch which
deon Spilett had kept, doubtless by inadvertence, not a weapon, not a
ol, not even a pocket-knife; for while in the car they had thrown out
erything to lighten the balloon. The imaginary heroes of Daniel Defoe or
Wyss, as well as Selkirk and Raynal shipwrecked on Juan Fernandez and on
e archipelago of the Aucklands, were never in such absolute destitution.
ther they had abundant resources from their stranded vessels, in grain,
ttle, tools, ammunition, or else some things were thrown up on the coast
ich supplied them with all the first necessities of life. But here, not
y instrument whatever, not a utensil. From nothing they must supply
emselves with everything.
d yet, if Cyrus Harding had been with them, if the engineer could have
ought his practical science, his inventive mind to bear on their
tuation, perhaps all hope would not have been lost. Alas! they must hope
longer again to see Cyrus Harding. The castaways could expect nothing
t from themselves and from that Providence which never abandons those
ose faith is sincere.
t ought they to establish themselves on this part of the coast, without
ying to know to what continent it belonged, if it was inhabited, or if
ey were on the shore of a desert island?
was an important question, and should be solved with the shortest
ssible delay. From its answer they would know what measures to take.
wever, according to Pencroft's advice, it appeared best to wait a few
ys before commencing an exploration. They must, in fact, prepare some
ovisions and procure more strengthening food than eggs and molluscs. The
plorers, before undertaking new fatigues, must first of all recruit their
rength.
e Chimneys offered a retreat sufficient for the present. The fire was
ghted, and it was easy to preserve some embers. There were plenty of
ell-fish and eggs among the rocks and on the beach. It would be easy to
ll a few of the pigeons which were flying by hundreds about the summit of
e plateau, either with sticks or stones. Perhaps the trees of the
ighboring forest would supply them with eatable fruit. Lastly, the sweet
ter was there.
was accordingly settled that for a few days they would remain at the
imneys so as to prepare themselves for an expedition, either along the
ore or into the interior of the country. This plan suited Neb
rticularly. As obstinate in his ideas as in his presentiments, he was in
le:///E|/BOOKS/jules%20verne/The%20Mysterious%20Island.txt (25 of 366) [8/4/2003 1:56:45 PM]
7/29/2019 The Mysterious Island- Jules Verne
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/the-mysterious-island-jules-verne 26/365
le:///E|/BOOKS/jules%20verne/The%20Mysterious%20Island.txt
haste to abandon this part of the coast, the scene of the catastrophe.
did not, he would not believe in the loss of Cyrus Harding. No, it did
t seem to him possible that such a man had ended in this vulgar fashion,
rried away by a wave, drowned in the floods, a few hundred feet from a
ore. As long as the waves had not cast up the body of the engineer, as
ng as he, Neb, had not seen with his eyes, touched with his hands the
rpse of his master, he would not believe in his death! And this idea
oted itself deeper than ever in his determined heart. An illusion
rhaps, but still an illusion to be respected, and one which the sailor
d not wish to destroy. As for him, he hoped no longer, but there was no
e in arguing with Neb. He was like the dog who will not leave the placeere his master is buried, and his grief was such that most probably he
uld not survive him.
is same morning, the 26th of March, at daybreak, Neb had set out on the
ore in a northerly direction, and he had returned to the spot where the
a, no doubt, had closed over the unfortunate Harding.
at day's breakfast was composed solely of pigeon's eggs and lithodomes.
rbert had found some salt deposited by evaporation in the hollows of the
cks, and this mineral was very welcome.
e repast ended, Pencroft asked the reporter if he wished to accompany
rbert and himself to the forest, where they were going to try to hunt.t on consideration, it was thought necessary that someone should remain
keep in the fire, and to be at hand in the highly improbable event of
b requiring aid. The reporter accordingly remained behind.
o the chase, Herbert," said the sailor. "We shall find ammunition on
r way, and cut our weapons in the forest." But at the moment of starting,
rbert observed, that since they had no tinder, it would perhaps be
udent to replace it by another substance.
hat?" asked Pencroft.
urnt linen," replied the boy. "That could in case of need serve for
nder."
e sailor thought it very sensible advice. Only it had the inconvenience
necessitating the sacrifice of a piece of handkerchief. Notwithstanding,
e thing was well worth while trying, and a part of Pencroft's large
ecked handkerchief was soon reduced to the state of a half-burnt rag.
is inflammable material was placed in the central chamber at the bottom
a little cavity in the rock, sheltered from all wind and damp.
was nine o'clock in the morning. The weather was threatening and the
eeze blew from the southeast. Herbert and Pencroft turned the angle of
e Chimneys, not without having cast a look at the smoke which, just at
at place, curled round a point of rock: they ascended the left bank of
e river.
rived at the forest, Pencroft broke from the first tree two stout
anches which he transformed into clubs, the ends of which Herbert rubbed
ooth on a rock. Oh! what would they not have given for a knife!
e two hunters now advanced among the long grass, following the bank.
om the turning which directed its course to the southwest, the river
rrowed gradually and the channel lay between high banks, over which the
ees formed a double arch. Pencroft, lest they should lose themselves,
solved to follow the course of the stream, which would always lead them
ck to the point from which they started. But the bank was not without
me obstacles: here, the flexible branches of the trees bent level with
le:///E|/BOOKS/jules%20verne/The%20Mysterious%20Island.txt (26 of 366) [8/4/2003 1:56:45 PM]
7/29/2019 The Mysterious Island- Jules Verne
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/the-mysterious-island-jules-verne 27/365
le:///E|/BOOKS/jules%20verne/The%20Mysterious%20Island.txt
e current; there, creepers and thorns which they had to break down with
eir sticks. Herbert often glided among the broken stumps with the agility
a young cat, and disappeared in the underwood. But Pencroft called him
ck directly, begging him not to wander away. Meanwhile, the sailor
tentively observed the disposition and nature of the surrounding
untry. On the left bank, the ground, which was flat and marshy, rose
perceptibly towards the interior. It looked there like a network of
quid threads which doubtless reached the river by some underground drain.
metimes a stream ran through the underwood, which they crossed without
fficulty. The opposite shore appeared to be more uneven, and the valley
which the river occupied the bottom was more clearly visible. The hill,vered with trees disposed in terraces, intercepted the view. On the right
nk walking would have been difficult, for the declivities fell suddenly,
d the trees bending over the water were only sustained by the strength
their roots.
is needless to add that this forest, as well as the coast already
rveyed, was destitute of any sign of human life. Pencroft only saw traces
quadrupeds, fresh footprints of animals, of which he could not recognize
e species. In all probability, and such was also Herbert's opinion, some
d been left by formidable wild beasts which doubtless would give them
me trouble; but nowhere did they observe the mark of an axe on the trees,
r the ashes of a fire, nor the impression of a human foot. On this they
ght probably congratulate themselves, for on any land in the middle ofe Pacific the presence of man was perhaps more to be feared than desired.
rbert and Pencroft speaking little, for the difficulties of the way were
eat, advanced very slowly, and after walking for an hour they had
arcely gone more than a mile. As yet the hunt had not been successful.
wever, some birds sang and fluttered in the foliage, and appeared very
mid, as if man had inspired them with an instinctive fear. Among others,
rbert described, in a marshy part of the forest, a bird with a long
inted beak, closely resembling the king-fisher, but its plumage was not
ne, though of a metallic brilliancy.
hat must be a jacamar," said Herbert, trying to get nearer.
his will be a good opportunity to taste jacamar," replied the sailor,f that fellow is in a humor to be roasted!"
st then, a stone cleverly thrown by the boy, struck the creature on the
ng, but the blow did not disable it, and the jacamar ran off and
sappeared in an instant.
ow clumsy I am!" cried Herbert.
o, no, my boy!" replied the sailor. "The blow was well aimed; many a
e would have missed it altogether! Come, don't be vexed with yourself. We
all catch it another day!"
the hunters advanced, the trees were found to be more scattered, many
ing magnificent, but none bore eatable fruit. Pencroft searched in vain
r some of those precious palm-trees which are employed in so many ways in
mestic life, and which have been found as far as the fortieth parallel in
e Northern Hemisphere, and to the thirty-fifth only in the Southern
misphere. But this forest was only composed of coniferae, such as
odaras, already recognized by Herbert, and Douglas pine, similar to those
ich grow on the northwest coast of America, and splendid firs, measuring
hundred and fifty feet in height.
this moment a flock of birds, of a small size and pretty plumage, with
ng glancing tails, dispersed themselves among the branches strewing their
athers, which covered the ground as with fine down. Herbert picked up a
le:///E|/BOOKS/jules%20verne/The%20Mysterious%20Island.txt (27 of 366) [8/4/2003 1:56:45 PM]
7/29/2019 The Mysterious Island- Jules Verne
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/the-mysterious-island-jules-verne 28/365
le:///E|/BOOKS/jules%20verne/The%20Mysterious%20Island.txt
w of these feathers, and after having examined them,--
hese are couroucous," said he.
should prefer a moor-cock or guinea-fowl," replied Pencroft, "still,
they are good to eat--"
hey are good to eat, and also their flesh is very delicate," replied
rbert. "Besides, if I don't mistake, it is easy to approach and kill them
th a stick."
e sailor and the lad, creeping among the grass, arrived at the foot of
tree, whose lower branches were covered with little birds. The couroucous
re waiting the passage of insects which served for their nourishment.
eir feathery feet could be seen clasping the slender twigs which
pported them.
e hunters then rose, and using their sticks like scythes, they mowed
wn whole rows of these couroucous, who never thought of flying away, and
upidly allowed themselves to be knocked off. A hundred were already
aped on the ground, before the others made up their minds to fly.
ell," said Pencroft, "here is game, which is quite within the reach of
nters like us. We have only to put out our hands and take it!"
e sailor having strung the couroucous like larks on flexible twigs,
ey then continued their exploration. The stream here made a bend towards
e south, but this detour was probably not prolonged for the river must
ve its source in the mountain, and be supplied by the melting of the snow
ich covered the sides of the central cone.
e particular object of their expedition was, as has been said, to
ocure the greatest possible quantity of game for the inhabitants of the
imneys. It must be acknowledged that as yet this object had not been
tained. So the sailor actively pursued his researches, though he
claimed, when some animal which he had not even time to recognize fled
to the long grass, "If only we had had the dog Top!" But Top had
sappeared at the same time as his master, and had probably perished withm.
wards three o'clock new flocks of birds were seen through certain
ees, at whose aromatic berries they were pecking, those of the juniper-
ee among others. Suddenly a loud trumpet call resounded through the
rest. This strange and sonorous cry was produced by a game bird called
ouse in the United States. They soon saw several couples, whose plumage
s rich chestnut-brown mottled with dark brown, and tail of the same
lor. Herbert recognized the males by the two wing-like appendages raised
the neck. Pencroft determined to get hold of at least one of these
llinaceae, which were as large as a fowl, and whose flesh is better than
at of a pullet. But it was difficult, for they would not allow themselves
be approached. After several fruitless attempts, which resulted in
thing but scaring the grouse, the sailor said to the lad,--
ecidedly, since we can't kill them on the wing, we must try to take
em with a line."
ike a fish?" cried Herbert, much surprised at the proposal.
ike a fish," replied the sailor quite seriously. Pencroft had found
ong the grass half a dozen grouse nests, each having three or four eggs.
took great care not to touch these nests, to which their proprietors
uld not fail to return. It was around these that he meant to stretch his
nes, not snares, but real fishing-lines. He took Herbert to some distance
le:///E|/BOOKS/jules%20verne/The%20Mysterious%20Island.txt (28 of 366) [8/4/2003 1:56:45 PM]
7/29/2019 The Mysterious Island- Jules Verne
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/the-mysterious-island-jules-verne 29/365
le:///E|/BOOKS/jules%20verne/The%20Mysterious%20Island.txt
om the nests, and there prepared his singular apparatus with all the care
ich a disciple of Izaak Walton would have used. Herbert watched the work
th great interest, though rather doubting its success. The lines were
de of fine creepers, fastened one to the other, of the length of fifteen
twenty feet. Thick, strong thorns, the points bent back (which were
pplied from a dwarf acacia bush) were fastened to the ends of the
eepers, by way of hooks. Large red worms, which were crawling on the
ound, furnished bait.
is done, Pencroft, passing among the grass and concealing himself
illfully, placed the end of his lines armed with hooks near the grousests; then he returned, took the other ends and hid with Herbert behind a
rge tree. There they both waited patiently; though, it must be said, that
rbert did not reckon much on the success of the inventive Pencroft.
whole half-hour passed, but then, as the sailor had surmised, several
uple of grouse returned to their nests. They walked along, pecking the
ound, and not suspecting in any way the presence of the hunters, who,
sides, had taken care to place themselves to leeward of the gallinaceae.
e lad felt at this moment highly interested. He held his breath, and
ncroft, his eyes staring, his mouth open, his lips advanced, as if about
taste a piece of grouse, scarcely breathed.
anwhile, the birds walked about the hooks, without taking any notice of
em. Pencroft then gave little tugs which moved the bait as if the worms
d been still alive.
e sailor undoubtedly felt much greater anxiety than does the fisherman,
r he does not see his prey coming through the water. The jerks attracted
e attention of the gallinaceae, and they attacked the hooks with their
aks. Three voracious grouse swallowed at the same moment bait and hook.
ddenly with a smart jerk, Pencroft "struck" his line, and a flapping of
ngs showed that the birds were taken.
urrah!" he cried, rushing towards the game, of which he made himself
ster in an instant.
rbert clapped his hands. It was the first time that he had ever seen
rds taken with a line, but the sailor modestly confessed that it was not
s first attempt, and that besides he could not claim the merit of
vention.
nd at any rate," added he, "situated as we are, we must hope to hit
on many other contrivances."
e grouse were fastened by their claws, and Pencroft, delighted at not
ving to appear before their companions with empty hands, and observing
at the day had begun to decline, judged it best to return to their
elling.
e direction was indicated by the river, whose course they had only to
llow, and, towards six o'clock, tired enough with their excursion,
rbert and Pencroft arrived at the Chimneys.
apter 7
deon Spilett was standing motionless on the shore, his arms crossed,
zing over the sea, the horizon of which was lost towards the east in a
ick black cloud which was spreading rapidly towards the zenith. The wind
s already strong, and increased with the decline of day. The whole sky
le:///E|/BOOKS/jules%20verne/The%20Mysterious%20Island.txt (29 of 366) [8/4/2003 1:56:45 PM]
7/29/2019 The Mysterious Island- Jules Verne
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/the-mysterious-island-jules-verne 30/365
le:///E|/BOOKS/jules%20verne/The%20Mysterious%20Island.txt
s of a threatening aspect, and the first symptoms of a violent storm were
early visible.
rbert entered the Chimneys, and Pencroft went towards the reporter. The
tter, deeply absorbed, did not see him approach.
e are going to have a dirty night, Mr. Spilett!" said the sailor:
etrels delight in wind and rain."
e reporter, turning at the moment, saw Pencroft, and his first words
re,--
t what distance from the coast would you say the car was, when the
ves carried off our companion?"
e sailor had not expected this question. He reflected an instant and
plied,--
wo cables lengths at the most."
ut what is a cable's length?" asked Gideon Spilett.
bout a hundred and twenty fathoms, or six hundred feet."
hen," said the reporter, "Cyrus Harding must have disappeared twelvendred feet at the most from the shore?"
bout that," replied Pencroft.
nd his dog also?"
lso."
hat astonishes me," rejoined the reporter, "while admitting that our
mpanion has perished, is that Top has also met his death, and that
ither the body of the dog nor of his master has been cast on the shore!"
t is not astonishing, with such a heavy sea," replied the sailor.
esides, it is possible that currents have carried them farther down theast."
hen, it is your opinion that our friend has perished in the waves?"
ain asked the reporter.
hat is my opinion."
y own opinion," said Gideon Spilett, "with due deference to your
perience, Pencroft, is that in the double fact of the absolute
sappearance of Cyrus and Top, living or dead, there is something
accountable and unlikely."
wish I could think like you, Mr. Spilett," replied Pencroft;nhappily, my mind is made up on this point." Having said this, the sailor
turned to the Chimneys. A good fire crackled on the hearth. Herbert had
st thrown on an armful of dry wood, and the flame cast a bright light
to the darkest parts of the passage.
ncroft immediately began to prepare the dinner. It appeared best to
troduce something solid into the bill of fare, for all needed to get up
eir strength. The strings of couroucous were kept for the next day, but
ey plucked a couple of grouse, which were soon spitted on a stick, and
asting before a blazing fire.
seven in the evening Neb had not returned. The prolonged absence of
le:///E|/BOOKS/jules%20verne/The%20Mysterious%20Island.txt (30 of 366) [8/4/2003 1:56:45 PM]
7/29/2019 The Mysterious Island- Jules Verne
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/the-mysterious-island-jules-verne 31/365
le:///E|/BOOKS/jules%20verne/The%20Mysterious%20Island.txt
e Negro made Pencroft very uneasy. It was to be feared that he had met
th an accident on this unknown land, or that the unhappy fellow had been
iven to some act of despair. But Herbert drew very different conclusions
om this absence. According to him, Neb's delay was caused by some new
rcumstances which had induced him to prolong his search. Also, everything
w must be to the advantage of Cyrus Harding. Why had Neb not returned
less hope still detained him? Perhaps he had found some mark, a footstep,
trace which had put him in the right path. Perhaps he was at this moment
a certain track. Perhaps even he was near his master.
us the lad reasoned. Thus he spoke. His companions let him talk. Theporter alone approved with a gesture. But what Pencroft thought most
obable was, that Neb had pushed his researches on the shore farther than
e day before, and that he had not as yet had time to return.
rbert, however, agitated by vague presentiments, several times
nifested an intention to go to meet Neb. But Pencroft assured him that
at would be a useless course, that in the darkness and deplorable weather
could not find any traces of Neb, and that it would be much better to
it. If Neb had not made his appearance by the next day, Pencroft would
t hesitate to join him in his search.
deon Spilett approved of the sailor's opinion that it was best not to
vide, and Herbert was obliged to give up his project; but two large tearsll from his eyes.
e reporter could not refrain from embracing the generous boy.
d weather now set in. A furious gale from the southeast passed over the
ast. The sea roared as it beat over the reef. Heavy rain was dashed by
e storm into particles like dust. Ragged masses of vapor drove along the
ach, on which the tormented shingles sounded as if poured out in cart-
ads, while the sand raised by the wind added as it were mineral dust to
at which was liquid, and rendered the united attack insupportable.
tween the river's mouth and the end of the cliff, eddies of wind whirled
d gusts from this maelstrom lashed the water which ran through the
rrow valley. The smoke from the fireplace was also driven back through
e opening, filling the passages and rendering them uninhabitable.
erefore, as the grouse were cooked, Pencroft let the fire die away, and
ly preserved a few embers buried under the ashes.
eight o'clock Neb had not appeared, but there was no doubt that the
ightful weather alone hindered his return, and that he must have taken
fuge in some cave, to await the end of the storm or at least the return
day. As to going to meet him, or attempting to find him, it was
possible.
e game constituted the only dish at supper; the meat was excellent, and
ncroft and Herbert, whose long excursion had rendered them very hungry,
voured it with infinite satisfaction.
eir meal concluded, each retired to the corner in which he had rested
e preceding night, and Herbert was not long in going to sleep near the
ilor, who had stretched himself beside the fireplace.
tside, as the night advanced, the tempest also increased in strength,
til it was equal to that which had carried the prisoners from Richmond to
is land in the Pacific. The tempests which are frequent during the
asons of the equinox, and which are so prolific in catastrophes, are
ove all terrible over this immense ocean, which opposes no obstacle to
eir fury. No description can give an idea of the terrific violence of
le:///E|/BOOKS/jules%20verne/The%20Mysterious%20Island.txt (31 of 366) [8/4/2003 1:56:45 PM]
7/29/2019 The Mysterious Island- Jules Verne
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/the-mysterious-island-jules-verne 32/365
le:///E|/BOOKS/jules%20verne/The%20Mysterious%20Island.txt
e gale as it beat upon the unprotected coast.
ppily the pile of rocks which formed the Chimneys was solid. It was
mposed of enormous blocks of granite, a few of which, insecurely
lanced, seemed to tremble on their foundations, and Pencroft could feel
pid quiverings under his head as it rested on the rock. But he repeated
himself, and rightly, that there was nothing to fear, and that their
treat would not give way. However he heard the noise of stones torn from
e summit of the plateau by the wind, falling down on to the beach. A few
en rolled on to the upper part of the Chimneys, or flew off in fragments
en they were projected perpendicularly. Twice the sailor rose andtrenched himself at the opening of the passage, so as to take a look in
fety at the outside. But there was nothing to be feared from these
owers, which were not considerable, and he returned to his couch before
e fireplace, where the embers glowed beneath the ashes.
twithstanding the fury of the hurricane, the uproar of the tempest, the
under, and the tumult, Herbert slept profoundly. Sleep at last took
ssession of Pencroft, whom a seafaring life had habituated to anything.
deon Spilett alone was kept awake by anxiety. He reproached himself with
t having accompanied Neb. It was evident that he had not abandoned all
pe. The presentiments which had troubled Herbert did not cease to agitate
m also. His thoughts were concentrated on Neb. Why had Neb not returned?
tossed about on his sandy couch, scarcely giving a thought to theruggle of the elements. Now and then, his eyes, heavy with fatigue,
osed for an instant, but some sudden thought reopened them almost
mediately.
anwhile the night advanced, and it was perhaps two hours from morning,
en Pencroft, then sound asleep, was vigorously shaken.
hat's the matter?" he cried, rousing himself, and collecting his ideas
th the promptitude usual to seamen.
e reporter was leaning over him, and saying,--
isten, Pencroft, listen!"
e sailor strained his ears, but could hear no noise beyond those caused
the storm.
t is the wind," said he.
o," replied Gideon Spilett, listening again, "I thought I heard--"
hat?"
he barking of a dog!"
dog!" cried Pencroft, springing up.
es--barking--"
t's not possible!" replied the sailor. "And besides, how, in the
aring of the storm--"
top--listen--" said the reporter.
ncroft listened more attentively, and really thought he heard, during a
ll, distant barking.
ell!" said the reporter, pressing the sailor's hand.
es--yes!" replied Pencroft.
le:///E|/BOOKS/jules%20verne/The%20Mysterious%20Island.txt (32 of 366) [8/4/2003 1:56:45 PM]
7/29/2019 The Mysterious Island- Jules Verne
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/the-mysterious-island-jules-verne 33/365
le:///E|/BOOKS/jules%20verne/The%20Mysterious%20Island.txt
t is Top! It is Top!" cried Herbert, who had just awoke; and all three
shed towards the opening of the Chimneys. They had great difficulty in
tting out. The wind drove them back. But at last they succeeded, and
uld only remain standing by leaning against the rocks. They looked about,
t could not speak. The darkness was intense. The sea, the sky, the land
re all mingled in one black mass. Not a speck of light was visible.
e reporter and his companions remained thus for a few minutes,
erwhelmed by the wind, drenched by the rain, blinded by the sand.
en, in a pause of the tumult, they again heard the barking, which they
und must be at some distance.
could only be Top! But was he alone or accompanied? He was most
obably alone, for, if Neb had been with him, he would have made his way
re directly towards the Chimneys. The sailor squeezed the reporter's
nd, for he could not make himself heard, in a way which signified "Wait!"
en he reentered the passage.
instant after he issued with a lighted fagot, which he threw into the
rkness, whistling shrilly.
appeared as if this signal had been waited for; the barking
mediately came nearer, and soon a dog bounded into the passage. Pencroft,
rbert, and Spilett entered after him.
armful of dry wood was thrown on the embers. The passage was lighted
with a bright flame.
t is Top!" cried Herbert.
was indeed Top, a magnificent Anglo-Norman, who derived from these two
ces crossed the swiftness of foot and the acuteness of smell which are
e preeminent qualities of coursing dogs. It was the dog of the engineer,
rus Harding. But he was alone! Neither Neb nor his master accompanied
m!
w was it that his instinct had guided him straight to the Chimneys,
ich he did not know? It appeared inexplicable, above all, in the midst of
is black night and in such a tempest! But what was still more
explicable was, that Top was neither tired, nor exhausted, nor even
iled with mud or sand!--Herbert had drawn him towards him, and was
tting his head, the dog rubbing his neck against the lad's hands.
f the dog is found, the master will be found also!" said the reporter.
od grant it!" responded Herbert. "Let us set off! Top will guide us!"
ncroft did not make any objection. He felt that Top's arrival
ntradicted his conjectures. "Come along then!" said he.
ncroft carefully covered the embers on the hearth. He placed a few
eces of wood among them, so as to keep in the fire until their return.
en, preceded by the dog, who seemed to invite them by short barks to come
th him, and followed by the reporter and the boy, he dashed out, after
ving put up in his handkerchief the remains of the supper.
e storm was then in all its violence, and perhaps at its height. Not a
ngle ray of light from the moon pierced through the clouds. To follow a
raight course was difficult. It was best to rely on Top's instinct. They
d so. The reporter and Herbert walked behind the dog, and the sailor
ought up the rear. It was impossible to exchange a word. The rain was not
le:///E|/BOOKS/jules%20verne/The%20Mysterious%20Island.txt (33 of 366) [8/4/2003 1:56:45 PM]
7/29/2019 The Mysterious Island- Jules Verne
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/the-mysterious-island-jules-verne 34/365
le:///E|/BOOKS/jules%20verne/The%20Mysterious%20Island.txt
ry heavy, but the wind was terrific.
wever, one circumstance favored the seaman and his two companions. The
nd being southeast, consequently blew on their backs. The clouds of sand,
ich otherwise would have been insupportable, from being received behind,
d not in consequence impede their progress. In short, they sometimes went
ster than they liked, and had some difficulty in keeping their feet; but
pe gave them strength, for it was not at random that they made their way
ong the shore. They had no doubt that Neb had found his master, and that
had sent them the faithful dog. But was the engineer living, or had Neb
ly sent for his companions that they might render the last duties to therpse of the unfortunate Harding?
ter having passed the precipice, Herbert, the reporter, and Pencroft
udently stepped aside to stop and take breath. The turn of the rocks
eltered them from the wind, and they could breathe after this walk or
ther run of a quarter of an hour.
ey could now hear and reply to each other, and the lad having
onounced the name of Cyrus Harding, Top gave a few short barks, as much
to say that his master was saved.
aved, isn't he?" repeated Herbert; "saved, Top?"
d the dog barked in reply.
ey once more set out. The tide began to rise, and urged by the wind it
reatened to be unusually high, as it was a spring tide. Great billows
undered against the reef with such violence that they probably passed
tirely over the islet, then quite invisible. The mole no longer protected
e coast, which was directly exposed to the attacks of the open sea.
soon as the sailor and his companions left the precipice, the wind
ruck them again with renewed fury. Though bent under the gale they walked
ry quickly, following Top, who did not hesitate as to what direction to
ke.
ey ascended towards the north, having on their left an interminabletent of billows, which broke with a deafening noise, and on their right a
rk country, the aspect of which it was impossible to guess. But they felt
at it was comparatively flat, for the wind passed completely over them,
thout being driven back as it was when it came in contact with the cliff.
four o'clock in the morning, they reckoned that they had cleared about
ve miles. The clouds were slightly raised, and the wind, though less
mp, was very sharp and cold. Insufficiently protected by their clothing,
ncroft, Herbert and Spilett suffered cruelly, but not a complaint escaped
eir lips. They were determined to follow Top, wherever the intelligent
imal wished to lead them.
wards five o'clock day began to break. At the zenith, where the fog wasss thick, gray shades bordered the clouds; under an opaque belt, a
minous line clearly traced the horizon. The crests of the billows were
pped with a wild light, and the foam regained its whiteness. At the same
me on the left the hilly parts of the coast could be seen, though very
distinctly.
six o'clock day had broken. The clouds rapidly lifted. The seaman and
s companions were then about six miles from the Chimneys. They were
llowing a very flat shore bounded by a reef of rocks, whose heads
arcely emerged from the sea, for they were in deep water. On the left,
e country appeared to be one vast extent of sandy downs, bristling with
le:///E|/BOOKS/jules%20verne/The%20Mysterious%20Island.txt (34 of 366) [8/4/2003 1:56:45 PM]
7/29/2019 The Mysterious Island- Jules Verne
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/the-mysterious-island-jules-verne 35/365
le:///E|/BOOKS/jules%20verne/The%20Mysterious%20Island.txt
istles. There was no cliff, and the shore offered no resistance to the
ean but a chain of irregular hillocks. Here and there grew two or three
ees, inclined towards the west, their branches projecting in that
rection. Quite behind, in the southwest, extended the border of the
rest.
this moment, Top became very excited. He ran forward, then returned,
d seemed to entreat them to hasten their steps. The dog then left the
ach, and guided by his wonderful instinct, without showing the least
sitation, went straight in among the downs. They followed him. The
untry appeared an absolute desert. Not a living creature was to be seen.
e downs, the extent of which was large, were composed of hillocks and
en of hills, very irregularly distributed. They resembled a Switzerland
deled in sand, and only an amazing instinct could have possibly
cognized the way.
ve minutes after having left the beach, the reporter and his two
mpanions arrived at a sort of excavation, hollowed out at the back of a
gh mound. There Top stopped, and gave a loud, clear bark. Spilett,
rbert, and Pencroft dashed into the cave.
b was there, kneeling beside a body extended on a bed of grass.
e body was that of the engineer, Cyrus Harding.
apter 8
b did not move. Pencroft only uttered one word.
iving?" he cried.
b did not reply. Spilett and the sailor turned pale. Herbert clasped
s hands, and remained motionless. The poor Negro, absorbed in his grief,
idently had neither seen his companions nor heard the sailor speak.
e reporter knelt down beside the motionless body, and placed his ear to
e engineer's chest, having first torn open his clothes.
minute--an age!--passed, during which he endeavored to catch the
intest throb of the heart.
b had raised himself a little and gazed without seeing. Despair had
mpletely changed his countenance. He could scarcely be recognized,
hausted with fatigue, broken with grief. He believed his master was dead.
deon Spilett at last rose, after a long and attentive examination.
e lives!" said he.
ncroft knelt in his turn beside the engineer, he also heard a
robbing, and even felt a slight breath on his cheek.
rbert at a word from the reporter ran out to look for water. He found,
hundred feet off, a limpid stream, which seemed to have been greatly
creased by the rains, and which filtered through the sand; but nothing in
ich to put the water, not even a shell among the downs. The lad was
liged to content himself with dipping his handkerchief in the stream, and
th it hastened back to the grotto.
ppily the wet handkerchief was enough for Gideon Spilett, who only
shed to wet the engineer's lips. The cold water produced an almost
le:///E|/BOOKS/jules%20verne/The%20Mysterious%20Island.txt (35 of 366) [8/4/2003 1:56:45 PM]
7/29/2019 The Mysterious Island- Jules Verne
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/the-mysterious-island-jules-verne 36/365
le:///E|/BOOKS/jules%20verne/The%20Mysterious%20Island.txt
mediate effect. His chest heaved and he seemed to try to speak.
e will save him!" exclaimed the reporter.
these words hope revived in Neb's heart. He undressed his master to
e if he was wounded, but not so much as a bruise was to be found, either
the head, body, or limbs, which was surprising, as he must have been
shed against the rocks; even the hands were uninjured, and it was
fficult to explain how the engineer showed no traces of the efforts which
must have made to get out of reach of the breakers.
t the explanation would come later. When Cyrus was able to speak he
uld say what had happened. For the present the question was, how to
call him to life, and it appeared likely that rubbing would bring this
out; so they set to work with the sailor's jersey.
e engineer, revived by this rude shampooing, moved his arm slightly and
gan to breathe more regularly. He was sinking from exhaustion, and
rtainly, had not the reporter and his companions arrived, it would have
en all over with Cyrus Harding.
ou thought your master was dead, didn't you?" said the seaman to Neb.
es! quite dead!" replied Neb, "and if Top had not found you, and
ought you here, I should have buried my master, and then have lain downhis grave to die!"
had indeed been a narrow escape for Cyrus Harding!
b then recounted what had happened. The day before, after having left
e Chimneys at daybreak, he had ascended the coast in a northerly
rection, and had reached that part of the shore which he had already
sited.
ere, without any hope he acknowledged, Neb had searched the beach,
ong the rocks, on the sand, for the smallest trace to guide him. He
amined particularly that part of the beach which was not covered by the
gh tide, for near the sea the water would have obliterated all marks. Nebd not expect to find his master living. It was for a corpse that he
arched, a corpse which he wished to bury with his own hands!
sought long in vain. This desert coast appeared never to have been
sited by a human creature. The shells, those which the sea had not
ached, and which might be met with by millions above high-water mark,
re untouched. Not a shell was broken.
b then resolved to walk along the beach for some miles. It was possible
at the waves had carried the body to quite a distant point. When a corpse
oats a little distance from a low shore, it rarely happens that the tide
es not throw it up, sooner or later. This Neb knew, and he wished to see
s master again for the last time.
went along the coast for another two miles, carefully examining the
ach, both at high and low water, and I had despaired of finding anything,
en yesterday, above five in the evening, I saw footprints on the sand."
ootprints?" exclaimed Pencroft.
es!" replied Neb.
id these footprints begin at the water's edge?" asked the reporter.
o," replied Neb, "only above high-water mark, for the others must have
le:///E|/BOOKS/jules%20verne/The%20Mysterious%20Island.txt (36 of 366) [8/4/2003 1:56:45 PM]
7/29/2019 The Mysterious Island- Jules Verne
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/the-mysterious-island-jules-verne 37/365
le:///E|/BOOKS/jules%20verne/The%20Mysterious%20Island.txt
en washed out by the tide."
o on, Neb," said Spilett.
went half crazy when I saw these footprints. They were very clear and
nt towards the downs. I followed them for a quarter of a mile, running,
t taking care not to destroy them. Five minutes after, as it was getting
rk, I heard the barking of a dog. It was Top, and Top brought me here, to
master!"
b ended his account by saying what had been his grief at finding the
animate body, in which he vainly sought for the least sign of life. Now
at he had found him dead he longed for him to be alive. All his efforts
re useless! Nothing remained to be done but to render the last duties to
e one whom he had loved so much! Neb then thought of his companions.
ey, no doubt, would wish to see the unfortunate man again. Top was there.
uld he not rely on the sagacity of the faithful animal? Neb several times
onounced the name of the reporter, the one among his companions whom Top
ew best.
en he pointed to the south, and the dog bounded off in the direction
dicated to him.
have heard how, guided by an instinct which might be looked upon
most as supernatural, Top had found them.
b's companions had listened with great attention to this account.
was unaccountable to them how Cyrus Harding, after the efforts which
must have made to escape from the waves by crossing the rocks, had not
ceived even a scratch. And what could not be explained either was how the
gineer had managed to get to this cave in the downs, more than a mile
om the shore.
o, Neb," said the reporter, "it was not you who brought your master to
is place."
o, it was not I," replied the Negro.
t's very clear that the captain came here by himself," said Pencroft.
t is clear in reality," observed Spilett, "but it is not credible!"
e explanation of this fact could only be produced from the engineer's
n lips, and they must wait for that till speech returned. Rubbing had
-established the circulation of the blood. Cyrus Harding moved his arm
ain, then his head, and a few incomprehensible words escaped him.
b, who was bending over him, spoke, but the engineer did not appear to
ar, and his eyes remained closed. Life was only exhibited in him by
vement, his senses had not as yet been restored.
ncroft much regretted not having either fire, or the means of procuring
, for he had, unfortunately, forgotten to bring the burnt linen, which
uld easily have ignited from the sparks produced by striking together two
ints. As to the engineer's pockets, they were entirely empty, except that
his waistcoat, which contained his watch. It was necessary to carry
rding to the Chimneys, and that as soon as possible. This was the opinion
all.
anwhile, the care which was lavished on the engineer brought him back
consciousness sooner than they could have expected. The water with which
ey wetted his lips revived him gradually. Pencroft also thought of mixing
le:///E|/BOOKS/jules%20verne/The%20Mysterious%20Island.txt (37 of 366) [8/4/2003 1:56:45 PM]
7/29/2019 The Mysterious Island- Jules Verne
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/the-mysterious-island-jules-verne 38/365
le:///E|/BOOKS/jules%20verne/The%20Mysterious%20Island.txt
th the water some moisture from the titra's flesh which he had brought.
rbert ran to the beach and returned with two large bivalve shells. The
ilor concocted something which he introduced between the lips of the
gineer, who eagerly drinking it opened his eyes.
b and the reporter were leaning over him.
y master! my master!" cried Neb.
e engineer heard him. He recognized Neb and Spilett, then his other two
mpanions, and his hand slightly pressed theirs.
few words again escaped him, which showed what thoughts were, even
en, troubling his brain. This time he was understood. Undoubtedly they
re the same words he had before attempted to utter.
sland or continent?" he murmured.
other the continent," cried Pencroft hastily; "there is time enough to
e about that, captain! we don't care for anything, provided you are
ving."
e engineer nodded faintly, and then appeased to sleep.
ey respected this sleep, and the reporter began immediately to makerangements for transporting Harding to a more comfortable place. Neb,
rbert, and Pencroft left the cave and directed their steps towards a high
und crowned with a few distorted trees. On the way the sailor could not
lp repeating,--
sland or continent! To think of that, when at one's last gasp! What a
n!"
rived at the summit of the mound, Pencroft and his two companions set
work, with no other tools than their hands, to despoil of its principal
anches a rather sickly tree, a sort of marine fir; with these branches
ey made a litter, on which, covered with grass and leaves, they could
rry the engineer.
is occupied them nearly forty minutes, and it was ten o'clock when they
turned to Cyrus Harding whom Spilett had not left.
e engineer was just awaking from the sleep, or rather from the
owsiness, in which they had found him. The color was returning to his
eeks, which till now had been as pale as death. He raised himself a
ttle, looked around him, and appeared to ask where he was.
an you listen to me without fatigue, Cyrus?" asked the reporter.
es," replied the engineer.
t's my opinion," said the sailor, "that Captain Harding will be able to
sten to you still better, if he will have some more grouse jelly,--for we
ve grouse, captain," added he, presenting him with a little of this
lly, to which he this time added some of the flesh.
rus Harding ate a little of the grouse, and the rest was divided among
s companions, who found it but a meager breakfast, for they were
ffering extremely from hunger.
ell!" said the sailor, "there is plenty of food at the Chimneys, for
u must know, captain, that down there, in the south, we have a house,
th rooms, beds, and fireplace, and in the pantry, several dozen of birds,
le:///E|/BOOKS/jules%20verne/The%20Mysterious%20Island.txt (38 of 366) [8/4/2003 1:56:45 PM]
7/29/2019 The Mysterious Island- Jules Verne
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/the-mysterious-island-jules-verne 39/365
le:///E|/BOOKS/jules%20verne/The%20Mysterious%20Island.txt
ich our Herbert calls couroucous. Your litter is ready, and as soon as
u feel strong enough we will carry you home."
hanks, my friend," replied the engineer; "wait another hour or two, and
en we will set out. And now speak, Spilett."
e reporter then told him all that had occurred. He recounted all the
ents with which Cyrus was unacquainted, the last fall of the balloon, the
nding on this unknown land, which appeared a desert (whatever it was,
ether island or continent), the discovery of the Chimneys, the search for
m, not forgetting of course Neb's devotion, the intelligence exhibited by
e faithful Top, as well as many other matters.
ut," asked Harding, in a still feeble voice, "you did not, then, pick
up on the beach?"
o," replied the reporter.
nd did you not bring me to this cave?"
o."
t what distance is this cave from the sea?"
bout a mile," replied Pencroft; "and if you are astonished, captain, wee not less surprised ourselves at seeing you in this place!"
ndeed," said the engineer, who was recovering gradually, and who took
eat interest in these details, "indeed it is very singular!"
ut," resumed the sailor, "can you tell us what happened after you were
rried off by the sea?"
rus Harding considered. He knew very little. The wave had torn him from
e balloon net. He sank at first several fathoms. On returning to the
rface, in the half light, he felt a living creature struggling near him.
was Top, who had sprung to his help. He saw nothing of the balloon,
ich, lightened both of his weight and that of the dog, had darted away
ke an arrow.
ere he was, in the midst of the angry sea, at a distance which could
t be less than half a mile from the shore. He attempted to struggle
ainst the billows by swimming vigorously. Top held him up by his clothes;
t a strong current seized him and drove him towards the north, and after
lf an hour of exertion, he sank, dragging Top with him into the depths.
om that moment to the moment in which he recovered to find himself in the
ms of his friends he remembered nothing.
owever," remarked Pencroft, "you must have been thrown on to the beach,
d you must have had strength to walk here, since Neb found your
otmarks!"
es... of course replied the engineer, thoughtfully; "and you found no
aces of human beings on this coast?"
ot a trace," replied the reporter; "besides, if by chance you had met
th some deliverer there, just in the nick of time, why should he have
andoned you after having saved you from the waves?"
ou are right, my dear Spilett. Tell me, Neb," added the engineer,
rning to his servant, "it was not you who... you can't have had a moment
unconsciousness... during which no, that's absurd.... Do any of the
otsteps still remain?" asked Harding.
le:///E|/BOOKS/jules%20verne/The%20Mysterious%20Island.txt (39 of 366) [8/4/2003 1:56:45 PM]
7/29/2019 The Mysterious Island- Jules Verne
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/the-mysterious-island-jules-verne 40/365
le:///E|/BOOKS/jules%20verne/The%20Mysterious%20Island.txt
es, master, replied Neb; "here, at the entrance, at the back of the
und, in a place sheltered from the rain and wind. The storm has destroyed
e others."
encroft," said Cyrus Harding, "will you take my shoe and see if it fits
actly to the footprints?"
e sailor did as the engineer requested. While he and Herbert, guided by
b, went to the place where the footprints were to be found, Cyrus
marked to the reporter,--
t is a most extraordinary thing!"
erfectly inexplicable!" replied Gideon Spilett.
ut do not dwell upon it just now, my dear Spilett, we will talk about
by-and-by."
moment after the others entered.
ere was no doubt about it. The engineer's shoe fitted exactly to the
otmarks. It was therefore Cyrus Harding who had left them on the sand.
ome," said he, "I must have experienced this unconsciousness which Itributed to Neb. I must have walked like a somnambulist, without any
owledge of my steps, and Top must have guided me here, after having
agged me from the waves... Come, Top! Come, old dog!"
e magnificent animal bounded barking to his master, and caresses were
vished on him. It was agreed that there was no other way of accounting
r the rescue of Cyrus Harding, and that Top deserved all the honor of the
fair.
wards twelve o'clock, Pencroft having asked the engineer if they could
w remove him, Harding, instead of replying, and by an effort which
hibited the most energetic will, got up. But he was obliged to lean on
e sailor, or he would have fallen.
ell done!" cried Pencroft; "bring the captain's litter."
e litter was brought; the transverse branches had been covered with
aves and long grass. Harding was laid on it, and Pencroft, having taken
s place at one end and Neb at the other, they started towards the coast.
ere was a distance of eight miles to be accomplished; but, as they could
t go fast, and it would perhaps be necessary to stop frequently, they
ckoned that it would take at least six hours to reach the Chimneys. The
nd was still strong, but fortunately it did not rain. Although lying
wn, the engineer, leaning on his elbow, observed the coast, particularly
land. He did not speak, but he gazed; and, no doubt, the appearance of
e country, with its inequalities of ground, its forests, its various
oductions, were impressed on his mind. However, after traveling for two
urs, fatigue overcame him, and he slept.
half-past five the little band arrived at the precipice, and a short
me after at the Chimneys.
ey stopped, and the litter was placed on the sand; Cyrus Harding was
eeping profoundly, and did not awake.
ncroft, to his extreme surprise, found that the terrible storm had
ite altered the aspect of the place. Important changes had occurred;
eat blocks of stone lay on the beach, which was also covered with a thick
le:///E|/BOOKS/jules%20verne/The%20Mysterious%20Island.txt (40 of 366) [8/4/2003 1:56:45 PM]
7/29/2019 The Mysterious Island- Jules Verne
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/the-mysterious-island-jules-verne 41/365
le:///E|/BOOKS/jules%20verne/The%20Mysterious%20Island.txt
rpet of sea-weed, algae, and wrack. Evidently the sea, passing over the
let, had been carried right up to the foot of the enormous curtain of
anite. The soil in front of the cave had been torn away by the violence
the waves. A horrid presentiment flashed across Pencroft's mind. He
shed into the passage, but returned almost immediately, and stood
tionless, staring at his companions.... The fire was out; the drowned
nders were nothing but mud; the burnt linen, which was to have served as
nder, had disappeared! The sea had penetrated to the end of the passages,
d everything was overthrown and destroyed in the interior of the
imneys!
apter 9
a few words, Gideon Spilett, Herbert, and Neb were made acquainted with
at had happened. This accident, which appeared so very serious to
ncroft, produced different effects on the companions of the honest
ilor.
b, in his delight at having found his master, did not listen, or
ther, did not care to trouble himself with what Pencroft was saying.
rbert shared in some degree the sailor's feelings.
to the reporter, he simply replied,--
pon my word, Pencroft, it's perfectly indifferent to me!"
ut, I repeat, that we haven't any fire!"
ooh!"
or any means of relighting it!"
onsense!"
ut I say, Mr. Spilett--"
sn't Cyrus here?" replied the reporter.
s not our engineer alive? He will soon find some way of making fire for
!"
ith what?"
ith nothing."
at had Pencroft to say? He could say nothing, for, in the bottom of his
art he shared the confidence which his companions had in Cyrus Harding.
e engineer was to them a microcosm, a compound of every science, a
ssessor of all human knowledge. It was better to be with Cyrus in asert island, than without him in the most flourishing town in the United
ates. With him they could want nothing; with him they would never
spair. If these brave men had been told that a volcanic eruption would
stroy the land, that this land would be engulfed in the depths of the
cific, they would have imperturbably replied,--
yrus is here!"
ile in the palanquin, however, the engineer had again relapsed into
consciousness, which the jolting to which he had been subjected during
s journey had brought on, so that they could not now appeal to his
genuity. The supper must necessarily be very meager. In fact, all the
le:///E|/BOOKS/jules%20verne/The%20Mysterious%20Island.txt (41 of 366) [8/4/2003 1:56:45 PM]
7/29/2019 The Mysterious Island- Jules Verne
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/the-mysterious-island-jules-verne 42/365
le:///E|/BOOKS/jules%20verne/The%20Mysterious%20Island.txt
ouse flesh had been consumed, and there no longer existed any means of
oking more game. Besides, the couroucous which had been reserved had
sappeared. They must consider what was to be done.
rst of all, Cyrus Harding was carried into the central passage. There
ey managed to arrange for him a couch of sea-weed which still remained
most dry. The deep sleep which had overpowered him would no doubt be more
neficial to him than any nourishment.
ght had closed in, and the temperature, which had modified when the
nd shifted to the northwest, again became extremely cold. Also, the sea
ving destroyed the partitions which Pencroft had put up in certain places
the passages, the Chimneys, on account of the draughts, had become
arcely habitable. The engineer's condition would, therefore, have been
d enough, if his companions had not carefully covered him with their
ats and waistcoats.
pper, this evening, was of course composed of the inevitable
thodomes, of which Herbert and Neb picked up a plentiful supply on the
ach. However, to these molluscs, the lad added some edible sea-weed,
ich he gathered on high rocks, whose sides were only washed by the sea at
e time of high tides. This sea-weed, which belongs to the order of
cacae, of the genus Sargassum, produces, when dry, a gelatinous matter,
ch and nutritious. The reporter and his companions, after having eaten aantity of lithodomes, sucked the sargassum, of which the taste was very
lerable. It is used in parts of the East very considerably by the
tives. "Never mind!" said the sailor, "the captain will help us soon."
anwhile the cold became very severe, and unhappily they had no means of
fending themselves from it.
e sailor, extremely vexed, tried in all sorts of ways to procure fire.
b helped him in this work. He found some dry moss, and by striking
gether two pebbles he obtained some sparks, but the moss, not being
flammable enough, did not take fire, for the sparks were really only
candescent, and not at all of the same consistency as those which are
itted from flint when struck in the same manner. The experiment,
erefore, did not succeed.
ncroft, although he had no confidence in the proceeding, then tried
bbing two pieces of dry wood together, as savages do. Certainly, the
vement which he and Neb exhibited, if it had been transformed into heat,
cording to the new theory, would have been enough to heat the boiler of a
eamer! It came to nothing. The bits of wood became hot, to be sure, but
ch less so than the operators themselves.
ter working an hour, Pencroft, who was in a complete state of
rspiration, threw down the pieces of wood in disgust.
can never be made to believe that savages light their fires in this
y, let them say what they will," he exclaimed. "I could sooner light my
ms by rubbing them against each other!"
e sailor was wrong to despise the proceeding. Savages often kindle wood
means of rapid rubbing. But every sort of wood does not answer for the
rpose, and besides, there is "the knack," following the usual expression,
d it is probable that Pencroft had not "the knack."
ncroft's ill humor did not last long. Herbert had taken the bits of
od which he had turned down, and was exerting himself to rub them. The
rdy sailor could not restrain a burst of laughter on seeing the efforts
the lad to succeed where he had failed.
le:///E|/BOOKS/jules%20verne/The%20Mysterious%20Island.txt (42 of 366) [8/4/2003 1:56:46 PM]
7/29/2019 The Mysterious Island- Jules Verne
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/the-mysterious-island-jules-verne 43/365
le:///E|/BOOKS/jules%20verne/The%20Mysterious%20Island.txt
ub, my boy, rub!" said he.
am rubbing," replied Herbert, laughing, "but I don't pretend to do
ything else but warm myself instead of shivering, and soon I shall be as
t as you are, my good Pencroft!"
is soon happened. However, they were obliged to give up, for this night
least, the attempt to procure fire. Gideon Spilett repeated, for the
entieth time, that Cyrus Harding would not have been troubled for so
all a difficulty. And, in the meantime, he stretched himself in one of
e passages on his bed of sand. Herbert, Neb, and Pencroft did the same,
ile Top slept at his master's feet.
xt day, the 28th of March, when the engineer awoke, about eight in the
rning, he saw his companions around him watching his sleep, and, as on
e day before, his first words were:--
sland or continent?" This was his uppermost thought.
ell!" replied Pencroft, "we don't know anything about it, captain!"
ou don't know yet?"
ut we shall know," rejoined Pencroft, "when you have guided us into the
untry."
think I am able to try it," replied the engineer, who, without much
fort, rose and stood upright.
hat's capital!" cried the sailor.
feel dreadfully weak," replied Harding. "Give me something to eat, my
iends, and it will soon go off. You have fire, haven't you?"
is question was not immediately replied to. But, in a few seconds--
las! we have no fire," said Pencroft, "or rather, captain, we have it
longer!"
d the sailor recounted all that had passed the day before. He amused
e engineer by the history of the single match, then his abortive attempt
procure fire in the savages' way.
e shall consider," replied the engineer, "and if we do not find some
bstance similar to tinder--"
ell?" asked the sailor.
ell, we will make matches.
hemicals?"
hemicals!"
t is not more difficult than that," cried the reporter, striking the
ilor on the shoulder.
e latter did not think it so simple, but he did not protest. All went
t. The weather had become very fine. The sun was rising from the sea's
rizon, and touched with golden spangles the prismatic rugosities of the
ge precipice.
ving thrown a rapid glance around him, the engineer seated himself on a
ock of stone. Herbert offered him a few handfuls of shell-fish and
le:///E|/BOOKS/jules%20verne/The%20Mysterious%20Island.txt (43 of 366) [8/4/2003 1:56:46 PM]
7/29/2019 The Mysterious Island- Jules Verne
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/the-mysterious-island-jules-verne 44/365
le:///E|/BOOKS/jules%20verne/The%20Mysterious%20Island.txt
rgassum, saying,--
t is all that we have, Captain Harding."
hanks, my boy," replied Harding; "it will do--for this morning at
ast."
ate the wretched food with appetite, and washed it down with a little
esh water, drawn from the river in an immense shell.
s companions looked at him without speaking. Then, feeling somewhat
freshed, Cyrus Harding crossed his arms, and said,--
o, my friends, you do not know yet whether fate has thrown us on an
land, or on a continent?"
o, captain," replied the boy.
e shall know to-morrow," said the engineer; "till then, there is
thing to be done."
es," replied Pencroft.
hat?"
ire," said the sailor, who, also, had a fixed idea.
e will make it, Pencroft," replied Harding.
hile you were carrying me yesterday, did I not see in the west a
untain which commands the country?"
es," replied Spilett, "a mountain which must be rather high--"
ell," replied the engineer, "we will climb to the summit to-morrow, and
en we shall see if this land is an island or a continent. Till then, I
peat, there is nothing to be done."
es, fire!" said the obstinate sailor again.
ut he will make us a fire!" replied Gideon Spilett, "only have a little
tience, Pencroft!"
e seaman looked at Spilett in a way which seemed to say, "If it
pended upon you to do it, we wouldn't taste roast meat very soon"; but he
s silent.
anwhile Captain Harding had made no reply. He appeared to be very
ttle troubled by the question of fire. For a few minutes he remained
sorbed in thought; then again speaking,--
y friends," said he, "our situation is, perhaps, deplorable; but, at
y rate, it is very plain. Either we are on a continent, and then, at the
pense of greater or less fatigue, we shall reach some inhabited place, or
are on an island. In the latter case, if the island is inhabited, we
ll try to get out of the scrape with the help of its inhabitants; if it
desert, we will try to get out of the scrape by ourselves."
ertainly, nothing could be plainer," replied Pencroft.
ut, whether it is an island or a continent," asked Gideon Spilett,
hereabouts do you think, Cyrus, this storm has thrown us?"
cannot say exactly," replied the engineer, "but I presume it is some
le:///E|/BOOKS/jules%20verne/The%20Mysterious%20Island.txt (44 of 366) [8/4/2003 1:56:46 PM]
7/29/2019 The Mysterious Island- Jules Verne
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/the-mysterious-island-jules-verne 45/365
le:///E|/BOOKS/jules%20verne/The%20Mysterious%20Island.txt
nd in the Pacific. In fact, when we left Richmond, the wind was blowing
om the northeast, and its very violence greatly proves that it could not
ve varied. If the direction has been maintained from the northeast to the
uthwest, we have traversed the States of North Carolina, of South
rolina, of Georgia, the Gulf of Mexico, Mexico, itself, in its narrow
rt, then a part of the Pacific Ocean. I cannot estimate the distance
aversed by the balloon at less than six to seven thousand miles, and,
en supposing that the wind had varied half a quarter, it must have
ought us either to the archipelago of Mendava, either on the Pomotous, or
en, if it had a greater strength than I suppose, to the land of New
aland. If the last hypothesis is correct, it will be easy enough to getme again. English or Maoris, we shall always find some one to whom we can
eak. If, on the contrary, this is the coast of a desert island in some
ny archipelago, perhaps we shall be able to reconnoiter it from the
mmit of that peak which overlooks the country, and then we shall see how
st to establish ourselves here as if we are never to go away."
ever?" cried the reporter. "You say 'Never,' my dear Cyrus?"
etter to put things at the worst at first," replied the engineer, "and
serve the best for a surprise."
ell said," remarked Pencroft. "It is to be hoped, too, that this
land, if it be one, is not situated just out of the course of ships; thatuld be really unlucky!"
e shall not know what we have to rely on until we have first made the
cent of the mountain," replied the engineer.
ut to-morrow, captain," asked Herbert, "shall you be in a state to bear
e fatigue of the ascent?"
hope so," replied the engineer, "provided you and Pencroft, my boy,
ow yourselves quick and clever hunters."
aptain," said the sailor, "since you are speaking of game, if on my
turn, I was as certain of roasting it as I am of bringing it back--"
ring it back all the same, Pencroft," replied Harding.
was then agreed that the engineer and the reporter were to pass the
y at the Chimneys, so as to examine the shore and the upper plateau. Neb,
rbert, and the sailor were to return to the forest, renew their store of
od, and lay violent hands on every creature, feathered or hairy, which
ght come within their reach.
ey set out accordingly about ten o'clock in the morning, Herbert
nfident, Neb joyous, Pencroft murmuring aside,--
f, on my return, I find a fire at the house, I shall believe that the
under itself came to light it." All three climbed the bank; and arrivedthe angle made by the river, the sailor, stopping, said to his two
mpanions,--
hall we begin by being hunters or wood-men?"
unters," replied Herbert. "There is Top already in quest."
e will hunt, then," said the sailor, "and afterwards we can come back
d collect our wood."
is agreed to, Herbert, Neb, and Pencroft, after having torn three
icks from the trunk of a young fir, followed Top, who was bounding about
le:///E|/BOOKS/jules%20verne/The%20Mysterious%20Island.txt (45 of 366) [8/4/2003 1:56:46 PM]
7/29/2019 The Mysterious Island- Jules Verne
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/the-mysterious-island-jules-verne 46/365
le:///E|/BOOKS/jules%20verne/The%20Mysterious%20Island.txt
ong the long grass.
is time, the hunters, instead of following the course of the river,
unged straight into the heart of the forest. There were still the same
ees, belonging, for the most part, to the pine family. In certain places,
ss crowded, growing in clumps, these pines exhibited considerable
mensions, and appeared to indicate, by their development, that the
untry was situated in a higher latitude than the engineer had supposed.
ades, bristling with stumps worn away by time, were covered with dry
od, which formed an inexhaustible store of fuel. Then, the glade passed,
e underwood thickened again, and became almost impenetrable.
was difficult enough to find the way among the groups of trees, without
y beaten track. So the sailor from time to time broke off branches which
ght be easily recognized. But, perhaps, he was wrong not to follow the
tercourse, as he and Herbert had done on their first excursion, for after
lking an hour not a creature had shown itself. Top, running under the
anches, only roused birds which could not be approached. Even the
uroucous were invisible, and it was probable that the sailor would be
liged to return to the marshy part of the forest, in which he had so
ppily performed his grouse fishing.
ell, Pencroft," said Neb, in a slightly sarcastic tone, "if this is all
e game which you promised to bring back to my master, it won't need arge fire to roast it!"
ave patience," replied the sailor, "it isn't the game which will be
nting on our return."
ave you not confidence in Captain Harding?"
es."
ut you don't believe that he will make fire?"
shall believe it when the wood is blazing in the fireplace."
t will blaze, since my master has said so."
e shall see!"
anwhile, the sun had not reached the highest point in its course above
e horizon. The exploration, therefore, continued, and was usefully
rked by a discovery which Herbert made of a tree whose fruit was edible.
is was the stone-pine, which produces an excellent almond, very much
teemed in the temperate regions of America and Europe. These almonds were
a perfect state of maturity, and Herbert described them to his
mpanions, who feasted on them.
ome," said Pencroft, "sea-weed by way of bread, raw mussels for meat,
d almonds for dessert, that's certainly a good dinner for those who havet a single match in their pocket!"
mustn't complain," said Herbert.
am not complaining, my boy," replied Pencroft, "only I repeat, that
at is a little too much economized in this sort of meal."
op has found something!" cried Neb, who ran towards a thicket, in the
dst of which the dog had disappeared, barking. With Top's barking were
ngled curious gruntings.
e sailor and Herbert had followed Neb. If there was game there this was
le:///E|/BOOKS/jules%20verne/The%20Mysterious%20Island.txt (46 of 366) [8/4/2003 1:56:46 PM]
7/29/2019 The Mysterious Island- Jules Verne
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/the-mysterious-island-jules-verne 47/365
le:///E|/BOOKS/jules%20verne/The%20Mysterious%20Island.txt
t the time to discuss how it was to be cooked, but rather, how they were
get hold of it.
e hunters had scarcely entered the bushes when they saw Top engaged in
struggle with an animal which he was holding by the ear. This quadruped
s a sort of pig nearly two feet and a half long, of a blackish brown
lor, lighter below, having hard scanty hair; its toes, then strongly
xed in the ground, seemed to be united by a membrane. Herbert recognized
this animal the capybara, that is to say, one of the largest members of
e rodent order.
anwhile, the capybara did not struggle against the dog. It stupidly
lled its eyes, deeply buried in a thick bed of fat. Perhaps it saw men
r the first time.
wever, Neb having tightened his grasp on his stick, was just going to
ll the pig, when the latter, tearing itself from Top's teeth, by which it
s only held by the tip of its ear, uttered a vigorous grunt, rushed upon
rbert, almost overthrew him, and disappeared in the wood.
he rascal!" cried Pencroft.
l three directly darted after Top, but at the moment when they joined
m the animal had disappeared under the waters of a large pond shaded by
nerable pines.
b, Herbert, and Pencroft stopped, motionless. Top plunged into the
ter, but the capybara, hidden at the bottom of the pond, did not appear.
et us wait," said the boy, "for he will soon come to the surface to
eathe."
on't he drown?" asked Neb.
o," replied Herbert, "since he has webbed feet, and is almost an
phibious animal. But watch him."
p remained in the water. Pencroft and his two companions went tofferent parts of the bank, so as to cut off the retreat of the capybara,
ich the dog was looking for beneath the water.
rbert was not mistaken. In a few minutes the animal appeared on the
rface of the water. Top was upon it in a bound, and kept it from plunging
ain. An instant later the capybara, dragged to the bank, was killed by a
ow from Neb's stick.
urrah!" cried Pencroft, who was always ready with this cry of triumph.
ive me but a good fire, and this pig shall be gnawed to the bones!"
ncroft hoisted the capybara on his shoulders, and judging by the height
the sun that it was about two o'clock, he gave the signal to return.
p's instinct was useful to the hunters, who, thanks to the intelligent
imal, were enabled to discover the road by which they had come. Half an
ur later they arrived at the river.
ncroft soon made a raft of wood, as he had done before, though if there
s no fire it would be a useless task, and the raft following the current,
ey returned towards the Chimneys.
t the sailor had not gone fifty paces when he stopped, and again
tering a tremendous hurrah, pointed towards the angle of the cliff,--
le:///E|/BOOKS/jules%20verne/The%20Mysterious%20Island.txt (47 of 366) [8/4/2003 1:56:46 PM]
7/29/2019 The Mysterious Island- Jules Verne
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/the-mysterious-island-jules-verne 48/365
le:///E|/BOOKS/jules%20verne/The%20Mysterious%20Island.txt
erbert! Neb! Look!" he shouted.
oke was escaping and curling up among the rocks.
apter 10
a few minutes the three hunters were before a crackling fire. The
ptain and the reporter were there. Pencroft looked from one to the other,
s capybara in his hand, without saying a word.
ell, yes, my brave fellow," cried the reporter.
ire, real fire, which will roast this splendid pig perfectly, and we
ll have a feast presently!"
ut who lighted it?" asked Pencroft.
he sun!"
deon Spilett was quite right in his reply. It was the sun which had
rnished the heat which so astonished Pencroft. The sailor could scarcely
lieve his eyes, and he was so amazed that he did not think of questioning
e engineer.
ad you a burning-glass, sir?" asked Herbert of Harding.
o, my boy," replied he, "but I made one."
d he showed the apparatus which served for a burning-glass. It was
mply two glasses which he had taken from his own and the reporter's
tches. Having filled them with water and rendered their edges adhesive by
ans of a little clay, he thus fabricated a regular burning-glass, which,
ncentrating the solar rays on some very dry moss, soon caused it to
aze.
e sailor considered the apparatus; then he gazed at the engineerthout saying a word, only a look plainly expressed his opinion that if
rus Harding was not a magician, he was certainly no ordinary man. At last
eech returned to him, and he cried,--
ote that, Mr. Spilett, note that down on your paper!"
t is noted," replied the reporter.
en, Neb helping him, the seaman arranged the spit, and the capybara,
operly cleaned, was soon roasting like a suckling-pig before a clear,
ackling fire.
e Chimneys had again become more habitable, not only because the
ssages were warmed by the fire, but because the partitions of wood and
d had been re-established.
was evident that the engineer and his companions had employed their
y well. Cyrus Harding had almost entirely recovered his strength, and had
oved it by climbing to the upper plateau. From this point his eye,
customed to estimate heights and distances, was fixed for a long time on
e cone, the summit of which he wished to reach the next day. The
untain, situated about six miles to the northwest, appeared to him to
asure 3,500 feet above the level of the sea. Consequently the gaze of an
server posted on its summit would extend over a radius of at least fifty
les. Therefore it was probable that Harding could easily solve the
le:///E|/BOOKS/jules%20verne/The%20Mysterious%20Island.txt (48 of 366) [8/4/2003 1:56:46 PM]
7/29/2019 The Mysterious Island- Jules Verne
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/the-mysterious-island-jules-verne 49/365
le:///E|/BOOKS/jules%20verne/The%20Mysterious%20Island.txt
estion of "island or continent," to which he attached so much importance.
ey supped capitally. The flesh of the capybara was declared excellent.
e sargassum and the almonds of the stone-pine completed the repast,
ring which the engineer spoke little. He was preoccupied with projects
r the next day.
ce or twice Pencroft gave forth some ideas upon what it would be best
do; but Cyrus Harding, who was evidently of a methodical mind, only
ook his head without uttering a word.
o-morrow," he repeated, "we shall know what we have to depend upon, and
will act accordingly."
e meal ended, fresh armfuls of wood were thrown on the fire, and the
habitants of the Chimneys, including the faithful Top, were soon buried
a deep sleep.
incident disturbed this peaceful night, and the next day, the 29th of
rch, fresh and active they awoke, ready to undertake the excursion which
st determine their fate.
l was ready for the start. The remains of the capybara would be enough
sustain Harding and his companions for at least twenty-four hours.
sides, they hoped to find more food on the way. As the glasses had been
turned to the watches of the engineer and reporter, Pencroft burned a
ttle linen to serve as tinder. As to flint, that would not be wanting in
ese regions of Plutonic origin. It was half-past seven in the morning
en the explorers, armed with sticks, left the Chimneys. Following
ncroft's advice, it appeared best to take the road already traversed
rough the forest, and to return by another route. It was also the most
rect way to reach the mountain. They turned the south angle and followed
e left bank of the river, which was abandoned at the point where it
rmed an elbow towards the southwest. The path, already trodden under the
ergreen trees, was found, and at nine o'clock Cyrus Harding and his
mpanions had reached the western border of the forest. The ground, till
en, very little undulated, boggy at first, dry and sandy afterwards, had
gentle slope, which ascended from the shore towards the interior of the
untry. A few very timid animals were seen under the forest-trees. Top
ickly started them, but his master soon called him back, for the time had
t come to commence hunting; that would be attended to later. The engineer
s not a man who would allow himself to be diverted from his fixed idea.
might even have been said that he did not observe the country at all,
ther in its configuration or in its natural productions, his great aim
ing to climb the mountain before him, and therefore straight towards it
went. At ten o'clock a halt of a few minutes was made. On leaving the
rest, the mountain system of the country appeared before the explorers.
e mountain was composed of two cones; the first, truncated at a height of
out two thousand five hundred feet, was sustained by buttresses, which
peared to branch out like the talons of an immense claw set on the
ound. Between these were narrow valleys, bristling with trees, the last
umps of which rose to the top of the lowest cone. There appeared to be
ss vegetation on that side of the mountain which was exposed to the
rtheast, and deep fissures could be seen which, no doubt, were
tercourses.
the first cone rested a second, slightly rounded, and placed a little
one side, like a great round hat cocked over the ear. A Scotchman would
ve said, "His bonnet was a thocht ajee." It appeared formed of bare
rth, here and there pierced by reddish rocks.
le:///E|/BOOKS/jules%20verne/The%20Mysterious%20Island.txt (49 of 366) [8/4/2003 1:56:46 PM]
7/29/2019 The Mysterious Island- Jules Verne
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/the-mysterious-island-jules-verne 50/365
le:///E|/BOOKS/jules%20verne/The%20Mysterious%20Island.txt
ey wished to reach the second cone, and proceeding along the ridge of
e spurs seemed to be the best way by which to gain it.
e are on volcanic ground," Cyrus Harding had said, and his companions
llowing him began to ascend by degrees on the back of a spur, which, by a
nding and consequently more accessible path, joined the first plateau.
e ground had evidently been convulsed by subterranean force. Here and
ere stray blocks, numerous debris of basalt and pumice-stone, were met
th. In isolated groups rose fir-trees, which, some hundred feet lower, at
e bottom of the narrow gorges, formed massive shades almost impenetrable
the sun's rays.
ring the first part of the ascent, Herbert remarked on the footprints
ich indicated the recent passage of large animals.
erhaps these beasts will not let us pass by willingly," said Pencroft.
ell," replied the reporter, who had already hunted the tiger in India,
d the lion in Africa, "we shall soon learn how successfully to encounter
em. But in the meantime we must be upon our guard!"
ey ascended but slowly.
e distance, increased by detours and obstacles which could not bermounted directly, was long. Sometimes, too, the ground suddenly fell,
d they found themselves on the edge of a deep chasm which they had to go
und. Thus, in retracing their steps so as to find some practicable path,
ch time was employed and fatigue undergone for nothing. At twelve
clock, when the small band of adventurers halted for breakfast at the
ot of a large group of firs, near a little stream which fell in cascades,
ey found themselves still half way from the first plateau, which most
obably they would not reach till nightfall. From this point the view of
e sea was much extended, but on the right the high promontory prevented
eir seeing whether there was land beyond it. On the left, the sight
tended several miles to the north; but, on the northwest, at the point
cupied by the explorers, it was cut short by the ridge of a
ntastically-shaped spur, which formed a powerful support of the central
ne.
one o'clock the ascent was continued. They slanted more towards the
uthwest and again entered among thick bushes. There under the shade of
e trees fluttered several couples of gallinaceae belonging to the
easant species. They were tragopans, ornamented by a pendant skin which
ngs over their throats, and by two small, round horns, planted behind the
es. Among these birds, which were about the size of a fowl, the female
s uniformly brown, while the male was gorgeous in his red plumage,
corated with white spots. Gideon Spilett, with a stone cleverly and
gorously thrown, killed one of these tragopans, on which Pencroft, made
ngry by the fresh air, had cast greedy eyes.
ter leaving the region of bushes, the party, assisted by resting on
ch other's shoulders, climbed for about a hundred feet up a steep
clivity and reached a level place, with very few trees, where the soil
peared volcanic. It was necessary to ascend by zigzags to make the slope
re easy, for it was very steep, and the footing being exceedingly
ecarious required the greatest caution. Neb and Herbert took the lead,
ncroft the rear, the captain and the reporter between them. The animals
ich frequented these heights--and there were numerous traces of them--
st necessarily belong to those races of sure foot and supple spine,
amois or goat. Several were seen, but this was not the name Pencroft gave
em, for all of a sudden--"Sheep!" he shouted.
le:///E|/BOOKS/jules%20verne/The%20Mysterious%20Island.txt (50 of 366) [8/4/2003 1:56:46 PM]
7/29/2019 The Mysterious Island- Jules Verne
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/the-mysterious-island-jules-verne 51/365
le:///E|/BOOKS/jules%20verne/The%20Mysterious%20Island.txt
l stopped about fifty feet from half-a-dozen animals of a large size,
th strong horns bent back and flattened towards the point, with a woolly
eece, hidden under long silky hair of a tawny color.
ey were not ordinary sheep, but a species usually found in the
untainous regions of the temperate zone, to which Herbert gave the name
the musmon.
ave they legs and chops?" asked the sailor.
es," replied Herbert.
ell, then, they are sheep!" said Pencroft.
e animals, motionless among the blocks of basalt, gazed with an
tonished eye, as if they saw human bipeds for the first time. Then their
ars suddenly aroused, they disappeared, bounding over the rocks.
ood-bye, till we meet again," cried Pencroft, as he watched them, in
ch a comical tone that Cyrus Harding, Gideon Spilett, Herbert, and Neb
uld not help laughing.
e ascent was continued. Here and there were traces of lava. Sulphur
rings sometimes stopped their way, and they had to go round them. In someaces the sulphur had formed crystals among other substances, such as
itish cinders made of an infinity of little feldspar crystals.
approaching the first plateau formed by the truncating of the lower
ne, the difficulties of the ascent were very great. Towards four o'clock
e extreme zone of the trees had been passed. There only remained here and
ere a few twisted, stunted pines, which must have had a hard life in
sisting at this altitude the high winds from the open sea. Happily for
e engineer and his companions the weather was beautiful, the atmosphere
anquil; for a high breeze at an elevation of three thousand feet would
ve hindered their proceedings. The purity of the sky at the zenith was
lt through the transparent air. A perfect calm reigned around them. They
uld not see the sun, then hid by the vast screen of the upper cone, whichsked the half-horizon of the west, and whose enormous shadow stretching
the shore increased as the radiant luminary sank in its diurnal course.
por--mist rather than clouds--began to appear in the east, and assume all
e prismatic colors under the influence of the solar rays.
ve hundred feet only separated the explorers from the plateau, which
ey wished to reach so as to establish there an encampment for the night,
t these five hundred feet were increased to more than two miles by the
gzags which they had to describe. The soil, as it were, slid under their
et.
e slope often presented such an angle that they slipped when the stones
rn by the air did not give a sufficient support. Evening came on bygrees, and it was almost night when Cyrus Harding and his companions,
ch fatigued by an ascent of seven hours, arrived at the plateau of the
rst cone. It was then necessary to prepare an encampment, and to restore
eir strength by eating first and sleeping afterwards. This second stage
the mountain rose on a base of rocks, among which it would be easy to
nd a retreat. Fuel was not abundant. However, a fire could be made by
ans of the moss and dry brushwood, which covered certain parts of the
ateau. While the sailor was preparing his hearth with stones which he put
this use, Neb and Herbert occupied themselves with getting a supply of
el. They soon returned with a load of brushwood. The steel was struck,
e burnt linen caught the sparks of flint, and, under Neb's breath, a
le:///E|/BOOKS/jules%20verne/The%20Mysterious%20Island.txt (51 of 366) [8/4/2003 1:56:46 PM]
7/29/2019 The Mysterious Island- Jules Verne
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/the-mysterious-island-jules-verne 52/365
le:///E|/BOOKS/jules%20verne/The%20Mysterious%20Island.txt
ackling fire showed itself in a few minutes under the shelter of the
cks. Their object in lighting a fire was only to enable them to withstand
e cold temperature of the night, as it was not employed in cooking the
rd, which Neb kept for the next day. The remains of the capybara and some
zens of the stone-pine almonds formed their supper. It was not half-past
x when all was finished.
rus Harding then thought of exploring in the half-light the large
rcular layer which supported the upper cone of the mountain. Before
king any rest, he wished to know if it was possible to get round the base
the cone in the case of its sides being too steep and its summit beingaccessible. This question preoccupied him, for it was possible that from
e way the hat inclined, that is to say, towards the north, the plateau
s not practicable. Also, if the summit of the mountain could not be
ached on one side, and if, on the other, they could not get round the
se of the cone, it would be impossible to survey the western part of the
untry, and their object in making the ascent would in part be altogether
attained.
e engineer, accordingly, regardless of fatigue, leaving Pencroft and
b to arrange the beds, and Gideon Spilett to note the incidents of the
y, began to follow the edge of the plateau, going towards the north.
rbert accompanied him.
e night was beautiful and still, the darkness was not yet deep. Cyrus
rding and the boy walked near each other, without speaking. In some
aces the plateau opened before them, and they passed without hindrance.
others, obstructed by rocks, there was only a narrow path, in which two
rsons could not walk abreast. After a walk of twenty minutes, Cyrus
rding and Herbert were obliged to stop. From this point the slope of the
o cones became one. No shoulder here separated the two parts of the
untain. The slope, being inclined almost seventy degrees, the path became
practicable.
t if the engineer and the boy were obliged to give up thoughts of
llowing a circular direction, in return an opportunity was given for
cending the cone.
fact, before them opened a deep hollow. It was the rugged mouth of the
ater, by which the eruptive liquid matter had escaped at the periods when
e volcano was still in activity. Hardened lava and crusted scoria formed
sort of natural staircase of large steps, which would greatly facilitate
e ascent to the summit of the mountain.
rding took all this in at a glance, and without hesitating, followed by
e lad, he entered the enormous chasm in the midst of an increasing
scurity.
ere was still a height of a thousand feet to overcome. Would the
terior acclivities of the crater be practicable? It would soon be seen.
e persevering engineer resolved to continue his ascent until he was
opped. Happily these acclivities wound up the interior of the volcano and
vored their ascent.
to the volcano itself, it could not be doubted that it was completely
tinct. No smoke escaped from its sides; not a flame could be seen in the
rk hollows; not a roar, not a mutter, no trembling even issued from this
ack well, which perhaps reached far into the bowels of the earth. The
mosphere inside the crater was filled with no sulphurous vapor. It was
re than the sleep of a volcano; it was its complete extinction. Cyrus
rding's attempt would succeed.
le:///E|/BOOKS/jules%20verne/The%20Mysterious%20Island.txt (52 of 366) [8/4/2003 1:56:46 PM]
7/29/2019 The Mysterious Island- Jules Verne
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/the-mysterious-island-jules-verne 53/365
le:///E|/BOOKS/jules%20verne/The%20Mysterious%20Island.txt
ttle by little, Herbert and he climbing up the sides of the interior,
w the crater widen above their heads. The radius of this circular portion
the sky, framed by the edge of the cone, increased obviously. At each
ep, as it were, that the explorers made, fresh stars entered the field of
eir vision. The magnificent constellations of the southern sky shone
splendently. At the zenith glittered the splendid Antares in the
orpion, and not far was Alpha Centauri, which is believed to be the
arest star to the terrestrial globe. Then, as the crater widened,
peared Fomalhaut of the Fish, the Southern Triangle, and lastly, nearly
the Antarctic Pole, the glittering Southern Cross, which replaces the
lar Star of the Northern Hemisphere.
was nearly eight o'clock when Cyrus Harding and Herbert set foot on
e highest ridge of the mountain at the summit of the cone.
was then perfectly dark, and their gaze could not extend over a radius
two miles. Did the sea surround this unknown land, or was it connected
the west with some continent of the Pacific? It could not yet be made
t. Towards the west, a cloudy belt, clearly visible at the horizon,
creased the gloom, and the eye could not discover if the sky and water
re blended together in the same circular line.
t at one point of the horizon a vague light suddenly appeared, which
scended slowly in proportion as the cloud mounted to the zenith.
was the slender crescent moon, already almost disappearing; but its
ght was sufficient to show clearly the horizontal line, then detached
om the cloud, and the engineer could see its reflection trembling for an
stant on a liquid surface. Cyrus Harding seized the lad's hand, and in a
ave voice,--
n island!" said he, at the moment when the lunar crescent disappeared
neath the waves.
apter 11
lf an hour later Cyrus Harding and Herbert had returned to the
campment. The engineer merely told his companions that the land upon
ich fate had thrown them was an island, and that the next day they would
nsult. Then each settled himself as well as he could to sleep, and in
at rocky hole, at a height of two thousand five hundred feet above the
vel of the sea, through a peaceful night, the islanders enjoyed profound
pose.
e next day, the 30th of March, after a hasty breakfast, which consisted
lely of the roasted tragopan, the engineer wished to climb again to the
mmit of the volcano, so as more attentively to survey the island upon
ich he and his companions were imprisoned for life perhaps, should the
land be situated at a great distance from any land, or if it was out ofe course of vessels which visited the archipelagoes of the Pacific Ocean.
is time his companions followed him in the new exploration. They also
shed to see the island, on the productions of which they must depend for
e supply of all their wants.
was about seven o'clock in the morning when Cyrus Harding, Herbert,
ncroft, Gideon Spilett, and Neb quitted the encampment. No one appeared
be anxious about their situation. They had faith in themselves,
ubtless, but it must be observed that the basis of this faith was not the
me with Harding as with his companions. The engineer had confidence,
cause he felt capable of extorting from this wild country everything
le:///E|/BOOKS/jules%20verne/The%20Mysterious%20Island.txt (53 of 366) [8/4/2003 1:56:46 PM]
7/29/2019 The Mysterious Island- Jules Verne
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/the-mysterious-island-jules-verne 54/365
le:///E|/BOOKS/jules%20verne/The%20Mysterious%20Island.txt
cessary for the life of himself and his companions; the latter feared
thing, just because Cyrus Harding was with them. Pencroft especially,
nce the incident of the relighted fire, would not have despaired for an
stant, even if he was on a bare rock, if the engineer was with him on the
ck.
shaw," said he, "we left Richmond without permission from the
thorities! It will be hard if we don't manage to get away some day or
her from a place where certainly no one will detain us!"
rus Harding followed the same road as the evening before. They went
und the cone by the plateau which formed the shoulder, to the mouth of
e enormous chasm. The weather was magnificent. The sun rose in a pure sky
d flooded with his rays all the eastern side of the mountain.
e crater was reached. It was just what the engineer had made it out to
in the dark; that is to say, a vast funnel which extended, widening, to
height of a thousand feet above the plateau. Below the chasm, large thick
reaks of lava wound over the sides of the mountain, and thus marked the
urse of the eruptive matter to the lower valleys which furrowed the
rthern part of the island.
e interior of the crater, whose inclination did not exceed thirty five
forty degrees, presented no difficulties nor obstacles to the ascent.
aces of very ancient lava were noticed, which probably had overflowed the
mmit of the cone, before this lateral chasm had opened a new way to it.
to the volcanic chimney which established a communication between the
bterranean layers and the crater, its depth could not be calculated with
e eye, for it was lost in obscurity. But there was no doubt as to the
mplete extinction of the volcano.
fore eight o'clock Harding and his companions were assembled at the
mmit of the crater, on a conical mound which swelled the northern edge.
he sea, the sea everywhere!" they cried, as if their lips could not
strain the words which made islanders of them.
e sea, indeed, formed an immense circular sheet of water all around
em! Perhaps, on climbing again to the summit of the cone, Cyrus Harding
d had a hope of discovering some coast, some island shore, which he had
t been able to perceive in the dark the evening before. But nothing
peared on the farthest verge of the horizon, that is to say over a radius
more than fifty miles. No land in sight. Not a sail. Over all this
mense space the ocean alone was visible--the island occupied the center
a circumference which appeared to be infinite.
e engineer and his companions, mute and motionless, surveyed for some
nutes every point of the ocean, examining it to its most extreme limits.
en Pencroft, who possessed a marvelous power of sight, saw nothing; and
rtainly if there had been land at the horizon, if it appeared only as an
distinct vapor, the sailor would undoubtedly have found it out, for
ture had placed regular telescopes under his eyebrows.
om the ocean their gaze returned to the island which they commanded
tirely, and the first question was put by Gideon Spilett in these terms:
bout what size is this island?"
uly, it did not appear large in the midst of the immense ocean.
rus Harding reflected a few minutes; he attentively observed the
rimeter of the island, taking into consideration the height at which he
le:///E|/BOOKS/jules%20verne/The%20Mysterious%20Island.txt (54 of 366) [8/4/2003 1:56:46 PM]
7/29/2019 The Mysterious Island- Jules Verne
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/the-mysterious-island-jules-verne 55/365
le:///E|/BOOKS/jules%20verne/The%20Mysterious%20Island.txt
s placed; then,--
y friends," said he, "I do not think I am mistaken in giving to the
ore of the island a circumference of more than a hundred miles."
nd consequently an area?"
hat is difficult to estimate," replied the engineer, "for it is so
even."
Cyrus Harding was not mistaken in his calculation, the island had
most the extent of Malta or Zante, in the Mediterranean, but it was at
e same time much more irregular and less rich in capes, promontories,
ints, bays, or creeks. Its strange form caught the eye, and when Gideon
ilett, on the engineer's advice, had drawn the outline, they found that
resembled some fantastic animal, a monstrous leviathan, which lay
eeping on the surface of the Pacific.
is was in fact the exact shape of the island, which it is of
nsequence to know, and a tolerably correct map of it was immediately
awn by the reporter.
e east part of the shore, where the castaways had landed, formed a wide
y, terminated by a sharp cape, which had been concealed by a high point
om Pencroft on his first exploration. At the northeast two other capesosed the bay, and between them ran a narrow gulf, which looked like the
lf-open jaws of a formidable dog-fish.
om the northeast to the southwest the coast was rounded, like the
attened cranium of an animal, rising again, forming a sort of
otuberance which did not give any particular shape to this part of the
land, of which the center was occupied by the volcano.
om this point the shore ran pretty regularly north and south, broken at
o-thirds of its perimeter by a narrow creek, from which it ended in a
ng tail, similar to the caudal appendage of a gigantic alligator.
is tail formed a regular peninsula, which stretched more than thirtyles into the sea, reckoning from the cape southeast of the island,
ready mentioned; it curled round, making an open roadstead, which marked
t the lower shore of this strangely-formed land.
the narrowest part, that is to say between the Chimneys and the creek
the western shore, which corresponded to it in latitude, the island only
asured ten miles; but its greatest length, from the jaws at the northeast
the extremity of the tail of the southwest, was not less than thirty
les.
to the interior of the island, its general aspect was this, very woody
roughout the southern part from the mountain to the shore, and arid and
ndy in the northern part. Between the volcano and the east coast Cyrusrding and his companions were surprised to see a lake, bordered with
een trees, the existence of which they had not suspected. Seen from this
ight, the lake appeared to be on the same level as the ocean, but, on
flection, the engineer explained to his companions that the altitude of
is little sheet of water must be about three hundred feet, because the
ateau, which was its basin, was but a prolongation of the coast.
s it a freshwater lake?" asked Pencroft.
ertainly," replied the engineer, "for it must be fed by the water which
ows from the mountain."
le:///E|/BOOKS/jules%20verne/The%20Mysterious%20Island.txt (55 of 366) [8/4/2003 1:56:46 PM]
7/29/2019 The Mysterious Island- Jules Verne
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/the-mysterious-island-jules-verne 56/365
le:///E|/BOOKS/jules%20verne/The%20Mysterious%20Island.txt
see a little river which runs into it," said Herbert, pointing out a
rrow stream, which evidently took its source somewhere in the west.
es," said Harding; "and since this stream feeds the lake, most probably
the side near the sea there is an outlet by which the surplus water
capes. We shall see that on our return."
is little winding watercourse and the river already mentioned
nstituted the water-system, at least such as it was displayed to the eyes
the explorers. However, it was possible that under the masses of trees
ich covered two-thirds of the island, forming an immense forest, other
vers ran towards the sea. It might even be inferred that such was the
se, so rich did this region appear in the most magnificent specimens of
e flora of the temperate zones. There was no indication of running water
the north, though perhaps there might be stagnant water among the
rshes in the northeast; but that was all, in addition to the downs, sand,
d aridity which contrasted so strongly with the luxuriant vegetation of
e rest of the island.
e volcano did not occupy the central part; it rose, on the contrary, in
e northwestern region, and seemed to mark the boundary of the two zones.
the southwest, at the south, and the southeast, the first part of the
urs were hidden under masses of verdure. At the north, on the contrary,
e could follow their ramifications, which died away on the sandy plains.was on this side that, at the time when the mountain was in a state of
uption, the discharge had worn away a passage, and a large heap of lava
d spread to the narrow jaw which formed the northeastern gulf.
rus Harding and his companions remained an hour at the top of the
untain. The island was displayed under their eyes, like a plan in relief
th different tints, green for the forests, yellow for the sand, blue for
e water. They viewed it in its tout-ensemble, nothing remained concealed
t the ground hidden by verdure, the hollows of the valleys, and the
terior of the volcanic chasms.
e important question remained to be solved, and the answer would have a
eat effect upon the future of the castaways.
s the island inhabited?
was the reporter who put this question, to which after the close
amination they had just made, the answer seemed to be in the negative.
where could the work of a human hand be perceived. Not a group of huts,
t a solitary cabin, not a fishery on the shore. No smoke curling in the
r betrayed the presence of man. It is true, a distance of nearly thirty
les separated the observers from the extreme points, that is, of the tail
ich extended to the southwest, and it would have been difficult, even to
ncroft's eyes, to discover a habitation there. Neither could the curtain
verdure, which covered three-quarters of the island, be raised to see if
did not shelter some straggling village. But in general the islanders
ve on the shores of the narrow spaces which emerge above the waters of
e Pacific, and this shore appeared to be an absolute desert.
til a more complete exploration, it might be admitted that the island
s uninhabited. But was it frequented, at least occasionally, by the
tives of neighboring islands? It was difficult to reply to this question.
land appeared within a radius of fifty miles. But fifty miles could be
sily crossed, either by Malay proas or by the large Polynesian canoes.
erything depended on the position of the island, of its isolation in the
cific, or of its proximity to archipelagoes. Would Cyrus Harding be able
find out their latitude and longitude without instruments? It would be
le:///E|/BOOKS/jules%20verne/The%20Mysterious%20Island.txt (56 of 366) [8/4/2003 1:56:46 PM]
7/29/2019 The Mysterious Island- Jules Verne
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/the-mysterious-island-jules-verne 57/365
le:///E|/BOOKS/jules%20verne/The%20Mysterious%20Island.txt
fficult. Since he was in doubt, it was best to take precautions against a
ssible descent of neighboring natives.
e exploration of the island was finished, its shape determined, its
atures made out, its extent calculated, the water and mountain systems
certained. The disposition of the forests and plains had been marked in a
neral way on the reporter's plan. They had now only to descend the
untain slopes again, and explore the soil, in the triple point of view,
its mineral, vegetable, and animal resources.
t before giving his companions the signal for departure, Cyrus Harding
id to them in a calm, grave voice,--
re, my friends, is the small corner of land upon which the hand of the
mighty has thrown us. We are going to live here; a long time, perhaps.
rhaps, too, unexpected help will arrive, if some ship passes by chance. I
y by chance, because this is an unimportant island; there is not even a
rt in which ships could anchor, and it is to be feared that it is
tuated out of the route usually followed, that is to say, too much to the
uth for the ships which frequent the archipelagoes of the Pacific, and
o much to the north for those which go to Australia by doubling Cape
rn. I wish to hide nothing of our position from you--"
nd you are right, my dear Cyrus," replied the reporter, with animation.
ou have to deal with men. They have confidence in you, and you can depend
on them. Is it not so, my friends?"
will obey you in everything, captain," said Herbert, seizing the
gineer's hand.
y master always, and everywhere!" cried Neb.
s for me," said the sailor, "if I ever grumble at work, my name's not
ck Pencroft, and if you like, captain, we will make a little America of
is island! We will build towns, we will establish railways, start
legraphs, and one fine day, when it is quite changed, quite put in order
d quite civilized, we will go and offer it to the government of the
ion. Only, I ask one thing."
hat is that?" said the reporter.
t is, that we do not consider ourselves castaways, but colonists, who
ve come here to settle." Harding could not help smiling, and the sailor's
ea was adopted. He then thanked his companions, and added, that he would
ly on their energy and on the aid of Heaven.
ell, now let us set off to the Chimneys!" cried Pencroft.
ne minute, my friends," said the engineer. "It seems to me it would be
good thing to give a name to this island, as well as to, the capes,
omontories, and watercourses, which we can see.
ery good," said the reporter. "In the future, that will simplify the
structions which we shall have to give and follow."
ndeed," said the sailor, "already it is something to be able to say
ere one is going, and where one has come from. At least, it looks like
mewhere."
he Chimneys, for example," said Herbert.
xactly!" replied Pencroft. "That name was the most convenient, and it
me to me quite of myself. Shall we keep the name of the Chimneys for our
le:///E|/BOOKS/jules%20verne/The%20Mysterious%20Island.txt (57 of 366) [8/4/2003 1:56:46 PM]
7/29/2019 The Mysterious Island- Jules Verne
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/the-mysterious-island-jules-verne 58/365
le:///E|/BOOKS/jules%20verne/The%20Mysterious%20Island.txt
rst encampment, captain?"
es, Pencroft, since you have so christened it."
ood! as for the others, that will be easy," returned the sailor, who
s in high spirits. "Let us give them names, as the Robinsons did, whose
ory Herbert has often read to me; Providence Bay, Whale Point, Cape
sappointment!"
r, rather, the names of Captain Harding," said Herbert, "of Mr.
ilett, of Neb!--"
y name!" cried Neb, showing his sparkling white teeth.
hy not?" replied Pencroft. "Port Neb, that would do very well! And Cape
deon--"
should prefer borrowing names from our country," said the reporter,
hich would remind us of America."
es, for the principal ones," then said Cyrus Harding; "for those of the
ys and seas, I admit it willingly. We might give to that vast bay on the
st the name of Union Bay, for example; to that large hollow on the south,
shington Bay; to the mountain upon which we are standing, that of Mount
anklin; to that lake which is extended under our eyes, that of Lakeant; nothing could be better, my friends. These names will recall our
untry, and those of the great citizens who have honored it; but for the
vers, gulfs, capes, and promontories, which we perceive from the top of
is mountain, rather let us choose names which will recall their
rticular shape. They will impress themselves better on our memory, and at
e same time will be more practical. The shape of the island is so strange
at we shall not be troubled to imagine what it resembles. As to the
reams which we do not know as yet, in different parts of the forest which
shall explore later, the creeks which afterwards will he discovered, we
n christen them as we find them. What do you think, my friends?"
e engineer's proposal was unanimously agreed to by his companions. The
land was spread out under their eyes like a map, and they had only tove names to all its angles and points. Gideon Spilett would write them
wn, and the geographical nomenclature of the island would be definitely
opted. First, they named the two bays and the mountain, Union Bay,
shington Bay, and Mount Franklin, as the engineer had suggested.
ow," said the reporter, "to this peninsula at the southwest of the
land, I propose to give the name of Serpentine Peninsula, and that of
ptile-end to the bent tail which terminates it, for it is just like a
ptile's tail."
dopted," said the engineer.
ow," said Herbert, pointing to the other extremity of the island, "letcall this gulf which is so singularly like a pair of open jaws, Shark
lf."
apital!" cried Pencroft, "and we can complete the resemblance by naming
e two parts of the jaws Mandible Cape."
ut there are two capes," observed the reporter.
ell," replied Pencroft, "we can have North Mandible Cape and South
ndible Cape."
hey are inscribed," said Spilett.
le:///E|/BOOKS/jules%20verne/The%20Mysterious%20Island.txt (58 of 366) [8/4/2003 1:56:46 PM]
7/29/2019 The Mysterious Island- Jules Verne
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/the-mysterious-island-jules-verne 59/365
le:///E|/BOOKS/jules%20verne/The%20Mysterious%20Island.txt
here is only the point at the southeastern extremity of the island to
named," said Pencroft.
hat is, the extremity of Union Bay?" asked Herbert.
law Cape," cried Neb directly, who also wished to be godfather to some
rt of his domain.
truth, Neb had found an excellent name, for this cape was very like
e powerful claw of the fantastic animal which this singularly-shaped
land represented.
ncroft was delighted at the turn things had taken, and their
aginations soon gave to the river which furnished the settlers with
inking water and near which the balloon had thrown them, the name of the
rcy, in true gratitude to Providence. To the islet upon which the
staways had first landed, the name of Safety Island; to the plateau which
owned the high granite precipice above the Chimneys, and from whence the
ze could embrace the whole of the vast bay, the name of Prospect Heights.
stly, all the masses of impenetrable wood which covered the Serpentine
ninsula were named the forests of the Far West.
e nomenclature of the visible and known parts of the island was thusnished, and later, they would complete it as they made fresh discoveries.
to the points of the compass, the engineer had roughly fixed them by
e height and position of the sun, which placed Union Bay and Prospect
ights to the east. But the next day, by taking the exact hour of the
sing and setting of the sun, and by marking its position between this
sing and setting, he reckoned to fix the north of the island exactly,
r, in consequence of its situation in the Southern Hemisphere, the sun,
the precise moment of its culmination, passed in the north and not in
e south, as, in its apparent movement, it seems to do, to those places
tuated in the Northern Hemisphere.
erything was finished, and the settlers had only to descend Mountanklin to return to the Chimneys, when Pencroft cried out,--
ell! we are preciously stupid!"
hy?" asked Gideon Spilett, who had closed his notebook and risen to
part.
hy! our island! we have forgotten to christen it!"
rbert was going to propose to give it the engineer's name and all his
mpanions would have applauded him, when Cyrus Harding said simply,--
et us give it the name of a great citizen, my friend; of him who now
ruggles to defend the unity of the American Republic! Let us call it
ncoln Island!"
e engineer's proposal was replied to by three hurrahs.
d that evening, before sleeping, the new colonists talked of their
sent country; they spoke of the terrible war which stained it with blood;
ey could not doubt that the South would soon be subdued, and that the
use of the North, the cause of justice, would triumph, thanks to Grant,
anks to Lincoln!
w this happened the 30th of March, 1865. They little knew that sixteen
le:///E|/BOOKS/jules%20verne/The%20Mysterious%20Island.txt (59 of 366) [8/4/2003 1:56:46 PM]
7/29/2019 The Mysterious Island- Jules Verne
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/the-mysterious-island-jules-verne 60/365
le:///E|/BOOKS/jules%20verne/The%20Mysterious%20Island.txt
ys afterwards a frightful crime would be committed in Washington, and
at on Good Friday Abraham Lincoln would fall by the hand of a fanatic.
apter 12
ey now began the descent of the mountain. Climbing down the crater, they
nt round the cone and reached their encampment of the previous night.
ncroft thought it must be breakfast-time, and the watches of the reporter
d engineer were therefore consulted to find out the hour.
at of Gideon Spilett had been preserved from the sea-water, as he had
en thrown at once on the sand out of reach of the waves. It was an
strument of excellent quality, a perfect pocket chronometer, which the
porter had not forgotten to wind up carefully every day.
to the engineer's watch, it, of course, had stopped during the time
ich he had passed on the downs.
e engineer now wound it up, and ascertaining by the height of the sun
at it must be about nine o'clock in the morning, he put his watch at that
ur.
o, my dear Spilett, wait. You have kept the Richmond time, have yout?"
es, Cyrus."
onsequently, your watch is set by the meridian of that town, which is
most that of Washington?"
ndoubtedly."
ery well, keep it thus. Content yourself with winding it up very,
actly, but do not touch the hands. This may be of use to us.
hat will be the good of that?" thought the sailor.
ey ate, and so heartily, that the store of game and almonds was totally
hausted. But Pencroft was not at all uneasy, they would supply themselves
the way. Top, whose share had been very much to his taste, would know
w to find some fresh game among the brushwood. Moreover, the sailor
ought of simply asking the engineer to manufacture some powder and one or
o fowling-pieces; he supposed there would be no difficulty in that.
leaving the plateau, the captain proposed to his companions to return
the Chimneys by a new way. He wished to reconnoiter Lake Grant, so
gnificently framed in trees. They therefore followed the crest of one of
e spurs, between which the creek that supplied the lake probably had its
urce. In talking, the settlers already employed the names which they had
st chosen, which singularly facilitated the exchange of their ideas.
rbert and Pencroft--the one young and the other very boyish--were
chanted, and while walking, the sailor said,
ey, Herbert! how capital it sounds! It will be impossible to lose
rselves, my boy, since, whether we follow the way to Lake Grant, or
ether we join the Mercy through the woods of the Far West, we shall be
rtain to arrive at Prospect Heights, and, consequently, at Union Bay!"
had been agreed, that without forming a compact band, the settlers
ould not stray away from each other. It was very certain that the thick
rests of the island were inhabited by dangerous animals, and it was
le:///E|/BOOKS/jules%20verne/The%20Mysterious%20Island.txt (60 of 366) [8/4/2003 1:56:46 PM]
7/29/2019 The Mysterious Island- Jules Verne
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/the-mysterious-island-jules-verne 61/365
le:///E|/BOOKS/jules%20verne/The%20Mysterious%20Island.txt
udent to be on their guard. In general, Pencroft, Herbert, and Neb walked
rst, preceded by Top, who poked his nose into every bush. The reporter
d the engineer went together, Gideon Spilett ready to note every
cident, the engineer silent for the most part, and only stepping aside to
ck up one thing or another, a mineral or vegetable substance, which he
t into his pocket, without making any remark.
hat can he be picking up?" muttered Pencroft. "I have looked in vain
r anything that's worth the trouble of stooping for."
wards ten o'clock the little band descended the last declivities of
unt Franklin. As yet the ground was scantily strewn with bushes and
ees. They were walking over yellowish calcinated earth, forming a plain
nearly a mile long, which extended to the edge of the wood. Great blocks
that basalt, which, according to Bischof, takes three hundred and fifty
llions of years to cool, strewed the plain, very confused in some places.
wever, there were here no traces of lava, which was spread more
rticularly over the northern slopes.
rus Harding expected to reach, without incident, the course of the
eek, which he supposed flowed under the trees at the border of the plain,
en he saw Herbert running hastily back, while Neb and the sailor were
ding behind the rocks.
hat's the matter, my boy?" asked Spilett.
moke," replied Herbert. "We have seen smoke among the rocks, a hundred
ces from us."
en in this place?" cried the reporter.
e must avoid showing ourselves before knowing with whom we have to
al," replied Cyrus Harding. "I trust that there are no natives on this
land; I dread them more than anything else. Where is Top?"
op is on before."
nd he doesn't bark?"
o."
hat is strange. However, we must try to call him back."
a few moments, the engineer, Gideon Spilett, and Herbert had rejoined
eir two companions, and like them, they kept out of sight behind the
aps of basalt.
om thence they clearly saw smoke of a yellowish color rising in the
r.
p was recalled by a slight whistle from his master, and the latter,
gning to his companions to wait for him, glided away among the rocks. The
lonists, motionless, anxiously awaited the result of this exploration,
en a shout from the engineer made them hasten forward. They soon joined
m, and were at once struck with a disagreeable odor which impregnated the
mosphere.
e odor, easily recognized, was enough for the engineer to guess what
e smoke was which at first, not without cause, had startled him.
his fue," said he, "or rather, this smoke is produced by nature alone.
ere is a sulphur spring there, which will cure all our sore throats."
le:///E|/BOOKS/jules%20verne/The%20Mysterious%20Island.txt (61 of 366) [8/4/2003 1:56:46 PM]
7/29/2019 The Mysterious Island- Jules Verne
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/the-mysterious-island-jules-verne 62/365
le:///E|/BOOKS/jules%20verne/The%20Mysterious%20Island.txt
aptain!" cried Pencroft. "What a pity that I haven't got a cold!"
e settlers then directed their steps towards the place from which the
oke escaped. They there saw a sulphur spring which flowed abundantly
tween the rocks, and its waters discharged a strong sulphuric acid odor,
ter having absorbed the oxygen of the air.
rus Harding, dipping in his hand, felt the water oily to the touch. He
sted it and found it rather sweet. As to its temperature, that he
timated at ninety-five degrees Fahrenheit. Herbert having asked on what
based this calculation,--
ts quite simple, my boy," said he, "for, in plunging my hand into the
ter, I felt no sensation either of heat or cold. Therefore it has the
me temperature as the human body, which is about ninety-five degrees."
e sulphur spring not being of any actual use to the settlers, they
oceeded towards the thick border of the forest, which began some hundred
ces off.
ere, as they had conjectured, the waters of the stream flowed clear and
mpid between high banks of red earth, the color of which betrayed the
esence of oxide of iron. From this color, the name of Red Creek was
mediately given to the watercourse.
was only a large stream, deep and clear, formed of the mountain water,
ich, half river, half torrent, here rippling peacefully over the sand,
ere falling against the rocks or dashing down in a cascade, ran towards
e lake, over a distance of a mile and a half, its breadth varying from
irty to forty feet. Its waters were sweet, and it was supposed that those
the lake were so also. A fortunate circumstance, in the event of their
nding on its borders a more suitable dwelling than the Chimneys.
to the trees, which some hundred feet downwards shaded the banks of
e creek, they belonged, for the most part, to the species which abound in
e temperate zone of America and Tasmania, and no longer to those
niferae observed in that portion of the island already explored to some
les from Prospect Heights. At this time of the year, the commencement of
e month of April, which represents the month of October, in this
misphere, that is, the beginning of autumn, they were still in full leaf.
ey consisted principally of casuarinas and eucalypti, some of which next
ar would yield a sweet manna, similar to the manna of the East. Clumps of
stralian cedars rose on the sloping banks, which were also covered with
e high grass called "tussac" in New Holland; but the cocoanut, so
undant in the archipelagoes of the Pacific, seemed to be wanting in the
land, the latitude, doubtless, being too low.
hat a pity!" said Herbert, "such a useful tree, and which has such
autiful nuts!"
to the birds, they swarmed among the scanty branches of the eucalypti
d casuarinas, which did not hinder the display of their wings. Black,
ite, or gray cockatoos, paroquets, with plumage of all colors,
ngfishers of a sparkling green and crowned with red, blue lories, and
rious other birds appeared on all sides, as through a prism, fluttering
out and producing a deafening clamor. Suddenly, a strange concert of
scordant voices resounded in the midst of a thicket. The settlers heard
ccessively the song of birds, the cry of quadrupeds, and a sort of
acking which they might have believed to have escaped from the lips of a
tive. Neb and Herbert rushed towards the bush, forgetting even the most
ementary principles of prudence. Happily, they found there, neither a
rmidable wild beast nor a dangerous native, but merely half a dozen
le:///E|/BOOKS/jules%20verne/The%20Mysterious%20Island.txt (62 of 366) [8/4/2003 1:56:46 PM]
7/29/2019 The Mysterious Island- Jules Verne
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/the-mysterious-island-jules-verne 63/365
le:///E|/BOOKS/jules%20verne/The%20Mysterious%20Island.txt
cking and singing birds, known as mountain pheasants. A few skillful
ows from a stick soon put an end to their concert, and procured excellent
od for the evening's dinner.
rbert also discovered some magnificent pigeons with bronzed wings, some
perbly crested, others draped in green, like their congeners at Port-
cquarie; but it was impossible to reach them, or the crows and magpies
ich flew away in flocks.
charge of small shot would have made great slaughter among these birds,
t the hunters were still limited to sticks and stones, and these
imitive weapons proved very insufficient.
eir insufficiency was still more clearly shown when a troop of
adrupeds, jumping, bounding, making leaps of thirty feet, regular flying
mmiferae, fled over the thickets, so quickly and at such a height, that
e would have thought that they passed from one tree to another like
uirrels.
angaroos!" cried Herbert.
re they good to eat?" asked Pencroft.
tewed," replied the reporter, "their flesh is equal to the best
nison!--"
deon Spilett had not finished this exciting sentence when the sailor,
llowed by Neb and Herbert, darted on the kangaroos tracks. Cyrus Harding
lled them back in vain. But it was in vain too for the hunters to pursue
ch agile game, which went bounding away like balls. After a chase of five
nutes, they lost their breath, and at the same time all sight of the
eatures, which disappeared in the wood. Top was not more successful than
s masters.
aptain," said Pencroft, when the engineer and the reporter had rejoined
em, "Captain, you see quite well we can't get on unless we make a few
ns. Will that be possible?"
erhaps," replied the engineer, "but we will begin by first
nufacturing some bows and arrows, and I don't doubt that you will become
clever in the use of them as the Australian hunters."
ows and arrows!" said Pencroft scornfully. "That's all very well for
ildren!"
on't be proud, friend Pencroft," replied the reporter. "Bows and arrows
re sufficient for centuries to stain the earth with blood. Powder is but
thing of yesterday, and war is as old as the human race--unhappily."
aith, that's true, Mr. Spilett," replied the sailor, "and I always
eak too quickly. You must excuse me!"
anwhile, Herbert constant to his favorite science, Natural History,
verted to the kangaroos, saying,--
esides, we had to deal just now with the species which is most
fficult to catch. They were giants with long gray fur; but if I am not
staken, there exist black and red kangaroos, rock kangaroos, and rat
ngaroos, which are more easy to get hold of. It is reckoned that there
e about a dozen species."
erbert," replied the sailor sententiously, "there is only one species
kangaroos to me, that is 'kangaroo on the spit,' and it's just the one
le:///E|/BOOKS/jules%20verne/The%20Mysterious%20Island.txt (63 of 366) [8/4/2003 1:56:46 PM]
7/29/2019 The Mysterious Island- Jules Verne
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/the-mysterious-island-jules-verne 64/365
le:///E|/BOOKS/jules%20verne/The%20Mysterious%20Island.txt
haven't got this evening!"
ey could not help laughing at Master Pencroft's new classification. The
nest sailor did not hide his regret at being reduced for dinner to the
nging pheasants, but fortune once more showed itself obliging to him.
fact, Top, who felt that his interest was concerned went and ferreted
erywhere with an instinct doubled by a ferocious appetite. It was even
obable that if some piece of game did fall into his clutches, none would
left for the hunters, if Top was hunting on his own account; but Neb
tched him and he did well.
wards three o'clock the dog disappeared in the brushwood and gruntings
owed that he was engaged in a struggle with some animal. Neb rushed after
m, and soon saw Top eagerly devouring a quadruped, which ten seconds
ter would have been past recognizing in Top's stomach. But fortunately
e dog had fallen upon a brood, and besides the victim he was devouring,
o other rodents--the animals in question belonged to that order--lay
rangled on the turf.
b reappeared triumphantly holding one of the rodents in each hand. Their
ze exceeded that of a rabbit, their hair was yellow, mingled with green
ots, and they had the merest rudiments of tails.
e citizens of the Union were at no loss for the right name of these
dents. They were maras, a sort of agouti, a little larger than their
ngeners of tropical countries, regular American rabbits, with long ears,
ws armed on each side with five molars, which distinguish the agouti.
urrah!" cried Pencroft, "the roast has arrived! and now we can go
me."
e walk, interrupted for an instant, was resumed. The limpid waters of
e Red Creek flowed under an arch of casuannas, banksias, and gigantic
m-trees. Superb lilacs rose to a height of twenty feet. Other arborescent
ecies, unknown to the young naturalist, bent over the stream, which could
heard murmuring beneath the bowers of verdure.
anwhile the stream grew much wider, and Cyrus Harding supposed that
ey would soon reach its mouth. In fact, on emerging from beneath a thick
ump of beautiful trees, it suddenly appeared before their eyes.
e explorers had arrived on the western shore of Lake Grant. The place
s well worth looking at. This extent of water, of a circumference of
arly seven miles and an area of two hundred and fifty acres, reposed in a
rder of diversified trees. Towards the east, through a curtain of
rdure, picturesquely raised in some places, sparkled an horizon of sea.
e lake was curved at the north, which contrasted with the sharp outline
its lower part. Numerous aquatic birds frequented the shores of this
ttle Ontario, in which the thousand isles of its American namesake were
presented by a rock which emerged from its surface, some hundred feet
om the southern shore. There lived in harmony several couples of
ngfishers perched on a stone, grave, motionless, watching for fish, then
rting down, they plunged in with a sharp cry, and reappeared with their
ey in their beaks. On the shores and on the islets, strutted wild ducks,
licans, water-hens, red-beaks, philedons, furnished with a tongue like a
ush, and one or two specimens of the splendid menura, the tail of which
pands gracefully like a lyre.
to the water of the lake, it was sweet, limpid, rather dark, and from
rtain bubblings, and the concentric circles which crossed each other on
e surface, it could not be doubted that it abounded in fish.
le:///E|/BOOKS/jules%20verne/The%20Mysterious%20Island.txt (64 of 366) [8/4/2003 1:56:46 PM]
7/29/2019 The Mysterious Island- Jules Verne
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/the-mysterious-island-jules-verne 65/365
le:///E|/BOOKS/jules%20verne/The%20Mysterious%20Island.txt
his lake is really beautiful!" said Gideon Spilett. "We could live on
s borders!"
e will live there!" replied Harding.
e settlers, wishing to return to the Chimneys by the shortest way,
scended towards the angle formed on the south by the junction of the
ke's bank. It was not without difficulty that they broke a path through
e thickets and brushwood which had never been put aside by the hand of
, and they thus went towards the shore, so as to arrive at the north of
ospect Heights. Two miles were cleared in this direction, and then, after
ey had passed the last curtain of trees, appeared the plateau, carpeted
th thick turf, and beyond that the infinite sea.
return to the Chimneys, it was enough to cross the plateau obliquely
r the space of a mile, and then to descend to the elbow formed by the
rst detour of the Mercy. But the engineer desired to know how and where
e overplus of the water from the lake escaped, and the exploration was
olonged under the trees for a mile and a half towards the north. It was
st probable that an overfall existed somewhere, and doubtless through a
eft in the granite. This lake was only, in short, an immense center
sin, which was filled by degrees by the creek, and its waters must
cessarily pass to the sea by some fall. If it was so, the engineer
ought that it might perhaps be possible to utilize this fall and borrow
s power, actually lost without profit to any one. They continued then to
llow the shores of Lake Grant by climbing the plateau; but, after having
ne a mile in this direction, Cyrus Harding had not been able to discover
e overfall, which, however, must exist somewhere.
was then half-past four. In order to prepare for dinner it was
cessary that the settlers should return to their dwelling. The little
nd retraced their steps, therefore, and by the left bank of the Mercy,
rus Harding and his companions arrived at the Chimneys.
e fire was lighted, and Neb and Pencroft, on whom the functions of
oks naturally devolved, to the one in his quality of Negro, to the other
that of sailor, quickly prepared some broiled agouti, to which they did
eat justice.
e repast at length terminated; at the moment when each one was about to
ve himself up to sleep, Cyrus Harding drew from his pocket little
ecimens of different sorts of minerals, and just said,--
y friends, this is iron mineral, this a pyrite, this is clay,
is is lime, and this is coal. Nature gives us these things. It is our
siness to make a right use of them. To-morrow we will commence
erations."
apter 13
ell, captain, where are we going to begin?" asked Pencroft next morning
the engineer.
t the beginning," replied Cyrus Harding.
d in fact, the settlers were compelled to begin "at the very
ginning." They did not possess even the tools necessary for making tools,
d they were not even in the condition of nature, who, "having time,
sbands her strength." They had no time, since they had to provide for the
mediate wants of their existence, and though, profiting by acquired
le:///E|/BOOKS/jules%20verne/The%20Mysterious%20Island.txt (65 of 366) [8/4/2003 1:56:46 PM]
7/29/2019 The Mysterious Island- Jules Verne
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/the-mysterious-island-jules-verne 66/365
le:///E|/BOOKS/jules%20verne/The%20Mysterious%20Island.txt
perience, they had nothing to invent, still they had everything to make;
eir iron and their steel were as yet only in the state of minerals, their
rthenware in the state of clay, their linen and their clothes in the
ate of textile material.
must be said, however, that the settlers were "men" in the complete
d higher sense of the word. The engineer Harding could not have been
conded by more intelligent companions, nor with more devotion and zeal.
had tried them. He knew their abilities.
deon Spilett, a talented reporter, having learned everything so as to
able to speak of everything, would contribute largely with his head and
nds to the colonization of the island. He would not draw back from any
sk: a determined sportsman, he would make a business of what till then
d only been a pleasure to him.
rbert, a gallant boy, already remarkably well informed in the natural
iences, would render greater service to the common cause.
b was devotion personified. Clever, intelligent, indefatigable, robust,
th iron health, he knew a little about the work of the forge, and could
t fail to be very useful in the colony.
to Pencroft, he had sailed over every sea, a carpenter in the
ckyards in Brooklyn, assistant tailor in the vessels of the state,
rdener, cultivator, during his holidays, etc., and like all seamen, fit
r anything, he knew how to do everything.
would have been difficult to unite five men, better fitted to struggle
ainst fate, more certain to triumph over it.
t the beginning," Cyrus Harding had said. Now this beginning of which
e engineer spoke was the construction of an apparatus which would serve
transform the natural substances. The part which heat plays in these
ansformations is known. Now fuel, wood or coal, was ready for immediate
e, an oven must be built to use it.
hat is this oven for?" asked Pencroft.
o make the pottery which we have need of," replied Harding.
nd of what shall we make the oven?"
ith bricks."
nd the bricks?"
ith clay. Let us start, my friends. To save trouble, we will establish
r manufactory at the place of production. Neb will bring provisions, and
ere will be no lack of fire to cook the food."
o," replied the reporter; "but if there is a lack of food for want of
struments for the chase?"
h, if we only had a knife!" cried the sailor.
ell?" asked Cyrus Harding.
ell! I would soon make a bow and arrows, and then there could be plenty
game in the larder!"
es, a knife, a sharp blade." said the engineer, as if he was speaking
himself.
le:///E|/BOOKS/jules%20verne/The%20Mysterious%20Island.txt (66 of 366) [8/4/2003 1:56:46 PM]
7/29/2019 The Mysterious Island- Jules Verne
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/the-mysterious-island-jules-verne 67/365
le:///E|/BOOKS/jules%20verne/The%20Mysterious%20Island.txt
this moment his eyes fell upon Top, who was running about on the
ore. Suddenly Harding's face became animated.
op, here," said he.
e dog came at his master's call. The latter took Top's head between his
nds, and unfastening the collar which the animal wore round his neck, he
oke it in two, saying,--
here are two knives, Pencroft!"
o hurrahs from the sailor was the reply. Top's collar was made of a
in piece of tempered steel. They had only to sharpen it on a piece of
ndstone, then to raise the edge on a finer stone. Now sandstone was
undant on the beach, and two hours after the stock of tools in the colony
nsisted of two sharp blades, which were easily fixed in solid handles.
e production of these their first tools was hailed as a triumph. It was
deed a valuable result of their labor, and a very opportune one. They set
t.
rus Harding proposed that they should return to the western shore of
e lake, where the day before he had noticed the clayey ground of which he
ssessed a specimen. They therefore followed the bank of the Mercy,
aversed Prospect Heights, and alter a walk of five miles or more theyached a glade, situated two hundred feet from Lake Grant.
the way Herbert had discovered a tree, the branches of which the
dians of South America employ for making their bows. It was the crejimba,
the palm family, which does not bear edible fruit. Long straight
anches were cut, the leaves stripped off; it was shaped, stronger in the
ddle, more slender at the extremities, and nothing remained to be done
t to find a plant fit to make the bow-string. This was the "hibiscus
terophyllus," which furnishes fibers of such remarkable tenacity that
ey have been compared to the tendons of animals. Pencroft thus obtained
ws of tolerable strength, for which he only wanted arrows. These were
sily made with straight stiff branches, without knots, but the points
th which they must be armed, that is to say, a substance to serve in lieu
iron, could not be met with so easily. But Pencroft said, that having
ne his part of the work, chance would do the rest.
e settlers arrived on the ground which had been discovered the day
fore. Being composed of the sort of clay which is used for making bricks
d tiles, it was very useful for the work in question. There was no great
fficulty in it. It was enough to scour the clay with sand, then to mold
e bricks and bake them by the heat of a wood fire.
nerally bricks are formed in molds, but the engineer contented himself
th making them by hand. All that day and the day following were employed
this work. The clay, soaked in water, was mixed by the feet and hands of
e manipulators, and then divided into pieces of equal size. A practiced
rkman can make, without a machine, about ten thousand bricks in twelve
urs; but in their two days work the five brickmakers on Lincoln Island
d not made more than three thousand, which were ranged near each other,
til the time when their complete desiccation would permit them to be used
building the oven, that is to say, in three or four days.
was on the 2nd of April that Harding had employed himself in fixing
e orientation of the island, or, in other words, the precise spot where
e sun rose. The day before he had noted exactly the hour when the sun
sappeared beneath the horizon, making allowance for the refraction. This
rning he noted, no less exactly, the hour at which it reappeared. Between
le:///E|/BOOKS/jules%20verne/The%20Mysterious%20Island.txt (67 of 366) [8/4/2003 1:56:46 PM]
7/29/2019 The Mysterious Island- Jules Verne
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/the-mysterious-island-jules-verne 68/365
le:///E|/BOOKS/jules%20verne/The%20Mysterious%20Island.txt
is setting and rising twelve hours, twenty-four minutes passed. Then, six
urs, twelve minutes after its rising, the sun on this day would exactly
ss the meridian and the point of the sky which it occupied at this moment
uld be the north. At the said hour, Cyrus marked this point, and putting
a line with the sun two trees which would serve him for marks, he thus
tained an invariable meridian for his ulterior operations.
e settlers employed the two days before the oven was built in
llecting fuel. Branches were cut all round the glade, and they picked up
l the fallen wood under the trees. They were also able to hunt with
eater success, since Pencroft now possessed some dozen arrows armed witharp points. It was Top who had famished these points, by bringing in a
rcupine, rather inferior eating, but of great value, thanks to the quills
th which it bristled. These quills were fixed firmly at the ends of the
rows, the flight of which was made more certain by some cockatoos'
athers. The reporter and Herbert soon became very skilful archers. Game
all sorts in consequence abounded at the Chimneys, capybaras, pigeons,
outies, grouse, etc. The greater part of these animals were killed in the
rt of the forest on the left bank of the Mercy, to which they gave the
me of Jacamar Wood, in remembrance of the bird which Pencroft and Herbert
d pursued when on their first exploration.
is game was eaten fresh, but they preserved some capybara hams, by
oking them above a fire of green wood, after having perfumed them witheet-smelling leaves. However, this food, although very strengthening, was
ways roast upon roast, and the party would have been delighted to hear
me soup bubbling on the hearth, but they must wait till a pot could be
de, and, consequently, till the oven was built.
ring these excursions, which were not extended far from the brick-
eld, the hunters could discern the recent passage of animals of a large
ze, armed with powerful claws, but they could not recognize the species.
rus Harding advised them to be very careful, as the forest probably
closed many dangerous beasts.
d he did right. Indeed, Gideon Spilett and Herbert one day saw an
imal which resembled a jaguar. Happily the creature did not attack them,they might not have escaped without a severe wound. As soon as he could
t a regular weapon, that is to say, one of the guns which Pencroft begged
r, Gideon Spilett resolved to make desperate war against the ferocious
asts, and exterminate them from the island.
e Chimneys during these few days was not made more comfortable, for
e engineer hoped to discover, or build if necessary, a more convenient
elling. They contented themselves with spreading moss and dry leaves on
e sand of the passages, and on these primitive couches the tired workers
ept soundly.
ey also reckoned the days they had passed on Lincoln Island, and from
at time kept a regular account. The 5th of April, which was Wednesday,s twelve days from the time when the wind threw the castaways on this
ore.
the 6th of April, at daybreak, the engineer and his companions were
llected in the glade, at the place where they were going to perform the
eration of baking the bricks. Naturally this had to be in the open air,
d not in a kiln, or rather, the agglomeration of bricks made an enormous
ln, which would bake itself. The fuel, made of well-prepared fagots, was
id on the ground and surrounded with several rows of dried bricks, which
on formed an enormous cube, to the exterior of which they contrived air-
les. The work lasted all day, and it was not till the evening that they
t fire to the fagots. No one slept that night, all watching carefully to
le:///E|/BOOKS/jules%20verne/The%20Mysterious%20Island.txt (68 of 366) [8/4/2003 1:56:46 PM]
7/29/2019 The Mysterious Island- Jules Verne
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/the-mysterious-island-jules-verne 69/365
le:///E|/BOOKS/jules%20verne/The%20Mysterious%20Island.txt
ep up the fire.
e operation lasted forty-eight hours, and succeeded perfectly. It then
came necessary to leave the smoking mass to cool, and during this time
b and Pencroft, guided by Cyrus Harding, brought, on a hurdle made of
terlaced branches, loads of carbonate of lime and common stones, which
re very abundant, to the north of the lake. These stones, when decomposed
heat, made a very strong quicklime, greatly increased by slacking, at
ast as pure as if it had been produced by the calcination of chalk or
rble. Mixed with sand the lime made excellent mortar.
e result of these different works was, that, on the 9th of April, the
gineer had at his disposal a quantity of prepared lime and some thousands
bricks.
thout losing an instant, therefore, they began the construction of a
ln to bake the pottery, which was indispensable for their domestic use.
ey succeeded without much difficulty. Five days after, the kiln was
pplied with coal, which the engineer had discovered lying open to the sky
wards the mouth of the Red Creek, and the first smoke escaped from a
imney twenty feet high. The glade was transformed into a manufactory, and
ncroft was not far wrong in believing that from this kiln would issue all
e products of modern industry.
the meantime what the settlers first manufactured was a common pottery
which to cook their food. The chief material was clay, to which Harding
ded a little lime and quartz. This paste made regular "pipe-clay," with
ich they manufactured bowls, cups molded on stones of a proper size,
eat jars and pots to hold water, etc. The shape of these objects was
umsy and defective, but after they had been baked in a high temperature,
e kitchen of the Chimneys was provided with a number of utensils, as
ecious to the settlers as the most beautifully enameled china. We must
ntion here that Pencroft, desirous to know if the clay thus prepared was
rthy of its name of pipe-clay, made some large pipes, which he thought
arming, but for which, alas! he had no tobacco, and that was a great
ivation to Pencroft. "But tobacco will come, like everything else!" he
peated, in a burst of absolute confidence.
is work lasted till the 15th of April, and the time was well employed.
e settlers, having become potters, made nothing but pottery. When it
ited Cyrus Harding to change them into smiths, they would become smiths.
t the next day being Sunday, and also Easter Sunday, all agreed to
nctify the day by rest. These Americans were religious men, scrupulous
servers of the precepts of the Bible, and their situation could not but
velop sentiments of confidence towards the Author of all things.
the evening of the 15th of April they returned to the Chimneys,
rrying with them the pottery, the furnace being extinguished until they
uld put it to a new use. Their return was marked by a fortunate incident;
e engineer discovered a substance which replaced tinder. It is known thatspongy, velvety flesh is procured from a certain mushroom of the genus
lyporous. Properly prepared, it is extremely inflammable, especially when
has been previously saturated with gunpowder, or boiled in a solution of
trate or chlorate of potash. But, till then, they had not found any of
ese polypores or even any of the morels which could replace them. On this
y, the engineer, seeing a plant belonging to the wormwood genus, the
incipal species of which are absinthe, balm-mint, tarragon, etc.,
thered several tufts, and, presenting them to the sailor, said,--
ere, Pencroft, this will please you."
ncroft looked attentively at the plant, covered with long silky hair,
le:///E|/BOOKS/jules%20verne/The%20Mysterious%20Island.txt (69 of 366) [8/4/2003 1:56:46 PM]
7/29/2019 The Mysterious Island- Jules Verne
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/the-mysterious-island-jules-verne 70/365
le:///E|/BOOKS/jules%20verne/The%20Mysterious%20Island.txt
e leaves being clothed with soft down.
hat's that, captain?" asked Pencroft. "Is it tobacco?"
o," replied Harding, "it is wormwood; Chinese wormwood to the learned,
t to us it will be tinder."
en the wormwood was properly dried it provided them with a very
flammable substance, especially afterwards when the engineer had
pregnated it with nitrate of potash, of which the island possessed
veral beds, and which is in truth saltpeter.
e colonists had a good supper that evening. Neb prepared some agouti
up, a smoked capybara ham, to which was added the boiled tubercules of
e "caladium macrorhizum," an herbaceous plant of the arum family. They
d an excellent taste, and were very nutritious, being something similar
the substance which is sold in England under the name of "Portland
go"; they were also a good substitute for bread, which the settlers in
ncoln Island did not yet possess.
en supper was finished, before sleeping, Harding and his companions
nt to take the air on the beach. it was eight o'clock in the evening; the
ght was magnificent. The moon, which had been full five days before, had
t yet risen, but the horizon was already silvered by those soft, pale
ades which might be called the dawn of the moon. At the southern zenith
ittered the circumpolar constellations, and above all the Southern Cross,
ich some days before the engineer had greeted on the summit of Mount
anklin.
rus Harding gazed for some time at this splendid constellation, which
s at its summit and at its base two stars of the first magnitude, at its
ft arm a star of the second, and at its right arm a star of the third
gnitude.
en, after some minutes thought--
erbert," he asked of the lad, "is not this the 15th of April?"
es, captain," replied Herbert.
ell, if I am not mistaken, to-morrow will be one of the four days in
e year in which the real time is identical with average time; that is to
y, my boy, that to-morrow, to within some seconds, the sun will pass the
ridian just at midday by the clocks. If the weather is fine I think that
shall obtain the longitude of the island with an approximation of some
grees."
ithout instruments, without sextant?" asked Gideon Spilett.
es," replied the engineer. "Also, since the night is clear, I will try,
is very evening, to obtain our latitude by calculating the height of theuthern Cross, that is, from the southern pole above the horizon. You
derstand, my friends, that before undertaking the work of installation in
rnest it is not enough to have found out that this land is an island; we
st, as nearly as possible, know at what distance it is situated, either
om the American continent or Australia, or from the principal
chipelagoes of the Pacific."
n fact," said the reporter, "instead of building a house it would be
re important to build a boat, if by chance we are not more than a hundred
les from an inhabited coast."
hat is why," returned Harding, "I am going to try this evening to
le:///E|/BOOKS/jules%20verne/The%20Mysterious%20Island.txt (70 of 366) [8/4/2003 1:56:46 PM]
7/29/2019 The Mysterious Island- Jules Verne
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/the-mysterious-island-jules-verne 71/365
le:///E|/BOOKS/jules%20verne/The%20Mysterious%20Island.txt
lculate the latitude of Lincoln Island, and to-morrow, at midday, I will
y to calculate the longitude."
the engineer had possessed a sextant, an apparatus with which the
gular distance of objects can be measured with great precision, there
uld have been no difficulty in the operation. This evening by the height
the pole, the next day by the passing of the sun at the meridian, he
uld obtain the position of the island. But as they had not one he would
ve to supply the deficiency.
rding then entered the Chimneys. By the light of the fire he cut two
ttle flat rulers, which he joined together at one end so as to form a
ir of compasses, whose legs could separate or come together. The
stening was fixed with a strong acacia thorn which was found in the wood
le. This instrument finished, the engineer returned to the beach, but as
was necessary to take the height of the pole from above a clear horizon,
at is, a sea horizon, and as Claw Cape hid the southern horizon, he was
liged to look for a more suitable station. The best would evidently have
en the shore exposed directly to the south; but the Mercy would have to
crossed, and that was a difficulty. Harding resolved, in consequence, to
ke his observation from Prospect Heights, taking into consideration its
ight above the level of the sea--a height which he intended to calculate
xt day by a simple process of elementary geometry.
e settlers, therefore, went to the plateau, ascending the left bank of
e Mercy, and placed themselves on the edge which looked northwest and
utheast, that is, above the curiously-shaped rocks which bordered the
ver.
is part of the plateau commanded the heights of the left bank, which
oped away to the extremity of Claw Cape, and to the southern side of the
land. No obstacle intercepted their gaze, which swept the horizon in a
mi-circle from the cape to Reptile End. To the south the horizon, lighted
the first rays of the moon, was very clearly defined against the sky.
this moment the Southern Cross presented itself to the observer in an
verted position, the star Alpha marking its base, which is nearer to the
uthern pole.
is constellation is not situated as near to the antarctic pole as the
lar Star is to the arctic pole. The star Alpha is about twenty-seven
grees from it, but Cyrus Harding knew this and made allowance for it in
s calculation. He took care also to observe the moment when it passed the
ridian below the pole, which would simplify the operation.
rus Harding pointed one leg of the compasses to the horizon, the other
Alpha, and the space between the two legs gave him the angular distance
ich separated Alpha from the horizon. In order to fix the angle obtained,
fastened with thorns the two pieces of wood on a third placed
ansversely, so that their separation should be properly maintained.
at done, there was only the angle to calculate by bringing back the
servation to the level of the sea, taking into consideration the
pression of the horizon, which would necessitate measuring the height of
e cliff. The value of this angle would give the height of Alpha, and
nsequently that of the pole above the horizon, that is to say, the
titude of the island, since the latitude of a point of the globe is
ways equal to the height of the pole above the horizon of this point.
e calculations were left for the next day, and at ten o'clock every one
s sleeping soundly.
le:///E|/BOOKS/jules%20verne/The%20Mysterious%20Island.txt (71 of 366) [8/4/2003 1:56:46 PM]
7/29/2019 The Mysterious Island- Jules Verne
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/the-mysterious-island-jules-verne 72/365
le:///E|/BOOKS/jules%20verne/The%20Mysterious%20Island.txt
apter 14
e next day, the 16th of April, and Easter Sunday, the settlers issued
om the Chimneys at daybreak, and proceeded to wash their linen. The
gineer intended to manufacture soap as soon as he could procure the
cessary materials--soda or potash, fat or oil. The important question of
newing their wardrobe would be treated of in the proper time and place.
any rate their clothes would last at least six months longer, for they
re strong, and could resist the wear of manual labor. But all would
pend on the situation of the island with regard to inhabited land. This
uld be settled to-day if the weather permitted.
e sun rising above a clear horizon, announced a magnificent day, one of
ose beautiful autumn days which are like the last farewells of the warm
ason.
was now necessary to complete the observations of the evening before
measuring the height of the cliff above the level of the sea.
hall you not need an instrument similar to the one which you used
sterday?" said Herbert to the engineer.
o, my boy," replied the latter, "we are going to proceed differently,
t in as precise a way."
rbert, wishing to learn everything he could, followed the engineer to
e beach. Pencroft, Neb, and the reporter remained behind and occupied
emselves in different ways.
rus Harding had provided himself with a straight stick, twelve feet
ng, which he had measured as exactly as possible by comparing it with his
n height, which he knew to a hair. Herbert carried a plumb-line which
rding had given him, that is to say, a simple stone fastened to the end
a flexible fiber. Having reached a spot about twenty feet from the edge
the beach, and nearly five hundred feet from the cliff, which roserpendicularly, Harding thrust the pole two feet into the sand, and
dging it up carefully, he managed, by means of the plumb-line, to erect
perpendicularly with the plane of the horizon.
at done, he retired the necessary distance, when, lying on the sand,
s eye glanced at the same time at the top of the pole and the crest of
e cliff. He carefully marked the place with a little stick.
en addressing Herbert--"Do you know the first principles of geometry?"
asked.
lightly, captain," replied Herbert, who did not wish to put himself
rward.
ou remember what are the properties of two similar triangles?"
es," replied Herbert; "their homologous sides are proportional."
ell, my boy, I have just constructed two similar right-angled
iangles; the first, the smallest, has for its sides the perpendicular
le, the distance which separates the little stick from the foot of the
le and my visual ray for hypothenuse; the second has for its sides the
rpendicular cliff, the height of which we wish to measure, the distance
ich separates the little stick from the bottom of the cliff, and my
le:///E|/BOOKS/jules%20verne/The%20Mysterious%20Island.txt (72 of 366) [8/4/2003 1:56:46 PM]
7/29/2019 The Mysterious Island- Jules Verne
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/the-mysterious-island-jules-verne 73/365
le:///E|/BOOKS/jules%20verne/The%20Mysterious%20Island.txt
sual ray also forms its hypothenuse, which proves to be prolongation of
at of the first triangle."
h, captain, I understand!" cried Herbert. "As the distance from the
ick to the pole is to the distance from the stick to the base of the
iff, so is the height of the pole to the height of the cliff."
ust so, Herbert," replied the engineer; "and when we have measured the
o first distances, knowing the height of the pole, we shall only have a
m in proportion to do, which will give us the height of the cliff, and
ll save us the trouble of measuring it directly."
e two horizontal distances were found out by means of the pole, whose
ngth above the sand was exactly ten feet.
e first distance was fifteen feet between the stick and the place where
e pole was thrust into the sand.
e second distance between the stick and the bottom of the cliff was
ve hundred feet.
ese measurements finished, Cyrus Harding and the lad returned to the
imneys.
e engineer then took a flat stone which he had brought back from one ofs previous excursions, a sort of slate, on which it was easy to trace
gures with a sharp shell. He then proved the following proportions:--
15:500::10:x
500 x 10 = 5000
5000 / 15 = 333.3
om which it was proved that the granite cliff measured 333 feet in
ight.
rus Harding then took the instrument which he had made the evening
fore, the space between its two legs giving the angular distance between
e star Alpha and the horizon. He measured, very exactly, the opening of
is angle on a circumference which he divided into 360 equal parts. Now,
is angle by adding to it the twenty-seven degrees which separated Alpha
om the antarctic pole, and by reducing to the level of the sea the height
the cliff on which the observation had been made, was found to be fifty-
ree degrees. These fifty-three degrees being subtracted from ninety
grees--the distance from the pole to the equator--there remained thirty-
ven degrees. Cyrus Harding concluded, therefore, that Lincoln Island was
tuated on the thirty-seventh degree of the southern latitude, or taking
to consideration through the imperfection of the performance, an error of
ve degrees, that it must be situated between the thirty-fifth and the
rtieth parallel.
ere was only the longitude to be obtained, and the position of the
land would be determined, The engineer hoped to attempt this the same
y, at twelve o'clock, at which moment the sun would pass the meridian.
was decided that Sunday should be spent in a walk, or rather an
ploring expedition, to that side of the island between the north of the
ke and Shark Gulf, and if there was time they would push their
scoveries to the northern side of Cape South Mandible. They would
eakfast on the downs, and not return till evening.
le:///E|/BOOKS/jules%20verne/The%20Mysterious%20Island.txt (73 of 366) [8/4/2003 1:56:46 PM]
7/29/2019 The Mysterious Island- Jules Verne
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/the-mysterious-island-jules-verne 74/365
le:///E|/BOOKS/jules%20verne/The%20Mysterious%20Island.txt
half-past eight the little band was following the edge of the channel.
the other side, on Safety Islet, numerous birds were gravely strutting.
ey were divers, easily recognized by their cry, which much resembles the
aying of a donkey. Pencroft only considered them in an eatable point of
ew, and learnt with some satisfaction that their flesh, though blackish,
not bad food.
eat amphibious creatures could also be seen crawling on the sand;
als, doubtless, who appeared to have chosen the islet for a place of
fuge. It was impossible to think of those animals in an alimentary point
view, for their oily flesh is detestable; however, Cyrus Harding
served them attentively, and without making known his idea, he announced
his companions that very soon they would pay a visit to the islet. The
ach was strewn with innumerable shells, some of which would have rejoiced
e heart of a conchologist; there were, among others, the phasianella, the
rebratual, etc. But what would be of more use, was the discovery, by Neb,
low tide, of a large oysterbed among the rocks, nearly five miles from
e Chimneys.
eb will not have lost his day," cried Pencroft, looking at the spacious
ster-bed.
t is really a fortunate discovery," said the reporter, "and as it is
id that each oyster produces yearly from fifty to sixty thousand eggs, we
all have an inexhaustible supply there."
nly I believe that the oyster is not very nourishing," said Herbert.
o," replied Harding. "The oyster contains very little nitrogen, and if
man lived exclusively on them, he would have to eat not less than fifteen
sixteen dozen a day."
apital!" replied Pencroft. "We might swallow dozens and dozens without
hausting the bed. Shall we take some for breakfast?"
d without waiting for a reply to this proposal, knowing that it would
approved of, the sailor and Neb detached a quantity of the molluscs.ey put them in a sort of net of hibiscus fiber, which Neb had
nufactured, and which already contained food; they then continued to
imb the coast between the downs and the sea.
om time to time Harding consulted his watch, so as to be prepared in
me for the solar observation, which had to be made exactly at midday.
l that part of the island was very barren as far as the point which
osed Union Bay, and which had received the name of Cape South Mandible.
thing could be seen there but sand and shells, mingled with debris of
va. A few sea-birds frequented this desolate coast, gulls, great
batrosses, as well as wild duck, for which Pencroft had a great fancy. He
ied to knock some over with an arrow, but without result, for they seldomrched, and he could not hit them on the wing.
is led the sailor to repeat to the engineer,--
ou see, captain, so long as we have not one or two fowling-pieces, we
all never get anything!"
oubtless, Pencroft," replied the reporter, "but it depends on you.
ocure us some iron for the barrels, steel for the hammers, saltpeter.
al and sulphur for powder, mercury and nitric acid for the fulminate, and
ad for the shot, and the captain will make us first-rate guns."
le:///E|/BOOKS/jules%20verne/The%20Mysterious%20Island.txt (74 of 366) [8/4/2003 1:56:46 PM]
7/29/2019 The Mysterious Island- Jules Verne
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/the-mysterious-island-jules-verne 75/365
le:///E|/BOOKS/jules%20verne/The%20Mysterious%20Island.txt
h!" replied the engineer, "we might, no doubt, find all these
bstances on the island, but a gun is a delicate instrument, and needs
ry particular tools. However, we shall see later!"
hy," cried Pencroft, "were we obliged to throw overboard all the
apons we had with us in the car, all our implements, even our pocket-
ives?"
ut if we had not thrown them away, Pencroft, the balloon would have
rown us to the bottom of the sea!" said Herbert.
hat you say is true, my boy," replied the sailor.
en passing to another idea,--"Think," said he, "how astounded Jonathan
rster and his companions must have been when, next morning, they found
e place empty, and the machine flown away!"
am utterly indifferent about knowing what they may have thought," said
e reporter.
t was all my idea, that!" said Pencroft, with a satisfied air.
splendid idea, Pencroft!" replied Gideon Spilett, laughing, "and which
s placed us where we are."
would rather be here than in the hands of the Southerners," cried the
ilor, "especially since the captain has been kind enough to come and join
again."
o would I, truly!" replied the reporter. "Besides, what do we want?
thing."
f that is not--everything!" replied Pencroft, laughing and shrugging
s shoulders. "But, some day or other, we shall find means of going away!"
ooner, perhaps, than you imagine, my friends," remarked the engineer,
f Lincoln Island is but a medium distance from an inhabited island, or
om a continent. We shall know in an hour. I have not a map of the
cific, but my memory has preserved a very clear recollection of its
uthern part. The latitude which I obtained yesterday placed New Zealand
the west of Lincoln Island, and the coast of Chile to the east. But
tween these two countries, there is a distance of at least six thousand
les. It has, therefore, to be determined what point in this great space
e island occupies, and this the longitude will give us presently, with a
fficient approximation, I hope."
s not the archipelago of the Pomoutous the nearest point to us in
titude?" asked Herbert.
es," replied the engineer, "but the distance which separates us from it
more than twelve hundred miles."
nd that way?" asked Neb, who followed the conversation with extreme
terest, pointing to the south.
hat way, nothing," replied Pencroft.
othing, indeed," added the engineer.
ell, Cyrus," asked the reporter, "if Lincoln Island is not more than
o or three thousand miles from New Zealand or Chile?"
ell," replied the engineer, "instead of building a house we will build
boat, and Master Pencroft shall be put in command--"
le:///E|/BOOKS/jules%20verne/The%20Mysterious%20Island.txt (75 of 366) [8/4/2003 1:56:46 PM]
7/29/2019 The Mysterious Island- Jules Verne
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/the-mysterious-island-jules-verne 76/365
le:///E|/BOOKS/jules%20verne/The%20Mysterious%20Island.txt
ell then," cried the sailor, "I am quite ready to be captain--as soon
you can make a craft that's able to keep at sea!"
e shall do it, if it is necessary," replied Cyrus Harding.
t while these men, who really hesitated at nothing, were talking, the
ur approached at which the observation was to be made. What Cyrus Harding
s to do to ascertain the passage of the sun at the meridian of the
land, without an instrument of any sort, Herbert could not guess.
e observers were then about six miles from the Chimneys, not far from
at part of the downs in which the engineer had been found after his
igmatical preservation. They halted at this place and prepared for
eakfast, for it was half-past eleven. Herbert went for some fresh water
om a stream which ran near, and brought it back in a jug, which Neb had
ovided.
ring these preparations Harding arranged everything for his
tronomical observation. He chose a clear place on the shore, which the
bing tide had left perfectly level. This bed of fine sand was as smooth
ice, not a grain out of place. It was of little importance whether it
s horizontal or not, and it did not matter much whether the stick six
et high, which was planted there, rose perpendicularly. On the contrary,
e engineer inclined it towards the south, that is to say, in the
rection of the coast opposite to the sun, for it must not be forgotten
at the settlers in Lincoln Island, as the island was situated in the
uthern Hemisphere, saw the radiant planet describe its diurnal arc above
e northern, and not above the southern horizon.
rbert now understood how the engineer was going to proceed to ascertain
e culmination of the sun, that is to say its passing the meridian of the
land or, in other words, determine due south. It was by means of the
adow cast on the sand by the stick, a way which, for want of an
strument, would give him a suitable approach to the result which he
shed to obtain.
fact, the moment when this shadow would reach its minimum of length
uld be exactly twelve o'clock, and it would be enough to watch the
tremity of the shadow, so as to ascertain the instant when, alter having
ccessively diminished, it began to lengthen. By inclining his stick to
e side opposite to the sun, Cyrus Harding made the shadow longer, and
nsequently its modifications would be more easily ascertained. In fact,
e longer the needle of a dial is, the more easily can the movement of its
int be followed. The shadow of the stick was nothing but the needle of a
al. The moment had come, and Cyrus Harding knelt on the sand, and with
ttle wooden pegs, which he stuck into the sand, he began to mark the
ccessive diminutions of the stick's shadow. His companions, bending over
m, watched the operation with extreme interest. The reporter held his
ronometer in his hand, ready to tell the hour which it marked when theadow would be at its shortest. Moreover, as Cyrus Harding was working on
e 16th of April, the day on which the true and the average time are
entical, the hour given by Gideon Spilett would be the true hour then at
shington, which would simplify the calculation. Meanwhile as the sun
owly advanced, the shadow slowly diminished, and when it appeared to
rus Harding that it was beginning to increase, he asked, "What o'clock is
?"
ne minute past five," replied Gideon Spilett directly. They had now
ly to calculate the operation. Nothing could be easier. It could be seen
at there existed, in round numbers, a difference of five hours between
e meridian of Washington and that of Lincoln Island, that is to say, it
le:///E|/BOOKS/jules%20verne/The%20Mysterious%20Island.txt (76 of 366) [8/4/2003 1:56:46 PM]
7/29/2019 The Mysterious Island- Jules Verne
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/the-mysterious-island-jules-verne 77/365
le:///E|/BOOKS/jules%20verne/The%20Mysterious%20Island.txt
s midday in Lincoln Island when it was already five o'clock in the
ening in Washington. Now the sun, in its apparent movement round the
rth, traverses one degree in four minutes, or fifteen degrees an hour.
fteen degrees multiplied by five hours give seventy-five degrees.
en, since Washington is 77deg 3' 11" as much as to say seventy-seven
grees counted from the meridian of Greenwich which the Americans take for
eir starting-point for longitudes concurrently with the English--it
llowed that the island must be situated seventy-seven and seventy-five
grees west of the meridian of Greenwich, that is to say, on the hundred
d fifty-second degree of west longitude.
rus Harding announced this result to his companions, and taking into
nsideration errors of observation, as he had done for the latitude, he
lieved he could positively affirm that the position of Lincoln Island was
tween the thirty-fifth and the thirty-seventh parallel, and between the
ndred and fiftieth and the hundred and fifty-fifth meridian to the west
the meridian of Greenwich.
e possible fault which he attributed to errors in the observation was,
may be seen, of five degrees on both sides, which, at sixty miles to a
gree, would give an error of three hundred miles in latitude and
ngitude for the exact position.
t this error would not influence the determination which it was
cessary to take. It was very evident that Lincoln Island was at such a
stance from every country or island that it would be too hazardous to
tempt to reach one in a frail boat.
fact, this calculation placed it at least twelve hundred miles from
hiti and the islands of the archipelago of the Pomoutous, more than
ghteen hundred miles from New Zealand, and more than four thousand five
ndred miles from the American coast!
d when Cyrus Harding consulted his memory, he could not remember in any
y that such an island occupied, in that part of the Pacific, the
tuation assigned to Lincoln Island.
apter 15
e next day, the 17th of April, the sailor's first words were addressed to
deon Spilett.
ell, sir," he asked, "what shall we do to-day?"
hat the captain pleases," replied the reporter.
ll then the engineer's companions had been brickmakers and potters,
w they were to become metallurgists.
e day before, after breakfast, they had explored as far as the point of
ndible Cape, seven miles distant from the Chimneys. There, the long
ries of downs ended, and the soil had a volcanic appearance. There were
longer high cliffs as at Prospect Heights, but a strange and capricious
rder which surrounded the narrow gulf between the two capes, formed of
neral matter, thrown up by the volcano. Arrived at this point the
ttlers retraced their steps, and at nightfall entered the Chimneys; but
ey did not sleep before the question of knowing whether they could think
leaving Lincoln Island or not was definitely settled.
e twelve hundred miles which separated the island from the Pomoutous
le:///E|/BOOKS/jules%20verne/The%20Mysterious%20Island.txt (77 of 366) [8/4/2003 1:56:46 PM]
7/29/2019 The Mysterious Island- Jules Verne
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/the-mysterious-island-jules-verne 78/365
le:///E|/BOOKS/jules%20verne/The%20Mysterious%20Island.txt
land was a considerable distance. A boat could not cross it, especially
the approach of the bad season. Pencroft had expressly declared this.
w, to construct a simple boat even with the necessary tools, was a
fficult work, and the colonists not having tools they must begin by
king hammers, axes, adzes, saws, augers, planes, etc., which would take
me time. It was decided, therefore, that they would winter at Lincoln
land, and that they would look for a more comfortable dwelling than the
imneys, in which to pass the winter months.
fore anything else could be done it was necessary to make the iron ore,
which the engineer had observed some traces in the northwest part of theland, fit for use by converting it either into iron or into steel.
tals are not generally found in the ground in a pure state. For the
st part they are combined with oxygen or sulphur. Such was the case with
e two specimens which Cyrus Harding had brought back, one of magnetic
on, not carbonated, the other a pyrite, also called sulphuret of iron. It
s, therefore the first, the oxide of iron, which they must reduce with
al, that is to say, get rid of the oxygen, to obtain it in a pure state.
is reduction is made by subjecting the ore with coal to a high
mperature, either by the rapid and easy Catalan method, which has the
vantage of transforming the ore into iron in a single operation, or by
e blast furnace, which first smelts the ore, then changes it into iron,
carrying away the three to four per cent. of coal, which is combinedth it.
w Cyrus Harding wanted iron, and he wished to obtain it as soon as
ssible. The ore which he had picked up was in itself very pure and rich.
was the oxydulous iron, which is found in confused masses of a deep gray
lor; it gives a black dust, crystallized in the form of the regular
tahedron. Native lodestones consist of this ore, and iron of the first
ality is made in Europe from that with which Sweden and Norway are so
undantly supplied. Not far from this vein was the vein of coal already
de use of by the settlers. The ingredients for the manufacture being
ose together would greatly facilitate the treatment of the ore. This is
e cause of the wealth of the mines in Great Britain, where the coal aids
e manufacture of the metal extracted from the same soil at the same timeitself.
hen, captain," said Pencroft, "we are going to work iron ore?"
es, my friend," replied the engineer, "and for that--something which
ll please you--we must begin by having a seal hunt on the islet."
seal hunt!" cried the sailor, turning towards Gideon Spilett. "Are
als needed to make iron?"
ince Cyrus has said so!" replied the reporter.
t the engineer had already left the Chimneys, and Pencroft prepared for
e seal hunt, without having received any other explanation.
rus Harding, Herbert, Gideon Spilett, Neb, and the sailor were soon
llected on the shore, at a place where the channel left a ford passable
low tide. The hunters could therefore traverse it without getting wet
gher than the knee.
rding then put his foot on the islet for the first, and his companions
r the second time.
their landing some hundreds of penguins looked fearlessly at them. The
nters, armed with sticks, could have killed them easily, but they were
le:///E|/BOOKS/jules%20verne/The%20Mysterious%20Island.txt (78 of 366) [8/4/2003 1:56:46 PM]
7/29/2019 The Mysterious Island- Jules Verne
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/the-mysterious-island-jules-verne 79/365
le:///E|/BOOKS/jules%20verne/The%20Mysterious%20Island.txt
t guilty of such useless massacre, as it was important not to frighten
e seals, who were lying on the sand several cable lengths off. They also
spected certain innocent-looking birds, whose wings were reduced to the
ate of stumps, spread out like fins, ornamented with feathers of a scaly
pearance. The settlers, therefore, prudently advanced towards the north
int, walking over ground riddled with little holes, which formed nests
r the sea-birds. Towards the extremity of the islet appeared great black
ads floating just above the water, having exactly the appearance of rocks
motion.
ese were the seals which were to be captured. It was necessary,wever, first to allow them to land, for with their close, short hair, and
eir fusiform conformation, being excellent swimmers, it is difficult to
tch them in the sea, while on land their short, webbed feet prevent their
ving more than a slow, waddling movement.
ncroft knew the habits of these creatures, and he advised waiting till
ey were stretched on the sand, when the sun, before long, would send them
sleep. They must then manage to cut off their retreat and knock them on
e head.
e hunters, having concealed themselves behind the rocks, waited
lently.
hour passed before the seals came to play on the sand. They could
unt half a dozen. Pencroft and Herbert then went round the point of the
let, so as to take them in the rear, and cut off their retreat. During
is time Cyrus Harding, Spilett, and Neb, crawling behind the rocks,
ided towards the future scene of combat.
l at once the tall figure of the sailor appeared. Pencroft shouted. The
gineer and his two companions threw themselves between the sea and the
als. Two of the animals soon lay dead on the sand, but the rest regained
e sea in safety.
ere are the seals required, captain!" said the sailor, advancing
wards the engineer.
apital," replied Harding. "We will make bellows of them!"
ellows!" cried Pencroft. "Well! these are lucky seals!"
was, in fact, a blowing-machine, necessary for the treatment of the
e that the engineer wished to manufacture with the skins of the
phibious creatures. They were of a medium size, for their length did not
ceed six feet. They resembled a dog about the head.
it was useless to burden themselves with the weight of both the
imals, Neb and Pencroft resolved to skin them on the spot, while Cyrus
rding and the reporter continued to explore the islet.
e sailor and the Negro cleverly performed the operation, and three
urs afterwards Cyrus Harding had at his disposal two seals' skins, which
intended to use in this state, without subjecting them to any tanning
ocess.
e settlers waited till the tide was again low, and crossing the channel
ey entered the Chimneys.
e skins had then to be stretched on a frame of wood and sewn by means
fibers so as to preserve the air without allowing too much to escape.
rus Harding had nothing but the two steel blades from Top's collar, and
t he was so clever, and his companions aided him with so much
le:///E|/BOOKS/jules%20verne/The%20Mysterious%20Island.txt (79 of 366) [8/4/2003 1:56:46 PM]
7/29/2019 The Mysterious Island- Jules Verne
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/the-mysterious-island-jules-verne 80/365
le:///E|/BOOKS/jules%20verne/The%20Mysterious%20Island.txt
telligence, that three days afterwards the little colony's stock of tools
s augmented by a blowing-machine, destined to inject the air into the
dst of the ore when it should be subjected to heat--an indispensable
ndition to the success of the operation.
the morning of the 20th of April began the "metallic period," as the
porter called it in his notes. The engineer had decided, as has been
id, to operate near the veins both of coal and ore. Now, according to his
servations, these veins were situated at the foot of the northeast spurs
Mount Franklin, that is to say, a distance of six miles from their home.
was impossible, therefore, to return every day to the Chimneys, and its agreed that the little colony should camp under a hut of branches, so
at the important operation could be followed night and day.
is settled, they set out in the morning. Neb and Pencroft dragged the
llows on a hurdle; also a quantity of vegetables and animals, which they
sides could renew on the way.
e road led through Jacamar Wood, which they traversed obliquely from
utheast to northwest, and in the thickest part. It was necessary to beat
path, which would in the future form the most direct road to Prospect
ights and Mount Franklin. The trees, belonging to the species already
scovered, were magnificent. Herbert found some new ones, among others
me which Pencroft called "sham leeks"; for, in spite of their size, theyre of the same liliaceous family as the onion, chive, shallot, or
paragus. These trees produce ligneous roots which, when cooked, are
cellent; from them, by fermentation, a very agreeable liquor is made.
ey therefore made a good store of the roots.
e journey through the wood was long; it lasted the whole day, and so
lowed plenty of time for examining the flora and fauna. Top, who took
ecial charge of the fauna, ran through the grass and brushwood, putting
all sorts of game. Herbert and Gideon Spilett killed two kangaroos with
ws and arrows, and also an animal which strongly resembled both a
dgehog and an ant-eater. It was like the first because it rolled itself
to a ball, and bristled with spines, and the second because it had sharp
aws, a long slender snout which terminated in a bird's beak, and antendible tongue, covered with little thorns which served to hold the
sects.
nd when it is in the pot," asked Pencroft naturally, "what will it be
ke?"
n excellent piece of beef," replied Herbert.
e will not ask more from it," replied the sailor,
ring this excursion they saw several wild boars, which however, did not
fer to attack the little band, and it appeared as if they would not meet
th any dangerous beasts; when, in a thick part of the wood, the reporter
ought he saw, some paces from him, among the lower branches of a tree, an
imal which he took for a bear, and which he very tranquilly began to
aw. Happily for Gideon Spilett, the animal in question did not belong to
e redoubtable family of the plantigrades. It was only a koala, better
own under the name of the sloth, being about the size of a large dog, and
ving stiff hair of a dirty color, the paws armed with strong claws, which
abled it to climb trees and feed on the leaves. Having identified the
imal, which they did not disturb, Gideon Spilett erased "bear" from the
tle of his sketch, putting koala in its place, and the journey was
sumed.
five o'clock in the evening, Cyrus Harding gave the signal to halt.
le:///E|/BOOKS/jules%20verne/The%20Mysterious%20Island.txt (80 of 366) [8/4/2003 1:56:46 PM]
7/29/2019 The Mysterious Island- Jules Verne
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/the-mysterious-island-jules-verne 81/365
le:///E|/BOOKS/jules%20verne/The%20Mysterious%20Island.txt
ey were now outside the forest, at the beginning of the powerful spurs
ich supported Mount Franklin towards the west. At a distance of some
ndred feet flowed the Red Creek, and consequently plenty of fresh water
s within their reach.
e camp was soon organized. In less than an hour, on the edge of the
rest, among the trees, a hut of branches interlaced with creepers, and
sted over with clay, offered a tolerable shelter. Their geological
searches were put off till the next day. Supper was prepared, a good fire
azed before the hut, the roast turned, and at eight o'clock, while one of
e settlers watched to keep up the fire, in case any wild beasts shouldowl in the neighborhood, the others slept soundly.
e next day, the 21st of April, Cyrus Harding accompanied by Herbert,
nt to look for the soil of ancient formation, on which he had already
scovered a specimen of ore. They found the vein above ground, near the
urce of the creek, at the foot of one of the northeastern spurs. This
e, very rich in iron, enclosed in its fusible veinstone, was perfectly
ited to the mode of reduction which the engineer intended to employ; that
, the Catalan method, but simplified, as it is used in Corsica. In fact,
e Catalan method, properly so called, requires the construction of kilns
d crucibles, in which the ore and the coal, placed in alternate layers,
e transformed and reduced, But Cyrus Harding intended to economize these
nstructions, and wished simply to form, with the ore and the coal, abic mass, to the center of which he would direct the wind from his
llows. Doubtless, it was the proceeding employed by Tubalcain, and the
rst metallurgists of the inhabited world. Now that which had succeeded
th the grandson of Adam, and which still yielded good results in
untries which in ore and fuel, could not but succeed with the settlers in
ncoln Island.
e coal, as well as the ore, was collected without trouble on the
rface of the ground. They first broke the ore into little pieces, and
eansed them with the hand from the impurities which soiled their surface.
en coal and ore were arranged in heaps and in successive layers, as the
arcoal-burner does with the wood which he wishes to carbonize. In this
y, under the influence of the air projected by the blowing-machine, theal would be transformed into carbonic acid, then into oxide of carbon,
s use being to reduce the oxide of iron, that is to say, to rid it of the
ygen.
us the engineer proceeded. The bellows of sealskin, furnished at its
tremity with a nozzle of clay, which had been previously fabricated in
e pottery kiln, was established near the heap of ore. Using the mechanism
ich consisted of a frame, cords of fiber and counterpoise, he threw into
e mass an abundance of air, which by raising the temperature also
ncurred with the chemical transformation to produce in time pure iron.
e operation was difficult. All the patience, all the ingenuity of the
ttlers was needed; but at last it succeeded, and the result was a lump ofon, reduced to a spongy state, which it was necessary to shingle and
got, that is to say, to forge so as to expel from it the liquefied
instone. These amateur smiths had, of course, no hammer; but they were in
worse a situation than the first metallurgist, and therefore did what,
doubt, he had to do.
handle was fixed to the first lump, and was used as a hammer to forge
e second on a granite anvil, and thus they obtained a coarse but useful
tal. At length, after many trials and much fatigue, on the 25th of April
veral bars of iron were forged, and transformed into tools, crowbars,
ncers, pickaxes, spades, etc., which Pencroft and Neb declared to be real
wels. But the metal was not yet in its most serviceable state, that is,
le:///E|/BOOKS/jules%20verne/The%20Mysterious%20Island.txt (81 of 366) [8/4/2003 1:56:46 PM]
7/29/2019 The Mysterious Island- Jules Verne
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/the-mysterious-island-jules-verne 82/365
le:///E|/BOOKS/jules%20verne/The%20Mysterious%20Island.txt
steel. Now steel is a combination of iron and coal, which is extracted,
ther from the liquid ore, by taking from it the excess of coal, or from
e iron by adding to it the coal which was wanting. The first, obtained by
e decarburation of the metal, gives natural or puddled steel; the second,
oduced by the carburation of the iron, gives steel of cementation.
was the last which Cyrus Harding intended to forge, as he possessed
on in a pure state. He succeeded by heating the metal with powdered coal
a crucible which had previously been manufactured from clay suitable for
e purpose.
then worked this steel, which is malleable both when hot or cold, with
e hammer. Neb and Pencroft, cleverly directed, made hatchets, which,
ated red-hot, and plunged suddenly into cold water, acquired an excellent
mper.
her instruments, of course roughly fashioned, were also manufactured;
ades for planes, axes, hatchets, pieces of steel to be transformed into
ws, chisels; then iron for spades, pickaxes, hammers, nails, etc. At
st, on the 5th of May, the metallic period ended, the smiths returned to
e Chimneys, and new work would soon authorize them to take a fresh title.
apter 16
was the 6th of May, a day which corresponds to the 6th of November in
e countries of the Northern Hemisphere. The sky had been obscured for
me days, and it was of importance to make preparations for the winter.
wever, the temperature was not as yet much lower, and a centigrade
ermometer, transported to Lincoln Island, would still have marked an
erage of ten to twelve degrees above zero. This was not surprising, since
ncoln Island, probably situated between the thirty-fifth and fortieth
rallel, would be subject, in the Southern Hemisphere, to the same climate
Sicily or Greece in the Northern Hemisphere. But as Greece and Sicily
ve severe cold, producing snow and ice, so doubtless would Lincoln Island
the severest part of the winter and it was advisable to provide against
.
any case if cold did not yet threaten them, the rainy season would
gin, and on this lonely island, exposed to all the fury of the elements,
mid-ocean, bad weather would be frequent, and probably terrible. The
estion of a more comfortable dwelling than the Chimneys must therefore be
riously considered and promptly resolved on.
ncroft, naturally, had some predilection for the retreat which he had
scovered, but he well understood that another must be found. The Chimneys
d been already visited by the sea, under circumstances which are known,
d it would not do to be exposed again to a similar accident.
esides," added Cyrus Harding, who this day was talking of these things
th his companions, "we have some precautions to take."
hy? The island is not inhabited," said the reporter.
hat is probable," replied the engineer, "although we have not yet
plored the interior; but if no human beings are found, I fear that
ngerous animals may abound. It is necessary to guard against a possible
tack, so that we shall not be obliged to watch every night, or to keep up
fire. And then, my friends, we must foresee everything. We are here in a
rt of the Pacific often frequented by Malay pirates--"
hat!" said Herbert, "at such a distance from land?"
le:///E|/BOOKS/jules%20verne/The%20Mysterious%20Island.txt (82 of 366) [8/4/2003 1:56:46 PM]
7/29/2019 The Mysterious Island- Jules Verne
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/the-mysterious-island-jules-verne 83/365
le:///E|/BOOKS/jules%20verne/The%20Mysterious%20Island.txt
es, my boy," replied the engineer. "These pirates are bold sailors as
ll as formidable enemies, and we must take measures accordingly."
ell," replied Pencroft, "we will fortify ourselves against savages with
o legs as well as against savages with four. But, captain, will it not be
st to explore every part of the island before undertaking anything else?"
hat would be best," added Gideon Spilett.
ho knows if we might not find on the opposite side one of the caverns
ich we have searched for in vain here?"
hat is true," replied the engineer, "but you forget, my friends, that
will be necessary to establish ourselves in the neighborhood of a
tercourse, and that, from the summit of Mount Franklin, we could not see
wards the west, either stream or river. Here, on the contrary, we are
aced between the Mercy and Lake Grant, an advantage which must not be
glected. And, besides, this side, looking towards the east, is not
posed as the other is to the trade-winds, which in this hemisphere blow
om the northwest."
hen, captain," replied the sailor, "let us build a house on the edge of
e lake. Neither bricks nor tools are wanting now. After having been
ickmakers, potters, smelters, and smiths, we shall surely know how to be
sons!"
es, my friend; but before coming to any decision we must consider the
tter thoroughly. A natural dwelling would spare us much work, and would
a surer retreat, for it would be as well defended against enemies from
e interior as those from outside."
hat is true, Cyrus," replied the reporter, "but we have already
amined all that mass of granite, and there is not a hole, not a cranny!"
o, not one!" added Pencroft. "Ah, if we were able to dig out a dwelling
that cliff, at a good height, so as to be out of the reach of harm, that
uld be capital! I can see that on the front which looks seaward, five orx rooms--"
ith windows to light them!" said Herbert, laughing.
nd a staircase to climb up to them!" added Neb.
ou are laughing," cried the sailor, "and why? What is there impossible
what I propose? Haven't we got pickaxes and spades? Won't Captain
rding be able to make powder to blow up the mine? Isn't it true, captain,
at you will make powder the very day we want it?"
rus Harding listened to the enthusiastic Pencroft developing his
nciful projects. To attack this mass of granite, even by a mine, wasrculean work, and it was really vexing that nature could not help them at
eir need. But the engineer did not reply to the sailor except by
oposing to examine the cliff more attentively, from the mouth of the
ver to the angle which terminated it on the north.
ey went out, therefore, and the exploration was made with extreme care,
er an extent of nearly two miles. But in no place in the bare, straight
iff, could any cavity be found. The nests of the rock pigeons which
uttered at its summit were only, in reality, holes bored at the very top,
d on the irregular edge of the granite.
was a provoking circumstance, and as to attacking this cliff, either
le:///E|/BOOKS/jules%20verne/The%20Mysterious%20Island.txt (83 of 366) [8/4/2003 1:56:46 PM]
7/29/2019 The Mysterious Island- Jules Verne
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/the-mysterious-island-jules-verne 84/365
le:///E|/BOOKS/jules%20verne/The%20Mysterious%20Island.txt
th pickaxe or with powder, so as to effect a sufficient excavation, it
s not to be thought of. It so happened that, on all this part of the
ore, Pencroft had discovered the only habitable shelter, that is to say,
e Chimneys, which now had to be abandoned.
e exploration ended, the colonists found themselves at the north angle
the cliff, where it terminated in long slopes which died away on the
ore. From this place, to its extreme limit in the west, it only formed a
rt of declivity, a thick mass of stones, earth, and sand, bound together
plants, bushes, and grass inclined at an angle of only forty-five
grees. Clumps of trees grew on these slopes, which were also carpetedth thick grass. But the vegetation did not extend far, and a long, sandy
ain, which began at the foot of these slopes, reached to the beach.
rus Harding thought, not without reason, that the overplus of the lake
st overflow on this side. The excess of water furnished by the Red Creek
st also escape by some channel or other. Now the engineer had not yet
und this channel on any part of the shore already explored, that is to
y, from the mouth of the stream on the west of Prospect Heights.
e engineer now proposed to his companions to climb the slope, and to
turn to the Chimneys by the heights, while exploring the northern and
stern shores of the lake. The proposal was accepted, and in a few minutes
rbert and Neb were on the upper plateau. Cyrus Harding, Gideon Spilett,d Pencroft followed with more sedate steps.
e beautiful sheet of water glittered through the trees under the rays
the sun. In this direction the country was charming. The eye feasted on
e groups of trees. Some old trunks, bent with age, showed black against
e verdant grass which covered the ground. Crowds of brilliant cockatoos
reamed among the branches, moving prisms, hopping from one bough to
other.
e settlers instead of going directly to the north bank of the lake,
de a circuit round the edge of the plateau, so as to join the mouth of
e creek on its left bank. It was a detour of more than a mile and a half.
lking was easy, for the trees widely spread, left a considerable space
tween them. The fertile zone evidently stopped at this point, and
getation would be less vigorous in the part between the course of the
eek and the Mercy.
rus Harding and his companions walked over this new ground with great
re. Bows, arrows, and sticks with sharp iron points were their only
apons. However, no wild beast showed itself, and it was probable that
ese animals frequented rather the thick forests in the south; but the
ttlers had the disagreeable surprise of seeing Top stop before a snake of
eat size, measuring from fourteen to fifteen feet in length. Neb killed
by a blow from his stick. Cyrus Harding examined the reptile, and
clared it not venomous, for it belonged to that species of diamond
rpents which the natives of New South Wales rear. But it was possibleat others existed whose bite was mortal such as the deaf vipers with
rked tails, which rise up under the feet, or those winged snakes,
rnished with two ears, which enable them to proceed with great rapidity.
p, the first moment of surprise over, began a reptile chase with such
gerness, that they feared for his safety. His master called him back
rectly.
e mouth of the Red Creek, at the place where it entered into the lake,
s soon reached. The explorers recognized on the opposite shore the point
ich they had visited on their descent from Mount Franklin. Cyrus Harding
certained that the flow of water into it from the creek was considerable.
ture must therefore have provided some place for the escape of the
le:///E|/BOOKS/jules%20verne/The%20Mysterious%20Island.txt (84 of 366) [8/4/2003 1:56:46 PM]
7/29/2019 The Mysterious Island- Jules Verne
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/the-mysterious-island-jules-verne 85/365
le:///E|/BOOKS/jules%20verne/The%20Mysterious%20Island.txt
erplus. This doubtless formed a fall, which, if it could be discovered,
uld be of great use.
e colonists, walking apart, but not straying far from each other, began
skirt the edge of the lake, which was very steep. The water appeared to
full of fish, and Pencroft resolved to make some fishing-rods, so as to
y and catch some.
e northeast point was first to be doubled. It might have been supposed
at the discharge of water was at this place, for the extremity of the
ke was almost on a level with the edge of the plateau. But no signs of
is were discovered, and the colonists continued to explore the bank,
ich, after a slight bend, descended parallel to the shore.
this side the banks were less woody, but clumps of trees, here and
ere, added to the picturesqueness of the country. Lake Grant was viewed
om thence in all its extent, and no breath disturbed the surface of its
ters. Top, in beating the bushes, put up flocks of birds of different
nds, which Gideon Spilett and Herbert saluted with arrows. One was hit
the lad, and fell into some marshy grass. Top rushed forward, and
ought a beautiful swimming bird, of a slate color, short beak, very
veloped frontal plate, and wings edged with white. It was a "coot," the
ze of a large partridge, belonging to the group of macrodactyls which
rm the transition between the order of wading birds and that oflmipeds. Sorry game, in truth, and its flavor is far from pleasant. But
p was not so particular in these things as his masters, and it was agreed
at the coot should be for his supper.
e settlers were now following the eastern bank of the lake, and they
uld not be long in reaching the part which they already knew. The
gineer was much surprised at not seeing any indication of the discharge
water. The reporter and the sailor talked with him, and he could not
nceal his astonishment.
this moment Top, who had been very quiet till then, gave signs of
itation. The intelligent animal went backwards and forwards on the shore,
opped suddenly, and looked at the water, one paw raised, as if he was
inting at some invisible game; then he barked furiously, and was suddenly
lent.
ither Cyrus Harding nor his companions had at first paid any attention
Top's behavior; but the dog's barking soon became so frequent that the
gineer noticed it.
hat is there, Top?" he asked.
e dog bounded towards his master, seeming to be very uneasy, and then
shed again towards the bank. Then, all at once, he plunged into the lake.
ere, Top!" cried Cyrus Harding, who did not like his dog to venture
to the treacherous water.
hat's happening down there?" asked Pencroft, examining the surface of
e lake.
op smells some amphibious creature," replied Herbert.
n alligator, perhaps," said the reporter.
do not think so," replied Harding. "Alligators are only met with in
gions less elevated in latitude."
anwhile Top had returned at his master's call, and had regained the
le:///E|/BOOKS/jules%20verne/The%20Mysterious%20Island.txt (85 of 366) [8/4/2003 1:56:46 PM]
7/29/2019 The Mysterious Island- Jules Verne
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/the-mysterious-island-jules-verne 86/365
le:///E|/BOOKS/jules%20verne/The%20Mysterious%20Island.txt
ore: but he could not stay quiet; he plunged in among the tall grass, and
ided by instinct, he appeared to follow some invisible being which was
ipping along under the surface of the water. However the water was calm;
t a ripple disturbed its surface. Several times the settlers stopped on
e bank, and observed it attentively. Nothing appeared. There was some
stery there.
e engineer was puzzled.
et us pursue this exploration to the end," said he.
lf an hour after they had all arrived at the southeast angle of the
ke, on Prospect Heights. At this point the examination of the banks of
e lake was considered finished, and yet the engineer had not been able to
scover how and where the waters were discharged. "There is no doubt this
erflow exists," he repeated, and since it is not visible it must go
rough the granite cliff at the west!"
ut what importance do you attach to knowing that, my dear Cyrus?" asked
deon Spilett.
onsiderable importance," replied the engineer; "for if it flows through
e cliff there is probably some cavity, which it would be easy to render
bitable after turning away the water."
ut is it not possible, captain, that the water flows away at the bottom
the lake," said Herbert, "and that it reaches the sea by some
bterranean passage?"
hat might be," replied the engineer, "and should it be so we shall be
liged to build our house ourselves, since nature has not done it for us."
e colonists were about to begin to traverse the plateau to return to
e Chimneys, when Top gave new signs of agitation. He barked with fury,
d before his master could restrain him, he had plunged a second time into
e lake.
l ran towards the bank. The dog was already more than twenty feet off,d Cyrus was calling him back, when an enormous head emerged from the
ter, which did not appear to be deep in that place.
rbert recognized directly the species of amphibian to which the
pering head, with large eyes, and adorned with long silky mustaches,
longed.
lamantin!" he cried.
was not a lamantin, but one of that species of the order of cetaceans,
ich bear the name of the "dugong," for its nostrils were open at the
per part of its snout. The enormous animal rushed on the dog, who tried
escape by returning towards the shore. His master could do nothing tove him, and before Gideon Spilett or Herbert thought of bending their
ws, Top, seized by the dugong, had disappeared beneath the water.
b, his iron-tipped spear in his hand, wished to go to Top's help, and
tack the dangerous animal in its own element.
o, Neb," said the engineer, restraining his courageous servant.
anwhile, a struggle was going on beneath the water, an inexplicable
ruggle, for in his situation Top could not possibly resist; and judging
the bubbling of the surface it must be also a terrible struggle, and
uld not but terminate in the death of the dog! But suddenly, in the
le:///E|/BOOKS/jules%20verne/The%20Mysterious%20Island.txt (86 of 366) [8/4/2003 1:56:46 PM]
7/29/2019 The Mysterious Island- Jules Verne
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/the-mysterious-island-jules-verne 87/365
le:///E|/BOOKS/jules%20verne/The%20Mysterious%20Island.txt
ddle of a foaming circle, Top reappeared. Thrown in the air by some
known power, he rose ten feet above the surface of the lake, fell again
to the midst of the agitated waters, and then soon gained the shore,
thout any severe wounds, miraculously saved.
rus Harding and his companions could not understand it. What was not
ss inexplicable was that the struggle still appeared to be going on.
ubtless, the dugong, attacked by some powerful animal, after having
leased the dog, was fighting on its own account. But it did not last
ng. The water became red with blood, and the body of the dugong, emerging
om the sheet of scarlet which spread around, soon stranded on a littleach at the south angle of the lake. The colonists ran towards it. The
gong was dead. It was an enormous animal, fifteen or sixteen feet long,
d must have weighed from three to four thousand pounds. At its neck was a
und, which appeared to have been produced by a sharp blade.
at could the amphibious creature have been, who, by this terrible blow
d destroyed the formidable dugong? No one could tell, and much interested
this incident, Harding and his companions returned to the Chimneys.
apter 17
e next day, the 7th of May, Harding and Gideon Spilett, leaving Neb toepare breakfast, climbed Prospect Heights, while Herbert and Pencroft
cended by the river, to renew their store of wood.
e engineer and the reporter soon reached the little beach on which the
gong had been stranded. Already flocks of birds had attacked the mass of
esh, and had to be driven away with stones, for Cyrus wished to keep the
t for the use of the colony. As to the animal's flesh it would furnish
cellent food, for in the islands of the Malay Archipelago and elsewhere,
is especially reserved for the table of the native princes. But that was
b's affair.
this moment Cyrus Harding had other thoughts. He was much interested
the incident of the day before. He wished to penetrate the mystery ofat submarine combat, and to ascertain what monster could have given the
gong so strange a wound. He remained at the edge of the lake, looking,
serving; but nothing appeared under the tranquil waters, which sparkled
the first rays of the rising sun.
the beach, on which lay the body of the dugong, the water was
lerably shallow, but from this point the bottom of the lake sloped
adually, and it was probable that the depth was considerable in the
nter. The lake might be considered as a large center basin, which was
lled by the water from the Red Creek.
ell, Cyrus," said the reporter, "there seems to be nothing suspicious
this water."
o, my dear Spilett," replied the engineer, "and I really do not know how
account for the incident of yesterday."
acknowledge," returned Spilett, "that the wound given this creature
, at least, very strange, and I cannot explain either how Top was so
gorously cast up out of the water. One could have thought that a powerful
m hurled him up, and that the same arm with a dagger killed the dugong!"
es," replied the engineer, who had become thoughtful; "there is
mething there that I cannot understand. But do you better understand
ther, my dear Spilett, in what way I was saved myself--how I was drawn
le:///E|/BOOKS/jules%20verne/The%20Mysterious%20Island.txt (87 of 366) [8/4/2003 1:56:46 PM]
7/29/2019 The Mysterious Island- Jules Verne
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/the-mysterious-island-jules-verne 88/365
le:///E|/BOOKS/jules%20verne/The%20Mysterious%20Island.txt
om the waves, and carried to the downs? No! Is it not true? Now, I feel
re that there is some mystery there, which, doubtless, we shall discover
me day. Let us observe, but do not dwell on these singular incidents
fore our companions. Let us keep our remarks to ourselves, and continue
r work."
will be remembered that the engineer had not as yet been able to
scover the place where the surplus water escaped, but he knew it must
ist somewhere. He was much surprised to see a strong current at this
ace. By throwing in some bits of wood he found that it set towards the
uthern angle. He followed the current, and arrived at the south point ofe lake.
ere was there a sort of depression in the water, as if it was suddenly
st in some fissure in the ground.
rding listened; placing his ear to the level of the lake, he very
stinctly heard the noise of a subterranean fall.
here," said he, rising, "is the discharge of the water; there,
ubtless, by a passage in the granite cliff, it joins the sea, through
vities which we can use to our profit. Well, I can find it!"
e engineer cut a long branch, stripped it of its leaves, and plunging
into the angle between the two banks, he found that there was a large
le one foot only beneath the surface of the water. This hole was the
ening so long looked for in vain, and the force of the current was such
at the branch was torn from the engineer's hands and disappeared.
here is no doubt about it now," repeated Harding. "There is the outlet,
d I will lay it open to view!"
ow?" asked Gideon Spilett.
y lowering the level of the water of the lake three feet." "And how
ll you lower the level?"
y opening another outlet larger than this."
t what place, Cyrus?"
t the part of the bank nearest the coast."
ut it is a mass of granite!" observed Spilett.
ell," replied Cyrus Harding, "I will blow up the granite, and the water
caping, will subside, so as to lay bare this opening--"
nd make a waterfall, by falling on to the beach," added the reporter.
fall that we shall make use of!" replied Cyrus. "Come, come!"
e engineer hurried away his companion, whose confidence in Harding was
ch that he did not doubt the enterprise would succeed. And yet, how was
is granite wall to be opened without powder, and with imperfect
struments? Was not this work upon which the engineer was so bent above
eir strength?
en Harding and the reporter entered the Chimneys, they found Herbert
d Pencroft unloading their raft of wood.
he woodmen have just finished, captain." said the sailor, laughing, "and
en you want masons--"
le:///E|/BOOKS/jules%20verne/The%20Mysterious%20Island.txt (88 of 366) [8/4/2003 1:56:46 PM]
7/29/2019 The Mysterious Island- Jules Verne
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/the-mysterious-island-jules-verne 89/365
le:///E|/BOOKS/jules%20verne/The%20Mysterious%20Island.txt
asons,--no, but chemists," replied the engineer.
es," added the reporter, "we are going to blow up the island--"
low up the island?" cried Pencroft.
art of it, at least," replied Spilett.
isten to me, my friends," said the engineer. And he made known to them
e result of his observations.
cording to him, a cavity, more or less considerable, must exist in thess of granite which supported Prospect Heights, and he intended to
netrate into it. To do this, the opening through which the water rushed
st first be cleared, and the level lowered by making a larger outlet.
erefore an explosive substance must be manufactured, which would make a
ep trench in some other part of the shore. This was what Harding was
ing to attempt with the minerals which nature placed at his disposal.
is useless to say with what enthusiasm all, especially Pencroft,
ceived this project. To employ great means, open the granite, create a
scade, that suited the sailor. And he would just as soon be a chemist as
mason or bootmaker, since the engineer wanted chemicals. He would be all
at they liked, "even a professor of dancing and deportment," said he to
b, if that was ever necessary.
b and Pencroft were first of all told to extract the grease from the
gong, and to keep the flesh, which was destined for food. Such perfect
nfidence had they in the engineer, that they set out directly, without
en asking a question. A few minutes after them, Cyrus Harding, Herbert,
d Gideon Spilett, dragging the hurdle, went towards the vein of coals,
ere those shistose pyrites abound which are met with in the most recent
ansition soil, and of which Harding had already found a specimen. All the
y being employed in carrying a quantity of these stones to the Chimneys,
evening they had several tons.
e next day, the 8th of May, the engineer began his manipulations. These
istose pyrites being composed principally of coal, flint, alumina, andlphuret of iron--the latter in excess--it was necessary to separate the
lphuret of iron, and transform it into sulphate as rapidly as possible.
e sulphate obtained, the sulphuric acid could then be extracted.
is was the object to be attained. Sulphuric acid is one of the agents
e most frequently employed, and the manufacturing importance of a nation
n be measured by the consumption which is made of it. This acid would
ter be of great use to the settlers, in the manufacturing of candles,
nning skins, etc., but this time the engineer reserved it for another
e.
rus Harding chose, behind the Chimneys, a site where the ground was
rfectly level. On this ground he placed a layer of branches and choppedod, on which were piled some pieces of shistose pyrites, buttressed one
ainst the other, the whole being covered with a thin layer of pyrites,
eviously reduced to the size of a nut.
is done, they set fire to the wood, the heat was communicated to the
ist, which soon kindled, since it contains coal and sulphur. Then new
yers of bruised pyrites were arranged so as to form an immense heap, the
terior of which was covered with earth and grass, several air-holes being
ft, as if it was a stack of wood which was to be carbonized to make
arcoal.
ey then left the transformation to complete itself, and it would not
le:///E|/BOOKS/jules%20verne/The%20Mysterious%20Island.txt (89 of 366) [8/4/2003 1:56:46 PM]
7/29/2019 The Mysterious Island- Jules Verne
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/the-mysterious-island-jules-verne 90/365
le:///E|/BOOKS/jules%20verne/The%20Mysterious%20Island.txt
ke less than ten or twelve days for the sulphuret of iron to be changed
sulphate of iron and the alumina into sulphate of alumina, two equally
luble substances, the others, flint, burnt coal, and cinders, not being
.
ile this chemical work was going on, Cyrus Harding proceeded with other
erations, which were pursued with more than zeal,--it was eagerness.
b and Pencroft had taken away the fat from the dugong, and placed it in
rge earthen pots. It was then necessary to separate the glycerine from
e fat by saponifying it. Now, to obtain this result, it had to be treatedther with soda or lime. In fact, one or other of these substances, after
ving attacked the fat, would form a soap by separating the glycerine, and
was just this glycerine which the engineer wished to obtain. There was
want of lime, only treatment by lime would give calcareous soap,
soluble, and consequently useless, while treatment by soda would furnish,
the contrary, a soluble soap, which could be put to domestic use. Now, a
actical man, like Cyrus Harding, would rather try to obtain soda. Was
is difficult? No; for marine plants abounded on the shore, glass-wort,
coides, and all those fucaceae which form wrack. A large quantity of
ese plants was collected, first dried, then burnt in holes in the open
r. The combustion of these plants was kept up for several days, and the
sult was a compact gray mass, which has been long known under the name of
atural soda."
is obtained, the engineer treated the fat with soda, which gave both a
luble soap and that neutral substance, glycerine.
t this was not all. Cyrus Harding still needed, in view of his future
eparation, another substance, nitrate of potash, which is better known
der the name of salt niter, or of saltpeter.
rus Harding could have manufactured this substance by treating the
rbonate of potash, which would be easily extracted from the cinders of
e vegetables, by azotic acid. But this acid was wanting, and he would
ve been in some difficulty, if nature had not happily furnished the
ltpeter, without giving them any other trouble than that of picking it. Herbert found a vein of it at the foot of Mount Franklin, and they had
thing to do but purify this salt.
ese different works lasted a week. They were finished before the
ansformation of the sulphuret into sulphate of iron had been
complished. During the following days the settlers had time to construct
furnace of bricks of a particular arrangement, to serve for the
stillation of the sulphate or iron when it had been obtained. All this
s finished about the 18th of May, nearly at the time when the chemical
ansformation terminated. Gideon Spilett, Herbert, Neb, and Pencroft,
illfully directed by the engineer, had become most clever workmen. Before
l masters, necessity is the one most listened to, and who teaches the
st.
en the heap of pyrites had been entirely reduced by fire, the result of
e operation, consisting of sulphate of iron, sulphate of alumina, flint,
mains of coal, and cinders was placed in a basinful of water. They
irred this mixture, let it settle, then decanted it, and obtained a clear
quid containing in solution sulphate of iron and sulphate of alumina, the
her matters remaining solid, since they are insoluble. Lastly, this
quid being partly evaporated, crystals of sulphate of iron were
posited, and the not evaporated liquid, which contained the sulphate of
umina, was thrown away.
rus Harding had now at his disposal a large quantity of these sulphate
le:///E|/BOOKS/jules%20verne/The%20Mysterious%20Island.txt (90 of 366) [8/4/2003 1:56:46 PM]
7/29/2019 The Mysterious Island- Jules Verne
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/the-mysterious-island-jules-verne 91/365
le:///E|/BOOKS/jules%20verne/The%20Mysterious%20Island.txt
iron crystals, from which the sulphuric acid had to be extracted. The
king of sulphuric acid is a very expensive manufacture. Considerable
rks are necessary--a special set of tools, an apparatus of platina,
aden chambers, unassailable by the acid, and in which the transformation
performed, etc. The engineer had none of these at his disposal, but he
ew that, in Bohemia especially, sulphuric acid is manufactured by very
mple means, which have also the advantage of producing it to a superior
gree of concentration. It is thus that the acid known under the name of
rdhausen acid is made.
obtain sulphuric acid, Cyrus Harding had only one operation to make,calcine the sulphate of iron crystals in a closed vase, so that the
lphuric acid should distil in vapor, which vapor, by condensation, would
oduce the acid.
e crystals were placed in pots, and the heat from the furnace would
stil the sulphuric acid. The operation was successfully completed, and on
e 20th of May, twelve days after commencing it, the engineer was the
ssessor of the agent which later he hoped to use in so many different
ys.
w, why did he wish for this agent? Simply to produce azotic acid; and
at was easy, since saltpeter, attacked by sulphuric acid, gives azotic,
nitric, acid by distillation.
t, after all, how was he going to employ this azotic acid? His
mpanions were still ignorant of this, for he had not informed them of the
sult at which he aimed.
wever, the engineer had nearly accomplished his purpose, and by a last
eration he would procure the substance which had given so much trouble.
king some azotic acid, he mixed it with glycerine, which had been
eviously concentrated by evaporation, subjected to the water-bath, and he
tained, without even employing a refrigerant mixture, several pints of an
ly yellow mixture.
is last operation Cyrus Harding had made alone, in a retired place, at
distance from the Chimneys, for he feared the danger of an explosion, and
en he showed a bottle of this liquid to his friends, he contented himself
th saying,--
ere is nitro-glycerine!"
was really this terrible production, of which the explosive power is
rhaps tenfold that of ordinary powder, and which has already caused so
ny accidents. However, since a way has been found to transform it into
namite, that is to say, to mix with it some solid substance, clay or
gar, porous enough to hold it, the dangerous liquid has been used with
me security. But dynamite was not yet known at the time when the settlers
rked on Lincoln Island.
nd is it that liquid that is going to blow up our rocks?" said Pencroft
credulously.
es, my friend," replied the engineer, "and this nitro-glycerine will
oduce so much the more effect, as the granite is extremely hard, and will
pose a greater resistance to the explosion."
nd when shall we see this, captain?"
o-morrow, as soon as we have dug a hole for the mine, replied the
gineer."
le:///E|/BOOKS/jules%20verne/The%20Mysterious%20Island.txt (91 of 366) [8/4/2003 1:56:46 PM]
7/29/2019 The Mysterious Island- Jules Verne
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/the-mysterious-island-jules-verne 92/365
le:///E|/BOOKS/jules%20verne/The%20Mysterious%20Island.txt
e next day, the 21st of May, at daybreak, the miners went to the point
ich formed the eastern shore of Lake Grant, and was only five hundred
et from the coast. At this place, the plateau inclined downwards from the
ters, which were only restrained by their granite case. Therefore, if
is case was broken, the water would escape by the opening and form a
ream, which, flowing over the inclined surface of the plateau, would rush
to the beach. Consequently, the level of the lake would be greatly
wered, and the opening where the water escaped would be exposed, which
s their final aim.
der the engineer's directions, Pencroft, armed with a pickaxe, which he
ndled skillfully and vigorously, attacked the granite. The hole was made
the point of the shore, slanting, so that it should meet a much lower
vel than that of the water of the lake. In this way the explosive force,
scattering the rock, would open a large place for the water to rush out.
e work took some time, for the engineer, wishing to produce a great
fect, intended to devote not less than seven quarts of nitro-glycerine to
e operation. But Pencroft, relieved by Neb, did so well, that towards
ur o'clock in the evening, the mine was finished.
w the question of setting fire to the explosive substance was raised.
nerally, nitro-glycerine is ignited by caps of fulminate, which in
rsting cause the explosion. A shock is therefore needed to produce the
plosion, for, simply lighted, this substance would burn without
ploding.
rus Harding could certainly have fabricated a percussion cap. In
fault of fulminate, he could easily obtain a substance similar to
ncotton, since he had azotic acid at his disposal. This substance,
essed in a cartridge, and introduced among the nitro-glycerine, would
rst by means of a fuse, and cause the explosion.
t Cyrus Harding knew that nitro-glycerine would explode by a shock. He
solved to employ this means, and try another way, if this did not
cceed.
fact, the blow of a hammer on a few drops of nitro-glycerine, spread
t on a hard surface, was enough to create an explosion. But the operator
uld not be there to give the blow, without becoming a victim to the
eration. Harding, therefore, thought of suspending a mass of iron,
ighing several pounds, by means of a fiber, to an upright just above the
ne. Another long fiber, previously impregnated with sulphur, was attached
the middle of the first, by one end, while the other lay on the ground
veral feet distant from the mine. The second fiber being set on fire, it
uld burn till it reached the first. This catching fire in its turn, would
eak, and the mass of iron would fall on the nitro-glycerine. This
paratus being then arranged, the engineer, after having sent his
mpanions to a distance, filled the hole, so that the nitro-glycerine was
a level with the opening; then he threw a few drops of it on the surface
the rock, above which the mass of iron was already suspended.
is done, Harding lit the end of the sulphured fiber, and leaving the
ace, he returned with his companions to the Chimneys.
e fiber was intended to burn five and twenty minutes, and, in fact,
ve and twenty minutes afterwards a most tremendous explosion was heard.
e island appeared to tremble to its very foundation. Stones were
ojected in the air as if by the eruption of a volcano. The shock produced
the displacing of the air was such, that the rocks of the Chimneys
ook. The settlers, although they were more than two miles from the mine,
le:///E|/BOOKS/jules%20verne/The%20Mysterious%20Island.txt (92 of 366) [8/4/2003 1:56:46 PM]
7/29/2019 The Mysterious Island- Jules Verne
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/the-mysterious-island-jules-verne 93/365
le:///E|/BOOKS/jules%20verne/The%20Mysterious%20Island.txt
re thrown on the ground.
ey rose, climbed the plateau, and ran towards the place where the bank
the lake must have been shattered by the explosion.
cheer escaped them! A large rent was seen in the granite! A rapid
ream of water rushed foaming across the plateau and dashed down a height
three hundred feet on to the beach!
apter 18
rus Harding's project had succeeded, but, according to his usual habit he
owed no satisfaction; with closed lips and a fixed look, he remained
tionless. Herbert was in ecstasies, Neb bounded with joy, Pencroft nodded
s great head, murmuring these words,--
ome, our engineer gets on capitally!"
e nitro-glycerine had indeed acted powerfully. The opening which it had
de was so large that the volume of water which escaped through this new
tlet was at least treble that which before passed through the old one.
e result was, that a short time after the operation the level of the lake
uld be lowered two feet, or more.
e settlers went to the Chimneys to take some pickaxes, iron-tipped
ears, string made of fibers, flint and steel; they then returned to the
ateau, Top accompanying them.
the way the sailor could not help saying to the engineer,--
on't you think, captain, that by means of that charming liquid you have
de, one could blow up the whole of our island?"
ithout any doubt, the island, continents, and the world itself,"
plied the engineer. "It is only a question of quantity."
hen could you not use this nitro-glycerine for loading firearms?" asked
e sailor.
o, Pencroft; for it is too explosive a substance. But it would be easy
make some guncotton, or even ordinary powder, as we have azotic acid,
ltpeter, sulphur, and coal. Unhappily, it is the guns which we have not
t.
h, captain," replied the sailor, "with a little determination--"
ncroft had erased the word "impossible" from the dictionary of Lincoln
land.
e settlers, having arrived at Prospect Heights, went immediatelywards that point of the lake near which was the old opening now
covered. This outlet had now become practicable, since the water no
nger rushed through it, and it would doubtless be easy to explore the
terior.
a few minutes the settlers had reached the lower point of the lake,
d a glance showed them that the object had been attained.
fact, in the side of the lake, and now above the surface of the water,
peared the long-looked-for opening. A narrow ridge, left bare by the
treat of the water, allowed them to approach it. This orifice was nearly
enty feet in width, but scarcely two in height. It was like the mouth of
le:///E|/BOOKS/jules%20verne/The%20Mysterious%20Island.txt (93 of 366) [8/4/2003 1:56:46 PM]
7/29/2019 The Mysterious Island- Jules Verne
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/the-mysterious-island-jules-verne 94/365
le:///E|/BOOKS/jules%20verne/The%20Mysterious%20Island.txt
drain at the edge of the pavement, and therefore did not offer an easy
ssage to the settlers; but Neb and Pencroft, taking their pickaxes, soon
de it of a suitable height.
e engineer then approached, and found that the sides of the opening, in
s upper part at least, had not a slope of more than from thirty to
irty-five degrees. It was therefore practicable, and, provided that the
clivity did not increase, it would be easy to descend even to the level
the sea. If then, as was probable, some vast cavity existed in the
terior of the granite, it might, perhaps, be of great use.
ell, captain, what are we stopping for?" asked the sailor, impatient to
ter the narrow passage. You see Top has got before us!"
ery well," replied the engineer. "But we must see our way. Neb, go and
t some resinous branches."
b and Herbert ran to the edge of the lake, shaded with pines and other
een trees, and soon returned with some branches, which they made into
rches. The torches were lighted with flint and steel, and Cyrus Harding
ading, the settlers ventured into the dark passage, which the overplus of
e lake had formerly filled.
ntrary to what might have been supposed, the diameter of the passage
creased as the explorers proceeded, so that they very soon were able to
and upright. The granite, worn by the water for an infinite time, was
ry slippery, and falls were to be dreaded. But the settlers were all
tached to each other by a cord, as is frequently done in ascending
untains. Happily some projections of the granite, forming regular steps,
de the descent less perilous. Drops, still hanging from the rocks, shone
re and there under the light of the torches, and the explorers guessed
at the sides were clothed with innumerable stalactites. The engineer
amined this black granite. There was not a stratum, not a break in it.
e mass was compact, and of an extremely close grain. The passage dated,
en, from the very origin of the island. It was not the water which little
little had hollowed it. Pluto and not Neptune had bored it with his own
nd, and on the wall traces of an eruptive work could be distinguished,
ich all the washing of the water had not been able totally to efface.
e settlers descended very slowly. They could not but feel a certain
e, in this venturing into these unknown depths, for the first time
sited by human beings. They did not speak, but they thought; and the
ought came to more than one, that some polypus or other gigantic
phalopod might inhabit the interior cavities, which were in communication
th the sea. However, Top kept at the head of the little band, and they
uld rely on the sagacity of the dog, who would not fail to give the alarm
there was any need for it.
ter having descended about a hundred feet, following a winding road,
rding who was walking on before, stopped, and his companions came up with
m. The place where they had halted was wider, so as to form a cavern of
derate dimensions. Drops of water fell from the vault, but that did not
ove that they oozed through the rock. They were simply the last traces
ft by the torrent which had so long thundered through this cavity, and
e air there was pure though slightly damp, but producing no mephitic
halation.
ell, my dear Cyrus," said Gideon Spilett, "here is a very secure
treat, well hid in the depths of the rock, but it is, however,
inhabitable."
hy uninhabitable?" asked the sailor.
le:///E|/BOOKS/jules%20verne/The%20Mysterious%20Island.txt (94 of 366) [8/4/2003 1:56:46 PM]
7/29/2019 The Mysterious Island- Jules Verne
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/the-mysterious-island-jules-verne 95/365
le:///E|/BOOKS/jules%20verne/The%20Mysterious%20Island.txt
ecause it is too small and too dark."
ouldn't we enlarge it, hollow it out, make openings to let in light and
r?" replied Pencroft, who now thought nothing impossible.
et us go on with our exploration," said Cyrus Harding. "Perhaps lower
wn, nature will have spared us this labor."
e have only gone a third of the way," observed Herbert.
early a third," replied Harding, "for we have descended a hundred feetom the opening, and it is not impossible that a hundred feet farther
wn--"
here is Top?" asked Neb, interrupting his master.
ey searched the cavern, but the dog was not there.
ost likely he has gone on," said Pencroft.
et us join him," replied Harding.
e descent was continued. The engineer carefully observed all the
viations of the passage, and notwithstanding so many detours, he could
sily have given an account of its general direction, which went towards
e sea.
e settlers had gone some fifty feet farther, when their attention was
tracted by distant sounds which came up from the depths. They stopped and
stened. These sounds, carried through the passage as through an acoustic
be, came clearly to the ear.
hat is Top barking!" cried Herbert.
es," replied Pencroft, "and our brave dog is barking furiously!"
e have our iron-tipped spears," said Cyrus Harding. "Keep on your
ard, and forward!"
t is becoming more and more interesting," murmured Gideon Spilett in
e sailor's ear, who nodded. Harding and his companions rushed to the help
their dog. Top's barking became more and more perceptible, and it seemed
rangely fierce. Was he engaged in a struggle with some animal whose
treat he had disturbed? Without thinking of the danger to which they
ght be exposed, the explorers were now impelled by an irresistible
riosity, and in a few minutes, sixteen feet lower they rejoined Top.
ere the passage ended in a vast and magnificent cavern.
p was running backwards and forwards, barking furiously. Pencroft and
b, waving their torches, threw the light into every crevice; and at theme time, Harding, Gideon Spilett, and Herbert, their spears raised, were
ady for any emergency which might arise. The enormous cavern was empty.
e settlers explored it in every direction. There was nothing there, not
animal, not a human being; and yet Top continued to bark. Neither
resses nor threats could make him be silent.
here must be a place somewhere, by which the waters of the lake reached
e sea," said the engineer.
f course," replied Pencroft, "and we must take care not to tumble into
hole."
le:///E|/BOOKS/jules%20verne/The%20Mysterious%20Island.txt (95 of 366) [8/4/2003 1:56:46 PM]
7/29/2019 The Mysterious Island- Jules Verne
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/the-mysterious-island-jules-verne 96/365
le:///E|/BOOKS/jules%20verne/The%20Mysterious%20Island.txt
o, Top, go!" cried Harding.
e dog, excited by his master's words, ran towards the extremity of the
vern, and there redoubled his barking.
ey followed him, and by the light of the torches, perceived the mouth
a regular well in the granite. It was by this that the water escaped;
d this time it was not an oblique and practicable passage, but a
rpendicular well, into which it was impossible to venture.
e torches were held over the opening: nothing could be seen. Harding
ok a lighted branch, and threw it into the abyss. The blazing resin,
ose illuminating power increased still more by the rapidity of its fall,
ghted up the interior of the well, but yet nothing appeared. The flame
en went out with a slight hiss, which showed that it had reached the
ter, that is to say, the level of the sea.
e engineer, calculating the time employed in its fall, was able to
lculate the depth of the well, which was found to be about ninety feet.
e floor of the cavern must thus be situated ninety feet above the level
the sea.
ere is our dwelling," said Cyrus Harding.
ut it was occupied by some creature," replied Gideon Spilett, whose
riosity was not yet satisfied.
ell, the creature, amphibious or otherwise, has made off through this
ening," replied the engineer, "and has left the place for us."
ever mind," added the sailor, "I should like very much to be Top just
r a quarter of an hour, for he doesn't bark for nothing!"
rus Harding looked at his dog, and those of his companions who were
ar him might have heard him murmur these words,--
es, I believe that Top knows more than we do about a great many
ings."
wever, the wishes of the settlers were for the most part satisfied.
ance, aided by the marvelous sagacity of their leader, had done them
eat service. They had now at their disposal a vast cavern, the size of
ich could not be properly calculated by the feeble light of their
rches, but it would certainly be easy to divide it into rooms, by means
brick partitions, or to use it, if not as a house, at least as a
acious apartment. The water which had left it could not return. The place
s free.
o difficulties remained; firstly, the possibility of lighting this
cavation in the midst of solid rock; secondly, the necessity of rendering
e means of access more easy. It was useless to think of lighting it from
ove, because of the enormous thickness of the granite which composed the
iling; but perhaps the outer wall next the sea might be pierced. Cyrus
rding, during the descent, had roughly calculated its obliqueness, and
nsequently the length of the passage, and was therefore led to believe
at the outer wall could not be very thick. If light was thus obtained, so
uld a means of access, for it would be as easy to pierce a door as
ndows, and to establish an exterior ladder.
rding made known his ideas to his companions.
hen, captain, let us set to work!" replied Pencroft. "I have my
le:///E|/BOOKS/jules%20verne/The%20Mysterious%20Island.txt (96 of 366) [8/4/2003 1:56:46 PM]
7/29/2019 The Mysterious Island- Jules Verne
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/the-mysterious-island-jules-verne 97/365
le:///E|/BOOKS/jules%20verne/The%20Mysterious%20Island.txt
ckaxe, and I shall soon make my way through this wall. Where shall I
rike?"
ere," replied the engineer, showing the sturdy sailor a considerable
cess in the side, which would much diminish the thickness.
ncroft attacked the granite, and for half an hour, by the light of the
rches, he made the splinters fly around him. Neb relieved him, then
ilett took Neb's place.
is work had lasted two hours, and they began to fear that at this spot
e wall would not yield to the pickaxe, when at a last blow given by
deon Spilett, the instrument, passing through the rock, fell outside.
urrah! hurrah!" cried Pencroft.
e wall only measured there three feet in thickness.
rding applied his eye to the aperture, which overlooked the ground from
height of eighty feet. Before him was extended the sea-coast, the islet,
d beyond the open sea.
oods of light entered by this hole, inundating the splendid cavern and
oducing a magic effect! On its left side it did not measure more than
irty feet in height and breadth, but on the right it was enormous, ands vaulted roof rose to a height of more than eighty feet.
some places granite pillars, irregularly disposed, supported the
ulted roof, as those in the nave of a cathedral, here forming lateral
ers, there elliptical arches, adorned with pointed moldings, losing
emselves in dark bays, amid the fantastic arches of which glimpses could
caught in the shade, covered with a profusion of projections formed like
many pendants. This cavern was a picturesque mixture of all the styles
Byzantine, Roman, or Gothic architecture ever produced by the hand of
n. And yet this was only the work of nature. She alone had hollowed this
iry Aihambra in a mass of granite.
e settlers were overwhelmed with admiration. Where they had onlypected to find a narrow cavity, they had found a sort of marvelous
lace, and Neb had taken off his hat, as if he had been transported into a
mple!
ies of admiration issued from every mouth. Hurrahs resounded, and the
ho was repeated again and again till it died away in the dark naves.
h, my friends!" exclaimed Cyrus Harding, "when we have lighted the
terior of this place, and have arranged our rooms and storehouses in the
ft part, we shall still have this splendid cavern, which we will make our
udy and our museum!"
nd we will call it?--" asked Herbert.
ranite House," replied Harding; a name which his companions again
luted with a cheer.
e torches were now almost consumed, and as they were obliged to return
the passage to reach the summit of the plateau, it was decided to put
f the work necessary for the arrangement of their new dwelling till the
xt day.
fore departing, Cyrus Harding leaned once more over the dark well,
ich descended perpendicularly to the level of the sea. He listened
tentively. No noise was heard, not even that of the water, which the
le:///E|/BOOKS/jules%20verne/The%20Mysterious%20Island.txt (97 of 366) [8/4/2003 1:56:46 PM]
7/29/2019 The Mysterious Island- Jules Verne
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/the-mysterious-island-jules-verne 98/365
le:///E|/BOOKS/jules%20verne/The%20Mysterious%20Island.txt
dulations of the surge must sometimes agitate in its depths. A flaming
anch was again thrown in. The sides of the well were lighted up for an
stant, but as at the first time, nothing suspicious was seen.
some marine monster had been surprised unawares by the retreat of the
ter, he would by this time have regained the sea by the subterranean
ssage, before the new opening had been offered to him.
anwhile, the engineer was standing motionless, his eyes fixed on the
lf, without uttering a word.
e sailor approached him, and touching his arm, "Captain!" said he.
hat do you want, my friend?" asked the engineer, as if he had returned
om the land of dreams.
he torches will soon go out."
orward!" replied Cyrus Harding.
e little band left the cavern and began to ascend through the dark
ssage. Top closed the rear, still growling every now and then. The ascent
s painful enough. The settlers rested a few minutes in the upper grotto,
ich made a sort of landing-place halfway up the long granite staircase.
en they began to climb again.
on fresher air was felt. The drops of water, dried by evaporation, no
nger sparkled on the walls. The flaring torches began to grow dim. The
e which Neb carried went out, and if they did not wish to find their way
the dark, they must hasten.
is was done, and a little before four o'clock, at the moment when the
ilor's torch went out in its turn, Cyrus Harding and his companions
ssed out of the passage.
apter 19
e next day, the 22nd of May, the arrangement of their new dwelling was
mmenced. In fact, the settlers longed to exchange the insufficient
elter of the Chimneys for this large and healthy retreat, in the midst of
lid rock, and sheltered from the water both of the sea and sky. Their
rmer dwelling was not, however, to be entirely abandoned, for the
gineer intended to make a manufactory of it for important works. Cyrus
rding's first care was to find out the position of the front of Granite
use from the outside. He went to the beach, and as the pickaxe when it
caped from the hands of the reporter must have fallen perpendicularly to
e foot of the cliff, the finding it would be sufficient to show the place
ere the hole had been pierced in the granite.
e pickaxe was easily found, and the hole could be seen in a
rpendicular line above the spot where it was stuck in the sand. Some rock
geons were already flying in and out of the narrow opening; they
idently thought that Granite House had been discovered on purpose for
em. It was the engineer's intention to divide the right portion of the
vern into several rooms, preceded by an entrance passage, and to light it
means of five windows and a door, pierced in the front. Pencroft was
ch pleased with the five windows, but he could not understand the use of
e door, since the passage offered a natural staircase, through which it
uld always be easy to enter Granite House.
y friend," replied Harding, "if it is easy for us to reach our dwelling
le:///E|/BOOKS/jules%20verne/The%20Mysterious%20Island.txt (98 of 366) [8/4/2003 1:56:46 PM]
7/29/2019 The Mysterious Island- Jules Verne
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/the-mysterious-island-jules-verne 99/365
7/29/2019 The Mysterious Island- Jules Verne
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/the-mysterious-island-jules-verne 100/365
le:///E|/BOOKS/jules%20verne/The%20Mysterious%20Island.txt
ke the garret of the new dwelling.
is plan settled, it had only to be put into execution. The miners
came brickmakers again, then the bricks were brought to the foot of
anite House. Till then, Harding and his companions had only entered the
vern by the long passage. This mode of communication obliged them first
climb Prospect Heights, making a detour by the river's bank, and then to
scend two hundred feet through the passage, having to climb as far when
ey wished to return to the plateau. This was a great loss of time, and
s also very fatiguing. Cyrus Harding, therefore, resolved to proceed
thout any further delay to the fabrication of a strong rope ladder,ich, once raised, would render Granite House completely inaccessible.
is ladder was manufactured with extreme care, and its uprights, formed
the twisted fibers of a species of cane, had the strength of a thick
ble. As to the rounds, they were made of a sort of red cedar, with light,
rong branches; and this apparatus was wrought by the masterly hand of
ncroft.
her ropes were made with vegetable fibers, and a sort of crane with a
ckle was fixed at the door. In this way bricks could easily be raised
to Granite House. The transport of the materials being thus simplified,
e arrangement of the interior could begin immediately. There was no want
lime, and some thousands of bricks were there ready to be used. Theamework of the partitions was soon raised, very roughly at first, and in
short time, the cave was divided into rooms and storehouses, according to
e plan agreed upon.
ese different works progressed rapidly under the direction of the
gineer, who himself handled the hammer and the trowel. No labor came
iss to Cyrus Harding, who thus set an example to his intelligent and
alous companions. They worked with confidence, even gaily, Pencroft
ways having some joke to crack, sometimes carpenter, sometimes rope-
ker, sometimes mason, while he communicated his good humor to all the
mbers of their little world. His faith in the engineer was complete;
thing could disturb it. He believed him capable of undertaking anything
d succeeding in everything. The question of boots and clothes--assuredlyserious question,--that of light during the winter months, utilizing the
rtile parts of the island, transforming the wild flora into cultivated
ora, it all appeared easy to him; Cyrus Harding helping, everything would
done in time. He dreamed of canals facilitating the transport of the
ches of the ground; workings of quarries and mines; machines for every
dustrial manufacture; railroads; yes, railroads! of which a network would
rtainly one day cover Lincoln Island.
e engineer let Pencroft talk. He did not put down the aspirations of
is brave heart. He knew how communicable confidence is; he even smiled to
ar him speak, and said nothing of the uneasiness for the future which he
lt. In fact, in that part of the Pacific, out of the course of vessels,
was to be feared that no help would ever come to them. It was onemselves, on themselves alone, that the settlers must depend, for the
stance of Lincoln Island from all other land was such, that to hazard
emselves in a boat, of a necessarily inferior construction, would be a
rious and perilous thing.
ut," as the sailor said, "they quite took the wind out of the sails of
e Robinsons, for whom everything was done by a miracle."
fact, they were energetic; an energetic man will succeed where an
dolent one would vegetate and inevitably perish.
rbert distinguished himself in these works. He was intelligent and
le:///E|/BOOKS/jules%20verne/The%20Mysterious%20Island.txt (100 of 366) [8/4/2003 1:56:46 PM]
7/29/2019 The Mysterious Island- Jules Verne
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/the-mysterious-island-jules-verne 101/365
7/29/2019 The Mysterious Island- Jules Verne
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/the-mysterious-island-jules-verne 102/365
7/29/2019 The Mysterious Island- Jules Verne
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/the-mysterious-island-jules-verne 103/365
le:///E|/BOOKS/jules%20verne/The%20Mysterious%20Island.txt
rmer level by means of a dam. He contented himself with hiding the
struction with grass and shrubs, which were planted in the interstices of
e rocks, and which next spring would sprout thickly. However, he used the
terfall so as to lead a small stream of fresh water to the new dwelling.
little trench, made below their level, produced this result; and this
rivation from a pure and inexhaustible source yielded twenty-five or
irty gallons a day. There would never be any want of water at Granite
use. At last all was finished, and it was time, for the bad season was
ar. Thick shutters closed the windows of the facade, until the engineer
d time to make glass.
deon Spilett had very artistically arranged on the rocky projections
ound the windows plants of different kinds, as well as long streaming
ass, so that the openings were picturesquely framed in green, which had a
easing effect.
e inhabitants of this solid, healthy, and secure dwelling, could not
t be charmed with their work. The view from the windows extended over a
undless horizon, which was closed by the two Mandible Capes on the north,
d Claw Cape on the south. All Union Bay was spread before them. Yes, our
ave settlers had reason to be satisfied, and Pencroft was lavish in his
aise of what he humorously called, "his apartments on the fifth floor
ove the ground!"
apter 20
e winter season set in with the month of June, which corresponds with the
nth of December in the Northern Hemisphere. It began with showers and
ualls, which succeeded each other without intermission. The tenants of
anite House could appreciate the advantages of a dwelling which sheltered
em from the inclement weather. The Chimneys would have been quite
sufficient to protect them against the rigor of winter, and it was to be
ared that the high tides would make another irruption. Cyrus Harding had
ken precautions against this contingency, so as to preserve as much as
ssible the forge and furnace which were established there.
ring the whole of the month of June the time was employed in different
cupations, which excluded neither hunting nor fishing, the larder being,
erefore, abundantly supplied. Pencroft, so soon as he had leisure,
oposed to set some traps, from which he expected great results. He soon
de some snares with creepers, by the aid of which the warren henceforth
ery day furnished its quota of rodents. Neb employed nearly all his time
salting or smoking meat, which insured their always having plenty of
ovisions. The question of clothes was now seriously discussed, the
ttlers having no other garments than those they wore when the balloon
rew them on the island. These clothes were warm and good; they had taken
eat care of them as well as of their linen, and they were perfectly
ole, but they would soon need to be replaced. Moreover, if the winter was
vere, the settlers would suffer greatly from cold.
this subject the ingenuity of Harding was at fault. They must provide
r their most pressing wants, settle their dwelling, and lay in a store of
od; thus the cold might come upon them before the question of clothes had
en settled. They must therefore make up their minds to pass this first
nter without additional clothing. When the fine season came round again,
ey would regularly hunt those musmons which had been seen on the
pedition to Mount Franklin, and the wool once collected, the engineer
uld know how to make it into strong warm stuff.... How? He would
nsider.
le:///E|/BOOKS/jules%20verne/The%20Mysterious%20Island.txt (103 of 366) [8/4/2003 1:56:46 PM]
7/29/2019 The Mysterious Island- Jules Verne
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/the-mysterious-island-jules-verne 104/365
7/29/2019 The Mysterious Island- Jules Verne
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/the-mysterious-island-jules-verne 105/365
7/29/2019 The Mysterious Island- Jules Verne
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/the-mysterious-island-jules-verne 106/365
le:///E|/BOOKS/jules%20verne/The%20Mysterious%20Island.txt
e settlers in Lincoln Island had still one privation. There was no want
meat, nor of vegetable products; those ligneous roots which they had
und, when subjected to fermentation, gave them an acid drink, which was
eferable to cold water; they also made sugar, without canes or beet-
ots, by collecting the liquor which distils from the "acer saceharinum,"
son of maple-tree, which flourishes in all the temperate zones, and of
ich the island possessed a great number; they made a very agreeable tea
employing the herbs brought from the warren; lastly, they had an
undance of salt, the only mineral which is used in food . . . but bread
s wanting.
rhaps in time the settlers could replace this want by some equivalent,
was possible that they might find the sago or the breadfruit tree among
e forests of the south, but they had not as yet met with these precious
ees. However, Providence came directly to their aid, in an infinitesimal
oportion it is true, but Cyrus Harding, with all his intelligence, all
s ingenuity, would never have been able to produce that which, by the
eatest chance, Herbert one day found in the lining of his waistcoat,
ich he was occupied in setting to rights.
this day, as it was raining in torrents, the settlers were assembled
the great hall in Granite House, when the lad cried out all at once,--
ook here, captain--A grain of corn!"
d he showed his companions a grain--a single grain--which from a hole
his pocket had got into the lining of his waistcoat.
e presence of this grain was explained by the fact that Herbert, when
Richmond, used to feed some pigeons, of which Pencroft had made him a
esent.
grain of corn?" said the engineer quickly.
es, captain; but one, only one!"
ell, my boy," said Pencroft, laughing, "we're getting on capitally,on my word! What shall we make with one grain of corn?"
e will make bread of it," replied Cyrus Harding.
read, cakes, tarts!" replied the sailor. "Come, the bread that this
ain of corn will make won't choke us very soon!"
rbert, not attaching much importance to his discovery, was going to
row away the grain in question; but Harding took it, examined it, found
at it was in good condition, and looking the sailor full in the face--
encroft," he asked quietly, "do you know how many ears one grain of corn
n produce?"
ne, I suppose!" replied the sailor, surprised at the question.
en, Pencroft! And do you know how many grains one ear bears?"
o, upon my word."
bout eighty!" said Cyrus Harding. "Then, if we plant this grain, at the
rst crop we shall reap eight hundred grains which at the second will
oduce six hundred and forty thousand; at the third, five hundred and
elve millions; at the fourth, more than four hundred thousands of
llions! There is the proportion."
le:///E|/BOOKS/jules%20verne/The%20Mysterious%20Island.txt (106 of 366) [8/4/2003 1:56:47 PM]
7/29/2019 The Mysterious Island- Jules Verne
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/the-mysterious-island-jules-verne 107/365
7/29/2019 The Mysterious Island- Jules Verne
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/the-mysterious-island-jules-verne 108/365
7/29/2019 The Mysterious Island- Jules Verne
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/the-mysterious-island-jules-verne 109/365
7/29/2019 The Mysterious Island- Jules Verne
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/the-mysterious-island-jules-verne 110/365
le:///E|/BOOKS/jules%20verne/The%20Mysterious%20Island.txt
eakfast. A fire of brushwood and dried seaweed was lighted, and Neb
epared the breakfast of cold meat, to which he added some cups of Oswego
a.
ile eating they looked around them. This part of Lincoln Island was
ry sterile, and contrasted with all the western part. The reporter was
us led to observe that if chance had thrown them at first on the shore,
ey would have had but a deplorable idea of their future domain.
believe that we should not have been able to reach it," replied the
gineer, "for the sea is deep, and there is not a rock on which we could
ve taken refuge. Before Granite House, at least, there were sandbanks, an
let, which multiplied our chances of safety. Here, nothing but the
pths!"
t is singular enough," remarked Spilett, "that this comparatively small
land should present such varied ground. This diversity of aspect,
gically only belongs to continents of a certain extent. One would really
y, that the western part of Lincoln Island, so rich and so fertile, is
shed by the warm waters of the Gulf of Mexico, and that its shores to the
rth and the southeast extend over a sort of Arctic sea."
ou are right, my dear Spilett," replied Cyrus Harding, "I have also
served this. I think the form and also the nature of this island strange.
is a summary of all the aspects which a continent presents, and I should
t be surprised if it was a continent formerly."
hat! a continent in the middle of the Pacific?" cried Pencroft.
hy not?" replied Cyrus Harding. "Why should not Australia, New Ireland,
stralasia, united to the archipelagoes of the Pacific, have once formed a
xth part of the world, as important as Europe or Asia, as Africa or the
o Americas? To my mind, it is quite possible that all these islands,
erging from this vast ocean, are but the summits of a continent, now
bmerged, but which was above the waters at a prehistoric period."
s the Atlantis was formerly," replied Herbert.
es, my boy... if, however, it existed."
nd would Lincoln Island have been a part of that continent?" asked
ncroft.
t is probable," replied Cyrus Harding, "and that would sufficiently,
plain the variety of productions which are seen on its surface."
nd the great number of animals which still inhabit it," added Herbert.
es, my boy," replied the engineer, "and you furnish me with an argument
support my theory. It is certain, after what we have seen, that animals
e numerous in this island, and what is more strange, that the species aretremely varied. There is a reason for that, and to me it is that Lincoln
land may have formerly been a part of some vast continent which had
adually sunk below the Pacific."
hen, some fine day," said Pencroft, who did not appear to be entirely
nvinced, "the rest of this ancient continent may disappear in its turn,
d there will be nothing between America and Asia."
es," replied Harding, "there will be new continents which millions and
llions of animalculae are building at this moment."
nd what are these masons?" asked Pencroft.
le:///E|/BOOKS/jules%20verne/The%20Mysterious%20Island.txt (110 of 366) [8/4/2003 1:56:47 PM]
7/29/2019 The Mysterious Island- Jules Verne
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/the-mysterious-island-jules-verne 111/365
le:///E|/BOOKS/jules%20verne/The%20Mysterious%20Island.txt
oral insects," replied Cyrus Harding. "By constant work they made the
land of Clermont-Tonnerre, and numerous other coral islands in the
cific Ocean. Forty-seven millions of these insects are needed to weigh a
ain, and yet, with the sea-salt they absorb, the solid elements of water
ich they assimilate, these animalculae produce limestone, and this
mestone forms enormous submarine erections, of which the hardness and
lidity equal granite. Formerly, at the first periods of creation, nature
ploying fire, heaved up the land, but now she entrusts to these
croscopic creatures the task of replacing this agent, of which the
namic power in the interior of the globe has evidently diminished--whichproved by the number of volcanoes on the surface of the earth, now
tually extinct. And I believe that centuries succeeding to centuries, and
sects to insects, this Pacific may one day be changed into a vast
ntinent, which new generations will inhabit and civilize in their turn."
hat will take a long time," said Pencroft.
ature has time for it," replied the engineer.
ut what would be the use of new continents?" asked Herbert. "It appears
me that the present extent of habitable countries is sufficient for
manity. Yet nature does nothing uselessly."
othing uselessly, certainly," replied the engineer, "but this is how
e necessity of new continents for the future, and exactly on the tropical
ne occupied by the coral islands, may be explained. At least to me this
planation appears plausible."
e are listening, captain," said Herbert.
his is my idea: philosophers generally admit that some day our globe
ll end, or rather that animal and vegetable life will no longer be
ssible, because of the intense cold to which it will be subjected. What
ey are not agreed upon, is the cause of this cold. Some think that it
ll arise from the falling of the temperature, which the sun will
perience alter millions of years; others, from the gradual extinction of
e fires in the interior of our globe, which have a greater influence on
than is generally supposed. I hold to this last hypothesis, grounding it
the fact that the moon is really a cold star, which is no longer
bitable, although the sun continues to throw on its surface the same
ount of heat. If, then, the moon has become cold, it is because the
terior fires to which, as do all the stars of the stellar world, it owes
s origin, are completely extinct. Lastly, whatever may be the cause, our
obe will become cold some day, but this cold will only operate gradually.
at will happen, then? The temperate zones, at a more or less distant
riod, will not be more habitable than the polar regions now are. Then the
pulation of men, as well as the animals, will flow towards the latitudes
ich are more directly under the solar influence. An immense emigration
ll take place. Europe, Central Asia, North America, will gradually be
andoned, as well as Australasia and the lower parts of South America. The
getation will follow the human emigration. The flora will retreat towards
e Equator at the same time as the fauna. The central parts of South
erica and Africa will be the continents chiefly inhabited. The Laplanders
d the Samoides will find the climate of the polar regions on the shores
the Mediterranean. Who can say, that at this period, the equatorial
gions will not be too small, to contain and nourish terrestrial humanity?
w, may not provident nature, so as to give refuge to all the vegetable
d animal emigration, be at present laying the foundation of a new
ntinent under the Equator, and may she not have entrusted these insects
th the construction of it? I have often thought of all these things, my
iends, and I seriously believe that the aspect of our globe will some day
le:///E|/BOOKS/jules%20verne/The%20Mysterious%20Island.txt (111 of 366) [8/4/2003 1:56:47 PM]
7/29/2019 The Mysterious Island- Jules Verne
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/the-mysterious-island-jules-verne 112/365
le:///E|/BOOKS/jules%20verne/The%20Mysterious%20Island.txt
completely changed; that by the raising of new continents the sea will
ver the old, and that, in future ages, a Columbus will go to discover the
lands of Chimborazo, of the Himalayas, or of Mont Blanc, remains of a
bmerged America, Asia, and Europe. Then these new continents will become,
their turn, uninhabitable; heat will die away, as does the heat from a
dy when the soul has left it; and life will disappear from the globe, if
t for ever, at least for a period. Perhaps then, our spheroid will rest--
ll be left to death--to revive some day under superior conditions! But all
at, my friends, is the secret of the Author of all things; and beginning
the work of the insects, I have perhaps let myself be carried too far,
investigating the secrets of the future.
y dear Cyrus," replied Spilett, "these theories are prophecies to me,
d they will be accomplished some day."
hat is the secret of God," said the engineer.
ll that is well and good," then said Pencroft, who had listened with
l his might, "but will you tell me, captain, if Lincoln Island has been
de by your insects?"
o," replied Harding; "it is of a purely volcanic origin."
hen it will disappear some day?"
hat is probable.
hope we won't be here then."
o, don't be uneasy, Pencroft; we shall not be here then, as we have no
sh to die here, and hope to get away some time."
n the meantime," replied Gideon Spilett, "let us establish ourselves
re as if forever. There is no use in doing things by halves."
is ended the conversation. Breakfast was finished, the exploration was
ntinued, and the settlers arrived at the border of the marshy region. It
s a marsh of which the extent, to the rounded coast which terminated theland at the southeast, was about twenty square miles. The soil was formed
clayey flint-earth, mingled with vegetable matter, such as the remains
rushes, reeds, grass, etc. Here and there beds of grass, thick as a
rpet, covered it. In many places icy pools sparkled in the sun. Neither
in nor any river, increased by a sudden swelling, could supply these
nds. They therefore naturally concluded that the marsh was fed by the
filtrations of the soil and it was really so. It was also to be feared
at during the heat miasmas would arise, which might produce fevers.
ove the aquatic plants, on the surface of the stagnant water, fluttered
mbers of birds. Wild duck, teal, snipe lived there in flocks, and those
arless birds allowed themselves to be easily approached.
e shot from a gun would certainly have brought down some dozen of the
rds, they were so close together. The explorers were, however, obliged to
ntent themselves with bows and arrows. The result was less, but the
lent arrow had the advantage of not frightening the birds, while the
ise of firearms would have dispersed them to all parts of the marsh. The
nters were satisfied, for this time, with a dozen ducks, which had white
dies with a band of cinnamon, a green head, wings black, white, and red,
d flattened beak. Herbert called them tadorns. Top helped in the capture
these birds, whose name was given to this marshy part of the island. The
ttlers had here an abundant reserve of aquatic game. At some future time
ey meant to explore it more carefully, and it was probable that some of
e birds there might be domesticated, or at least brought to the shores of
le:///E|/BOOKS/jules%20verne/The%20Mysterious%20Island.txt (112 of 366) [8/4/2003 1:56:47 PM]
7/29/2019 The Mysterious Island- Jules Verne
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/the-mysterious-island-jules-verne 113/365
le:///E|/BOOKS/jules%20verne/The%20Mysterious%20Island.txt
e lake, so that they would be more within their reach.
out five o'clock in the evening Cyrus Harding and his companions
traced their steps to their dwelling by traversing Tadorn's Fens, and
ossed the Mercy on the ice-bridge.
eight in the evening they all entered Granite House.
apter 22
is intense cold lasted till the 15th of August, without, however, passing
e degree of Fahrenheit already mentioned. When the atmosphere was calm,
e low temperature was easily borne, but when the wind blew, the poor
ttlers, insufficiently clothed, felt it severely. Pencroft regretted that
ncoln Island was not the home of a few families of bears rather than of
many foxes and seals.
ears," said he, "are generally very well dressed, and I ask no more
an to borrow for the winter the warm cloaks which they have on their
cks."
ut," replied Neb, laughing, "perhaps the bears would not consent to
ve you their cloaks, Pencroft. These beasts are not St. Martins."
e would make them do it, Neb, we would make them," replied Pencroft, in
ite an authoritative tone.
t these formidable carnivora did not exist in the island, or at any
te they had not yet shown themselves.
the meanwhile, Herbert, Pencroft, and the reporter occupied themselves
th making traps on Prospect Heights and at the border of the forest.
cording to the sailor, any animal, whatever it was, would be a lawful
ize, and the rodents or carnivora which might get into the new snares
uld be well received at Granite House.
e traps were besides extremely simple; being pits dug in the ground, a
atform of branches and grass above, which concealed the opening, and at
e bottom some bait, the scent of which would attract animals. It must be
ntioned also, that they had not been dug at random, but at certain places
ere numerous footprints showed that quadrupeds frequented the ground.
ey were visited every day, and at three different times, during the first
ys, specimens of those Antarctic foxes which they had already seen on the
ght bank of the Mercy were found in them.
hy, there are nothing but foxes in this country!" cried Pencroft, when
r the third time he drew one of the animals out of the pit. Looking at it
great disgust, he added, "beasts which are good for nothing!"
es," said Gideon Spilett, "they are good for something!"
nd what is that?"
o make bait to attract other creatures!"
e reporter was right, and the traps were henceforward baited with the
xes carcasses.
e sailor had also made snares from the long tough fibers of a certain
ant, and they were even more successful than the traps. Rarely a day
ssed without some rabbits from the warren being caught. It was always
le:///E|/BOOKS/jules%20verne/The%20Mysterious%20Island.txt (113 of 366) [8/4/2003 1:56:47 PM]
7/29/2019 The Mysterious Island- Jules Verne
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/the-mysterious-island-jules-verne 114/365
le:///E|/BOOKS/jules%20verne/The%20Mysterious%20Island.txt
bbit, but Neb knew how to vary his sauces and the settlers did not think
complaining.
wever, once or twice in the second week of August, the traps supplied
e hunters with other animals more useful than foxes, namely, several of
ose small wild boars which had already been seen to the north of the
ke. Pencroft had no need to ask if these beasts were eatable. He could
e that by their resemblance to the pig of America and Europe.
ut these are not pigs," said Herbert to him, "I warn you of that,
ncroft."
y boy," replied the sailor, bending over the trap and drawing out one
these representatives of the family of sus by the little appendage which
rved it as a tail. "Let me believe that these are pigs."
hy?"
ecause that pleases me!"
re you very fond of pig then, Pencroft?"
am very fond of pig," replied the sailor, "particularly of its feet,
d if it had eight instead of four, I should like it twice as much!"
to the animals in question, they were peccaries belonging to one of
e four species which are included in the family, and they were also of
e species of Tajacu, recognizable by their deep color and the absence of
ose long teeth with which the mouths of their congeners are armed. These
ccaries generally live in herds, and it was probable that they abounded
the woody parts of the island.
any rate, they were eatable from head to foot, and Pencroft did not
k more from them.
wards the 15th of August, the state of the atmosphere was suddenly
derated by the wind shifting to the northwest. The temperature rose some
grees, and the accumulated vapor in the air was not long in resolvingto snow. All the island was covered with a sheet of white, and showed
self to its inhabitants under a new aspect. The snow fell abundantly for
veral days, and it soon reached a thickness of two feet.
e wind also blew with great violence, and at the height of Granite
use the sea could be heard thundering against the reefs. In some places,
e wind, eddying round the corners, formed the snow into tall whirling
lumns, resembling those waterspouts which turn round on their base, and
ich vessels attack with a shot from a gun. However, the storm, coming
om the northwest, blew across the island, and the position of Granite
use preserved it from a direct attack.
t in the midst of this snow-storm, as terrible as if it had beenoduced in some polar country, neither Cyrus Harding nor his companions
uld, notwithstanding their wish for it, venture forth, and they remained
ut up for five days, from the 20th to the 25th of August. They could hear
e tempest raging in Jacamar Wood, which would surely suffer from it. Many
the trees would no doubt be torn up by the roots, but Pencroft consoled
mself by thinking that he would not have the trouble of cutting them
wn.
he wind is turning woodman, let it alone," he repeated.
sides, there was no way of stopping it, if they had wished to do so.
le:///E|/BOOKS/jules%20verne/The%20Mysterious%20Island.txt (114 of 366) [8/4/2003 1:56:47 PM]
7/29/2019 The Mysterious Island- Jules Verne
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/the-mysterious-island-jules-verne 115/365
le:///E|/BOOKS/jules%20verne/The%20Mysterious%20Island.txt
w grateful the inhabitants of Granite House then were to Heaven for
ving prepared for them this solid and immovable retreat! Cyrus Harding
d also his legitimate share of thanks, but after all, it was Nature who
d hollowed out this vast cavern, and he had only discovered it. There all
re in safety, and the tempest could not reach them. If they had
nstructed a house of bricks and wood on Prospect Heights, it certainly
uld not have resisted the fury of this storm. As to the Chimneys, it must
ve been absolutely uninhabitable, for the sea, passing over the islet,
uld beat furiously against it. But here, in Granite House, in the middle
a solid mass, over which neither the sea nor air had any influence,
ere was nothing to fear.
ring these days of seclusion the settlers did not remain inactive.
ere was no want of wood, cut up into planks, in the storeroom, and
ttle by little they completed their furnishing; constructing the most
lid of tables and chairs, for material was not spared. Neb and Pencroft
re very proud of this rather heavy furniture, which they would not have
anged on any account.
en the carpenters became basket-makers, and they did not succeed badly
this new manufacture. At the point of the lake which projected to the
rth, they had discovered an osier-bed in which grew a large number of
rple osiers. Before the rainy season, Pencroft and Herbert had cut downese useful shrubs, and their branches, well prepared, could now be
fectively employed. The first attempts were somewhat crude, but in
nsequence of the cleverness and intelligence of the workmen, by
nsulting, and recalling the models which they had seen, and by emulating
ch other, the possessions of the colony were soon increased by several
skets of different sizes. The storeroom was provided with them, and in
ecial baskets Neb placed his collection of rhizomes, stone-pine almonds,
c.
ring the last week of the month of August the weather moderated again.
e temperature fell a little, and the tempest abated. The colonists
llied out directly. There was certainly two feet of snow on the shore,
t they were able to walk without much difficulty on the hardened surface.rus Harding and his companions climbed Prospect Heights.
at a change! The woods, which they had left green, especially in the
rt at which the firs predominated, had disappeared under a uniform color.
l was white, from the summit of Mount Franklin to the shore, the forests,
e plains, the lake, the river. The waters of the Mercy flowed under a
of of ice, which, at each rising and ebbing of the tide, broke up with
ud crashes. Numerous birds fluttered over the frozen surface of the lake.
cks and snipe, teal and guillemots were assembled in thousands. The rocks
ong which the cascade flowed were bristling with icicles. One might have
id that the water escaped by a monstrous gargoyle, shaped with all the
agination of an artist of the Renaissance. As to the damage caused by the
orm in the forest, that could not as yet be ascertained; they would havewait till the snowy covering was dissipated.
deon Spilett, Pencroft, and Herbert did not miss this opportunity of
ing to visit their traps. They did not find them easily, under the snow
th which they were covered. They had also to be careful not to fall into
e or other of them, which would have been both dangerous and humiliating;
be taken in their own snares! But happily they avoided this
pleasantness, and found their traps perfectly intact. No animal had
llen into them, and yet the footprints in the neighborhood were very
merous, among others, certain very clear marks of claws. Herbert did not
sitate to affirm that some animal of the feline species had passed there,
ich justified the engineer's opinion that dangerous beasts existed in
le:///E|/BOOKS/jules%20verne/The%20Mysterious%20Island.txt (115 of 366) [8/4/2003 1:56:47 PM]
7/29/2019 The Mysterious Island- Jules Verne
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/the-mysterious-island-jules-verne 116/365
7/29/2019 The Mysterious Island- Jules Verne
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/the-mysterious-island-jules-verne 117/365
7/29/2019 The Mysterious Island- Jules Verne
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/the-mysterious-island-jules-verne 118/365
7/29/2019 The Mysterious Island- Jules Verne
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/the-mysterious-island-jules-verne 119/365
le:///E|/BOOKS/jules%20verne/The%20Mysterious%20Island.txt
rpentine Peninsula, as well as on the whole of its western side. But this
eded settled weather, and a month must pass before this exploration could
profitably undertaken.
ey therefore waited with some impatience, when an incident occurred
ich increased the desire the settlers had to visit the whole of their
main.
was the 24th of October. On this day, Pencroft had gone to visit his
aps, which he always kept properly baited. In one of them he found three
imals which would be very welcome for the larder. They were a female
ccary and her two young ones.
ncroft then returned to Granite House, enchanted with his capture, and,
usual, he made a great show of his game.
ome, we shall have a grand feast, captain!" he exclaimed. "And you too,
. Spilett, you will eat some!"
shall be very happy," replied the reporter; "but what is it that I am
ing to eat?"
uckling-pig."
h, indeed, suckling-pig, Pencroft? To hear you, I thought that you wereinging back a young partridge stuffed with truffles!"
hat?" cried Pencroft. "Do you mean to say that you turn up your nose at
ckling-pig?'
o," replied Gideon Spilett, without showing any enthusiasm; "provided
e doesn't eat too much"
hat's right, that's right," returned the sailor, who was not pleased
enever he heard his chase made light of. "You like to make objections.
ven months ago, when we landed on the island, you would have been only
o glad to have met with such game!"
ell, well," replied the reporter, "man is never perfect, nor
ntented."
ow," said Pencroft, "I hope that Neb will distinguish himself. Look
re! These two little peccaries are not more than three months old! They
ll be as tender as quails! Come along, Neb, come! I will look after the
oking myself."
d the sailor, followed by Neb, entered the kitchen, where they were
on absorbed in their culinary labors.
ey were allowed to do it in their own way. Neb, therefore, prepared a
gnificent repast--the two little peccaries, kangaroo soup, a smoked ham,
one-pine almonds, Oswego tea; in fact, all the best that they had, but
ong all the dishes figured in the first rank the savory peccaries.
five o'clock dinner was served in the dining-room of Granite House.
e kangaroo soup was smoking on the table. They found it excellent.
the soup succeeded the peccaries, which Pencroft insisted on carving
mself, and of which he served out monstrous portions to each of the
ests.
ese suckling-pigs were really delicious, and Pencroft was devouring his
are with great gusto, when all at once a cry and an oath escaped him.
le:///E|/BOOKS/jules%20verne/The%20Mysterious%20Island.txt (119 of 366) [8/4/2003 1:56:47 PM]
7/29/2019 The Mysterious Island- Jules Verne
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/the-mysterious-island-jules-verne 120/365
7/29/2019 The Mysterious Island- Jules Verne
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/the-mysterious-island-jules-verne 121/365
7/29/2019 The Mysterious Island- Jules Verne
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/the-mysterious-island-jules-verne 122/365
7/29/2019 The Mysterious Island- Jules Verne
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/the-mysterious-island-jules-verne 123/365
le:///E|/BOOKS/jules%20verne/The%20Mysterious%20Island.txt
tonishing at all if they are here no longer!"
o you think that these people have already quitted the island?"
turned Herbert.
t is more than probable, my boy; for if their stay was prolonged, and
ove all, if they were still here, some accident would have at last
trayed their presence."
ut if they were able to go away," observed the lad, "they could not
ve been castaways."
o, Herbert; or, at least, they were what might be called provisional
staways. It is very possible that a storm may have driven them to the
land without destroying their vessel, and that, the storm over, they went
ay again."
must acknowledge one thing," said Herbert, "it is that Captain Harding
pears rather to fear than desire the presence of human beings on our
land."
n short," responded the reporter, "there are only Malays who frequent
ese seas, and those fellows are ruffians which it is best to avoid."
t is not impossible, Mr. Spilett," said Herbert, "that some day orher we may find traces of their landing."
do not say no, my boy. A deserted camp, the ashes of a fire, would put
on the track, and this is what we will look for in our next expedition."
e day on which the hunters spoke thus, they were in a part of the
rest near the Mercy, remarkable for its beautiful trees. There, among
hers, rose, to a height of nearly 200 feet above the ground, some of
ose superb coniferae, to which, in New Zealand, the natives give the name
Kauris.
have an idea, Mr. Spilett," said Herbert. "If I were to climb to the
p of one of these kauris, I could survey the country for an immensestance round."
he idea is good," replied the reporter; "but could you climb to the top
those giants?"
can at least try," replied Herbert.
e light and active boy then sprang on the first branches, the
rangement of which made the ascent of the kauri easy, and in a few
nutes he arrived at the summit, which emerged from the immense plain of
rdure.
om this elevated situation his gaze extended over all the southern
rtion of the island, from Claw Cape on the southeast, to Reptile End on
e southwest. To the northwest rose Mount Franklin, which concealed a
eat part of the horizon.
t Herbert, from the height of his observatory, could examine all the
t unknown portion of the island, which might have given shelter to the
rangers whose presence they suspected.
e lad looked attentively. There was nothing in sight on the sea, not a
il, neither on the horizon nor near the island. However, as the bank of
ees hid the shore, it was possible that a vessel, especially if deprived
her masts, might lie close to the land and thus be invisible to Herbert.
le:///E|/BOOKS/jules%20verne/The%20Mysterious%20Island.txt (123 of 366) [8/4/2003 1:56:47 PM]
7/29/2019 The Mysterious Island- Jules Verne
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/the-mysterious-island-jules-verne 124/365
7/29/2019 The Mysterious Island- Jules Verne
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/the-mysterious-island-jules-verne 125/365
7/29/2019 The Mysterious Island- Jules Verne
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/the-mysterious-island-jules-verne 126/365
le:///E|/BOOKS/jules%20verne/The%20Mysterious%20Island.txt
ifteen feet at the most," replied Herbert.
nd the tide was low at the time?"
es, captain."
ell," replied the engineer, "what the turtle could not do on the sand
might have been able to do in the water. It turned over when the tide
ertook it, and then quietly returned to the deep sea."
h! what stupids we were!" cried Neb.
hat is precisely what I had the honor of telling you before!" returned
e sailor.
rus Harding had given this explanation, which, no doubt, was
missible. But was he himself convinced of the accuracy of this
planation? It cannot be said that he was.
apter 2
the 9th of October the bark canoe was entirely finished. Pencroft had
pt his promise, and a light boat, the shell of which was joined together
the flexible twigs of the crejimba, had been constructed in five days. A
at in the stern, a second seat in the middle to preserve the equilibrium,
third seat in the bows, rowlocks for the two oars, a scull to steer with,
mpleted the little craft, which was twelve feet long, and did not weigh
re than two hundred pounds. The operation of launching it was extremely
mple. The canoe was carried to the beach and laid on the sand before
anite House, and the rising tide floated it. Pencroft, who leaped in
rectly, maneuvered it with the scull and declared it to be just the
ing for the purpose to which they wished to put it.
urrah!" cried the sailor, who did not disdain to celebrate thus his own
iumph. "With this we could go round--"
he world?" asked Gideon Spilett.
o, the island. Some stones for ballast, a mast and a sail, which the
ptain will make for us some day, and we shall go splendidly! Well,
ptain--and you, Mr. Spilett; and you, Herbert; and you, Neb--aren't you
ming to try our new vessel? Come along! we must see if it will carry all
ve of us!"
is was certainly a trial which ought to be made. Pencroft soon brought
e canoe to the shore by a narrow passage among the rocks, and it was
reed that they should make a trial of the boat that day by following the
ore as far as the first point at which the rocks of the south ended.
they embarked, Neb cried,--
ut your boat leaks rather, Pencroft."
hat's nothing, Neb," replied the sailor; "the wood will get seasoned.
two days there won't be a single leak, and our boat will have no more
ter in her than there is in the stomach of a drunkard. Jump in!"
ey were soon all seated, and Pencroft shoved off. The weather was
gnificent, the sea as calm as if its waters were contained within the
rrow limits of a lake. Thus the boat could proceed with as much security
if it was ascending the tranquil current of the Mercy.
le:///E|/BOOKS/jules%20verne/The%20Mysterious%20Island.txt (126 of 366) [8/4/2003 1:56:47 PM]
7/29/2019 The Mysterious Island- Jules Verne
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/the-mysterious-island-jules-verne 127/365
7/29/2019 The Mysterious Island- Jules Verne
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/the-mysterious-island-jules-verne 128/365
7/29/2019 The Mysterious Island- Jules Verne
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/the-mysterious-island-jules-verne 129/365
7/29/2019 The Mysterious Island- Jules Verne
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/the-mysterious-island-jules-verne 130/365
7/29/2019 The Mysterious Island- Jules Verne
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/the-mysterious-island-jules-verne 131/365
7/29/2019 The Mysterious Island- Jules Verne
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/the-mysterious-island-jules-verne 132/365
le:///E|/BOOKS/jules%20verne/The%20Mysterious%20Island.txt
s placed against the eighth verse of the seventh chapter of the Gospel of
. Matthew. He read the verse, which was this:--
or every one that asketh receiveth; and he that seeketh findeth."
apter 3
e next day, the 30th of October, all was ready for the proposed exploring
pedition, which recent events had rendered so necessary. In fact, things
d so come about that the settlers in Lincoln Island no longer needed helpr themselves, but were even able to carry it to others.
was therefore agreed that they should ascend the Mercy as far as the
ver was navigable. A great part of the distance would thus be traversed
thout fatigue, and the explorers could transport their provisions and
ms to an advanced point in the west of the island.
was necessary to think not only of the things which they should take
th them, but also of those which they might have by chance to bring back
Granite House. If there had been a wreck on the coast, as was supposed,
ere would be many things cast up, which would be lawfully their prizes.
the event of this, the cart would have been of more use than the light
noe, but it was heavy and clumsy to drag, and therefore more difficult toe; this led Pencroft to express his regret that the chest had not
ntained, besides "his halfpound of tobacco," a pair of strong New Jersey
rses, which would have been very useful to the colony!
e provisions, which Neb had already packed up, consisted of a store of
at and of several gallons of beer, that is to say enough to sustain them
r three days, the time which Harding assigned for the expedition. They
ped besides to supply themselves on the road, and Neb took care not to
rget the portable stove.
e only tools the settlers took were the two woodmen's axes, which they
uld use to cut a path through the thick forests, as also the instruments,
e telescope and pocket-compass.
r weapons they selected the two flint-lock guns, which were likely to
more useful to them than the percussion fowling-pieces, the first only
quiring flints which could be easily replaced, and the latter needing
lminating caps, a frequent use of which would soon exhaust their limited
ock. However, they took also one of the carbines and some cartridges. As
the powder, of which there was about fifty pounds in the barrel, a small
pply of it had to be taken, but the engineer hoped to manufacture an
plosive substance which would allow them to husband it. To the firearms
re added the five cutlasses well sheathed in leather, and, thus supplied,
e settlers could venture into the vast forest with some chance of
ccess.
is useless to add that Pencroft, Herbert, and Neb, thus armed, were at
e summit of their happiness, although Cyrus Harding made them promise not
fire a shot unless it was necessary.
six in the morning the canoe put off from the shore; all had embarked,
cluding Top, and they proceeded to the mouth of the Mercy.
e tide had begun to come up half an hour before. For several hours,
erefore, there would be a current, which it was well to profit by, for
ter the ebb would make it difficult to ascend the river. The tide was
ready strong, for in three days the moon would be full, and it was enough
keep the boat in the center of the current, where it floated swiftly
le:///E|/BOOKS/jules%20verne/The%20Mysterious%20Island.txt (132 of 366) [8/4/2003 1:56:47 PM]
7/29/2019 The Mysterious Island- Jules Verne
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/the-mysterious-island-jules-verne 133/365
7/29/2019 The Mysterious Island- Jules Verne
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/the-mysterious-island-jules-verne 134/365
7/29/2019 The Mysterious Island- Jules Verne
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/the-mysterious-island-jules-verne 135/365
7/29/2019 The Mysterious Island- Jules Verne
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/the-mysterious-island-jules-verne 136/365
7/29/2019 The Mysterious Island- Jules Verne
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/the-mysterious-island-jules-verne 137/365
7/29/2019 The Mysterious Island- Jules Verne
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/the-mysterious-island-jules-verne 138/365
7/29/2019 The Mysterious Island- Jules Verne
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/the-mysterious-island-jules-verne 139/365
7/29/2019 The Mysterious Island- Jules Verne
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/the-mysterious-island-jules-verne 140/365
7/29/2019 The Mysterious Island- Jules Verne
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/the-mysterious-island-jules-verne 141/365
7/29/2019 The Mysterious Island- Jules Verne
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/the-mysterious-island-jules-verne 142/365
7/29/2019 The Mysterious Island- Jules Verne
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/the-mysterious-island-jules-verne 143/365
7/29/2019 The Mysterious Island- Jules Verne
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/the-mysterious-island-jules-verne 144/365
7/29/2019 The Mysterious Island- Jules Verne
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/the-mysterious-island-jules-verne 145/365
7/29/2019 The Mysterious Island- Jules Verne
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/the-mysterious-island-jules-verne 146/365
7/29/2019 The Mysterious Island- Jules Verne
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/the-mysterious-island-jules-verne 147/365
7/29/2019 The Mysterious Island- Jules Verne
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/the-mysterious-island-jules-verne 148/365
7/29/2019 The Mysterious Island- Jules Verne
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/the-mysterious-island-jules-verne 149/365
7/29/2019 The Mysterious Island- Jules Verne
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/the-mysterious-island-jules-verne 150/365
7/29/2019 The Mysterious Island- Jules Verne
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/the-mysterious-island-jules-verne 151/365
le:///E|/BOOKS/jules%20verne/The%20Mysterious%20Island.txt
ne at present; wait for day, and then act according to circumstances. But
t us go to the Chimneys. There we shall be under shelter, and if we
nnot eat, we can at least sleep."
ut who is it that has played us this cool trick?" again asked Pencroft,
able to make up his mind to retire from the spot.
oever it was, the only thing practicable was to do as the engineer
oposed, to go to the Chimneys and there wait for day. In the meanwhile
p was ordered to mount guard below the windows of Granite House, and when
p received an order he obeyed it without any questioning. The brave dog
erefore remained at the foot of the cliff while his master with his
mpanions sought a refuge among the rocks.
say that the settlers, notwithstanding their fatigue, slept well on
e sandy floor of the Chimneys would not be true. It was not only that
ey were extremely anxious to find out the cause of what had happened,
ether it was the result of an accident which would be discovered at the
turn of day, or whether on the contrary it was the work of a human being;
t they also had very uncomfortable beds. That could not be helped,
wever, for in some way or other at that moment their dwelling was
cupied, and they could not possibly enter it.
w Granite House was more than their dwelling, it was their warehouse.
ere were all the stores belonging to the colony, weapons, instruments,
ols, ammunition, provisions, etc. To think that all that might be
llaged and that the settlers would have all their work to do over again,
esh weapons and tools to make, was a serious matter. Their uneasiness led
e or other of them also to go out every few minutes to see if Top was
eping good watch. Cyrus Harding alone waited with his habitual patience,
though his strong mind was exasperated at being confronted with such an
explicable fact, and he was provoked at himself for allowing a feeling to
ich he could not give a name, to gain an influence over him. Gideon
ilett shared his feelings in this respect, and the two conversed together
whispers of the inexplicable circumstance which baffled even their
telligence and experience.
t is a joke," said Pencroft; "it is a trick some one has played us.
ll, I don't like such jokes, and the joker had better look out for
mself, if he falls into my hands, I can tell him."
soon as the first gleam of light appeared in the east, the colonists,
itably armed, repaired to the beach under Granite House. The rising sun
w shone on the cliff and they could see the windows, the shutters of
ich were closed, through the curtains of foliage.
l here was in order; but a cry escaped the colonists when they saw that
e door, which they had closed on their departure, was now wide open.
me one had entered Granite House--there could be no more doubt about
at.
e upper ladder, which generally hung from the door to the landing, was
its place, but the lower ladder was drawn up and raised to the
reshold. It was evident that the intruders had wished to guard themselves
ainst a surprise.
ncroft hailed again.
reply.
he beggars," exclaimed the sailor. "There they are sleeping quietly as
they were in their own house. Hallo there, you pirates, brigands,
le:///E|/BOOKS/jules%20verne/The%20Mysterious%20Island.txt (151 of 366) [8/4/2003 1:56:47 PM]
7/29/2019 The Mysterious Island- Jules Verne
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/the-mysterious-island-jules-verne 152/365
7/29/2019 The Mysterious Island- Jules Verne
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/the-mysterious-island-jules-verne 153/365
le:///E|/BOOKS/jules%20verne/The%20Mysterious%20Island.txt
e first order of the quadrumana. Whether this was a chimpanzee, an
angoutang, or a gorilla, he took rank among the anthropoid apes, who are
called from their resemblance to the human race. However, Herbert
clared it to be an orangoutang.
hat a magnificent beast!" cried Neb.
agnificent, if you like," replied Pencroft; "but still I do not see how
are to get into our house."
erbert is a good marksman," said the reporter, "and his bow is here. He
n try again."
hy, these apes are so cunning," returned Pencroft; "they won't show
emselves again at the windows and so we can't kill them; and when I think
the mischief they may do in the rooms and storehouse--"
ave patience," replied Harding; "these creatures cannot keep us long at
y."
shall not be sure of that till I see them down here," replied the
ilor. "And now, captain, do you know how many dozens of these fellows are
there?"
was difficult to reply to Pencroft, and as for the young boy makingother attempt, that was not easy; for the lower part of the ladder had
en drawn again into the door, and when another pull was given, the line
oke and the ladder remained firm. The case was really perplexing.
ncroft stormed. There was a comic side to the situation, but he did not
ink it funny at all. It was certain that the settlers would end by
instating themselves in their domicile and driving out the intruders, but
en and how? this is what they were not able to say.
o hours passed, during which the apes took care not to show themselves,
t they were still there, and three or four times a nose or a paw was
ked out at the door or windows, and was immediately saluted by a gun-
ot.
et us hide ourselves," at last said the engineer. "Perhaps the apes
ll think we have gone quite away and will show themselves again. Let
ilett and Herbert conceal themselves behind those rocks and fire on all
at may appear."
e engineer's orders were obeyed, and while the reporter and the lad,
e best marksmen in the colony, posted themselves in a good position, but
t of the monkeys' sight, Neb, Pencroft, and Cyrus climbed the plateau and
tered the forest in order to kill some game, for it was now time for
eakfast and they had no provisions remaining.
half an hour the hunters returned with a few rock pigeons, which they
asted as well as they could. Not an ape had appeared. Gideon Spilett andrbert went to take their share of the breakfast, leaving Top to watch
der the windows. They then, having eaten, returned to their post.
o hours later, their situation was in no degree improved. The
adrumana gave no sign of existence, and it might have been supposed that
ey had disappeared; but what seemed more probable was that, terrified by
e death of one of their companions, and frightened by the noise of the
rearms, they had retreated to the back part of the house or probably even
to the store-room. And when they thought of the valuables which this
oreroom contained, the patience so much recommended by the engineer, fast
anged into great irritation, and there certainly was room for it.
le:///E|/BOOKS/jules%20verne/The%20Mysterious%20Island.txt (153 of 366) [8/4/2003 1:56:47 PM]
7/29/2019 The Mysterious Island- Jules Verne
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/the-mysterious-island-jules-verne 154/365
7/29/2019 The Mysterious Island- Jules Verne
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/the-mysterious-island-jules-verne 155/365
7/29/2019 The Mysterious Island- Jules Verne
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/the-mysterious-island-jules-verne 156/365
7/29/2019 The Mysterious Island- Jules Verne
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/the-mysterious-island-jules-verne 157/365
7/29/2019 The Mysterious Island- Jules Verne
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/the-mysterious-island-jules-verne 158/365
7/29/2019 The Mysterious Island- Jules Verne
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/the-mysterious-island-jules-verne 159/365
7/29/2019 The Mysterious Island- Jules Verne
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/the-mysterious-island-jules-verne 160/365
le:///E|/BOOKS/jules%20verne/The%20Mysterious%20Island.txt
tracted from the bed of Creek Glycerine.
e poultry-yard occupied an area of two hundred square yards, on the
utheastern bank of the lake. It was surrounded by a palisade, and in it
re constructed various shelters for the birds which were to populate it.
ese were simply built of branches and divided into compartments, made
ady for the expected guests.
e first were the two tinamous, which were not long in having a number
young ones; they had for companions half a dozen ducks, accustomed to
e borders of the lake. Some belonged to the Chinese species, of which the
ngs open like a fan, and which by the brilliancy of their plumage rival
e golden pheasants. A few days afterwards, Herbert snared a couple of
llinaceae, with spreading tails composed of long feathers, magnificent
ectors, which soon became tame. As to pelicans, kingfishers, water-hens,
ey came of themselves to the shores of the poultry-yard, and this little
mmunity, after some disputes, cooing, screaming, clucking, ended by
ttling down peacefully, and increased in encouraging proportion for the
ture use of the colony.
rus Harding, wishing to complete his performance, established a pigeon-
use in a corner of the poultry-yard. There he lodged a dozen of those
geons which frequented the rocks of the plateau. These birds soon became
customed to returning every evening to their new dwelling, and showedre disposition to domesticate themselves than their congeners, the wood-
geons.
stly, the time had come for turning the balloon-case to use, by cutting
up to make shirts and other articles; for as to keeping it in its
esent form, and risking themselves in a balloon filled with gas, above a
a of the limits of which they had no idea, it was not to be thought of.
was necessary to bring the case to Granite House, and the colonists
ployed themselves in rendering their heavy cart lighter and more
nageable. But though they had a vehicle, the moving power was yet to be
und.
t did there not exist in the island some animal which might supply the
ace of the horse, ass, or ox? That was the question.
ertainly," said Pencroft, "a beast of burden would be very useful to us
til the captain has made a steam cart, or even an engine, for some day we
all have a railroad from Granite House to Port Balloon, with a branch
ne to Mount Franklin!"
e day, the 23rd of December, Neb and Top were heard shouting and
rking, each apparently trying to see who could make the most noise. The
ttlers, who were busy at the Chimneys, ran, fearing some vexatious
cident.
at did they see? Two fine animals of a large size that had imprudently
ntured on the plateau, when the bridges were open. One would have said
ey were horses, or at least donkeys, male and female, of a fine shape,
ve-colored, the legs and tail white, striped with black on the head and
ck. They advanced quietly without showing any uneasiness, and gazed at
e men, in whom they could not as yet recognize their future masters.
hese are onagers!" cried Herbert, "animals something between the zebra
d the quagga!"
hy not donkeys?" asked Neb.
ecause they have not long ears, and their shape is more graceful!"
le:///E|/BOOKS/jules%20verne/The%20Mysterious%20Island.txt (160 of 366) [8/4/2003 1:56:47 PM]
7/29/2019 The Mysterious Island- Jules Verne
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/the-mysterious-island-jules-verne 161/365
7/29/2019 The Mysterious Island- Jules Verne
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/the-mysterious-island-jules-verne 162/365
7/29/2019 The Mysterious Island- Jules Verne
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/the-mysterious-island-jules-verne 163/365
7/29/2019 The Mysterious Island- Jules Verne
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/the-mysterious-island-jules-verne 164/365
7/29/2019 The Mysterious Island- Jules Verne
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/the-mysterious-island-jules-verne 165/365
7/29/2019 The Mysterious Island- Jules Verne
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/the-mysterious-island-jules-verne 166/365
7/29/2019 The Mysterious Island- Jules Verne
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/the-mysterious-island-jules-verne 167/365
7/29/2019 The Mysterious Island- Jules Verne
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/the-mysterious-island-jules-verne 168/365
7/29/2019 The Mysterious Island- Jules Verne
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/the-mysterious-island-jules-verne 169/365
7/29/2019 The Mysterious Island- Jules Verne
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/the-mysterious-island-jules-verne 170/365
le:///E|/BOOKS/jules%20verne/The%20Mysterious%20Island.txt
t is a 'cycas revoluta,' of which I have a picture in our dictionary of
tural History!" said Herbert.
ut I can't see any fruit on this shrub!" observed his companion.
o, captain," replied Herbert; "but its stem contains a flour with which
ture has provided us all ready ground."
t is, then, the bread-tree?"
es, the bread-tree."
ell, my boy," replied the engineer, "this is a valuable discovery,
nce our wheat harvest is not yet ripe; I hope that you are not mistaken!"
rbert was not mistaken: he broke the stem of a cycas, which was
mposed of a glandulous tissue, containing a quantity of floury pith,
aversed with woody fiber, separated by rings of the same substance,
ranged concentrically. With this fecula was mingled a mucilaginous juice
disagreeable flavor, but which it would be easy to get rid of by
essure. This cellular substance was regular flour of a superior quality,
tremely nourishing; its exportation was formerly forbidden by the
panese laws.
rus Harding and Herbert, after having examined that part of the Far
st where the cycas grew, took their bearings, and returned to Granite
use, where they made known their discovery.
e next day the settlers went to collect some, and returned to Granite
use with an ample supply of cycas stems. The engineer constructed a
ess, with which to extract the mucilaginous juice mingled with the
cula, and he obtained a large quantity of flour, which Neb soon
ansformed into cakes and puddings. This was not quite real wheaten bread,
t it was very like it.
w, too, the onager, the goats, and the sheep in the corral furnished
ily the milk necessary to the colony. The cart, or rather a sort of lightrriole which had replaced it, made frequent journeys to the corral, and
en it was Pencroft's turn to go he took Jup, and let him drive, and Jup,
acking his whip, acquitted himself with his customary intelligence.
erything prospered, as well in the corral as in Granite House, and
rtainly the settlers, if it had not been that they were so far from their
tive land, had no reason to complain. They were so well suited to this
fe, and were, besides, so accustomed to the island, that they could not
ve left its hospitable soil without regret!
d yet so deeply is the love of his country implanted in the heart of
n, that if a ship had unexpectedly come in sight of the island, the
lonists would have made signals, would have attracted her attention, anduld have departed!
was the 1st of April, a Sunday, Easter Day, which Harding and his
mpanions sanctified by rest and prayer. The day was fine, such as an
tober day in the Northern Hemisphere might be.
l, towards the evening after dinner, were seated under the veranda on
e edge of Prospect Heights, and they were watching the darkness creeping
from the horizon. Some cups of the infusion of elder-berries, which took
e place of coffee, had been served by Neb. They were speaking of the
land and of its isolated situation in the Pacific, which led Gideon
ilett to say,--
le:///E|/BOOKS/jules%20verne/The%20Mysterious%20Island.txt (170 of 366) [8/4/2003 1:56:48 PM]
7/29/2019 The Mysterious Island- Jules Verne
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/the-mysterious-island-jules-verne 171/365
7/29/2019 The Mysterious Island- Jules Verne
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/the-mysterious-island-jules-verne 172/365
7/29/2019 The Mysterious Island- Jules Verne
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/the-mysterious-island-jules-verne 173/365
7/29/2019 The Mysterious Island- Jules Verne
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/the-mysterious-island-jules-verne 174/365
7/29/2019 The Mysterious Island- Jules Verne
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/the-mysterious-island-jules-verne 175/365
7/29/2019 The Mysterious Island- Jules Verne
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/the-mysterious-island-jules-verne 176/365
le:///E|/BOOKS/jules%20verne/The%20Mysterious%20Island.txt
ich, according to the opinion of the naturalist Duffenbach, might pass
r cow's milk, and, indeed, it differs from it neither in taste, color,
r density.
ncroft had formerly served on board a whaling-ship, and he could
thodically direct the operation of cutting up, a sufficiently
sagreeable operation lasting three days, but from which the settlers did
t flinch, not even Gideon Spilett, who, as the sailor said, would end by
king a "real good castaway."
e blubber, cut in parallel slices of two feet and a half in thickness,
en divided into pieces which might weigh about a thousand pounds each,
s melted down in large earthen pots brought to the spot, for they did not
sh to taint the environs of Granite House, and in this fusion it lost
arly a third of its weight.
t there was an immense quantity of it; the tongue alone yielded six
ousand pounds of oil, and the lower lip four thousand. Then, besides the
t, which would insure for a long time a store of stearine and glycerine,
ere were still the bones, for which a use could doubtless be found,
though there were neither umbrellas nor stays used at Granite House. The
per part of the mouth of the cetacean was, indeed, provided on both sides
th eight hundred horny blades, very elastic, of a fibrous texture, and
inged at the edge like great combs, at which the teeth, six feet long,rved to retain the thousands of animalculae, little fish, and molluscs,
which the whale fed.
e operation finished, to the great satisfaction of the operators, the
mains of the animal were left to the birds, who would soon make every
stige of it disappear, and their usual daily occupations were resumed by
e inmates of Granite House.
wever, before returning to the dockyard, Cyrus Harding conceived the
ea of fabricating certain machines, which greatly excited the curiosity
his companions. He took a dozen of the whale's bones, cut them into six
ual parts, and sharpened their ends.
his machine is not my own invention, and it is frequently employed by
e Aleutian hunters in Russian America. You see these bones, my friends;
ll, when it freezes, I will bend them, and then wet them with water till
ey are entirely covered with ice, which will keep them bent, and I will
rew them on the snow, having previously covered them with fat. Now, what
ll happen if a hungry animal swallows one of these baits? Why, the heat
his stomach will melt the ice, and the bone, springing straight, will
erce him with its sharp points."
ell! I do call that ingenious!" said Pencroft.
nd it will spare the powder and shot," rejoined Cyrus Harding.
hat will be better than traps!" added Neb.
the meanwhile the boat-building progressed, and towards the end of the
nth half the planking was completed. It could already be seen that her
ape was excellent, and that she would sail well.
ncroft worked with unparalleled ardor, and only a sturdy frame could
ve borne such fatigue; but his companions were preparing in secret a
ward for his labors, and on the 31st of May he was to meet with one of
e greatest joys of his life.
that day, after dinner, just as he was about to leave the table,
ncroft felt a hand on his shoulder.
le:///E|/BOOKS/jules%20verne/The%20Mysterious%20Island.txt (176 of 366) [8/4/2003 1:56:48 PM]
7/29/2019 The Mysterious Island- Jules Verne
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/the-mysterious-island-jules-verne 177/365
le:///E|/BOOKS/jules%20verne/The%20Mysterious%20Island.txt
was the hand of Gideon Spilett, who said,--
ne moment, Master Pencroft, you mustn't sneak off like that! You've
rgotten your dessert."
hank you, Mr. Spilett," replied the sailor, "I am going back to my
rk."
ell, a cup of coffee, my friend?"
othing more."
pipe, then?"
ncroft jumped up, and his great good-natured face grew pale when he saw
e reporter presenting him with a ready-filled pipe, and Herbert with a
owing coal.
e sailor endeavored to speak, but could not get out a word; so, seizing
e pipe, he carried it to his lips, then applying the coal, he drew five
six great whiffs. A fragrant blue cloud soon arose, and from its depths
voice was heard repeating excitedly,--
obacco! real tobacco!"
es, Pencroft," returned Cyrus Harding, "and very good tobacco too!"
, divine Providence; sacred Author of all things!" cried the sailor.
othing more is now wanting to our island."
d Pencroft smoked, and smoked, and smoked.
nd who made this discovery?" he asked at length. "You, Herbert, no
ubt?"
o, Pencroft, it was Mr. Spilett."
r. Spilett!" exclaimed the sailor, seizing the reporter, and claspingm to his breast with such a squeeze that he had never felt anything like
before.
h Pencroft," said Spilett, recovering his breath at last, "a truce for
e moment. You must share your gratitude with Herbert, who recognized the
ant, with Cyrus, who prepared it, and with Neb, who took a great deal of
ouble to keep our secret."
ell, my friends, I will repay you some day," replied the sailor. "Now
are friends for life."
apter 11
nter arrived with the month of June, which is the December of the
rthern zones, and the great business was the making of warm and solid
othing.
e musmons in the corral had been stripped of their wool, and this
ecious textile material was now to be transformed into stuff.
course Cyrus Harding, having at his disposal neither carders,
mbers, polishers, stretchers, twisters, mule-jenny, nor self-acting
chine to spin the wool, nor loom to weave it, was obliged to proceed in a
le:///E|/BOOKS/jules%20verne/The%20Mysterious%20Island.txt (177 of 366) [8/4/2003 1:56:48 PM]
7/29/2019 The Mysterious Island- Jules Verne
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/the-mysterious-island-jules-verne 178/365
le:///E|/BOOKS/jules%20verne/The%20Mysterious%20Island.txt
mpler way, so as to do without spinning and weaving. And indeed he
oposed to make use of the property which the filaments of wool possess
en subjected to a powerful pressure of mixing together, and of
nufacturing by this simple process the material called felt. This felt
uld then be obtained by a simple operation which, if it diminished the
exibility of the stuff, increased its power of retaining heat in
oportion. Now the wool furnished by the musmons was composed of very
ort hairs, and was in a good condition to be felted.
e engineer, aided by his companions, including Pencroft, who was once
re obliged to leave his boat, commenced the preliminary operations, thebject of which was to rid the wool of that fat and oily substance with
ich it is impregnated, and which is called grease. This cleaning was done
vats filled with water, which was maintained at the temperature of
venty degrees, and in which the wool was soaked for four-and-twenty
urs; it was then thoroughly washed in baths of soda, and, when
fficiently dried by pressure, it was in a state to be compressed, that is
say, to produce a solid material, rough, no doubt, and such as would
ve no value in a manufacturing center of Europe or America, but which
uld be highly esteemed in the Lincoln Island markets.
is sort of material must have been known from the most ancient times,
d, in fact, the first woolen stuffs were manufactured by the process
ich Harding was now about to employ. Where Harding's engineeringalifications now came into play was in the construction of the machine
r pressing the wool; for he knew how to turn ingeniously to profit the
chanical force, hitherto unused, which the waterfall on the beach
ssessed to move a fulling-mill.
thing could be more rudimentary. The wool was placed in troughs, and
on it fell in turns heavy wooden mallets; such was the machine in
estion, and such it had been for centuries until the time when the
llets were replaced by cylinders of compression, and the material was no
nger subjected to beating, but to regular rolling.
e operation, ably directed by Cyrus Harding, was a complete success.
e wool, previously impregnated with a solution of soap, intended on thee hand to facilitate the interlacing, the compression, and the softening
the wool, and on the other to prevent its diminution by the beating,
sued from the mill in the shape of thick felt cloth. The roughnesses with
ich the staple of wool is naturally filled were so thoroughly entangled
d interlaced together that a material was formed equally suitable either
r garments or bedclothes. It was certainly neither merino, muslin,
shmere, rep, satin, alpaca, cloth, nor flannel. It was "Lincolnian felt,"
d Lincoln Island possessed yet another manufacture. The colonists had now
rm garments and thick bedclothes, and they could without fear await the
proach of the winter of 1866-67.
e severe cold began to be felt about the 20th of June, and, to his
eat regret, Pencroft was obliged to suspend his boat-building, which heped to finish in time for next spring.
e sailor's great idea was to make a voyage of discovery to Tabor
land, although Harding could not approve of a voyage simply for
riosity's sake, for there was evidently nothing to be found on this
sert and almost arid rock. A voyage of a hundred and fifty miles in a
mparatively small vessel, over unknown seas, could not but cause him some
xiety. Suppose that their vessel, once out at sea, should be unable to
ach Tabor Island, and could not return to Lincoln Island, what would
come of her in the midst of the Pacific, so fruitful of disasters?
rding often talked over this project with Pencroft, and he found him
le:///E|/BOOKS/jules%20verne/The%20Mysterious%20Island.txt (178 of 366) [8/4/2003 1:56:48 PM]
7/29/2019 The Mysterious Island- Jules Verne
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/the-mysterious-island-jules-verne 179/365
le:///E|/BOOKS/jules%20verne/The%20Mysterious%20Island.txt
rangely bent upon undertaking this voyage, for which determination he
mself could give no sufficient reason.
ow," said the engineer one day to him, "I must observe, my friend, that
ter having said so much, in praise of Lincoln Island, after having spoken
often of the sorrow you would feel if you were obliged to forsake it,
u are the first to wish to leave it."
nly to leave it for a few days," replied Pencroft, "only for a few
ys, captain. Time to go and come back, and see what that islet is like!"
ut it is not nearly as good as Lincoln Island."
know that beforehand."
hen why venture there?"
o know what is going on in Tabor Island."
ut nothing is going on there; nothing could happen there."
ho knows?"
nd if you are caught in a hurricane?"
here is no fear of that in the fine season," replied Pencroft. "But,
ptain, as we must provide against everything, I shall ask your permission
take Herbert only with me on this voyage."
encroft," replied the engineer, placing his hand on the sailor's
oulder, "if any misfortune happens to you, or to this lad, whom chance
s made our child, do you think we could ever cease to blame ourselves?"
aptain Harding," replied Pencroft, with unshaken confidence, "we shall
t cause you that sorrow. Besides, we will speak further of this voyage,
en the time comes to make it. And I fancy, when you have seen our tight-
gged little craft, when you have observed how she behaves at sea, when we
il round our island, for we will do so together--I fancy, I say, that you
ll no longer hesitate to let me go. I don't conceal from you that your
at will be a masterpiece."
ay 'our' boat, at least, Pencroft," replied the engineer, disarmed for
e moment. The conversation ended thus, to be resumed later on, without
nvincing either the sailor or the engineer.
e first snow fell towards the end of the month of June. The corral had
eviously been largely supplied with stores, so that daily visits to it
re not requisite; but it was decided that more than a week should never
allowed to pass without someone going to it.
aps were again set, and the machines manufactured by Harding were
ied. The bent whalebones, imprisoned in a case of ice, and covered with a
ick outer layer of fat, were placed on the border of the forest at a spot
ere animals usually passed on their way to the lake.
the engineer's great satisfaction, this invention, copied from the
eutian fishermen, succeeded perfectly. A dozen foxes, a few wild boars,
d even a jaguar, were taken in this way, the animals being found dead,
eir stomachs pierced by the unbent bones.
incident must here be related, not only as interesting in itself, but
cause it was the first attempt made by the colonists to communicate with
e rest of mankind.
le:///E|/BOOKS/jules%20verne/The%20Mysterious%20Island.txt (179 of 366) [8/4/2003 1:56:48 PM]
7/29/2019 The Mysterious Island- Jules Verne
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/the-mysterious-island-jules-verne 180/365
le:///E|/BOOKS/jules%20verne/The%20Mysterious%20Island.txt
deon Spilett had already several times pondered whether to throw into
e sea a letter enclosed in a bottle, which currents might perhaps carry
an inhabited coast, or to confide it to pigeons.
t how could it be seriously hoped that either pigeons or bottles could
oss the distance of twelve hundred miles which separated the island from
y inhabited land? It would have been pure folly.
t on the 30th of June the capture was effected, not without difficulty,
an albatross, which a shot from Herbert's gun had slightly wounded in
e foot. It was a magnificent bird, measuring ten feet from wing to wing,
d which could traverse seas as wide as the Pacific.
rbert would have liked to keep this superb bird, as its wound would
on heal, and he thought he could tame it; but Spilett explained to him
at they should not neglect this opportunity of attempting to communicate
this messenger with the lands of the Pacific; for if the albatross had
me from some inhabited region, there was no doubt but that it would
turn there so soon as it was set free.
rhaps in his heart Gideon Spilett, in whom the journalist sometimes
me to the surface, was not sorry to have the opportunity of sending forth
take its chance an exciting article relating the adventures of the
ttlers in Lincoln Island. What a success for the authorized reporter of
e New York Herald, and for the number which should contain the article,
it should ever reach the address of its editor, the Honorable James
nnett!
deon Spilett then wrote out a concise account, which was placed in a
rong waterproof bag, with an earnest request to whoever might find it to
rward it to the office of the New York Herald. This little bag was
stened to the neck of the albatross, and not to its foot, for these birds
e in the habit of resting on the surface of the sea; then liberty was
ven to this swift courier of the air, and it was not without some emotion
at the colonists watched it disappear in the misty west.
here is he going to?" asked Pencroft.
owards New Zealand," replied Herbert.
good voyage to you," shouted the sailor, who himself did not expect
y great result from this mode of correspondence.
th the winter, work had been resumed in the interior of Granite House,
nding clothes and different occupations, among others making the sails
r their vessel, which were cut from the inexhaustible balloon-case.
ring the month of July the cold was intense, but there was no lack of
ther wood or coal. Cyrus Harding had established a second fireplace in
e dining-room, and there the long winter evenings were spent. Talkingile they worked, reading when the hands remained idle, the time passed
th profit to all.
was real enjoyment to the settlers when in their room, well lighted
th candles, well warmed with coal, after a good dinner, elderberry coffee
oking in the cups, the pipes giving forth an odoriferous smoke, they
uld hear the storm howling without. Their comfort would have been
mplete, if complete comfort could ever exist for those who are far from
eir fellow-creatures, and without any means of communication with them.
ey often talked of their country, of the friends whom they had left, of
e grandeur of the American Republic, whose influence could not but
crease; and Cyrus Harding, who had been much mixed up with the affairs of
le:///E|/BOOKS/jules%20verne/The%20Mysterious%20Island.txt (180 of 366) [8/4/2003 1:56:48 PM]
7/29/2019 The Mysterious Island- Jules Verne
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/the-mysterious-island-jules-verne 181/365
le:///E|/BOOKS/jules%20verne/The%20Mysterious%20Island.txt
e Union, greatly interested his auditors by his recitals, his views, and
s prognostics.
chanced one day that Spilett was led to say--
ut now, my dear Cyrus, all this industrial and commercial movement to
ich you predict a continual advance, does it not run the danger of being
oner or later completely stopped?"
topped! And by what?"
y the want of coal, which may justly be called the most precious of
nerals."
es, the most precious indeed," replied the engineer; "and it would seem
at nature wished to prove that it was so by making the diamond, which is
mply pure carbon crystallized."
ou don't mean to say, captain," interrupted Pencroft, "that we burn
amonds in our stoves in the shape of coal?"
o, my friend," replied Harding.
owever," resumed Gideon Spilett, "you do not deny that some day the
al will be entirely consumed?"
h! the veins of coal are still considerable, and the hundred thousand
ners who annually extract from them a hundred millions of hundredweights
ve not nearly exhausted them."
ith the increasing consumption of coal," replied Gideon Spilett, "it
n be foreseen that the hundred thousand workmen will soon become two
ndred thousand, and that the rate of extraction will be doubled."
oubtless; but after the European mines, which will be soon worked more
oroughly with new machines, the American and Australian mines will for a
ng time yet provide for the consumption in trade."
or how long a time?" asked the reporter.
or at least two hundred and fifty or three hundred years."
hat is reassuring for us, but a bad look-out for our great-
andchildren!" observed Pencroft.
hey will discover something else," said Herbert.
t is to be hoped so," answered Spilett, "for without coal there would be
machinery, and without machinery there would be no railways, no
eamers, no manufactories, nothing of that which is indispensable to
dern civilization!"
ut what will they find?" asked Pencroft. "Can you guess, captain?"
early, my friend."
nd what will they burn instead of coal?"
ater," replied Harding.
ater!" cried Pencroft, "water as fuel for steamers and engines! water
heat water!"
es, but water decomposed into its primitive elements," replied Cyrus
le:///E|/BOOKS/jules%20verne/The%20Mysterious%20Island.txt (181 of 366) [8/4/2003 1:56:48 PM]
7/29/2019 The Mysterious Island- Jules Verne
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/the-mysterious-island-jules-verne 182/365
le:///E|/BOOKS/jules%20verne/The%20Mysterious%20Island.txt
rding, "and decomposed doubtless, by electricity, which will then have
come a powerful and manageable force, for all great discoveries, by some
explicable laws, appear to agree and become complete at the same time.
s, my friends, I believe that water will one day be employed as fuel,
at hydrogen and oxygen which constitute it, used singly or together, will
rnish an inexhaustible source of heat and light, of an intensity of which
al is not capable. Some day the coalrooms of steamers and the tenders of
comotives will, instead of coal, be stored with these two condensed
ses, which will burn in the furnaces with enormous calorific power. There
, therefore, nothing to fear. As long as the earth is inhabited it will
pply the wants of its inhabitants, and there will be no want of eitherght or heat as long as the productions of the vegetable, mineral or
imal kingdoms do not fail us. I believe, then, that when the deposits of
al are exhausted we shall heat and warm ourselves with water. Water will
the coal of the future."
should like to see that," observed the sailor.
ou were born too soon, Pencroft," returned Neb, who only took part in
e discussion by these words.
wever, it was not Neb's speech which interrupted the conversation, but
p's barking, which broke out again with that strange intonation which had
fore perplexed the engineer. At the same time Top began to run round theuth of the well, which opened at the extremity of the interior passage.
hat can Top be barking in that way for?" asked Pencroft.
nd Jup be growling like that?" added Herbert.
fact the orang, joining the dog, gave unequivocal signs of agitation,
d, singular to say, the two animals appeared more uneasy than angry.
t is evident," said Gideon Spilett, "that this well is in direct
mmunication with the sea, and that some marine animal comes from time to
me to breathe at the bottom."
hat's evident," replied the sailor, "and there can be no otherplanation to give. Quiet there, Top!" added Pencroft, turning to the dog,
nd you, Jup, be off to your room!"
e ape and the dog were silent. Jup went off to bed, but Top remained in
e room, and continued to utter low growls at intervals during the rest of
e evening. There was no further talk on the subject, but the incident,
wever, clouded the brow of the engineer.
ring the remainder of the month of July there was alternate rain and
ost. The temperature was not so low as during the preceding winter, and
s maximum did not exceed eight degrees Fahrenheit. But although this
nter was less cold, it was more troubled by storms and squalls; the sea
sides often endangered the safety of the Chimneys. At times it almostemed as if an under-current raised these monstrous billows which
undered against the wall of Granite House.
en the settlers, leaning from their windows, gazed on the huge watery
sses breaking beneath their eyes, they could not but admire the
gnificent spectacle of the ocean in its impotent fury. The waves
bounded in dazzling foam, the beach entirely disapppearing under the
ging flood, and the cliff appearing to emerge from the sea itself, the
ray rising to a height of more than a hundred feet.
ring these storms it was difficult and even dangerous to venture out,
ing to the frequently falling trees; however, the colonists never allowed
le:///E|/BOOKS/jules%20verne/The%20Mysterious%20Island.txt (182 of 366) [8/4/2003 1:56:48 PM]
7/29/2019 The Mysterious Island- Jules Verne
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/the-mysterious-island-jules-verne 183/365
le:///E|/BOOKS/jules%20verne/The%20Mysterious%20Island.txt
week to pass without having paid a visit to the corral. Happily, this
closure, sheltered by the southeastern spur of Mount Franklin, did not
eatly suffer from the violence of the hurricanes, which spared its trees,
eds, and palisades; but the poultry-yard on Prospect Heights, being
rectly exposed to the gusts of wind from the east, suffered considerable
mage. The pigeon-house was twice unroofed and the paling blown down. All
is required to be remade more solidly than before, for, as may be clearly
en, Lincoln Island was situated in one of the most dangerous parts of the
cific. It really appeared as if it formed the central point of vast
clones, which beat it perpetually as the whip does the top, only here it
s the top which was motionless and the whip which moved. During the firstek of the month of August the weather became more moderate, and the
mosphere recovered the calm which it appeared to have lost forever. With
e calm the cold again became intense, and the thermometer fell to eight
grees Fahrenheit, below zero.
the 3rd of August an excursion which had been talked of for several
ys was made into the southeastern part of the island, towards Tadorn
rsh. The hunters were tempted by the aquatic game which took up their
nter quarters there. Wild duck, snipe, teal and grebe abounded there, and
was agreed that a day should be devoted to an expedition against these
rds.
t only Gideon Spilett and Herbert, but Pencroft and Neb also took partthis excursion. Cyrus Harding alone, alleging some work as an excuse,
d not join them, but remained at Granite House.
e hunters proceeded in the direction of Port Balloon, in order to reach
e marsh, after having promised to be back by the evening. Top and Jup
companied them. As soon as they had passed over the Mercy Bridge, the
gineer raised it and returned, intending to put into execution a project
r the performance of which he wished to be alone.
w this project was to minutely explore the interior well, the mouth of
ich was on a level with the passage of Granite House, and which
mmunicated with the sea, since it formerly supplied a way to the waters
the lake.
y did Top so often run round this opening? Why did he utter such
range barks when a sort of uneasiness seemed to draw him towards this
ll? Why did Jup join Top in a sort of common anxiety? Had this well
anches besides the communication with the sea? Did it spread towards
her parts of the island? This is what Cyrus Harding wished to know. He
d resolved, therefore, to attempt the exploration of the well during the
sence of his companions, and an opportunity for doing so had now
esented itself.
was easy to descend to the bottom of the well by employing the rope
dder which had not been used since the establishment of the lift. The
gineer drew the ladder to the hole, the diameter of which measured nearlyx feet, and allowed it to unroll itself after having securely fastened
s upper extremity. Then, having lighted a lantern, taken a revolver, and
aced a cutlass in his belt, he began the descent.
e sides were everywhere entire; but points of rock jutted out here and
ere, and by means of these points it would have been quite possible for
active creature to climb to the mouth of the well.
e engineer remarked this; but although he carefully examined these
ints by the light of his lantern, he could find no impression, no
acture which could give any reason to suppose that they had either
cently or at any former time been used as a staircase. Cyrus Harding
le:///E|/BOOKS/jules%20verne/The%20Mysterious%20Island.txt (183 of 366) [8/4/2003 1:56:48 PM]
7/29/2019 The Mysterious Island- Jules Verne
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/the-mysterious-island-jules-verne 184/365
le:///E|/BOOKS/jules%20verne/The%20Mysterious%20Island.txt
scended deeper, throwing the light of his lantern on all sides.
saw nothing suspicious.
en the engineer had reached the last rounds he came upon the water,
ich was then perfectly calm. Neither at its level nor in any other part
the well, did any passage open, which could lead to the interior of the
iff. The wall which Harding struck with the hilt of his cutlass sounded
lid. It was compact granite, through which no living being could force a
y. To arrive at the bottom of the well and then climb up to its mouth it
s necessary to pass through the channel under the rocky subsoil of the
ach, which placed it in communication with the sea, and this was only
ssible for marine animals. As to the question of knowing where this
annel ended, at what point of the shore, and at what depth beneath the
ter, it could not be answered.
en Cyrus Harding, having ended his survey, re-ascended, drew up the
dder, covered the mouth of the well, and returned thoughtfully to the
ningroom, saying to himself,--
have seen nothing, and yet there is something there!"
apter 12
the evening the hunters returned, having enjoyed good sport, and being
terally loaded with game; indeed, they had as much as four men could
ssibly carry. Top wore a necklace of teal and Jup wreaths of snipe round
s body.
ere, master," cried Neb; "here's something to employ our time!
eserved and made into pies we shall have a welcome store! But I must have
me one to help me. I count on you, Pencroft."
o, Neb," replied the sailor; "I have the rigging of the vessel to
nish and to look after, and you will have to do without me."
nd you, Mr. Herbert?"
must go to the corral to-morrow, Neb," replied the lad.
t will be you then, Mr. Spilett, who will help me?"
o oblige you, Neb, I will," replied the reporter; "but I warn you that
you disclose your receipts to me, I shall publish them."
henever you like, Mr. Spilett," replied Neb; "whenever you like."
d so the next day Gideon Spilett became Neb's assistant and was
stalled in his culinary laboratory. The engineer had previously made
own to him the result of the exploration which he had made the dayfore, and on this point the reporter shared Harding's opinion, that
though he had found nothing, a secret still remained to be discovered!
e frost continued for another week, and the settlers did not leave
anite House unless to look after the poultry-yard. The dwelling was
lled with appetizing odors, which were emitted from the learned
nipulation of Neb and the reporter. But all the results of the chase were
t made into preserved provisions; and as the game kept perfectly in the
tense cold, wild duck and other fowl were eaten fresh, and declared
perior to all other aquatic birds in the known world.
ring this week, Pencroft, aided by Herbert, who handled the sailmaker's
le:///E|/BOOKS/jules%20verne/The%20Mysterious%20Island.txt (184 of 366) [8/4/2003 1:56:48 PM]
7/29/2019 The Mysterious Island- Jules Verne
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/the-mysterious-island-jules-verne 185/365
le:///E|/BOOKS/jules%20verne/The%20Mysterious%20Island.txt
edle with much skill, worked with such energy that the sails of the
ssel were finished. There was no want of cordage. Thanks to the rigging
ich had been discovered with the case of the balloon, the ropes and
bles from the net were all of good quality, and the sailor turned them
l to account. To the sails were attached strong bolt ropes, and there
ill remained enough from which to make the halyards, shrouds, and sheets,
c. The blocks were manufactured by Cyrus Harding under Pencroft's
rections by means of the turning lathe. It therefore happened that the
gging was entirely prepared before the vessel was finished. Pencroft also
nufactured a flag, that flag so dear to every true American, containing
e stars and stripes of their glorious Union. The colors for it werepplied from certain plants used in dyeing, and which were very abundant
the island; only to the thirty-seven stars, representing the thirty-
ven States of the Union, which shine on the American flag, the sailor
ded a thirty-eighth, the star of "the State of Lincoln," for he
nsidered his island as already united to the great republic. "And," said
, "it is so already in heart, if not in deed!"
the meantime, the flag was hoisted at the central window of Granite
use, and the settlers saluted it with three cheers.
e cold season was now almost at an end, and it appeared as if this
cond winter was to pass without any unusual occurrence, when on the night
the 11th of August, the plateau of Prospect Heights was menaced withmplete destruction.
ter a busy day the colonists were sleeping soundly, when towards four
clock in the morning they were suddenly awakened by Top's barking.
e dog was not this time barking near the mouth of the well, but at the
reshold of the door, at which he was scratching as if he wished to burst
open. Jup was also uttering piercing cries.
ello, Top!" cried Neb, who was the first awake. But the dog continued
bark more furiously than ever.
hat's the matter now?" asked Harding.
d all dressing in haste rushed to the windows, which they opened.
neath their eyes was spread a sheet of snow which looked gray in the
m light. The settlers could see nothing, but they heard a singular
lping noise away in the darkness. It was evident that the beach had been
vaded by a number of animals which could not be seen.
hat are they?" cried Pencroft.
olves, jaguars, or apes?" replied Neb.
hey have nearly reached the plateau," said the reporter.
nd our poultry-yard," exclaimed Herbert, "and our garden!"
here can they have crossed?" asked Pencroft.
hey must have crossed the bridge on the shore," replied the engineer,
hich one of us must have forgotten to close."
rue," said Spilett, "I remember having left it open."
fine job you have made of it, Mr. Spilett," cried the sailor.
hat is done cannot be undone," replied Cyrus Harding. "We must consult
le:///E|/BOOKS/jules%20verne/The%20Mysterious%20Island.txt (185 of 366) [8/4/2003 1:56:48 PM]
7/29/2019 The Mysterious Island- Jules Verne
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/the-mysterious-island-jules-verne 186/365
le:///E|/BOOKS/jules%20verne/The%20Mysterious%20Island.txt
at it will now be best to do."
ch were the questions and answers which were rapidly exchanged between
rding and his companions. It was certain that the bridge had been
ossed, that the shore had been invaded by animals, and that whatever they
ght be they could by ascending the left bank of the Mercy reach Prospect
ights. They must therefore be advanced against quickly and fought with if
cessary.
ut what are these beasts?" was asked a second time, as the yelpings
re again heard more loudly than before. These yelps made Herbert start,
d he remembered having heard them before during his first visit to the
urces of the Red Creek.
hey are colpeo foxes!" he exclaimed.
orward!" shouted the sailor.
d all arming themselves with hatchets, carbines, and revolvers, threw
emselves into the lift and soon set foot on the shore.
lpeos are dangerous animals when in great numbers and irritated by
nger, nevertheless the colonists did not hesitate to throw themselves
to the midst of the troop, and their first shots vividly lighting up the
rkness made their assailants draw back.
e chief thing was to hinder these plunderers from reaching the plateau,
r the garden and the poultry-yard would then have been at their mercy,
d immense, perhaps irreparable mischief, would inevitably be the result,
pecially with regard to the corn-field. But as the invasion of the
ateau could only be made by the left bank of the Mercy, it was sufficient
oppose the colpeos on the narrow bank between the river and the cliff of
anite.
is was plain to all, and, by Cyrus Harding's orders, they reached the
ot indicated by him, while the colpeos rushed fiercely through the gloom.
rding, Gideon Spilett, Herbert, Pencroft and Neb posted themselves in
pregnable line. Top, his formidable jaws open, preceded the colonists,d he was followed by Jup, armed with knotty cudgel, which he brandished
ke a club.
e night was extremely dark, it was only by the flashes from the
volvers as each person fired that they could see their assailants, who
re at least a hundred in number, and whose eyes were glowing like hot
als.
hey must not pass!" shouted Pencroft.
hey shall not pass!" returned the engineer.
t if they did not pass it was not for want of having attempted it.ose in the rear pushed on the foremost assailants, and it was an
cessant struggle with revolvers and hatchets. Several colpeos already lay
ad on the ground, but their number did not appear to diminish, and it
ght have been supposed that reinforcements were continually arriving over
e bridge.
e colonists were soon obliged to fight at close quarters, not without
ceiving some wounds, though happily very slight ones. Herbert had, with a
ot from his revolver, rescued Neb, on whose back a colpeo had sprung like
tiger cat. Top fought with actual fury, flying at the throats of the
xes and strangling them instantaneously. Jup wielded his weapon
liantly, and it was in vain that they endeavored to keep him in the rear.
le:///E|/BOOKS/jules%20verne/The%20Mysterious%20Island.txt (186 of 366) [8/4/2003 1:56:48 PM]
7/29/2019 The Mysterious Island- Jules Verne
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/the-mysterious-island-jules-verne 187/365
le:///E|/BOOKS/jules%20verne/The%20Mysterious%20Island.txt
dowed doubtless with sight which enabled him to pierce the obscurity, he
s always in the thick of the fight uttering from time to time--a sharp
ssing sound, which was with him the sign of great rejoicing.
one moment he advanced so far, that by the light from a revolver he
s seen surrounded by five or six large colpeos, with whom he was coping
th great coolness.
wever, the struggle was ended at last, and victory was on the side of
e settlers, but not until they had fought for two long hours! The first
gns of the approach of day doubtless determined the retreat of their
sailants, who scampered away towards the North, passing over the bridge,
ich Neb ran immediately to raise. When day had sufficiently lighted up
e field of battle, the settlers counted as many as fifty dead bodies
attered about on the shore.
nd Jup!" cried Pencroft; "where is Jup?" Jup had disappeared. His
iend Neb called him, and for the first time Jup did not reply to his
iend's call.
eryone set out in search of Jup, trembling lest he should be found
ong the slain; they cleared the place of the bodies which stained the
ow with their blood. Jup was found in the midst of a heap of colpeos
ose broken jaws and crushed bodies showed that they had to do with the
rrible club of the intrepid animal.
or Jup still held in his hand the stump of his broken cudgel, but
prived of his weapon he had been overpowered by numbers, and his chest
s covered with severe wounds.
e is living," cried Neb, who was bending over him.
nd we will save him," replied the sailor. "We will nurse him as if he
s one of ourselves."
appeared as if Jup understood, for he leaned his head on Pencroft's
oulder as if to thank him. The sailor was wounded himself, but his wound
s insignificant, as were those of his companions; for thanks to theirrearms they had been almost always able to keep their assailants at a
stance. it was therefore only the orang whose condition was serious.
p, carried by Neb and Pencroft, was placed in the lift, and only a
ight moan now and then escaped his lips. He was gently drawn up to
anite House. There he was laid on a mattress taken from one of the beds,
d his wounds were bathed with the greatest care. It did not appear that
y vital part had been reached, but Jup was very weak from loss of blood,
d a high fever soon set in after his wounds had been dressed. He was laid
wn, strict diet was imposed, "just like a real person," as Neb said, and
ey made him swallow several cups of a cooling drink, for which the
gredients were supplied from the vegetable medicine chest of Granite
use. Jup was at first restless, but his breathing gradually became more
gular, and he was left sleeping quietly. From time to time Top, walking
tip-toe, as one might say, came to visit his friend, and seemed to
prove of all the care that had been taken of him. One of Jup's hands hung
er the side of his bed, and Top licked it with a sympathizing air.
ey employed the day in interring the dead, who were dragged to the
rest of the Far West, and there buried deep.
is attack, which might have had such serious consequences, was a lesson
the settlers, who from this time never went to bed until one of their
mber had made sure that all the bridges were raised, and that no invasion
le:///E|/BOOKS/jules%20verne/The%20Mysterious%20Island.txt (187 of 366) [8/4/2003 1:56:48 PM]
7/29/2019 The Mysterious Island- Jules Verne
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/the-mysterious-island-jules-verne 188/365
le:///E|/BOOKS/jules%20verne/The%20Mysterious%20Island.txt
s possible.
wever, Jup, after having given them serious anxiety for several days,
gan to recover. His constitution brought him through, the fever gradually
bsided, and Gideon Spilett, who was a bit of a doctor, pronounced him
ite out of danger. On the 16th of August, Jup began to eat. Neb made him
ce little sweet dishes, which the invalid devoured with great relish, for
he had a pet failing it was that of being somewhat of a gourmend, and
b had never done anything to cure him of this fault.
hat would you have?" said he to Gideon Spilett, who sometimes
postulated with him for spoiling the ape. "Poor Jup has no other pleasure
an that of the palate, and I am only too glad to be able to reward his
rvices in this way!"
n days after taking to his bed, on the 21st of August, Master Jup
ose. His wounds were healed, and it was evident that he would not be long
regaining his usual strength and agility. Like all convalescents, he was
emendously hungry, and the reporter allowed him to eat as much as he
ked, for he trusted to that instinct, which is too often wanting in
asoning beings, to keep the orang from any excess. Neb was delighted to
e his pupil's appetite returning.
at away, my Jup," said he, "and don't spare anything; you have shed
ur blood for us, and it is the least I can do to make you strong again!"
the 25th of August Neb's voice was heard calling to his companions.
aptain, Mr. Spilett, Mr. Herbert, Pencroft, come! come!"
e colonists, who were together in the dining-room, rose at Neb's call,
o was then in Jup's room.
hat's the matter?" asked the reporter.
ook," replied Neb, with a shout of laughter. And what did they see?
ster Jup smoking calmly and seriously, sitting crosslegged like a Turk at
e entrance to Granite House!
y pipe," cried Pencroft. "He has taken my pipe! Hello, my honest Jup, I
ke you a present of it! Smoke away, old boy, smoke away!"
d Jup gravely puffed out clouds of smoke which seemed to give him great
tisfaction. Harding did not appear to be much astonished at this
cident, and he cited several examples of tame apes, to whom the use of
bacco had become quite familiar.
t from this day Master Jup had a pipe of his own, the sailor's ex-pipe,
ich was hung in his room near his store of tobacco. He filled it himself,
ghted it with a glowing coal, and appeared to be the happiest of
adrumana. It may readily be understood that this similarity of tastes ofp and Pencroft served to tighten the bonds of friendship which already
isted between the honest ape and the worthy sailor.
erhaps he is really a man," said Pencroft sometimes to Neb. "Should you
surprised to hear him beginning to speak to us some day?"
y word, no," replied Neb. "What astonishes me is that he hasn't spoken
us before, for now he wants nothing but speech!"
t would amuse me all the same," resumed the sailor, "if some fine day
said to me, "Suppose we change pipes, Pencroft."
le:///E|/BOOKS/jules%20verne/The%20Mysterious%20Island.txt (188 of 366) [8/4/2003 1:56:48 PM]
7/29/2019 The Mysterious Island- Jules Verne
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/the-mysterious-island-jules-verne 189/365
le:///E|/BOOKS/jules%20verne/The%20Mysterious%20Island.txt
es," replied Neb, "what a pity he was born dumb!"
th the month of September the winter ended, and the works were again
gerly commenced. The building of the vessel advanced rapidly, she was
ready completely decked over, and all the inside parts of the hull were
rmly united with ribs bent by means of steam, which answered all the
rposes of a mold.
there was no want of wood, Pencroft proposed to the engineer to give a
uble lining to the hull, to insure the strength of the vessel.
rding, not knowing what the future might have in store for them,
proved the sailor's idea of making the craft as strong as possible. The
terior and deck of the vessel was entirely finished towards the 15th of
ptember. For calking the seams they made oakum of dry seaweed, which was
mmered in between the planks; then these seams were covered with boiling
r, which was obtained in great abundance from the pines in the forest.
e management of the vessel was very simple. She had from the first been
llasted with heavy blocks of granite walled up, in a bed of lime, twelve
ousand pounds of which they stowed away.
deck was placed over this ballast, and the interior was divided into
o cabins; two benches extended along them and served also as lockers. The
ot of the mast supported the partition which separated the two cabins,
ich were reached by two hatchways let into the deck.
ncroft had no trouble in finding a tree suitable for the mast. He chose
straight young fir, with no knots, and which he had only to square at the
ep, and round off at the top. The ironwork of the mast, the rudder and
e hull had been roughly but strongly forged at the Chimneys. Lastly,
rds, masts, boom, spars, oars, etc., were all furnished by the first week
October, and it was agreed that a trial trip should be taken round the
land, so as to ascertain how the vessel would behave at sea, and how far
ey might depend upon her.
ring all this time the necessary works had not been neglected. The
rral was enlarged, for the flock of musmons and goats had been increased
a number of young ones, who had to be housed and fed. The colonists had
id visits also to the oyster bed, the warren, the coal and iron mines,
d to the till then unexplored districts of the Far West forest, which
ounded in game. Certain indigenous plants were discovered, and those fit
r immediate use contributed to vary the vegetable stores of Granite
use.
ey were a species of ficoide, some similar to those of the Cape, with
table fleshy leaves, others bearing seeds containing a sort of flour.
the 10th of October the vessel was launched. Pencroft was radiant with
y, the operation was perfectly successful; the boat completely rigged,
ving been pushed on rollers to the water's edge, was floated by the
sing tide, amid the cheers of the colonists, particularly of Pencroft,
o showed no modesty on this occasion. Besides his importance was to last
yond the finishing of the vessel, since, after having built her, he was
command her. The grade of captain was bestowed upon him with the
probation of all. To satisfy Captain Pencroft, it was now necessary to
ve a name to the vessel, and, after many propositions had been discussed,
e votes were all in favor of the "Bonadventure." As soon as the
onadventure" had been lifted by the rising tide, it was seen that she lay
enly in the water, and would be easily navigated. However, the trial trip
s to be made that very day, by an excursion off the coast. The weather
s fine, the breeze fresh, and the sea smooth, especially towards the
le:///E|/BOOKS/jules%20verne/The%20Mysterious%20Island.txt (189 of 366) [8/4/2003 1:56:48 PM]
7/29/2019 The Mysterious Island- Jules Verne
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/the-mysterious-island-jules-verne 190/365
le:///E|/BOOKS/jules%20verne/The%20Mysterious%20Island.txt
uth coast, for the wind was blowing from the northwest.
ll hands on board," shouted Pencroft; but breakfast was first
cessary, and it was thought best to take provisions on board, in the
ent of their excursion being prolonged until the evening.
rus Harding was equally anxious to try the vessel, the model of which
d originated with him, although on the sailor's advice he had altered
me parts of it, but he did not share Pencroft's confidence in her, and as
e latter had not again spoken of the voyage to Tabor Island, Harding
ped he had given it up. He would have indeed great reluctance in letting
o or three of his companions venture so far in so small a boat, which was
t of more than fifteen tons' burden.
half-past ten everybody was on board, even Top and Jup, and Herbert
ighed the anchor, which was fast in the sand near the mouth of the Mercy.
e sail was hoisted, the Lincolnian flag floated from the masthead, and
e "Bonadventure," steered by Pencroft, stood out to sea.
e wind blowing out of Union Bay she ran before it, and thus showed her
ners, much to their satisfaction, that she possessed a remarkably fast
ir of heels, according to Pencroft's mode of speaking. After having
ubled Flotsam Point and Claw Cape, the captain kept her close hauled, so
to sail along the southern coast of the island, when it was found she
iled admirably within five points of the wind. All hands were enchanted,
ey had a good vessel, which, in case of need, would be of great service
them, and with fine weather and a fresh breeze the voyage promised to be
arming.
ncroft now stood off the shore, three or four miles across from Port
lloon. The island then appeared in all its extent and under a new aspect,
th the varied panorama of its shore from Claw Cape to Reptile End, the
rests in which dark firs contrasted with the young foliage of other
ees and overlooked the whole, and Mount Franklin whose lofty head was
ill whitened with snow.
ow beautiful it is!" cried Herbert.
es, our island is beautiful and good," replied Pencroft. "I love it as
loved my poor mother. It received us poor and destitute, and now what is
nting to us five fellows who fell on it from the sky?"
othing," replied Neb; "nothing, captain."
d the two brave men gave three tremendous cheers in honor of their
land!
ring all this time Gideon Spilett, leaning against the mast, sketched
e panorama which was developed before his eyes.
rus Harding gazed on it in silence.
ell, Captain Harding," asked Pencroft, "what do you think of our
ssel?"
he appears to behave well," replied the engineer.
ood! And do you think now that she could undertake a voyage of some
tent?"
hat voyage, Pencroft?"
ne to Tabor Island, for instance."
le:///E|/BOOKS/jules%20verne/The%20Mysterious%20Island.txt (190 of 366) [8/4/2003 1:56:48 PM]
7/29/2019 The Mysterious Island- Jules Verne
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/the-mysterious-island-jules-verne 191/365
le:///E|/BOOKS/jules%20verne/The%20Mysterious%20Island.txt
y friend," replied Harding, "I think that in any pressing emergency we
ed not hesitate to trust ourselves to the 'Bonadventure' even for a
nger voyage; but you know I should see you set off to Tabor Island with
eat uneasiness, since nothing obliges you to go there."
ne likes to know one's neighbors," returned the sailor, who was
stinate in his idea. "Tabor Island is our neighbor, and the only one!
liteness requires us to go at least to pay a visit."
y Jove," said Spilett, "our friend Pencroft has become very particular
out the proprieties all at once!"
am not particular about anything at all," retorted the sailor, who was
ther vexed by the engineer's opposition, but who did not wish to cause
m anxiety.
onsider, Pencroft," resumed Harding, "you cannot go alone to Tabor
land."
ne companion will be enough for me."
ven so," replied the engineer, "you will risk depriving the colony of
ncoln Island of two settlers out of five."
ut of six," answered Pencroft; "you forget Jup."
ut of seven," added Neb; "Top is quite worth another."
here is no risk at all in it, captain," replied Pencroft.
hat is possible, Pencroft; but I repeat it is to expose ourselves
elessly."
e obstinate sailor did not reply, and let the conversation drop, quite
termined to resume it again. But he did not suspect that an incident
uld come to his aid and change into an act of humanity that which was at
rst only a doubtful whim.
ter standing off the shore the "Bonadventure" again approached it in
e direction of Port Balloon. It was important to ascertain the channels
tween the sandbanks and reefs, that buoys might be laid down since this
ttle creek was to be the harbor.
ey were not more than half a mile from the coast, and it was necessary
tack to beat against the wind. The "Bonadventure" was then going at a
ry moderate rate, as the breeze, partly intercepted by the high land,
arcely swelled her sails, and the sea, smooth as glass, was only rippled
w and then by passing gusts.
rbert had stationed himself in the bows that he might indicate the
urse to be followed among the channels, when all at once he shouted,--
uff, Pencroft, luff!"
hat's the matter," replied the sailor; "a rock?"
o--wait," said Herbert; "I don't quite see. Luff again--right--now."
saying, Herbert, leaning over the side, plunged his arm into the
ter, and pulled it out, exclaiming,--
bottle!"
le:///E|/BOOKS/jules%20verne/The%20Mysterious%20Island.txt (191 of 366) [8/4/2003 1:56:48 PM]
7/29/2019 The Mysterious Island- Jules Verne
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/the-mysterious-island-jules-verne 192/365
le:///E|/BOOKS/jules%20verne/The%20Mysterious%20Island.txt
held in his hand a corked bottle which he had just seized a few
bles' length from the shore.
rus Harding took the bottle. Without uttering a single word he drew the
rk, and took from it a damp paper, on which were written these words:--
astaway . . . . Tabor island: 153deg W. long., 37deg 11' S. lat."
apter 13
castaway!" exclaimed Pencroft; "left on this Tabor Island not two
ndred miles from us! Ah, Captain Harding, you won't now oppose my going."
o, Pencroft," replied Cyrus Harding; "and you shall set out as soon as
ssible."
o-morrow?"
o-morrow!"
e engineer still held in his hand the paper which he had taken from the
ttle. He contemplated it for some instants, then resumed,
rom this document, my friends, from the way in which it is worded, we
y conclude this: first, that the castaway on Tabor Island is a man
ssessing a considerable knowledge of navigation, since he gives the
titude and longitude of the island exactly as we ourselves found it, and
a second of approximation; secondly, that he is either English or
erican, as the document is written in the English language."
hat is perfectly logical," answered Spilett; "and the presence of this
staway explains the arrival of the case on the shores of our island.
ere must have been a wreck, since there is a castaway. As to the latter,
oever he may be, it is lucky for him that Pencroft thought of building
is boat and of trying her this very day, for a day later and this bottle
ght have been broken on the rocks."
ndeed," said Herbert, "it is a fortunate chance that the 'Bonadventure'
ssed exactly where the bottle was still floating!"
oes not this appear strange to you?" asked Harding of Pencroft.
t appears fortunate, that's all," answered the sailor. "Do you see
ything extraordinary in it, captain? The bottle must go somewhere, and
y not here as well as anywhere else?"
erhaps you are right, Pencroft," replied the engineer; "and yet--"
ut," observed Herbert, "there's nothing to prove that this bottle has
en floating long in the sea."
othing," replied Gideon Spilett, "and the document appears even to have
en recently written. What do you think about it, Cyrus?"
ring this conversation Pencroft had not remained inactive. He had put
e vessel about, and the "Bonadventure," all sails set, was running
pidly towards Claw Cape.
ery one was thinking of the castaway on Tabor Island. Should they be in
me to save him? This was a great event in the life of the colonists! They
emselves were but castaways, but it was to be feared that another might
t have been so fortunate, and their duty was to go to his succor.
le:///E|/BOOKS/jules%20verne/The%20Mysterious%20Island.txt (192 of 366) [8/4/2003 1:56:48 PM]
7/29/2019 The Mysterious Island- Jules Verne
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/the-mysterious-island-jules-verne 193/365
le:///E|/BOOKS/jules%20verne/The%20Mysterious%20Island.txt
aw Cape was doubled, and about four o'clock the "Bonadventure" dropped
r anchor at the mouth of the Mercy.
at same evening the arrangements for the new expedition were made. It
peared best that Pencroft and Herbert, who knew how to work the vessel,
ould undertake the voyage alone. By setting out the next day, the 10th of
tober, they would arrive on the 13th, for with the present wind it would
t take more than forty-eight hours to make this passage of a hundred and
fty miles. One day in the island, three or four to return, they might
pe therefore that on the 17th they would again reach Lincoln Island. The
ather was fine, the barometer was rising, the wind appeared settled,
erything then was in favor of these brave men whom an act of humanity was
king far from their island.
us it had been agreed that Cyrus Harding, Neb, and Gideon Spilett should
main at Granite House, but an objection was raised, and Spilett, who had
t forgotten his business as reporter to the New York Herald, having
clared that he would go by swimming rather than lose such an opportunity,
was admitted to take a part in the voyage.
e evening was occupied in transporting on board the "Bonadventure,"
ticles of bedding, utensils, arms, ammunition, a compass, provisions for
week; this being rapidly done, the colonists ascended to Granite House.
e next day, at five o'clock in the morning, the farewells were said,
t without some emotion on both sides, and Pencroft setting sail made
wards Claw Cape, which had to be doubled in order to proceed to the
uthwest.
e "Bonadventure" was already a quarter of a mile from the coast when
e passengers perceived on the heights of Granite House two men waving
eir farewells; they were Cyrus Harding and Neb.
ur friends," exclaimed Spilett, "this is our first separation in
fteen months."
ncroft, the reporter and Herbert waved in return, and Granite Houseon disappeared behind the high rocks of the Cape.
ring the first part of the day the "Bonadventure" was still in sight of
e southern coast of Lincoln Island, which soon appeared just like a green
sket, with Mount Franklin rising from the center. The heights, diminished
distance, did not present an appearance likely to tempt vessels to touch
ere. Reptile End was passed in about an hour, though at a distance of
out ten miles.
this distance it was no longer possible to distinguish anything of the
stern Coast, which stretched away to the ridges of Mount Franklin, and
ree hours after the last of Lincoln Island sank below the horizon.
e "Bonadventure" behaved capitally. Bounding over the waves she
oceeded rapidly on her course. Pencroft had hoisted the foresail, and
eering by the compass followed a rectilinear direction. From time to time
rbert relieved him at the helm, and the lad's hand was so firm that the
ilor had not a point to find fault with.
deon Spilett chatted sometimes with one, sometimes with the other, if
nted he lent a hand with the ropes, and Captain Pencroft was perfectly
tisfied with his crew.
the evening the crescent moon, which would not be in its first quarter
til the 16th, appeared in the twilight and soon set again. The night was
le:///E|/BOOKS/jules%20verne/The%20Mysterious%20Island.txt (193 of 366) [8/4/2003 1:56:48 PM]
7/29/2019 The Mysterious Island- Jules Verne
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/the-mysterious-island-jules-verne 194/365
le:///E|/BOOKS/jules%20verne/The%20Mysterious%20Island.txt
rk but starry, and the next day again promised to be fine.
ncroft prudently lowered the foresail, not wishing to be caught by a
dden gust while carrying too much canvas; it was perhaps an unnecessary
ecaution on such a calm night, but Pencroft was a prudent sailor and
nnot be blamed for it.
e reporter slept part of the night. Pencroft and Herbert took turns for
spell of two hours each at the helm. The sailor trusted Herbert as he
uld himself, and his confidence was justified by the coolness and
dgment of the lad. Pencroft gave him his directions as a commander to his
eersman, and Herbert never allowed the "Bonadventure" to swerve even a
int. The night passed quickly, as did the day of the 12th of October. A
uth-easterly direction was strictly maintained. Unless the "Bonadventure"
ll in with some unknown current she would come exactly within sight of
bor Island.
to the sea over which the vessel was then sailing, it was absolutely
serted. Now and then a great albatross or frigate bird passed within
nshot, and Gideon Spilett wondered if it was to one of them that he had
nfided his last letter addressed to the New York Herald. These birds were
e only beings that appeared to frequent this part of the ocean between
bor and Lincoln Islands.
nd yet," observed Herbert, "this is the time that whalers usually
oceed towards the southern part of the Pacific. Indeed I do not think
ere could be a more deserted sea than this."
t is not quite so deserted as all that," replied Pencroft.
hat do you mean?" asked the reporter.
e are on it. Do you take our vessel for a wreck and us for porpoises?"
d Pencroft laughed at his joke.
the evening, according to calculation, it was thought that the
onadventure" had accomplished a distance of a hundred and twenty milesnce her departure from Lincoln Island, that is to say in thirty-six
urs, which would give her a speed of between three and four knots an
ur. The breeze was very slight and might soon drop altogether. However,
was hoped that the next morning by break of day, if the calculation had
en correct and the course true, they would sight Tabor Island.
ither Gideon Spilett, Herbert, nor Pencroft slept that night. In the
pectation of the next day they could not but feel some emotion. There was
much uncertainty in their enterprise! Were they near Tabor Island? Was
e island still inhabited by the castaway to whose succor they had come?
o was this man? Would not his presence disturb the little colony till
en so united? Besides, would he be content to exchange his prison for
other? All these questions, which would no doubt be answered the nexty, kept them in suspense, and at the dawn of day they all fixed their
ze on the western horizon.
and!" shouted Pencroft at about six o'clock in the morning.
d it was impossible that Pencroft should be mistaken, it was evident
at land was there. Imagine the joy of the little crew of the
onadventure." In a few hours they would land on the beach of the island!
e low coast of Tabor Island, scarcely emerging from the sea, was not
re than fifteen miles distant.
le:///E|/BOOKS/jules%20verne/The%20Mysterious%20Island.txt (194 of 366) [8/4/2003 1:56:48 PM]
7/29/2019 The Mysterious Island- Jules Verne
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/the-mysterious-island-jules-verne 195/365
le:///E|/BOOKS/jules%20verne/The%20Mysterious%20Island.txt
e head of the "Bonadventure," which was a little to the south of the
land, was set directly towards it, and as the sun mounted in the east,
s rays fell upon one or two headlands.
his is a much less important isle than Lincoln Island," observed
rbert, "and is probably due like ours to some submarine convulsion."
eleven o'clock the "Bonadventure" was not more than two miles off, and
ncroft, while looking for a suitable place at which to land, proceeded
ry cautiously through the unknown waters. The whole of the island could
w be surveyed, and on it could be seen groups of gum and other large
ees, of the same species as those growing on Lincoln Island. But the
tonishing thing was that no smoke arose to show that the island was
habited, no signal whatever appeared on the shore!
d yet the document was clear enough; there was a castaway, and this
staway should have been on the watch.
the meanwhile the "Bonadventure" entered the winding channels among
e reefs, and Pencroft observed every turn with extreme care. He had put
rbert at the helm, posting himself in the bows, inspecting the water,
ile he held the halliard in his hand, ready to lower the sail at a
ment's notice. Gideon Spilett with his glass eagerly scanned the shore,
ough without perceiving anything.
wever, at about twelve o'clock the keel of the "Bonadventure" grated on
e bottom. The anchor was let go, the sails furled, and the crew of the
ttle vessel landed.
d there was no reason to doubt that this was Tabor Island, since
cording to the most recent charts there was no island in this part of the
cific between New Zealand and the American Coast.
e vessel was securely moored, so that there should be no danger of her
ing carried away by the receding tide; then Pencroft and his companions,
ll armed, ascended the shore, so as to gain an elevation of about two
ndred and fifty or three hundred feet which rose at a distance of half a
le.
rom the summit of that hill," said Spilett, "we can no doubt obtain a
mplete view of the island, which will greatly facilitate our search."
o as to do here," replied Herbert, "that which Captain Harding did the
ry first thing on Lincoln Island, by climbing Mount Franklin."
xactly so," answered the reporter, "and it is the best plan."
ile thus talking the explorers had advanced along a clearing which
rminated at the foot of the hill. Flocks of rock-pigeons and sea-
allows, similar to those of Lincoln Island, fluttered around them. Under
e woods which skirted the glade on the left they could hear the bushesstling and see the grass waving, which indicated the presence of timid
imals, but still nothing to show that the island was inhabited.
rived at the foot of the hill, Pencroft, Spilett, and Herbert climbed
in a few minutes, and gazed anxiously round the horizon.
ey were on an islet, which did not measure more than six miles in
rcumference, its shape not much bordered by capes or promontories, bays
creeks, being a lengthened oval. All around, the lonely sea extended to
e limits of the horizon. No land nor even a sail was in sight.
is woody islet did not offer the varied aspects of Lincoln Island, arid
le:///E|/BOOKS/jules%20verne/The%20Mysterious%20Island.txt (195 of 366) [8/4/2003 1:56:48 PM]
7/29/2019 The Mysterious Island- Jules Verne
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/the-mysterious-island-jules-verne 196/365
le:///E|/BOOKS/jules%20verne/The%20Mysterious%20Island.txt
d wild in one part, but fertile and rich in the other. On the contrary
is was a uniform mass of verdure, out of which rose two or three hills of
great height. Obliquely to the oval of the island ran a stream through a
de meadow falling into the sea on the west by a narrow mouth.
he domain is limited," said Herbert.
es," rejoined Pencroft: "It would have been too small for us."
nd moreover," said the reporter, "it appears to be uninhabited."
ndeed," answered Herbert, "nothing here betrays the presence of man."
et us go down," said Pencroft, "and search."
e sailor and his two companions returned to the shore, to the place
ere they had left the "Bonadventure."
ey had decided to make the tour of the island on foot, before exploring
e interior; so that not a spot should escape their investigations. The
ach was easy to follow, and only in some places was their way barred by
rge rocks, which, however, they easily passed round. The explorers
oceeded towards the south, disturbing numerous flocks of sea-birds and
rds of seals, which threw themselves into the sea as soon as they saw the
rangers at a distance.
hose beasts yonder," observed the reporter, "do not see men for the
rst time. They fear them, therefore they must know them."
hour after their departure they arrived on the southern point of the
let, terminated by a sharp cape, and proceeded towards the north along
e western coast, equally formed by sand and rocks, the background
rdered with thick woods.
ere was not a trace of a habitation in any part, not the print of a
man foot on the shore of the island, which after four hours' walking had
en gone completely round.
was to say the least very extraordinary, and they were compelled to
lieve that Tabor Island was not or was no longer inhabited. Perhaps,
ter all the document was already several months or several years old, and
was possible in this case, either that the castaway had been enabled to
turn to his country, or that he had died of misery.
ncroft, Spilett, and Herbert, forming more or less probable conjectures,
ned rapidly on board the "Bonadventure" so as to be able to continue
eir excursion until nightfall. This was done at five o'clock in the
ening, at which hour they entered the wood.
merous animals fled at their approach, being principally, one might
y, only goats and pigs, which were obviously European species.
ubtless some whaler had landed them on the island, where they had
pidly increased. Herbert resolved to catch one or two living, and take
em back to Lincoln Island.
was no longer doubtful that men at some period or other had visited
is islet, and this became still more evident when paths appeared trodden
rough the forest, felled trees, and everywhere traces of the hand of man;
t the trees were becoming rotten, and had been felled many years ago; the
rks of the axe were velveted with moss, and the grass grew long and thick
the paths, so that it was difficult to find them.
le:///E|/BOOKS/jules%20verne/The%20Mysterious%20Island.txt (196 of 366) [8/4/2003 1:56:48 PM]
7/29/2019 The Mysterious Island- Jules Verne
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/the-mysterious-island-jules-verne 197/365
le:///E|/BOOKS/jules%20verne/The%20Mysterious%20Island.txt
ut," observed Gideon Spilett, "this not only proves that men have
nded on the island, but also that they lived on it for some time. Now,
o were these men? How many of them remain?"
he document," said Herbert, "only spoke of one castaway."
ell, if he is still on the island," replied Pencroft, "it is impossible
t that we shall find him."
e exploration was continued. The sailor and his companions naturally
llowed the route which cut diagonally across the island, and they were
us obliged to follow the stream which flowed towards the sea.
the animals of European origin, if works due to a human hand, showed
contestably that men had already visited the island, several specimens of
e vegetable kingdom did not prove it less. In some places, in the midst
clearings, it was evident that the soil had been planted with culinary
ants, at probably the same distant period.
at, then, was Herbert's joy, when he recognized potatoes, chicory,
rrel, carrots, cabbages, and turnips, of which it was sufficient to
llect the seed to enrich the soil of Lincoln Island.
apital, jolly!" exclaimed Pencroft. "That will suit Neb as well as us.
en if we do not find the castaway, at least our voyage will not have beeneless, and God will have rewarded us."
oubtless," replied Gideon Spilett, "but to see the state in which we
nd these plantations, it is to be feared that the island has not been
habited for some time."
ndeed," answered Herbert, "an inhabitant, whoever he was, could not have
glected such an important culture!"
es," said Pencroft, "the castaway has gone."
e must suppose so."
t must then be admitted that the document has already a distant date?"
vidently."
nd that the bottle only arrived at Lincoln Island after having floated
the sea a long time."
hy not?" returned Pencroft. "But night is coming on," added he, "and I
ink that it will be best to give up the search for the present."
et us go on board, and to-morrow we will begin again," said the
porter.
is was the wisest course, and it was about to be followed when Herbert,inting to a confused mass among the trees, exclaimed,--
hut!"
l three immediately ran towards the dwelling. In the twilight it was
st possible to see that it was built of planks and covered with a thick
rpaulin.
e half-closed door was pushed open by Pencroft, who entered with a
pid step.
e hut was empty!
le:///E|/BOOKS/jules%20verne/The%20Mysterious%20Island.txt (197 of 366) [8/4/2003 1:56:48 PM]
7/29/2019 The Mysterious Island- Jules Verne
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/the-mysterious-island-jules-verne 198/365
le:///E|/BOOKS/jules%20verne/The%20Mysterious%20Island.txt
apter 14
ncroft, Herbert, and Gideon Spilett remained silent in the midst of the
rkness.
ncroft shouted loudly.
reply was made.
e sailor then struck a light and set fire to a twig. This lighted for a
nute a small room, which appeared perfectly empty. At the back was a rude
replace, with a few cold cinders, supporting an armful of dry wood.
ncroft threw the blazing twig on it, the wood crackled and gave forth a
ight light.
e sailor and his two companions then perceived a disordered bed, of
ich the damp and yellow coverlets proved that it had not been used for a
ng time. In the corner of the fireplace were two kettles, covered with
st, and an overthrown pot. A cupboard, with a few moldy sailor's clothes;
the table a tin plate and a Bible, eaten away by damp; in a corner a few
ols, a spade, pickaxe, two fowling-pieces, one of which was broken; on a
ank, forming a shelf, stood a barrel of powder, still untouched, a barrelshot, and several boxes of caps, all thickly covered with dust,
cumulated, perhaps, by many long years.
here is no one here," said the reporter.
o one," replied Pencroft.
t is a long time since this room has been inhabited," observed Herbert.
es, a very long time!" answered the reporter.
r. Spilett," then said Pencroft, "instead of returning on board, I
ink that it would be well to pass the night in this hut."
ou are right, Pencroft," answered Gideon Spilett, "and if its owner
turns, well! perhaps he will not be sorry to find the place taken
ssession of."
e will not return," said the sailor, shaking his head.
ou think that he has quitted the island?" asked the reporter.
f he had quitted the island he would have taken away his weapons and
s tools," replied Pencroft. "You know the value which castaways set on
ch articles as these the last remains of a wreck. No! no!" repeated the
ilor, in a tone of conviction; "no, he has not left the island! If he had
caped in a boat made by himself, he would still less have left thesedispensable and necessary articles. No! he is on the island!"
iving?" asked Herbert.
iving or dead. But if he is dead, I suppose he has not buried himself,
d so we shall at least find his remains!"
was then agreed that the night should be passed in the deserted
elling, and a store of wood found in a corner was sufficient to warm it.
e door closed, Pencroft, Herbert and Spilett remained there, seated on a
nch, talking little but wondering much. They were in a frame of mind to
agine anything or expect anything. They listened eagerly for sounds
le:///E|/BOOKS/jules%20verne/The%20Mysterious%20Island.txt (198 of 366) [8/4/2003 1:56:48 PM]
7/29/2019 The Mysterious Island- Jules Verne
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/the-mysterious-island-jules-verne 199/365
le:///E|/BOOKS/jules%20verne/The%20Mysterious%20Island.txt
tside. The door might have opened suddenly, and a man presented himself
them without their being in the least surprised, notwithstanding all
at the hut revealed of abandonment, and they had their hands ready to
ess the hands of this man, this castaway, this unknown friend, for whom
iends were waiting.
t no voice was heard, the door did not open. The hours thus passed
ay.
w long the night appeared to the sailor and his companions! Herbert
one slept for two hours, for at his age sleep is a necessity. They were
l three anxious to continue their exploration of the day before, and to
arch the most secret recesses of the islet! The inferences deduced by
ncroft were perfectly reasonable, and it was nearly certain that, as the
t was deserted, and the tools, utensils, and weapons were still there,
e owner had succumbed. It was agreed, therefore, that they should search
r his remains, and give them at least Christian burial.
y dawned; Pencroft and his companions immediately proceeded to survey
e dwelling. It had certainly been built in a favorable situation, at the
ck of a little hill, sheltered by five or six magnificent gum-trees.
fore its front and through the trees the axe had prepared a wide
earing, which allowed the view to extend to the sea. Beyond a lawn,
rrounded by a wooden fence falling to pieces, was the shore, on the leftwhich was the mouth of the stream.
e hut had been built of planks, and it was easy to see that these
anks had been obtained from the hull or deck of a ship. It was probable
at a disabled vessel had been cast on the coast of the island, that one
least of the crew had been saved, and that by means of the wreck this
n, having tools at his disposal, had built the dwelling.
d this became still more evident when Gideon Spilett, after having
lked around the hut, saw on a plank, probably one of those which had
rmed the armor of the wrecked vessel, these letters already half effaced:
BR--TAN--A
ritannia," exclaimed Pencroft, whom the reporter had called; "it is a
mmon name for ships, and I could not say if she was English or American!"
t matters very little, Pencroft!"
ery little indeed," answered the sailor, "and we will save the survivor
her crew if he is still living, to whatever country he may belong. But
fore beginning our search again let us go on board the 'Bonadventure'."
sort of uneasiness had seized Pencroft upon the subject of his vessel.
ould the island be inhabited after all, and should some one have takenssession of her? But he shrugged his shoulders at such an unreasonable
pposition. At any rate the sailor was not sorry to go to breakfast on
ard. The road already trodden was not long, scarcely a mile. They set out
their walk, gazing into the wood and thickets through which goats and
gs fled in hundreds.
enty minutes after leaving the hut Pencroft and his companions reached
e western coast of the island, and saw the "Bonadventure" held fast by
r anchor, which was buried deep in the sand.
ncroft could not restrain a sigh of satisfaction. After all this vessel
s his child, and it is the right of fathers to be often uneasy when there
le:///E|/BOOKS/jules%20verne/The%20Mysterious%20Island.txt (199 of 366) [8/4/2003 1:56:48 PM]
7/29/2019 The Mysterious Island- Jules Verne
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/the-mysterious-island-jules-verne 200/365
le:///E|/BOOKS/jules%20verne/The%20Mysterious%20Island.txt
no occasion for it.
ey returned on board, breakfasted, so that it should not be necessary
dine until very late; then the repast being ended, the exploration was
ntinued and conducted with the most minute care. Indeed, it was very
obable that the only inhabitant of the island had perished. It was
erefore more for the traces of a dead than of a living man that Pencroft
d his companions searched. But their searches were vain, and during the
lf of that day they sought to no purpose among the thickets of trees
ich covered the islet. There was then scarcely any doubt that, if the
staway was dead, no trace of his body now remained, but that some wildast had probably devoured it to the last bone.
e will set off to-morrow at daybreak," said Pencroft to his two
mpanions, as about two o'clock they were resting for a few minutes under
e shade of a clump of firs.
should think that we might without scruple take the utensils which
longed to the castaway," added Herbert.
think so, too," returned Gideon Spilett, "and these arms and tools
ll make up the stores of Granite House. The supply of powder and shot is
so most important."
es," replied Pencroft, "but we must not forget to capture a couple or
o of those pigs, of which Lincoln Island is destitute."
or to gather those seeds," added Herbert, "which will give us all the
getables of the Old and the New Worlds."
hen perhaps it would be best," said the reporter, "to remain a day
nger on Tabor Island, so as to collect all that may be useful to us."
o, Mr. Spilett," answered Pencroft, "I will ask you to set off to-morrow
daybreak. The wind seems to me to be likely to shift to the west, and
ter having had a fair wind for coming we shall have a fair wind for
ing back."
hen do not let us lose time," said Herbert, rising.
e won't waste time," returned Pencroft. "You, Herbert, go and gather
e seeds, which you know better than we do. While you do that, Mr. Spilett
d I will go and have a pig hunt, and even without Top I hope we shall
nage to catch a few!"
rbert accordingly took the path which led towards the cultivated part
the islet, while the sailor and the reporter entered the forest.
ny specimens of the porcine race fled before them, and these animals,
ich were singularly active, did not appear to be in a humor to allow
emselves to be approached.
wever, after an hour's chase, the hunters had just managed to get hold
a couple lying in a thicket, when cries were heard resounding from the
rth part of the island, With the cries were mingled terrible yells, in
ich there was nothing human.
ncroft and Gideon Spilett were at once on their feet, and the pigs by
is movement began to run away, at the moment when the sailor was getting
ady the rope to bind them.
hat's Herbert's voice," said the reporter.
le:///E|/BOOKS/jules%20verne/The%20Mysterious%20Island.txt (200 of 366) [8/4/2003 1:56:48 PM]
7/29/2019 The Mysterious Island- Jules Verne
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/the-mysterious-island-jules-verne 201/365
le:///E|/BOOKS/jules%20verne/The%20Mysterious%20Island.txt
un!" exclaimed Pencroft.
d the sailor and Spilett immediately ran at full speed towards the spot
om whence the cries proceeded.
ey did well to hasten, for at a turn of the path near a clearing they
w the lad thrown on the ground and in the grasp of a savage being,
parently a gigantic ape, who was about to do him some great harm.
rush on this monster, throw him on the ground in his turn, snatch
rbert from him, then bind him securely, was the work of a minute for
ncroft and Gideon Spilett. The sailor was of Herculean strength, the
porter also very powerful, and in spite of the monster's resistance he
s firmly tied so that he could not even move.
ou are not hurt, Herbert?" asked Spilett.
o, no!"
h, if this ape had wounded him!" exclaimed Pencroft.
ut he is not an ape," answered Herbert.
these words Pencroft and Gideon Spilett looked at the singular being
o lay on the ground. Indeed it was not an ape; it was a human being, an. But what a man! A savage in all the horrible acceptation of the word,
d so much the more frightful that he seemed fallen to the lowest degree
brutishness!
aggy hair, untrimmed beard descending to the chest, the body almost
ked except a rag round the waist, wild eyes, enormous hands with
mensely long nails, skin the color of mahogany, feet as hard as if made
horn, such was the miserable creature who yet had a claim to be called a
n. But it might justly be asked if there were yet a soul in this body, or
the brute instinct alone survived in it!
re you quite sure that this is a man, or that he has ever been one?"
id Pencroft to the reporter.
las! there is no doubt about it," replied Spilett.
hen this must be the castaway?" asked Herbert.
es," replied Gideon Spilett, "but the unfortunate man has no longer
ything human about him!"
e reporter spoke the truth. It was evident that if the castaway had
er been a civilized being, solitude had made him a savage, or worse,
rhaps a regular man of the woods. Hoarse sounds issued from his
roat between his teeth, which were sharp as the teeth of a wild
ast made to tear raw flesh.
mory must have deserted him long before, and for a long time also he
d forgotten how to use his gun and tools, and he no longer knew how to
ke a fire! It could be seen that he was active and powerful, but the
ysical qualities had been developed in him to the injury of the moral
alities. Gideon Spilett spoke to him. He did not appear to understand or
en to hear. And yet on looking into his eyes, the reporter thought he
uld see that all reason was not extinguished in him. However, the
isoner did not struggle, nor even attempt to break his bonds. Was he
erwhelmed by the presence of men whose fellow he had once been? Had he
und in some corner of his brain a fleeting remembrance which recalled him
humanity? If free, would he attempt to fly, or would he remain? They
le:///E|/BOOKS/jules%20verne/The%20Mysterious%20Island.txt (201 of 366) [8/4/2003 1:56:48 PM]
7/29/2019 The Mysterious Island- Jules Verne
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/the-mysterious-island-jules-verne 202/365
le:///E|/BOOKS/jules%20verne/The%20Mysterious%20Island.txt
uld not tell, but they did not make the experiment; and after gazing
tentively at the miserable creature,--
hoever he may be," remarked Gideon Spilett, "whoever he may have been,
d whatever he may become, it is our duty to take him with us to Lincoln
land."
es, yes!" replied Herbert, "and perhaps with care we may arouse in him
me gleam of intelligence."
he soul does not die," said the reporter, "and it would be a great
tisfaction to rescue one of God's creatures from brutishness."
ncroft shook his head doubtfully.
e must try at any rate," returned the reporter; "humanity commands us."
was indeed their duty as Christians and civilized beings. All three
lt this, and they well knew that Cyrus Harding would approve of their
ting thus.
hall we leave him bound?" asked the sailor.
erhaps he would walk if his feet were unfastened," said Herbert.
et us try," replied Pencroft.
e cords which shackled the prisoner's feet were cut off, but his arms
mained securely fastened. He got up by himself and did not manifest any
sire to run away. His hard eyes darted a piercing glance at the three
n, who walked near him, but nothing denoted that he recollected being
eir fellow, or at least having been so. A continual hissing sound issued
om his lips, his aspect was wild, but he did not attempt to resist.
the reporter's advice the unfortunate man was taken to the hut.
rhaps the sight of the things that belonged to him would make some
pression on him! Perhaps a spark would be sufficient to revive his
scured intellect, to rekindle his dulled soul. The dwelling was not far
f. In a few minutes they arrived there, but the prisoner remembered
thing, and it appeared that he had lost consciousness of everything.
at could they think of the degree of brutishness into which this
serable being had fallen, unless that his imprisonment on the islet dated
om a very distant period and after having arrived there a rational being
litude had reduced him to this condition.
e reporter then thought that perhaps the sight of fire would have some
fect on him, and in a moment one of those beautiful flames, that attract
en animals, blazed up on the hearth. The sight of the flame seemed at
rst to fix the attention of the unhappy object, but soon he turned away
d the look of intelligence faded. Evidently there was nothing to be done,
r the time at least, but to take him on board the "Bonadventure." This
s done, and he remained there in Pencroft's charge.
rbert and Spilett returned to finish their work; and some hours after
ey came back to the shore, carrying the utensils and guns, a store of
getables, of seeds, some game, and two couple of pigs.
l was embarked, and the "Bonadventure" was ready to weigh anchor and
il with the morning tide.
e prisoner had been placed in the fore-cabin, where he remained quiet,
lent, apparently deaf and dumb.
le:///E|/BOOKS/jules%20verne/The%20Mysterious%20Island.txt (202 of 366) [8/4/2003 1:56:48 PM]
7/29/2019 The Mysterious Island- Jules Verne
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/the-mysterious-island-jules-verne 203/365
le:///E|/BOOKS/jules%20verne/The%20Mysterious%20Island.txt
ncroft offered him something to eat, but he pushed away the cooked meat
at was presented to him and which doubtless did not suit him. But on the
ilor showing him one of the ducks which Herbert had killed, he pounced on
like a wild beast, and devoured it greedily.
ou think that he will recover his senses?" asked Pencroft. "It is not
possible that our care will have an effect upon him, for it is solitude
at has made him what he is, and from this time forward he will be no
nger alone."
he poor man must no doubt have been in this state for a long time,"
id Herbert.
erhaps," answered Gideon Spilett.
bout what age is he?" asked the lad.
t is difficult to say," replied the reporter, "for it is impossible to
e his features under the thick beard which covers his face, but he is no
nger young, and I suppose he might be about fifty."
ave you noticed, Mr. Spilett, how deeply sunk his eyes are?" asked
rbert.
es, Herbert, but I must add that they are more human than one could
pect from his appearance."
owever, we shall see," replied Pencroft, "and I am anxious to know what
inion Captain Harding will have of our savage. We went to look for a
man creature, and we are bringing back a monster! After all, we did what
could."
e night passed, and whether the prisoner slept or not could not be
own, but at any rate, although he had been unbound, he did not move. He
s like a wild animal, which appears stunned at first by its capture, and
comes wild again afterwards.
daybreak the next morning, the 15th of October, the change of weather
edicted by Pencroft occurred. The wind having shifted to the northwest
vored the return of the "Bonadventure," but at the same time it
eshened, which might render navigation more difficult.
five o'clock in the morning the anchor was weighed. Pencroft took a
ef in the mainsail, and steered towards the north-east, so as to sail
raight for Lincoln Island.
e first day of the voyage was not marked by any incident. The prisoner
mained quiet in the fore-cabin, and as he had been a sailor it appeared
at the motion of the vessel might produce on him a salutary reaction. Did
me recollection of his former calling return to him? However that might
, he remained tranquil, astonished rather than depressed.
e next day the wind increased, blowing more from the north,
nsequently in a less favorable direction for the "Bonadventure." Pencroft
s soon obliged to sail close-hauled, and without saying anything about it
began to be uneasy at the state of the sea, which frequently broke over
e bows. Certainly, if the wind did not moderate, it would take a longer
me to reach Lincoln Island than it had taken to make Tabor Island.
deed, on the morning of the 17th, the "Bonadventure" had been forty-
ght hours at sea, and nothing showed that she was near the island. It was
le:///E|/BOOKS/jules%20verne/The%20Mysterious%20Island.txt (203 of 366) [8/4/2003 1:56:48 PM]
7/29/2019 The Mysterious Island- Jules Verne
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/the-mysterious-island-jules-verne 204/365
le:///E|/BOOKS/jules%20verne/The%20Mysterious%20Island.txt
possible, besides, to estimate the distance traversed, or to trust to the
ckoning for the direction, as the speed had been very irregular.
enty-four hours after there was yet no land in sight. The wind was
ght ahead and the sea very heavy. The sails were close-reefed, and they
cked frequently. On the 18th, a wave swept completely over the
onadventure"; and if the crew had not taken the precaution of lashing
emselves to the deck, they would have been carried away.
this occasion Pencroft and his companions, who were occupied with
osing themselves, received unexpected aid from the prisoner, who emerged
om the hatchway as if his sailor's instinct had suddenly returned, broke
piece out of the bulwarks with a spar so as to let the water which filled
e deck escape. Then the vessel being clear, he descended to his cabin
thout having uttered a word. Pencroft, Gideon Spilett, and Herbert,
eatly astonished, let him proceed.
eir situation was truly serious, and the sailor had reason to fear that
was lost on the wide sea without any possibility of recovering his
urse.
e night was dark and cold. However, about eleven o'clock, the wind
ll, the sea went down, and the speed of the vessel, as she labored less,
eatly increased.
ither Pencroft, Spilett, nor Herbert thought of taking an hour's sleep.
ey kept a sharp look-out, for either Lincoln Island could not be far
stant and would be sighted at daybreak, or the "Bonadventure," carried
ay by currents, had drifted so much that it would be impossible to
ctify her course. Pencroft, uneasy to the last degree, yet did not
spair, for he had a gallant heart, and grasping the tiller he anxiously
deavored to pierce the darkness which surrounded them.
out two o'clock in the morning he started forward,--
light! a light!" he shouted.
deed, a bright light appeared twenty miles to the northeast. Lincolnland was there, and this fire, evidently lighted by Cyrus Harding, showed
em the course to be followed. Pencroft, who was bearing too much to the
rth, altered his course and steered towards the fire, which burned
ightly above the horizon like a star of the first magnitude.
apter 15
e next day, the 20th of October, at seven o'clock in the morning, after a
yage of four days, the "Bonadventure" gently glided up to the beach at
e mouth of the Mercy.
rus Harding and Neb, who had become very uneasy at the bad weather and
e prolonged absence of their companions, had climbed at daybreak to the
ateau of Prospect Heights, and they had at last caught sight of the
ssel which had been so long in returning.
od be praised! there they are!" exclaimed Cyrus Harding.
to Neb in his joy, he began to dance, to twirl round, clapping his
nds and shouting, "Oh! my master!" A more touching pantomime than the
nest discourse.
e engineer's first idea, on counting the people on the deck of the
le:///E|/BOOKS/jules%20verne/The%20Mysterious%20Island.txt (204 of 366) [8/4/2003 1:56:48 PM]
7/29/2019 The Mysterious Island- Jules Verne
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/the-mysterious-island-jules-verne 205/365
le:///E|/BOOKS/jules%20verne/The%20Mysterious%20Island.txt
onadventure," was that Pencroft had not found the castaway of Tabor
land, or at any rate that the unfortunate man had refused to leave his
land and change one prison for another.
deed Pencroft, Gideon Spilett, and Herbert were alone on the deck of
e "Bonadventure."
e moment the vessel touched, the engineer and Neb were waiting on the
ach, and before the passengers had time to leap on to the sand, Harding
id: "We have been very uneasy at your delay, my friends! Did you meet
th any accident?"
o," replied Gideon Spilett; "on the contrary, everything went
nderfully well. We will tell you all about it."
owever," returned the engineer, "your search has been unsuccessful,
nce you are only three, just as you went!"
xcuse me, captain," replied the sailor, "we are four."
ou have found the castaway?"
es."
nd you have brought him?"
es."
iving?"
es."
here is he? Who is he?"
e is," replied the reporter, "or rather he was a man! There, Cyrus,
at is all we can tell you!"
e engineer was then informed of all that had passed during the voyage,
d under what conditions the search had been conducted; how the onlyelling in the island had long been abandoned; how at last a castaway had
en captured, who appeared no longer to belong to the human species.
nd that's just the point," added Pencroft, "I don't know if we have
ne right to bring him here."
ertainly you have, Pencroft," replied the engineer quickly.
ut the wretched creature has no sense!"
hat is possible at present," replied Cyrus Harding, "but only a few
nths ago the wretched creature was a man like you and me. And who knows
at will become of the survivor of us after a long solitude on thisland? It is a great misfortune to be alone, my friends; and it must be
lieved that solitude can quickly destroy reason, since you have found
is poor creature in such a state!"
ut, captain," asked Herbert, "what leads you to think that the
utishness of the unfortunate man began only a few months back?"
ecause the document we found had been recently written," answered the
gineer, "and the castaway alone can have written it."
lways supposing," observed Gideon Spilett, "that it had not been
itten by a companion of this man, since dead."
le:///E|/BOOKS/jules%20verne/The%20Mysterious%20Island.txt (205 of 366) [8/4/2003 1:56:48 PM]
7/29/2019 The Mysterious Island- Jules Verne
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/the-mysterious-island-jules-verne 206/365
le:///E|/BOOKS/jules%20verne/The%20Mysterious%20Island.txt
hat is impossible, my dear Spilett."
hy so?" asked the reporter.
ecause the document would then have spoken of two castaways," replied
rding, "and it mentioned only one."
rbert then in a few words related the incidents of the voyage, and
elt on the curious fact of the sort of passing gleam in the prisoner's
nd, when for an instant in the height of the storm he had become a
ilor.
ell, Herbert," replied the engineer, "you are right to attach great
portance to this fact. The unfortunate man cannot be incurable, and
spair has made him what he is; but here he will find his fellow-men, and
nce there is still a soul in him, this soul we shall save!"
e castaway of Tabor Island, to the great pity of the engineer and the
eat astonishment of Neb, was then brought from the cabin which he
cupied in the fore part of the "Bonadventure"; when once on land he
nifested a wish to run away.
t Cyrus Harding approaching, placed his hand on his shoulder with a
sture full of authority, and looked at him with infinite tenderness.mediately the unhappy man, submitting to a superior will, gradually
came calm, his eyes fell, his head bent, and he made no more resistance.
oor fellow!" murmured the engineer.
rus Harding had attentively observed him. To judge by his appearance
is miserable being had no longer anything human about him, and yet
rding, as had the reporter already, observed in his look an indefinable
ace of intelligence.
was decided that the castaway, or rather the stranger as he was
enceforth termed by his companions, should live in one of the rooms of
anite House, from which, however, he could not escape. He was led therethout difficulty, and with careful attention, it might, perhaps, be hoped
at some day he would be a companion to the settlers in Lincoln Island.
rus Harding, during breakfast, which Neb had hastened to prepare, as
e reporter, Herbert, and Pencroft were dying of hunger, heard in detail
l the incidents which had marked the voyage of exploration to the islet.
agreed with his friends on this point, that the stranger must be either
glish or American, the name Britannia leading them to suppose this, and,
sides, through the bushy beard, and under the shaggy, matted hair, the
gineer thought he could recognize the characteristic features of the
glo-Saxon.
ut, by the bye," said Gideon Spilett, addressing Herbert, "you neverld us how you met this savage, and we know nothing, except that you would
ve been strangled, if we had not happened to come up in time to help
u!"
pon my word," answered Herbert, "it is rather difficult to say how it
ppened. I was, I think, occupied in collecting my plants, when I heard a
ise like an avalanche falling from a very tall tree. I scarcely had time
look round. This unfortunate man, who was without doubt concealed in a
ee, rushed upon me in less time than I take to tell you about it, and
less Mr. Spilett and Pencroft--"
y boy!" said Cyrus Harding, "you ran a great danger, but, perhaps,
le:///E|/BOOKS/jules%20verne/The%20Mysterious%20Island.txt (206 of 366) [8/4/2003 1:56:48 PM]
7/29/2019 The Mysterious Island- Jules Verne
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/the-mysterious-island-jules-verne 207/365
7/29/2019 The Mysterious Island- Jules Verne
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/the-mysterious-island-jules-verne 208/365
le:///E|/BOOKS/jules%20verne/The%20Mysterious%20Island.txt
wards Claw Cape. Two hours after, she was reposing on the tranquil waters
Port Balloon.
ring the first days passed by the stranger in Granite House, had he
ready given them reason to think that his savage nature was becoming
med? Did a brighter light burn in the depths of that obscured mind? In
ort, was the soul returning to the body?
s, to a certainty, and to such a degree, that Cyrus Harding and the
porter wondered if the reason of the unfortunate man had ever been
tally extinguished. At first, accustomed to the open air, to the
restrained liberty which he had enjoyed on Tabor Island, the stranger
nifested a sullen fury, and it was feared that he might throw himself
to the beach, out of one of the windows of Granite House. But gradually
became calmer, and more freedom was allowed to his movements.
ey had reason to hope, and to hope much. Already, forgetting his
rnivorous instincts, the stranger accepted a less bestial nourishment
an that on which he fed on the islet, and cooked meat did not produce in
m the same sentiment of repulsion which he had showed on board the
onadventure." Cyrus Harding had profited by a moment when he was
eeping, to cut his hair and matted beard, which formed a sort of mane and
ve him such a savage aspect. He had also been clothed more suitably,
ter having got rid of the rag which covered him. The result was that,anks to these attentions, the stranger resumed a more human appearance,
d it even seemed as if his eyes had become milder. Certainly, when
rmerly lighted up by intelligence, this man's face must have had a sort
beauty.
ery day, Harding imposed on himself the task of passing some hours in
s company. He came and worked near him, and occupied himself in different
ings, so as to fix his attention. A spark, indeed, would be sufficient to
illumine that soul, a recollection crossing that brain to recall reason.
at had been seen, during the storm, on board the "Bonadventure!" The
gineer did not neglect either to speak aloud, so as to penetrate at the
me time by the organs of hearing and sight the depths of that torpid
telligence. Sometimes one of his companions, sometimes another, sometimesl joined him. They spoke most often of things belonging to the navy,
ich must interest a sailor.
times, the stranger gave some slight attention to what was said, and
e settlers were soon convinced that he partly understood them. Sometimes
e expression of his countenance was deeply sorrowful, a proof that he
ffered mentally, for his face could not be mistaken; but he did not
eak, although at different times, however, they almost thought that words
re about to issue from his lips. At all events, the poor creature was
ite quiet and sad!
t was not his calm only apparent? Was not his sadness only the result
his seclusion? Nothing could yet be ascertained. Seeing only certainjects and in a limited space, always in contact with the colonists, to
om he would soon become accustomed, having no desires to satisfy, better
d, better clothed, it was natural that his physical nature should
adually improve; but was he penetrated with the sense of a new life? or
ther, to employ a word which would be exactly applicable to him, was he
t becoming tamed, like an animal in company with his master? This was an
portant question, which Cyrus Harding was anxious to answer, and yet he
d not wish to treat his invalid roughly! Would he ever be a convalescent?
w the engineer observed him every moment! How he was on the watch for
s soul, if one may use the expression! How he was ready to grasp it! The
ttlers followed with real sympathy all the phases of the cure undertaken
le:///E|/BOOKS/jules%20verne/The%20Mysterious%20Island.txt (208 of 366) [8/4/2003 1:56:48 PM]
7/29/2019 The Mysterious Island- Jules Verne
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/the-mysterious-island-jules-verne 209/365
7/29/2019 The Mysterious Island- Jules Verne
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/the-mysterious-island-jules-verne 210/365
7/29/2019 The Mysterious Island- Jules Verne
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/the-mysterious-island-jules-verne 211/365
le:///E|/BOOKS/jules%20verne/The%20Mysterious%20Island.txt
e stranger tried to avoid his look, and Cyrus Harding having endeavored
take his hand, he drew back quickly.
y friend," said Harding in a firmer voice, "look at me, I wish it!"
e stranger looked at the engineer, and seemed to be under his power, as
subject under the influence of a mesmerist. He wished to run away. But
en his countenance suddenly underwent a transformation. His eyes flashed.
rds struggled to escape from his lips. He could no longer contain
mself! At last he folded his arms; then, in a hollow voice,--"Who are
u?" he asked Cyrus Harding.
astaways, like you," replied the engineer, whose emotion was deep. "We
ve brought you here, among your fellow-men."
y fellow-men!. . . . I have none!"
ou are in the midst of friends."
riends!--for me! friends!" exclaimed the stranger, hiding his face in
s hands. "No--never--leave me! leave me!"
en he rushed to the side of the plateau which overlooked the sea, and
mained there a long time motionless.
rding rejoined his companions and related to them what had just
ppened.
es! there is some mystery in that man's life," said Gideon Spilett,
nd it appears as if he had only re-entered society by the path of
morse."
don't know what sort of a man we have brought here," said the sailor.
e has secrets--"
hich we will respect," interrupted Cyrus Harding quickly. "If he has
mmitted any crime, he has most fearfully expiated it, and in our eyes he
absolved."
r two hours the stranger remained alone on the shore, evidently under
e influence of recollections which recalled all his past life--a
lancholy life doubtless--and the colonists, without losing sight of him,
d not attempt to disturb his solitude. However, after two hours,
pearing to have formed a resolution, he came to find Cyrus Harding. His
es were red with the tears he had shed, but he wept no longer. His
untenance expressed deep humility. He appeared anxious, timorous,
hamed, and his eyes were constantly fixed on the ground.
ir," said he to Harding, "your companions and you, are you English?"
o," answered the engineer, "we are Americans."
h!" said the stranger, and he murmured, "I prefer that!"
nd you, my friend?" asked the engineer.
nglish," replied he hastily.
d as if these few words had been difficult to say, he retreated to the
ach, where he walked up and down between the cascade and the mouth of the
rcy, in a state of extreme agitation.
en, passing one moment close to Herbert, he stopped and in a stifled
ice,--
le:///E|/BOOKS/jules%20verne/The%20Mysterious%20Island.txt (211 of 366) [8/4/2003 1:56:48 PM]
7/29/2019 The Mysterious Island- Jules Verne
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/the-mysterious-island-jules-verne 212/365
le:///E|/BOOKS/jules%20verne/The%20Mysterious%20Island.txt
hat month?" he asked.
ecember," replied Herbert.
hat year?"
866."
welve years! twelve years!" he exclaimed.
en he left him abruptly.
rbert reported to the colonists the questions and answers which had
en made.
his unfortunate man," observed Gideon Spilett, "was no longer
quainted with either months or years!"
es!" added Herbert, "and he had been twelve years already on the islet
en we found him there!"
welve years!" rejoined Harding. "Ah! twelve years of solitude, after a
cked life, perhaps, may well impair a man's reason!"
am induced to think," said Pencroft, "that this man was not wrecked on
bor Island, but that in consequence of some crime he was left there."
ou must be right, Pencroft," replied the reporter, "and if it is so it
not impossible that those who left him on the island may return to fetch
m some day!"
nd they will no longer find him," said Herbert.
ut then," added Pencroft, "they must return, and--"
y friends," said Cyrus Harding, "do not let us discuss this question
til we know more about it. I believe that the unhappy man has suffered,
at he has severely expiated his faults, whatever they may have been, andat the wish to unburden himself stifles him. Do not let us press him to
ll us his history! He will tell it to us doubtless, and when we know it,
shall see what course it will be best to follow. He alone besides can
ll us, if he has more than a hope, a certainty, of returning some day to
s country, but I doubt it!"
nd why?" asked the reporter.
ecause that, in the event of his being sure of being delivered at a
rtain time, he would have waited the hour of his deliverance and would
t have thrown this document into the sea. No, it is more probable that he
s condemned to die on that islet, and that he never expected to see his
llow-creatures again!"
ut," observed the sailor, "there is one thing which I cannot explain."
hat is it?"
f this man had been left for twelve years on Tabor Island, one may well
ppose that he had been several years already in the wild state in which
found him!"
hat is probable," replied Cyrus Harding.
t must then be many years since he wrote that document!"
le:///E|/BOOKS/jules%20verne/The%20Mysterious%20Island.txt (212 of 366) [8/4/2003 1:56:48 PM]
7/29/2019 The Mysterious Island- Jules Verne
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/the-mysterious-island-jules-verne 213/365
7/29/2019 The Mysterious Island- Jules Verne
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/the-mysterious-island-jules-verne 214/365
7/29/2019 The Mysterious Island- Jules Verne
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/the-mysterious-island-jules-verne 215/365
le:///E|/BOOKS/jules%20verne/The%20Mysterious%20Island.txt
d will have a good effect in the landscape!"
ey set to work by choosing timber for the frame and machinery of the
ll. Some large stones, found at the north of the lake, could be easily
ansformed into millstones, and as to the sails, the inexhaustible case of
e balloon furnished the necessary material.
rus Harding made his model, and the site of the mill was chosen a
ttle to the right of the poultry-yard, near the shore of the lake. The
ame was to rest on a pivot supported with strong timbers, so that it
uld turn with all the machinery it contained according as the wind
quired it. The work advanced rapidly. Neb and Pencroft had become very
ilful carpenters, and had nothing to do but to copy the models provided
the engineer.
on a sort of cylindrical box, in shape like a pepper-pot, with a
inted roof, rose on the spot chosen. The four frames which formed the
ils had been firmly fixed in the center beam, so as to form a certain
gle with it, and secured with iron clamps. As to the different parts of
e internal mechanism, the box destined to contain the two millstones, the
xed stone and the moving stone, the hopper, a sort of large square
ough, wide at the top, narrow at the bottom, which would allow the grain
fall on the stones, the oscillating spout intended to regulate the
ssing of the grain, and lastly the bolting machine, which by theeration of sifting, separates the bran from the flour, were made without
fficulty. The tools were good, and the work not difficult, for in
ality, the machinery of a mill is very simple. This was only a question
time.
ery one had worked at the construction of the mill, and on the 1st of
cember it was finished. As usual, Pencroft was delighted with his work,
d had no doubt that the apparatus was perfect.
ow for a good wind," said he, "and we shall grind our first harvest
lendidly!"
good wind, certainly," answered the engineer, "but not too much,
ncroft."
ooh! our mill would only go the faster!"
here is no need for it to go so very fast," replied Cyrus Harding. "It
known by experience that the greatest quantity of work is performed by a
ll when the number of turns made by the sails in a minute is six times
e number of feet traversed by the wind in a second. A moderate breeze,
ich passes over twenty-four feet to the second, will give sixteen turns
the sails during a minute, and there is no need of more."
xactly!" cried Herbert, "a fine breeze is blowing from the northeast,
ich will soon do our business for us."
ere was no reason for delaying the inauguration of the mill, for the
ttlers were eager to taste the first piece of bread in Lincoln Island. On
is morning two or three bushels of wheat were ground, and the next day at
eakfast a magnificent loaf, a little heavy perhaps, although raised with
ast, appeared on the table at Granite House. Every one munched away at it
th a pleasure which may be easily understood.
the meanwhile, the stranger had not reappeared. Several times Gideon
ilett and Herbert searched the forest in the neighborhood of Granite
use, without meeting or finding any trace of him. They became seriously
easy at this prolonged absence. Certainly, the former savage of Tabor
le:///E|/BOOKS/jules%20verne/The%20Mysterious%20Island.txt (215 of 366) [8/4/2003 1:56:48 PM]
7/29/2019 The Mysterious Island- Jules Verne
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/the-mysterious-island-jules-verne 216/365
7/29/2019 The Mysterious Island- Jules Verne
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/the-mysterious-island-jules-verne 217/365
le:///E|/BOOKS/jules%20verne/The%20Mysterious%20Island.txt
ou are wounded?"
t is no matter."
ill you give me your hand?"
d as Herbert endeavored to. seize the hand which had just saved him,
e stranger folded his arms, his chest heaved, his look darkened, and he
peared to wish to escape, but making a violent effort over himself, and
an abrupt tone,--
ho are you?" he asked, "and what do you claim to be to me?"
was the colonists' history which he thus demanded, and for the first
me. Perhaps this history recounted, he would tell his own.
a few words Harding related all that had happened since their
parture from Richmond; how they had managed, and what resources they now
d at their disposal.
e stranger listened with extreme attention.
en the engineer told who they all were, Gideon Spilett, Herbert,
ncroft, Neb, himself, and, he added, that the greatest happiness they had
lt since their arrival in Lincoln Island was on the return of the vesselom Tabor Island, when they had been able to include among them a new
mpanion.
these words the stranger's face flushed, his head sunk on his breast,
d confusion was depicted on his countenance.
nd now that you know us," added Cyrus Harding, "will you give us your
nd?"
o," replied the, stranger in a hoarse voice; "no! You are honest men!
d I--"
apter 17
ese last words justified the colonists' presentiment. There had been some
urnful past, perhaps expiated in the sight of men, but from which his
nscience had not yet absolved him. At any rate the guilty man felt
morse, he repented, and his new friends would have cordially pressed the
nd which they sought; but he did not feel himself worthy to extend it to
nest men! However, after the scene with the jaguar, he did not return to
e forest, and from that day did not go beyond the enclosure of Granite
use.
at was the mystery of his life? Would the stranger one day speak of it?
me alone could show. At any rate, it was agreed that his secret shouldver be asked from him, and that they would live with him as if they
spected nothing.
r some days their life continued as before. Cyrus Harding and Gideon
ilett worked together, sometimes chemists, sometimes experimentalists. The
porter never left the engineer except to hunt with Herbert, for it would
t have been prudent to allow the lad to ramble alone in the forest; and
was very necessary to be on their guard. As to Neb and Pencroft, one day
the stables and poultry-yard, another at the corral, without reckoning
rk in Granite House, they were never in want of employment.
e stranger worked alone, and he had resumed his usual life, never
le:///E|/BOOKS/jules%20verne/The%20Mysterious%20Island.txt (217 of 366) [8/4/2003 1:56:48 PM]
7/29/2019 The Mysterious Island- Jules Verne
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/the-mysterious-island-jules-verne 218/365
le:///E|/BOOKS/jules%20verne/The%20Mysterious%20Island.txt
pearing at meals, sleeping under the trees in the plateau, never mingling
th his companions. It really seemed as if the society of those who had
ved him was insupportable to him!
ut then," observed Pencroft, "why did he entreat the help of his
llow-creatures? Why did he throw that paper into the sea?"
e will tell us why," invariably replied Cyrus Harding.
hen?"
erhaps sooner than you think, Pencroft."
d, indeed, the day of confession was near.
the 10th of December, a week after his return to Granite House,
rding saw the stranger approaching, who, in a calm voice and humble tone,
id to him: "Sir, I have a request to make of you."
peak," answered the engineer, "but first let me ask you a question."
these words the stranger reddened, and was on the point of
thdrawing. Cyrus Harding understood what was passing in the mind of the
ilty man, who doubtless feared that the engineer would interrogate him on
s past life.
rding held him back.
omrade," said he, "we are not only your companions but your friends. I
sh you to believe that, and now I will listen to you."
e stranger pressed his hand over his eyes. He was seized with a sort of
embling, and remained a few moments without being able to articulate a
rd.
ir," said he at last, "I have come to beg you to grant me a favor."
hat is it?"
ou have, four or five miles from here, a corral for your domesticated
imals. These animals need to be taken care of. Will you allow me to live
ere with them?"
rus Harding gazed at the unfortunate man for a few moments with a
eling of deep commiseration; then,--
y friend," said he, "the corral has only stables hardly fit for
imals."
t will be good enough for me, sir."
y friend," answered Harding, "we will not constrain you in anything.
u wish to live at the corral, so be it. You will, however, be always
lcome at Granite House. But since you wish to live at the corral we will
ke the necessary arrangements for your being comfortably established
ere."
ever mind that, I shall do very well."
y friend," answered Harding, who always intentionally made use of this
rdial appellation, "you must let us judge what it will be best to do in
is respect."
le:///E|/BOOKS/jules%20verne/The%20Mysterious%20Island.txt (218 of 366) [8/4/2003 1:56:48 PM]
7/29/2019 The Mysterious Island- Jules Verne
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/the-mysterious-island-jules-verne 219/365
7/29/2019 The Mysterious Island- Jules Verne
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/the-mysterious-island-jules-verne 220/365
7/29/2019 The Mysterious Island- Jules Verne
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/the-mysterious-island-jules-verne 221/365
le:///E|/BOOKS/jules%20verne/The%20Mysterious%20Island.txt
ving, as his document indicates, he is a prisoner among the natives, and
is on the other coast that he must be looked for.'
his man spoke in a frank voice and with a confident look; his words
uld not be doubted. The irishman, in whose service he had been for more
an a year, answered for his trustworthiness. Lord Glenarvan, therefore,
lieved in the fidelity of this man and, by his advice, resolved to cross
stralia, following the thirty-seventh parallel. Lord Glenarvan, his wife,
e two children, the major, the Frenchman, Captain Mangles, and a few
ilors composed the little band under the command of Ayrton, while the
uncan,' under charge of the mate, Tom Austin, proceeded to Melbourne,ere to await Lord Glenarvan's instructions.
hey set out on the 23rd of December, 1854.
t is time to say that Ayrton was a traitor. He was, indeed, the
atswain's mate of the 'Britannia,' but, after some dispute with his
ptain, he endeavored to incite the crew to mutiny and seize the ship, and
ptain Grant had landed him, on the 8th of April, 1852, on the west coast
Australia, and then sailed, leaving him there, as was only just.
herefore this wretched man knew nothing of the wreck of the
ritannia'; he had just heard of it from Glenarvan's account. Since his
andonment, he had become, under the name of Ben Joyce, the leader of the
caped convicts; and if he boldly maintained that the wreck had taken
ace on the east coast, and led Lord Glenarvan to proceed in that
rection, it was that he hoped to separate him from his ship, seize the
uncan,' and make the yacht a pirate in the Pacific."
re the stranger stopped for a moment. His voice trembled, but he
ntinued,--
he expedition set out and proceeded across Australia. It was inevitably
fortunate, since Ayrton, or Ben Joyce, as he may be called, guided it,
metimes preceded, sometimes followed by his band of convicts, who had
en told what they had to do.
eanwhile, the 'Duncan' had been sent to Melbourne for repairs. It was
cessary, then, to get Lord Glenarvan to order her to leave Melbourne and
to the east coast of Australia, where it would be easy to seize her.
ter having led the expedition near enough to the coast, in the midst of
st forests with no resources, Ayrton obtained a letter, which he was
arged to carry to the mate of the 'Duncan'--a letter which ordered the
cht to repair immediately to the east coast, to Twofold Bay, that is to
y a few days' journey from the place where the expedition had stopped. It
s there that Ayrton had agreed to meet his accomplices, and two days
ter gaining possession of the letter, he arrived at Melbourne.
o far the villain had succeeded in his wicked design. He would be able
take the 'Duncan' into Twofold Bay, where it would be easy for the
nvicts to seize her, and her crew massacred, Ben Joyce would become
ster of the seas. But it pleased God to prevent the accomplishment of
ese terrible projects.
yrton, arrived at Melbourne, delivered the letter to the mate, Tom
stin, who read it and immediately set sail, but judge of Ayrton's rage
d disappointment, when the next day he found that the mate was taking the
ssel, not to the east coast of Australia, to Twofold Bay, but to the east
ast of New Zealand. He wished to stop him, but Austin showed him the
tter!... And indeed, by a providential error of the French geographer,
o had written the letter, the east coast of New Zealand was mentioned as
e place of destination.
le:///E|/BOOKS/jules%20verne/The%20Mysterious%20Island.txt (221 of 366) [8/4/2003 1:56:48 PM]
7/29/2019 The Mysterious Island- Jules Verne
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/the-mysterious-island-jules-verne 222/365
le:///E|/BOOKS/jules%20verne/The%20Mysterious%20Island.txt
ll Ayrton's plans were frustrated! He became outrageous. They put him
irons. He was then taken to the coast of New Zealand, not knowing what
uld become of his accomplices, or what would become of Lord Glenarvan.
he 'Duncan' cruised about on this coast until the 3rd of March. On that
y Ayrton heard the report of guns. The guns on the 'Duncan' were being
red, and soon Lord Glenarvan and his companions came on board.
his is what had happened.
fter a thousand hardships, a thousand dangers, Lord Glenarvan had
complished his journey, and arrived on the east coast of Australia, at
ofold Bay. 'Not "Duncan!"' He telegraphed to Melbourne. They answered,
Duncan" sailed on the 18th instant. Destination unknown.'
ord Glenarvan could only arrive at one conclusion; that his honest
cht had fallen into the hands of Ben Joyce, and had become a pirate
ssel!
owever, Lord Glenarvan would not give up. He was a bold and generous
n. He embarked in a merchant vessel, sailed to the west coast of New
aland, traversed it along the thirty-seventh parallel, without finding
y trace of Captain Grant; but on the other side, to his great surprise,
d by the will of Heaven, he found the 'Duncan,' under command of thete, who had been waiting for him for five weeks!
his was on the 3rd of March, 1855. Lord Glenarvan was now on board the
uncan,' but Ayrton was there also. He appeared before the nobleman, who
shed to extract from him all that the villain knew about Captain Grant.
rton refused to speak. Lord Glenarvan then told him, that at the first
rt they put into, he would be delivered up to the English authorities.
rton remained mute.
he 'Duncan' continued her voyage along the thirty-seventh parallel. In
e meanwhile, Lady Glenarvan undertook to vanquish the resistance of the
ffian.
t last, her influence prevailed, and Ayrton, in exchange for what he
uld tell, proposed that Lord Glenarvan should leave him on some island in
e Pacific, instead of giving him up to the English authorities. Lord
enarvan, resolving to do anything to obtain information about Captain
ant, consented.
yrton then related all his life, and it was certain that he knew
thing from the day on which Captain Grant had landed him on the
stralian coast.
evertheless, Lord Glenarvan kept the promise which he had given. The
uncan' continued her voyage and arrived at Tabor Island. It was there
at Ayrton was to be landed, and it was there also that, by a veritableracle, they found Captain Grant and two men, exactly on the thirty-
venth parallel.
he convict, then, went to take their place on this desert islet, and at
e moment he left the yacht these words were pronounced by Lord
enarvan:--
Here, Ayrton, you will be far from any land, and without any possible
mmunication with your fellow-creatures. You can-not escape from this
let on which the 'Duncan' leaves you. You will be alone, under the eye of
God who reads the depths of the heart, but you will be neither lost nor
rgotten, as was Captain Grant. Unworthy as you are to be remembered by
le:///E|/BOOKS/jules%20verne/The%20Mysterious%20Island.txt (222 of 366) [8/4/2003 1:56:48 PM]
7/29/2019 The Mysterious Island- Jules Verne
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/the-mysterious-island-jules-verne 223/365
le:///E|/BOOKS/jules%20verne/The%20Mysterious%20Island.txt
n, men will remember you. I know where you are Ayrton, and I know where
find you. I will never forget it!
nd the 'Duncan,' making sail, soon disappeared. This was 18th of March,
55.
he events which have just been briefly related are taken from a
ork which some of our readers have no doubt read, and which is
ntitled, "Captain Grant's children." They will remark on this
ccasion, as well as later, some discrepancy in the dates; but
ater again, they will understand why the real dates were not at
irst given.)
yrton was alone, but he had no want of either ammunition, weapons,
ols, or seeds.
t his, the convict's disposal, was the house built by honest Captain
ant. He had only to live and expiate in solitude the crimes which he had
mmitted.
entlemen, he repented, he was ashamed of his crimes and was very
serable! He said to himself, that if men came some day to take him from
at islet, he must be worthy to return among them! How he suffered, that
etched man! How he labored to recover himself by work! How he prayed to
reformed by prayer! For two years, three years, this went on, but
rton, humbled by solitude, always looking for some ship to appear on the
rizon, asking himself if the time of expiation would soon be complete,
ffered as none other suffered! Oh! how dreadful was this solitude, to a
art tormented by remorse!
ut doubtless Heaven had not sufficiently punished this unhappy man, for
felt that he was gradually becoming a savage! He felt that brutishness
s gradually gaining on him!
e could not say if it was after two or three years of solitude, but at
st he became the miserable creature you found!
have no need to tell you, gentlemen, that Ayrton, Ben Joyce, and I,
e the same."
rus Harding and his companions rose at the end of this account. It is
possible to say how much they were moved! What misery, grief, and despair
y revealed before them!
yrton," said Harding, rising, "you have been a great criminal, butaven must certainly think that you have expiated your crimes! That has
en proved by your having been brought again among your fellow-creatures.
rton, you are forgiven! And now you will be our companion?"
rton drew back.
ere is my hand!" said the engineer.
rton grasped the hand which Harding extended to him, and great tears
ll from his eyes.
ill you live with us?" asked Cyrus Harding.
le:///E|/BOOKS/jules%20verne/The%20Mysterious%20Island.txt (223 of 366) [8/4/2003 1:56:48 PM]
7/29/2019 The Mysterious Island- Jules Verne
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/the-mysterious-island-jules-verne 224/365
le:///E|/BOOKS/jules%20verne/The%20Mysterious%20Island.txt
aptain Harding, leave me some time longer," replied Ayrton, "leave me
one in the hut in the corral!"
s you like, Ayrton," answered Cyrus Harding. Ayrton was going to
thdraw, when the engineer addressed one more question to him:--
ne word more, my friend. Since it was your intention to live alone, why
d you throw into the sea the document which put us on your track?"
document?" repeated Ayrton, who did not appear to know what he meant.
es, the document which we found enclosed in a bottle, giving us the
act position of Tabor Island!"
rton passed his hand over his brow, then after having thought, "I never
rew any document into the sea!" he answered.
ever?" exclaimed Pencroft.
ever!"
d Ayrton, bowing, reached the door and departed.
apter 8
oor man!" said Herbert, who had rushed to the door, but returned, having
en Ayrton slide down the rope on the lift and disappear in the darkness.
e will come back," said Cyrus Harding.
ome, now, captain," exclaimed Pencroft, "what does that mean? What!
sn't it Ayrton who threw that bottle into the sea? Who was it then?"
rtainly, if ever a question was necessary to be made, it was that one!
t was he," answered Neb, "only the unhappy man was half-mad."
es!" said Herbert, "and he was no longer conscious of what he was
ing."
t can only be explained in that way, my friends," replied Harding
ickly, "and I understand now how Ayrton was able to point out exactly the
tuation of Tabor Island, since the events which had preceded his being
ft on the island had made it known to him."
owever," observed Pencroft, "if he was not yet a brute when he wrote
at document, and if he threw it into the sea seven or eight years ago,
w is it that the paper has not been injured by damp?"
hat proves," answered Cyrus Harding, "that Ayrton was deprived of
telligence at a more recent time than he thinks."
f course it must be so," replied Pencroft, "without that the fact would
unaccountable."
naccountable indeed," answered the engineer, who did not appear
sirous to prolong the conversation.
ut has Ayrton told the truth?" asked the sailor.
es," replied the reporter. "The story which he has told is true in
ery point. I remember quite well the account in the newspapers of the
le:///E|/BOOKS/jules%20verne/The%20Mysterious%20Island.txt (224 of 366) [8/4/2003 1:56:48 PM]
7/29/2019 The Mysterious Island- Jules Verne
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/the-mysterious-island-jules-verne 225/365
le:///E|/BOOKS/jules%20verne/The%20Mysterious%20Island.txt
cht expedition undertaken by Lord Glenarvan, and its result."
yrton has told the truth," added Harding. "Do not doubt it, Pencroft,
r it was painful to him. People tell the truth when they accuse
emselves like that!"
e next day--the 21st of December--the colonists descended to the beach,
d having climbed the plateau they found nothing of Ayrton. He had reached
s house in the corral during the night and the settlers judged it best
t to agitate him by their presence. Time would doubtless perform what
mpathy had been unable to accomplish.
rbert, Pencroft, and Neb resumed their ordinary occupations. On this
y the same work brought Harding and the reporter to the workshop at the
imneys.
o you know, my dear Cyrus," said Gideon Spilett, "that the explanation
u gave yesterday on the subject of the bottle has not satisfied me at
l! How can it be supposed that the unfortunate man was able to write that
cument and throw the bottle into the sea without having the slightest
collection of it?"
or was it he who threw it in, my dear Spilett."
ou think then--"
think nothing, I know nothing!" interrupted Cyrus Harding. "I am
ntent to rank this incident among those which I have not been able to
plain to this day!"
ndeed, Cyrus," said Spilett, "these things are incredible! Your rescue,
e case stranded on the sand, Top's adventure, and lastly this bottle...
all we never have the answer to these enigmas?"
es!" replied the engineer quickly, "yes, even if I have to penetrate
to the bowels of this island!"
hance will perhaps give us the key to this mystery!"
hance! Spilett! I do not believe in chance, any more than I believe in
steries in this world. There is a reason for everything unaccountable
ich has happened here, and that reason I shall discover. But in the
antime we must work and observe."
e month of January arrived. The year 1867 commenced. The summer
cupations were assiduously continued. During the days which followed,
rbert and Spilett having gone in the direction of the corral, ascertained
at Ayrton had taken possession of the habitation which had been prepared
r him. He busied himself with the numerous flock confided to his care,
d spared his companions the trouble of coming every two or three days to
sit the corral. Nevertheless, in order not to leave Ayrton in solituder too long a time, the settlers often paid him a visit.
was not unimportant either, in consequence of some suspicions
tertained by the engineer and Gideon Spilett, that this part of the
land should be subject to a surveillance of some sort, and that Ayrton,
any incident occurred unexpectedly, should not neglect to inform the
habitants of Granite House of it.
vertheless it might happen that something would occur which it would be
cessary to bring rapidly to the engineer's knowledge. Independently of
cts bearing on the mystery of Lincoln Island, many others might happen,
ich would call for the prompt interference of the colonists,--such as the
le:///E|/BOOKS/jules%20verne/The%20Mysterious%20Island.txt (225 of 366) [8/4/2003 1:56:48 PM]
7/29/2019 The Mysterious Island- Jules Verne
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/the-mysterious-island-jules-verne 226/365
le:///E|/BOOKS/jules%20verne/The%20Mysterious%20Island.txt
ghting of a vessel, a wreck on the western coast, the possible arrival of
rates, etc.
erefore Cyrus Harding resolved to put the corral in instantaneous
mmunication with Granite House.
was on the 10th of January that he made known his project to his
mpanions.
hy! how are you going to manage that, captain?" asked Pencroft. "Do you
chance happen to think of establishing a telegraph?"
xactly so," answered the engineer.
lectric?" cried Herbert.
lectric," replied Cyrus Harding. "We have all the necessary materials
r making a battery, and the most difficult thing will be to stretch the
res, but by means of a drawplate I think we shall manage it."
ell, after that," returned the sailor, "I shall never despair of seeing
rselves some day rolling along on a railway!"
ey then set to work, beginning with the most difficult thing, for, if
ey failed in that, it would be useless to manufacture the battery andher accessories.
e iron of Lincoln Island, as has been said, was of excellent quality,
d consequently very fit for being drawn out. Harding commenced by
nufacturing a drawplate, that is to say, a plate of steel, pierced with
nical holes of different sizes, which would successively bring the wire
the wished-for tenacity. This piece of steel, after having been
mpered, was fixed in as firm a way as possible in a solid framework
anted in the ground, only a few feet from the great fall, the motive
wer of which the engineer intended to utilize. In fact as the fulling-
ll was there, although not then in use, its beam moved with extreme power
uld serve to stretch out the wire by rolling it round itself. It was a
licate operation, and required much care. The iron, prepared previouslylong thin rods, the ends of which were sharpened with the file, having
en introduced into the largest hole of the drawplate, was drawn out by
e beam which wound it round itself, to a length of twenty-five or thirty
et, then unrolled, and the same operation was performed successively
rough the holes of a less size. Finally, the engineer obtained wires from
rty to fifty feet long, which could be easily fastened together and
retched over the distance of five miles, which separated the corral from
e bounds of Granite House.
did not take more than a few days to perform this work, and indeed as
on as the machine had been commenced, Cyrus Harding left his companions
follow the trade of wiredrawers, and occupied himself with manufacturing
s battery.
was necessary to obtain a battery with a constant current. It is known
at the elements of modern batteries are generally composed of retort
al, zinc, and copper. Copper was absolutely wanting to the engineer, who,
twithstanding all his researches, had never been able to find any trace
it in Lincoln Island, and was therefore obliged to do without it. Retort
al, that is to say, the hard graphite which is found in the retorts of
s manufactories, after the coal has been dehydrogenized, could have been
tained, but it would have been necessary to establish a special
paratus, involving great labor. As to zinc, it may be remembered that the
se found at Flotsam Point was lined with this metal, which could not be
le:///E|/BOOKS/jules%20verne/The%20Mysterious%20Island.txt (226 of 366) [8/4/2003 1:56:48 PM]
7/29/2019 The Mysterious Island- Jules Verne
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/the-mysterious-island-jules-verne 227/365
le:///E|/BOOKS/jules%20verne/The%20Mysterious%20Island.txt
tter utilized than for this purpose.
rus Harding, after mature consideration, decided to manufacture a very
mple battery, resembling as nearly as possible that invented by Becquerel
1820, and in which zinc only is employed. The other substances, azotic
id and potash, were all at his disposal.
e way in which the battery was composed was as follows, and the results
re to be attained by the reaction of acid and potash on each other. A
mber of glass bottles were made and filled with azotic acid. The engineer
rked them by means of a stopper through which passed a glass tube, bored
its lower extremity, and intended to be plunged into the acid by means
a clay stopper secured by a rag. Into this tube, through its upper
tremity, he poured a solution of potash, previously obtained by burning
d reducing to ashes various plants, and in this way the acid and potash
uld act on each other through the clay.
rus Harding then took two slips of zinc, one of which was plunged into
otic acid, the other into a solution of potash. A current was immediately
oduced, which was transmitted from the slip of zinc in the bottle to that
the tube, and the two slips having been connected by a metallic wire the
ip in the tube became the positive pole, and that in the bottle the
gative pole of the apparatus. Each bottle, therefore, produced as many
rrents as united would be sufficient to produce all the phenomena of theectric telegraph. Such was the ingenious and very simple apparatus
nstructed by Cyrus Harding, an apparatus which would allow them to
tablish a telegraphic communication between Granite House and the corral.
the 6th of February was commenced the planting along the road to the
rral, of posts furnished with glass insulators, and intended to support
e wire. A few days after, the wire was extended, ready to produce the
ectric current at a rate of twenty thousand miles a second.
o batteries had been manufactured, one for Granite House, the other for
e corral; for if it was necessary the corral should be able to
mmunicate with Granite House it might also be useful that Granite House
ould be able to communicate with the corral.
to the receiver and manipulator, they were very simple. At the two
ations the wire was wound round a magnet, that is to say, round a piece
soft iron surrounded with a wire. The communication was thus established
tween the two poles; the current, starting from the positive pole,
aversed the wire, passed through the magnet which was temporarily
gnetized, and returned through the earth to the negative pole. If the
rrent was interrupted, the magnet immediately became unmagnetized. It was
fficient to place a plate of soft iron before the magnet, which,
tracted during the passage of the current, would fall back when the
rrent was interrupted. This movement of the plate thus obtained, Harding
uld easily fasten to it a needle arranged on a dial, bearing the letters
the alphabet, and in this way communicate from one station to the other.
l was completely arranged by the 12th of February. On this day,
rding, having sent the current through the wire, asked if all was going
well at the corral, and received in a few moments a satisfactory reply
om Ayrton. Pencroft was wild with joy, and every morning and evening he
nt a telegram to the corral, which always received an answer.
is mode of communication presented two very real advantages: firstly,
cause it enabled them to ascertain that Ayrton was at the corral; and
condly, that he was thus not left completely isolated. Besides, Cyrus
rding never allowed a week to pass without going to see him, and Ayrton
me from time to time to Granite House, where he always found a cordial
le:///E|/BOOKS/jules%20verne/The%20Mysterious%20Island.txt (227 of 366) [8/4/2003 1:56:48 PM]
7/29/2019 The Mysterious Island- Jules Verne
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/the-mysterious-island-jules-verne 228/365
le:///E|/BOOKS/jules%20verne/The%20Mysterious%20Island.txt
lcome.
e fine season passed away in the midst of the usual work. The resources
the colony, particularly in vegetables and corn, increased from day to
y, and the plants brought from Tabor Island had succeeded perfectly.
e plateau of Prospect Heights presented an encouraging aspect. The
urth harvest had been admirable and it may be supposed that no one
ought of counting whether the four hundred thousand millions of grains
ly appeared in the crop. However, Pencroft had thought of doing so, but
rus Harding having told him that even if he managed to count three
ndred grains a minute, or nine thousand an hour, it would take him nearly
ve thousand five-hundred years to finish his task, the honest sailor
nsidered it best to give up the idea.
e weather was splendid, the temperature very warm in the day time, but
the evening the sea-breezes tempered the heat of the atmosphere and
ocured cool nights for the inhabitants of Granite House. There were,
wever, a few storms, which, although they were not of long duration,
ept over Lincoln Island with extraordinary fury. The lightning blazed and
e thunder continued to roll for some hours.
this period the little colony was extremely prosperous.
e tenants of the poultry-yard swarmed, and they lived on the surplus,
t it became necessary to reduce the population to a more moderate number.
e pigs had already produced young, and it may be understood that their
re for these animals absorbed a great part of Neb and Pencroft's time.
e onagers, who had two pretty colts, were most often mounted by Gideon
ilett and Herbert, who had become an excellent rider under the reporter's
struction, and they also harnessed them to the cart either for carrying
od and coal to Granite House, or different mineral productions required
the engineer.
veral expeditions were made about this time into the depths of the Far
st Forests. The explorers could venture there without having anything to
ar from the heat, for the sun's rays scarcely penetrated through the
ick foliage spreading above their heads. They thus visited all the left
nk of the Mercy, along which ran the road from the corral to the mouth of
lls River.
t in these excursions the settlers took care to be well armed, for they
t with savage wild boars, with which they often had a tussle. They also,
ring this season, made fierce war against the jaguars. Gideon Spilett had
wed a special hatred against them, and his pupil Herbert seconded him
ll. Armed as they were, they no longer feared to meet one of those
asts. Herbert's courage was superb, and the reporter's sang-froid
tonishing. Already twenty magnificent skins ornamented the dining-room of
anite House, and if this continued, the jaguar race would soon be extinct
the island, the object aimed at by the hunters.
e engineer sometimes took part in the expeditions made to the unknown
rts of the island, which he surveyed with great attention. It was for
her traces than those of animals that he searched the thickets of the
st forest, but nothing suspicious ever appeared. Neither Top nor Jup, who
companied him, ever betrayed by their behavior that there was anything
range there, and yet more than once again the dog barked at the mouth of
e well, which the engineer had before explored without result.
this time Gideon Spilett, aided by Herbert, took several views of the
st picturesque parts of the island, by means of the photographic
paratus found in the cases, and of which they had not as yet made any
le:///E|/BOOKS/jules%20verne/The%20Mysterious%20Island.txt (228 of 366) [8/4/2003 1:56:48 PM]
7/29/2019 The Mysterious Island- Jules Verne
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/the-mysterious-island-jules-verne 229/365
7/29/2019 The Mysterious Island- Jules Verne
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/the-mysterious-island-jules-verne 230/365
le:///E|/BOOKS/jules%20verne/The%20Mysterious%20Island.txt
rus Harding gazed at the sheet of white without saying anything, for he
ally did not know how to explain this phenomenon, at this time of year
d in such a temperature.
y Jove!" exclaimed Pencroft, "all our plants will be frozen!"
d the sailor was about to descend, when he was preceded by the nimble
p, who slid down to the sand.
t the orang had not touched the ground, when the snowy sheet arose and
spersed in the air in such innumerable flakes that the light of the sun
s obscured for some minutes.
irds!" cried Herbert.
ey were indeed swarms of sea-birds, with dazzling white plumage. They
d perched by thousands on the islet and on the shore, and they
sappeared in the distance, leaving the colonists amazed as if they had
en present at some transformation scene, in which summer succeeded winter
the touch of a fairy's wand. Unfortunately the change had been so
dden, that neither the reporter nor the lad had been able to bring down
e of these birds, of which they could not recognize the species.
few days after came the 26th of March, the day on which, two years
fore, the castaways from the air had been thrown upon Lincoln Island.
apter 19
o years already! and for two years the colonists had had no communication
th their fellow-creatures! They were without news from the civilized
rld, lost on this island, as completely as if they had been on the most
nute star of the celestial hemisphere!
at was now happening in their country? The picture of their native land
s always before their eyes, the land torn by civil war at the time they
ft it, and which the Southern rebellion was perhaps still staining with
ood! It was a great sorrow to them, and they often talked together of
ese things, without ever doubting however that the cause of the North
st triumph, for the honor of the American Confederation.
ring these two years not a vessel had passed in sight of the island;
, at least, not a sail had been seen. It was evident that Lincoln Island
s out of the usual track, and also that it was unknown,--as was besides
oved by the maps,--for though there was no port, vessels might have
sited it for the purpose of renewing their store of water. But the
rrounding ocean was deserted as far as the eye could reach, and the
lonists must rely on themselves for regaining their native land.
wever, one chance of rescue existed, and this chance was discussed one
y on the first week of April, when the colonists were gathered together
the dining-room of Granite House.
ey had been talking of America, of their native country, which they had
little hope of ever seeing again.
ecidedly we have only one way, said Spilett, "one single way for
aving Lincoln Island, and that is, to build a vessel large enough to sail
veral hundred miles. It appears to me, that when one has built a boat it
just as easy to build a ship!"
nd in which we might go to the Pomoutous," added Herbert, "just as
le:///E|/BOOKS/jules%20verne/The%20Mysterious%20Island.txt (230 of 366) [8/4/2003 1:56:48 PM]
7/29/2019 The Mysterious Island- Jules Verne
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/the-mysterious-island-jules-verne 231/365
le:///E|/BOOKS/jules%20verne/The%20Mysterious%20Island.txt
sily as we went to Tabor Island."
do not say no," replied Pencroft, who had always the casting vote in
ritime questions; "I do not say no, although it is not exactly the same
ing to make a long as a short voyage! If our little craft had been caught
any heavy gale of wind during the voyage to Tabor Island, we should have
own that land was at no great distance either way; but twelve hundred
les is a pretty long way, and the nearest land is at least that
stance!"
ould you not, in that case, Pencroft, attempt the adventure?" asked the
porter.
will attempt anything that is desired, Mr. Spilett," answered the
ilor, "and you know well that I am not a man to flinch!"
emember, besides, that we number another sailor amongst us now,"
marked Neb.
ho is that?" asked Pencroft.
yrton."
f he will consent to come," said Pencroft.
onsense!" returned the reporter; "do you think that if Lord Glenarvan's
cht had appeared at Tabor Island, while he was still living there, Ayrton
uld have refused to depart?"
ou forget, my friends," then said Cyrus Harding, "that Ayrton was not
possession of his reason during the last years of his stay there. But
at is not the question. The point is to know if we may count among our
ances of being rescued, the return of the Scotch vessel. Now, Lord
enarvan promised Ayrton that he would return to take him off from Tabor
land when he considered that his crimes were expiated, and I believe that
will return."
es," said the reporter, "and I will add that he will return soon, foris twelve years since Ayrton was abandoned."
ell!" answered Pencroft, "I agree with you that the nobleman will
turn, and soon too. But where will he touch? At Tabor Island, and not at
ncoln Island."
hat is the more certain," replied Herbert, "as Lincoln Island is not
en marked on the map."
herefore, my friends," said the engineer, "we ought to take the
cessary precautions for making our presence and that of Ayrton on Lincoln
land known at Tabor Island."
ertainly," answered the reporter, "and nothing is easier than to place
the hut, which was Captain Grant's and Ayrton's dwelling, a notice which
rd Glenarvan and his crew cannot help finding, giving the position of our
land."
t is a pity," remarked the sailor, "that we forgot to take that
ecaution on our first visit to Tabor Island."
nd why should we have done it?" asked Herbert. "At that time we did not
ow Ayrton's history; we did not know that any one was likely to come some
y to fetch him, and when we did know his history, the season was too
vanced to allow us to return then to Tabor Island."
le:///E|/BOOKS/jules%20verne/The%20Mysterious%20Island.txt (231 of 366) [8/4/2003 1:56:48 PM]
7/29/2019 The Mysterious Island- Jules Verne
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/the-mysterious-island-jules-verne 232/365
7/29/2019 The Mysterious Island- Jules Verne
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/the-mysterious-island-jules-verne 233/365
le:///E|/BOOKS/jules%20verne/The%20Mysterious%20Island.txt
rus Harding informed Ayrton of the projected expedition, and proposed
at he should take part in it, but Ayrton preferring to remain on shore,
was decided that he should come to Granite House during the absence of
s companions. Master Jup was ordered to keep him company, and made no
monstrance.
the morning of the 16th of April all the colonists, including Top,
barked. A fine breeze blew from the south-west, and the "Bonadventure"
cked on leaving Port Balloon so as to reach Reptile End. Of the ninety
les which the perimeter of the island measured, twenty included the south
ast between the port and the promontory. The wind being right ahead its necessary to hug the shore.
took the whole day to reach the promontory, for the vessel on leaving
rt had only two hours of ebb tide and had therefore to make way for six
urs against the flood. It was nightfall before the promontory was
ubled.
e sailor then proposed to the engineer that they should continue
iling slowly with two reefs in the sail. But Harding preferred to anchor
few cable-lengths from the shore, so as to survey that part of the coast
ring the day. It was agreed also that as they were anxious for a minute
ploration of the coast they should not sail during the night, but would
ways, when the weather permitted it, be at anchor near the shore.
e night was passed under the promontory, and the wind having fallen,
thing disturbed the silence. The passengers, with the exception of the
ilor, scarcely slept as well on board the "Bonadventure" as they would
ve done in their rooms at Granite House, but they did sleep however.
ncroft set sail at break of day, and by going on the larboard tack they
uld keep close to the shore.
e colonists knew this beautiful wooded coast, since they had already
plored it on foot, and yet it again excited their admiration. They
asted along as close in as possible, so as to notice everything, avoiding
ways the trunks of trees which floated here and there. Several times also
ey anchored, and Gideon Spilett took photographs of the superb scenery.
out noon the "Bonadventure" arrived at the mouth of Falls River.
yond, on the left bank, a few scattered trees appeared, and three miles
rther even these dwindled into solitary groups among the western spurs of
e mountain, whose arid ridge sloped down to the shore.
at a contrast between the northern and southern part of the coast! In
oportion as one was woody and fertile so was the other rugged and barren!
might have been designated as one of those iron coasts, as they are
lled in some countries, and its wild confusion appeared to indicate that
sudden crystallization had been produced in the yet liquid basalt of some
stant geological sea. These stupendous masses would have terrified the
ttlers if they had been cast at first on this part of the island! They
d not been able to perceive the sinister aspect of this shore from the
mmit of Mount Franklin, for they overlooked it from too great a height,
t viewed from the sea it presented a wild appearance which could not
rhaps be equaled in any corner of the globe.
e "Bonadventure" sailed along this coast for the distance of half a
le. It was easy to see that it was composed of blocks of all sizes, from
enty to three hundred feet in height, and of all shapes, round like
wers, prismatic like steeples, pyramidal like obelisks, conical like
ctory chimneys. An iceberg of the Polar seas could not have been more
pricious in its terrible sublimity! Here, bridges were thrown from one
ck to another; there, arches like those of a wave, into the depths of
le:///E|/BOOKS/jules%20verne/The%20Mysterious%20Island.txt (233 of 366) [8/4/2003 1:56:48 PM]
7/29/2019 The Mysterious Island- Jules Verne
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/the-mysterious-island-jules-verne 234/365
le:///E|/BOOKS/jules%20verne/The%20Mysterious%20Island.txt
ich the eye could not penetrate; in one place, large vaulted excavations
esented a monumental aspect; in another, a crowd of columns, spires, and
ches, such as no Gothic cathedral ever possessed. Every caprice of
ture, still more varied than those of the imagination, appeared on this
and coast, which extended over a length of eight or nine miles.
rus Harding and his companions gazed, with a feeling of surprise
rdering on stupefaction. But, although they remained silent, Top, not
ing troubled with feelings of this sort, uttered barks which were
peated by the thousand echoes of the basaltic cliff. The engineer even
served that these barks had something strange in them, like those whiche dog had uttered at the mouth of the well in Granite House.
et us go close in," said he.
d the "Bonadventure" sailed as near as possible to the rocky shore.
rhaps some cave, which it would be advisable to explore, existed there?
t Harding saw nothing, not a cavern, not a cleft which could serve as a
treat to any being whatever, for the foot of the cliff was washed by the
rf. Soon Top's barks ceased, and the vessel continued her course at a few
bles-length from the coast.
the northwest part of the island the shore became again flat and
ndy. A few trees here and there rose above a low, marshy ground, which
e colonists had already surveyed, and in violent contrast to the other
sert shore, life was again manifested by the presence of myriads of
ter-fowl. That evening the "Bonadventure" anchored in a small bay to the
rth of the island, near the land, such was the depth of water there. The
ght passed quietly, for the breeze died away with the last light of day,
d only rose again with the first streaks of dawn.
it was easy to land, the usual hunters of the colony, that is to say,
rbert and Gideon Spilett, went for a ramble of two hours or so, and
turned with several strings of wild duck and snipe. Top had done wonders,
d not a bird had been lost, thanks to his zeal and cleverness.
eight o'clock in the morning the "Bonadventure" set sail, and ran
pidly towards North Mandible Cape, for the wind was right astern and
eshening rapidly.
owever," observed Pencroft, "I should not be surprised if a gale came
from the west. Yesterday the sun set in a very red-looking horizon, and
w, this morning, those mares-tails don't forbode anything good."
ese mares-tails are cirrus clouds, scattered in the zenith, their
ight from the sea being less than five thousand feet. They look like
ght pieces of cotton wool, and their presence usually announces some
dden change in the weather.
ell," said Harding, "let us carry as much sail as possible, and run for
elter into Shark Gulf. I think that the 'Bonadventure' will be safe
ere."
erfectly," replied Pencroft, "and besides, the north coast is merely
nd, very uninteresting to look at."
shall not be sorry," resumed the engineer, "to pass not only to-night
t to-morrow in that bay, which is worth being carefully explored."
think that we shall be obliged to do so, whether we like it or not,"
swered Pencroft, "for the sky looks very threatening towards the west.
rty weather is coming on!"
le:///E|/BOOKS/jules%20verne/The%20Mysterious%20Island.txt (234 of 366) [8/4/2003 1:56:48 PM]
7/29/2019 The Mysterious Island- Jules Verne
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/the-mysterious-island-jules-verne 235/365
le:///E|/BOOKS/jules%20verne/The%20Mysterious%20Island.txt
t any rate we have a favorable wind for reaching Cape Mandible,"
served the reporter.
very fine wind," replied the sailor; "but we must tack to enter the
lf, and I should like to see my way clear in these unknown quarters."
uarters which appear to be filled with rocks," added Herbert, "if we
dge by what we saw on the south coast of Shark Gulf."
encroft," said Cyrus Harding, "do as you think best, we will leave it
you."
on't make your mind uneasy, captain," replied the sailor, "I shall not
pose myself needlessly! I would rather a knife were run into my ribs than
sharp rock into those of my 'Bonadventure!'"
at which Pencroft called ribs was the pan of his vessel under water,
d he valued it more than his own skin.
hat o'clock is it?" asked Pencroft.
en o'clock," replied Gideon Spilett.
nd what distance is it to the Cape, captain?"
bout fifteen miles," replied the engineer.
hat's a matter of two hours and a half," said the sailor, "and we shall
off the Cape between twelve and one o'clock. Unluckily, the tide will be
rning at that moment, and will be ebbing out of the gulf. I am afraid
at it will be very difficult to get in, having both wind and tide against
."
nd the more so that it is a full moon to-day," remarked Herbert, "and
ese April tides are very strong."
ell, Pencroft," asked Harding, "can you not anchor off the Cape?"
nchor near land, with bad weather coming on!" exclaimed the sailor.
hat are you thinking of, captain? We should run aground, of a certainty!"
hat will you do then?"
shall try to keep in the offing until the flood, that is to say, till
out seven in the evening, and if there is still light enough I will try
enter the gulf; if not, we must stand off and on during the night, and
will enter to-morrow at sunrise."
s I told you, Pencroft, we will leave it to you," answered Harding.
h!" said Pencroft, "if there was only a lighthouse on the coast, it
uld be much more convenient for sailors."
es," replied Herbert, "and this time we shall have no obliging engineer
light a fire to guide us into port!"
hy, indeed, my dear Cyrus," said Spilett, "we have never thanked you;
t frankly, without that fire we should never have been able--"
fire?" asked Harding, much astonished at the reporter's words.
e mean, captain," answered Pencroft, "that on board the 'Bonadventure'
were very anxious during the few hours before our return, and we should
ve passed to windward of the island, if it had not been for the
le:///E|/BOOKS/jules%20verne/The%20Mysterious%20Island.txt (235 of 366) [8/4/2003 1:56:49 PM]
7/29/2019 The Mysterious Island- Jules Verne
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/the-mysterious-island-jules-verne 236/365
le:///E|/BOOKS/jules%20verne/The%20Mysterious%20Island.txt
ecaution you took of lighting a fire the night of the 19th of October, on
ospect Heights."
es, yes! That was a lucky idea of mine!" replied the engineer.
nd this time," continued the sailor. "unless the idea occurs to Ayrton,
ere will be no one to do us that little service!"
o! No one!" answered Cyrus Harding.
few minutes after, finding himself alone in the bows of the vessel,
th the reporter, the engineer bent down and whispered,--
f there is one thing certain in this world, Spilett, it is that I never
ghted any fire during the night of the 19th of October, neither on
ospect Heights nor on any other part of the island!"
apter 20
ings happened as Pencroft had predicted, he being seldom mistaken in his
ognostications. The wind rose, and from a fresh breeze it soon increased
a regular gale; that is to say, it acquired a speed of from forty to
rty-five miles an hour, before which a ship in the open sea would haven under close-reefed topsails. Now, as it was nearly six o'clock when the
onadventure" reached the gulf, and as at that moment the tide turned, it
s impossible to enter. They were therefore compelled to stand off, for
en if he had wished to do so, Pencroft could not have gained the mouth of
e Mercy. Hoisting the jib to the mainmast by way of a storm-sail, he hove
, putting the head of the vessel towards the land.
rtunately, although the wind was strong the sea, being sheltered by the
nd, did not run very high. They had then little to fear from the waves,
ich always endanger small craft. The "Bonadventure" would doubtlessly not
ve capsized, for she was well ballasted, but enormous masses of water
lling on the deck might injure her if her timbers could not sustain them.
ncroft, as a good sailor, was prepared for anything. Certainly, he hadeat confidence in his vessel, but nevertheless he awaited the return of
y with some anxiety.
ring the night, Cyrus Harding and Gideon Spilett had no opportunity for
lking together, and yet the words pronounced in the reporter's ear by the
gineer were well worth being discussed, together with the mysterious
fluence which appeared to reign over Lincoln Island. Gideon Spilett did
t cease from pondering over this new and inexplicable incident, the
pearance of a fire on the coast of the island. The fire had actually been
en! His companions, Herbert and Pencroft, had seen it with him! The fire
d served to signalize the position of the island during that dark night,
d they had not doubted that it was lighted by the engineer's hand; and
re was Cyrus Harding expressly declaring that he had never done anythingthe sort! Spilett resolved to recur to this incident as soon as the
onadventure" returned, and to urge Cyrus Harding to acquaint their
mpanions with these strange facts. Perhaps it would be decided to make in
mmon a complete investigation of every part of Lincoln Island.
wever that might be, on this evening no fire was lighted on these yet
known shores, which formed the entrance to the gulf, and the little
ssel stood off during the night.
en the first streaks of dawn appeared in the western horizon, the wind,
ich had slightly fallen, shifted two points, and enabled Pencroft to
ter the narrow gulf with greater ease. Towards seven o'clock in the
le:///E|/BOOKS/jules%20verne/The%20Mysterious%20Island.txt (236 of 366) [8/4/2003 1:56:49 PM]
7/29/2019 The Mysterious Island- Jules Verne
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/the-mysterious-island-jules-verne 237/365
7/29/2019 The Mysterious Island- Jules Verne
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/the-mysterious-island-jules-verne 238/365
le:///E|/BOOKS/jules%20verne/The%20Mysterious%20Island.txt
n opening, a cutting of some sort, to give access to the interior of
e island. I do not see a spot on which we could land." And, in fact, the
eep lava cliffs did not afford a single place suitable for landing. They
rmed an insuperable barrier, recalling, but with more wildness, the
ords of Norway. The "Bonadventure," coasting as close as possible along
e cliffs, did not discover even a projection which would allow the
ssengers to leave the deck.
ncroft consoled himself by saying that with the help of a mine they
uld soon open out the cliff when that was necessary, and then, as there
s evidently nothing to be done in the gulf, he steered his vessel towards
e strait and passed out at about two o'clock in the afternoon.
h!" said Nab, uttering a sigh of satisfaction.
e might really say that the honest Negro did not feel at his ease in
ose enormous jaws.
e distance from Mandible Cape to the mouth of the Mercy was not more
an eight miles. The head of the "Bonadventure" was put towards Granite
use, and a fair wind filling her sails, she ran rapidly along the coast.
the enormous lava rocks succeeded soon those capricious sand dunes,
ong which the engineer had been so singularly recovered, and whichabirds frequented in thousands.
out four o'clock, Pencroft leaving the point of the islet on his left,
tered the channel which separated it from the coast, and at five o'clock
e anchor of the "Bonadventure" was buried in the sand at the mouth of
e Mercy.
e colonists had been absent three days from their dwelling. Ayrton was
iting for them on the beach, and Jup came joyously to meet them, giving
nt to deep grunts of satisfaction.
complete exploration of the coast of the island had now been made, and
suspicious appearances had been observed. If any mysterious beingsided on it, it could only be under cover of the impenetrable forest of
e Serpentine Peninsula, to which the colonists had not yet directed their
vestigations.
deon Spilett discussed these things with the engineer, and it was
reed that they should direct the attention of their companions to the
range character of certain incidents which had occurred on the island,
d of which the last was the most unaccountable.
wever, Harding, returning to the fact of a fire having been kindled on
e shore by an unknown hand, could not refrain from repeating for the
entieth time to the reporter,--
ut are you quite sure of having seen it? Was it not a partial eruption
the volcano, or perhaps some meteor?"
o, Cyrus," answered the reporter, "it was certainly a fire lighted by
e hand of man. Besides; question Pencroft and Herbert. They saw it as I
w it myself, and they will confirm my words."
consequence, therefore, a few days after, on the 25th of April, in the
ening, when the settlers were all collected on Prospect Heights, Cyrus
rding began by saying,--
y friends, I think it my duty to call your attention to certain
le:///E|/BOOKS/jules%20verne/The%20Mysterious%20Island.txt (238 of 366) [8/4/2003 1:56:49 PM]
7/29/2019 The Mysterious Island- Jules Verne
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/the-mysterious-island-jules-verne 239/365
le:///E|/BOOKS/jules%20verne/The%20Mysterious%20Island.txt
cidents which have occurred in the island, on the subject of which I
all be happy to have your advice. These incidents are, so to speak,
pernatural--"
upernatural!" exclaimed the sailor, emitting a volume of smoke from his
uth. "Can it be possible that our island is supernatural?"
o, Pencroft, but mysterious, most certainly," replied the engineer;
nless you can explain that which Spilett and I have until now failed to
derstand."
peak away, captain," answered the sailor.
ell, have you understood," then said the engineer, "how was it that
ter falling into the sea, I was found a quarter of a mile into the
terior of the island, and that, without my having any consciousness of my
moval there?"
nless, being unconscious--" said Pencroft.
hat is not admissible," replied the engineer. "But to continue. Have
u understood how Top was able to discover your retreat five miles from
e cave in which I was lying?"
he dog's instinct--" observed Herbert.
ingular instinct!" returned the reporter, "since notwithstanding the
orm of rain and wind which was raging during that night, Top arrived at
e Chimneys, dry and without a speck of mud!"
et us continue," resumed the engineer. "Have you understood how our dog
s so strangely thrown up out of the water of the lake, after his struggle
th the dugong?"
o! I confess, not at all," replied Pencroft, "and the wound which the
gong had in its side, a wound which seemed to have been made with a sharp
strument; that can't be understood, either."
et us continue again," said Harding. "Have you understood, my friends,
w that bullet got into the body of the young peccary; how that case
ppened to be so fortunately stranded, without there being any trace of a
eck; how that bottle containing the document presented itself so
portunely, during our first sea-excursion; how our canoe, having broken
s moorings, floated down the current of the Mercy and rejoined us at the
ry moment we needed it; how after the ape invasion the ladder was so
ligingly thrown down from Granite House; and lastly, how the document,
ich Ayrton asserts was never written by him, fell into our hands?"
Cyrus Harding thus enumerated, without forgetting one, the singular
cidents which had occurred in the island, Herbert, Neb, and Pencroft
ared at each other, not knowing what to reply, for this succession ofcidents, grouped thus for the first time, could not but excite their
rprise to the highest degree.
Pon my word," said Pencroft at last, "you are right, captain, and it is
fficult to explain all these things!"
ell, my friends," resumed the engineer, "a last fact has just been
ded to these, and it is no less incomprehensible than the others!"
hat is it, captain?" asked Herbert quickly.
hen you were returning from Tabor Island, Pencroft," continued the
le:///E|/BOOKS/jules%20verne/The%20Mysterious%20Island.txt (239 of 366) [8/4/2003 1:56:49 PM]
7/29/2019 The Mysterious Island- Jules Verne
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/the-mysterious-island-jules-verne 240/365
7/29/2019 The Mysterious Island- Jules Verne
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/the-mysterious-island-jules-verne 241/365
7/29/2019 The Mysterious Island- Jules Verne
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/the-mysterious-island-jules-verne 242/365
le:///E|/BOOKS/jules%20verne/The%20Mysterious%20Island.txt
p themselves no longer growled round the well or gave any signs of
easiness. It appeared, therefore, as if the series of supernatural
cidents was interrupted, although they often talked of them during the
enings in Granite House, and they remained thoroughly resolved that the
land should be searched, even in those parts the most difficult to
plore. But an event of the highest importance, and of which the
nsequences might be terrible, momentarily diverted from their projects
rus Harding and his companions.
was the month of October. The fine season was swiftly returning.
ture was reviving; and among the evergreen foliage of the coniferae whichrmed the border of the wood, already appeared the young leaves of the
nksias, deodars, and other trees.
may be remembered that Gideon Spilett and Herbert had, at different
mes, taken photographic views of Lincoln Island.
w, on the 17th of this month of October, towards three o'clock in the
ternoon, Herbert, enticed by the charms of the sky, thought of
producing Union Bay, which was opposite to Prospect Heights, from Cape
ndible to Claw Cape.
e horizon was beautifully clear, and the sea, undulating under a soft
eeze, was as calm as the waters of a lake, sparkling here and there under
e sun's rays.
e apparatus had been placed at one of the windows of the dining-room at
anite House, and consequently overlooked the shore and the bay. Herbert
oceeded as he was accustomed to do, and the negative obtained, he went
ay to fix it by means of the chemicals deposited in a dark nook of
anite House.
turning to the bright light, and examining it well, Herbert perceived
his negative an almost imperceptible little spot on the sea horizon. He
deavored to make it disappear by reiterated washing, but could not
complish it.
t is a flaw in the glass," he thought.
d then he had the curiosity to examine this flaw with a strong
gnifier which he unscrewed from one of the telescopes.
t he had scarcely looked at it, when he uttered a cry, and the glass
most fell from his hands.
mediately running to the room in which Cyrus Harding then was, he
tended the negative and magnifier towards the engineer, pointing out the
ttle spot.
rding examined it; then seizing his telescope he rushed to the window.
e telescope, after having slowly swept the horizon, at last stopped on
e looked-for spot, and Cyrus Harding, lowering it, pronounced one word
ly,--
vessel!"
d in fact a vessel was in sight, off Lincoln Island!
RT 3
le:///E|/BOOKS/jules%20verne/The%20Mysterious%20Island.txt (242 of 366) [8/4/2003 1:56:49 PM]
7/29/2019 The Mysterious Island- Jules Verne
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/the-mysterious-island-jules-verne 243/365
le:///E|/BOOKS/jules%20verne/The%20Mysterious%20Island.txt
E SECRET OF THE ISLAND
apter 1
was now two years and a half since the castaways from the balloon had
en thrown on Lincoln Island, and during that period there had been no
mmunication between them and their fellow-creatures. Once the reporter
d attempted to communicate with the inhabited world by confiding to a
rd a letter which contained the secret of their situation, but that was aance on which it was impossible to reckon seriously. Ayrton, alone, under
e circumstances which have been related, had come to join the little
lony. Now, suddenly, on this day, the 17th of October, other men had
expectedly appeared in sight of the island, on that deserted sea!
ere could be no doubt about it! A vessel was there! But would she pass
, or would she put into port? In a few hours the colonists would
finitely know what to expect.
rus Harding and Herbert having immediately called Gideon Spilett,
ncroft, and Neb into the dining-room of Granite House, told them what had
ppened. Pencroft, seizing the telescope, rapidly swept the horizon, and
opping on the indicated point, that is to say, on that which had made themost imperceptible spot on the photographic negative,--
'm blessed but it is really a vessel!" he exclaimed, in a voice which
d not express any great amount of satisfaction.
s she coming here?" asked Gideon Spilett.
mpossible to say anything yet," answered Pencroft, "for her rigging
one is above the horizon, and not a bit of her hull can be seen."
hat is to be done?" asked the lad.
ait," replied Harding.
d for a considerable time the settlers remained silent, given up to all
e thoughts, and the emotions, all the fears, all the hopes, which were
oused by this incident--the most important which had occurred since their
rival in Lincoln Island. Certainly, the colonists were not in the
tuation of castaways abandoned on a sterile islet, constantly contending
ainst a cruel nature for their miserable existence, and incessantly
rmented by the longing to return to inhabited countries. Pencroft and
b, especially, who felt themselves at once so happy and so rich, would
t have left their island without regret. They were accustomed, besides,
this new life in the midst of the domain which their intelligence had as
were civilized. But at any rate this ship brought news from the world,
rhaps even from their native land. It was bringing fellow-creatures to
em, and it may be conceived how deeply their hearts were moved at the
ght!
om time to time Pencroft took the glass and rested himself at the
ndow. From thence he very attentively examined the vessel, which was at a
stance of twenty miles to the east. The colonists had as yet, therefore,
means of signalizing their presence. A flag would not have been
rceived; a gun would not have been heard; a fire would not have been
sible. However, it was certain that the island, overtopped by Mount
anklin, could not escape the notice of the vessel's lookout. But why was
e ship coming there? Was it simple chance which brought it to that part
the Pacific, where the maps mentioned no land except Tabor Island, which
le:///E|/BOOKS/jules%20verne/The%20Mysterious%20Island.txt (243 of 366) [8/4/2003 1:56:49 PM]
7/29/2019 The Mysterious Island- Jules Verne
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/the-mysterious-island-jules-verne 244/365
7/29/2019 The Mysterious Island- Jules Verne
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/the-mysterious-island-jules-verne 245/365
7/29/2019 The Mysterious Island- Jules Verne
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/the-mysterious-island-jules-verne 246/365
7/29/2019 The Mysterious Island- Jules Verne
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/the-mysterious-island-jules-verne 247/365
le:///E|/BOOKS/jules%20verne/The%20Mysterious%20Island.txt
e horizon was still very clear. The examination was easy, and Ayrton
on let the glass fall again, saying--
t is not the 'Duncan'! It could not be!"
ncroft again brought the brig within the range of the telescope, and
uld see that she was of between three and four hundred tons burden,
nderfully narrow, well-masted, admirably built, and must be a very rapid
iler. But to what nation did she belong? That was difficult to say.
nd yet," added the sailor, "a flag is floating from her peak, but I
nnot distinguish the colors of it."
n half an hour we shall be certain about that," answered the reporter.
esides, it is very evident that the intention of the captain of this ship
to land, and, consequently, if not today, to-morrow at the latest, we
all make his acquaintance."
ever mind!" said Pencroft. "It is best to know whom we have to deal
th, and I shall not be sorry to recognize that fellow's colors!"
d, while thus speaking, the sailor never left the glass. The day began
fade, and with the day the breeze fell also. The brig's ensign hung in
lds, and it became more and more difficult to observe it.
t is not the American flag," said Pencroft from time to time, "nor the
glish, the red of which could be easily seen, nor the French or German
lors, nor the white flag of Russia, nor the yellow of Spain. One would
y it was all one color. Let's see: in these seas, what do we generally
et with? The Chilean flag?--but that is tri-color. Brazilian?--it is
een. Japanese?--it is yellow and black, while this--"
that moment the breeze blew out the unknown flag. Ayrton seizing the
lescope which the sailor had put down, put it to his eye, and in a hoarse
ice,--
he black flag!" he exclaimed.
d indeed the somber bunting was floating from the mast of the brig, and
ey had now good reason for considering her to be a suspicious vessel!
d the engineer, then, been right in his presentiments? Was this a
rate vessel? Did she scour the Pacific, competing with the Malay proas
ich still infest it? For what had she come to look at the shores of
ncoln Island? Was it to them an unknown island, ready to become a
gazine for stolen cargoes? Had she come to find on the coast a sheltered
rt for the winter months? Was the settlers' honest domain destined to be
ansformed into an infamous refuge--the headquarters of the piracy of the
cific?
l these ideas instinctively presented themselves to the colonists'aginations. There was no doubt, besides, of the signification which must
attached to the color of the hoisted flag. It was that of pirates! It
s that which the "Duncan" would have carried, had the convicts succeeded
their criminal design! No time was lost before discussing it.
y friends," said Cyrus Harding, "perhaps this vessel only wishes to
rvey the coast of the island. Perhaps her crew will not land. There is a
ance of it. However that may be, we ought to do everything we can to hide
r presence here. The windmill on Prospect Heights is too easily seen. Let
rton and Neb go and take down the sails. We must also conceal the windows
Granite House with thick branches. All the fires must be extinguished,
that nothing may betray the presence of men on the island."
le:///E|/BOOKS/jules%20verne/The%20Mysterious%20Island.txt (247 of 366) [8/4/2003 1:56:49 PM]
7/29/2019 The Mysterious Island- Jules Verne
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/the-mysterious-island-jules-verne 248/365
7/29/2019 The Mysterious Island- Jules Verne
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/the-mysterious-island-jules-verne 249/365
7/29/2019 The Mysterious Island- Jules Verne
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/the-mysterious-island-jules-verne 250/365
7/29/2019 The Mysterious Island- Jules Verne
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/the-mysterious-island-jules-verne 251/365
le:///E|/BOOKS/jules%20verne/The%20Mysterious%20Island.txt
ach. Ayrton undressed and rubbed himself with grease, so as to suffer
ss from the temperature of the water, which was still cold. He might,
deed, be obliged to remain in it for several hours.
ncroft and Neb, during this time, had gone to fetch the boat, moored a
w hundred feet higher up, on the bank of the Mercy, and by the time they
turned, Ayrton was ready to start. A coat was thrown over his shoulders,
d the settlers all came round him to press his hand.
rton then shoved off with Pencroft in the boat.
was half-past ten in the evening when the two adventurers disappeared
the darkness. Their companions returned to wait at the Chimneys.
e channel was easily traversed, and the boat touched the opposite shore
the islet. This was not done without precaution, for fear lest the
rates might be roaming about there. But after a careful survey, it was
ident that the islet was deserted. Ayrton then, followed by Pencroft,
ossed it with a rapid step, scaring the birds nestled in the holes of the
cks; then, without hesitating, he plunged into the sea, and swam
iselessly in the direction of the ship, in which a few lights had
cently appeared, showing her exact situation. As to Pencroft, he crouched
wn in a cleft of the rock, and awaited the return of his companion.
the meanwhile, Ayrton, swimming with a vigorous stroke, glided through
e sheet of water without producing the slightest ripple. His head just
erged above it and his eyes were fixed on the dark hull of the brig, from
ich the lights were reflected in the water. He thought only of the duty
ich he had promised to accomplish, and nothing of the danger which he
n, not only on board the ship, but in the sea, often frequented by
arks. The current bore him along and he rapidly receded from the shore.
lf an hour afterwards, Ayrton, without having been either seen or
ard, arrived at the ship and caught hold of the main-chains. He took
eath, then, hoisting himself up, he managed to reach the extremity of the
twater. There were drying several pairs of sailors' trousers. He put on a
ir. Then settling himself firmly, he listened. They were not sleeping on
ard the brig. On the contrary, they were talking, singing, laughing. And
ese were the sentences, accompanied with oaths, which principally struck
rton:--
ur brig is a famous acquisition."
he sails well, and merits her name of the 'Speedy.'"
he would show all the navy of Norfolk a clean pair of heels."
urrah for her captain!"
urrah for Bob Harvey!"
at Ayrton felt when he overheard this fragment of conversation may be
derstood when it is known that in this Bob Harvey he recognized one of
s old Australian companions, a daring sailor, who had continued his
iminal career. Bob Harvey had seized, on the shores of Norfolk Island
is brig, which was loaded with arms, ammunition, utensils, and tools of
l sorts, destined for one of the Sandwich Islands. All his gang had gone
board, and pirates after having been convicts, these wretches, more
rocious than the Malays themselves, scoured the Pacific, destroying
ssels, and massacring their crews.
e convicts spoke loudly, they recounted their deeds, drinking deeply at
e same time, and this is what Ayrton gathered. The actual crew of the
le:///E|/BOOKS/jules%20verne/The%20Mysterious%20Island.txt (251 of 366) [8/4/2003 1:56:49 PM]
7/29/2019 The Mysterious Island- Jules Verne
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/the-mysterious-island-jules-verne 252/365
7/29/2019 The Mysterious Island- Jules Verne
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/the-mysterious-island-jules-verne 253/365
le:///E|/BOOKS/jules%20verne/The%20Mysterious%20Island.txt
nterns now left in total darkness. He hoisted himself onto the cutwater,
d by the bowsprit arrived at the forecastle. Then, gliding among the
nvicts stretched here and there, he made the round of the ship, and found
at the "Speedy" carried four guns, which would throw shot of from eight
ten pounds in weight. He found also, on touching them that these guns
re breech-loaders. They were therefore, of modern make, easily used, and
terrible effect.
to the men lying on the deck, they were about ten in number, but it
s to be supposed that more were sleeping down below. Besides, by
stening to them, Ayrton had understood that there were fifty on board.at was a large number for the six settlers of Lincoln Island to contend
th! But now, thanks to Ayrton's devotion, Cyrus Harding would not be
rprised, he would know the strength of his adversaries, and would make
s arrangements accordingly.
ere was nothing more for Ayrton to do but to return, and render to his
mpanions an account of the mission with which he had charged himself, and
prepared to regain the bows of the brig, so that he might let himself
wn into the water. But to this man, whose wish was, as he had said, to do
re than his duty, there came an heroic thought. This was to sacrifice his
n life, but save the island and the colonists. Cyrus Harding evidently
uld not resist fifty ruffians, all well armed, who, either by penetrating
main force into Granite House, or by starving out the besieged, couldtain from them what they wanted. And then he thought of his
eservers--those who had made him again a man, and an honest mm, those to
om he owed all--murdered without pity, their works destroyed, their island
rned into a pirates' den! He said to himself that he, Ayrton, was the
incipal cause of so many disasters, since his old companion, Bob Harvey,
d but realized his own plans, and a feeling of horror took possession of
m. Then he was seized with an irresistible desire to blow up the brig and
th her, all whom she had on board. He would perish in the explosion, but
would have done his duty.
rton did not hesitate. To reach the powder-room, which is always
tuated in the after-part of a vessel, was easy. There would be no want of
wder in a vessel which followed such a trade, and a spark would be enoughdestroy it in an instant.
rton stole carefully along the between-decks, strewn with numerous
eepers, overcome more by drunkenness than sleep. A lantern was lighted
the foot of the mainmast, round which was hung a gun-rack, furnished
th weapons of all sorts.
rton took a revolver from the rack, and assured himself that it was
aded and primed. Nothing more was needed to accomplish the work of
struction. He then glided towards the stern, so as to arrive under the
ig's poop at the powder-magazine.
was difficult to proceed along the dimly lighted deck withoutumbling over some half-sleeping convict, who retorted by oaths and kicks.
rton was, therefore, more than once obliged to halt. But at last he
rived at the partition dividing the aftercabin, and found the door
ening into the magazine itself.
rton, compelled to force it open, set to work. It was a difficult
eration to perform without noise, for he had to break a padlock. But
der his vigorous hand, the padlock broke, and the door was open.
that moment a hand was laid on Ayrton's shoulder.
hat are you doing here?" asked a tail man, in a harsh voice, who,
le:///E|/BOOKS/jules%20verne/The%20Mysterious%20Island.txt (253 of 366) [8/4/2003 1:56:49 PM]
7/29/2019 The Mysterious Island- Jules Verne
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/the-mysterious-island-jules-verne 254/365
7/29/2019 The Mysterious Island- Jules Verne
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/the-mysterious-island-jules-verne 255/365
7/29/2019 The Mysterious Island- Jules Verne
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/the-mysterious-island-jules-verne 256/365
7/29/2019 The Mysterious Island- Jules Verne
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/the-mysterious-island-jules-verne 257/365
le:///E|/BOOKS/jules%20verne/The%20Mysterious%20Island.txt
re pointed at the island. They were evidently ready to fire at a moment's
tice.
the meanwhile the "Speedy" remained silent. About thirty pirates could
seen moving on the deck. A few more on the poop; two others posted in
e shrouds, and armed with spyglasses, were attentively surveying the
land.
rtainly, Bob Harvey and his crew would not be able easily to give an
count of what had happened during the night on board the brig. Had this
lf-naked man, who had forced the door of the powder-magazine, and with
om they had struggled, who had six times discharged his revolver at them,
o had killed one and wounded two others, escaped their shot? Had he been
le to swim to shore? Whence did he come? What had been his object? Had
s design really been to blow up the brig, as Bob Harvey had thought? All
is must be confused enough to the convicts' minds. But what they could no
nger doubt was that the unknown island before which the "Speedy" had cast
chor was inhabited, and that there was, perhaps, a numerous colony ready
defend it. And yet no one was to be seen, neither on the shore, nor on
e heights. The beach appeared to be absolutely deserted. At any rate,
ere was no trace of dwellings. Had the inhabitants fled into the
terior? Thus probably the pirate captain reasoned, and doubtless, like a
udent man, he wished to reconnoiter the locality before he allowed his
n to venture there.
ring an hour and a half, no indication of attack or landing could be
served on board the brig. Evidently Bob Harvey was hesitating. Even with
s strongest telescopes he could not have perceived one of the settlers
ouched among the rocks. It was not even probable that his attention had
en awakened by the screen of green branches and creepers hiding the
ndows of Granite House, and showing rather conspicuously on the bare
ck. Indeed, how could he imagine that a dwelling was hollowed out, at
at height, in the solid granite? From Claw Cape to the Mandible Capes, in
l the extent of Union Bay, there was nothing to lead him to suppose that
e island was or could be inhabited.
eight o'clock, however, the colonists observed a movement on board thepeedy." A boat was lowered, and seven men jumped into her. They were
med with muskets; one took the yoke-lines, four others the oars, and the
o others, kneeling in the bows, ready to fire, reconnoitered the island.
eir object was no doubt to make an examination but not to land, for in
e latter case they would have come in larger numbers. The pirates from
eir look-out could have seen that the coast was sheltered by an islet,
parated from it by a channel half a mile in width. However, it was soon
ident to Cyrus Harding, on observing the direction followed by the boat,
at they would not attempt to penetrate into the channel, but would land
the islet.
ncroft and Ayrton, each hidden in a narrow cleft of the rock, saw them
ming directly towards them, and waited till they were within range.
e boat advanced with extreme caution. The oars only dipped into the
ter at long intervals. It could now be seen that one of the convicts held
lead-line in his hand, and that he wished to fathom the depth of the
annel hollowed out by the current of the Mercy. This showed that it was
b Harvey's intention to bring his brig as near as possible to the coast.
out thirty pirates, scattered in the rigging, followed every movement of
e boat, and took the bearings of certain landmarks which would allow them
approach without danger. The boat was not more than two cables-lengths
f the islet when she stopped. The man at the tiller stood up and looked
r the best place at which to land.
le:///E|/BOOKS/jules%20verne/The%20Mysterious%20Island.txt (257 of 366) [8/4/2003 1:56:49 PM]
7/29/2019 The Mysterious Island- Jules Verne
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/the-mysterious-island-jules-verne 258/365
le:///E|/BOOKS/jules%20verne/The%20Mysterious%20Island.txt
that moment two shots were heard. Smoke curled up from among the rocks
the islet. The man at the helm and the man with the lead-line fell
ckwards into the boat. Ayrton's and Pencroft's balls had struck them both
the same moment.
most immediately a louder report was heard, a cloud of smoke issued
om the brig's side, and a ball, striking the summit of the rock which
eltered Ayrton and Pencroft, made it fly in splinters, but the two
rksmen remained unhurt.
rrible imprecations burst from the boat, which immediately continued
s way. The man who had been at the tiller was replaced by one of his
mrades, and the oars were rapidly plunged into the water. However,
stead of returning on board as might have been expected, the boat coasted
ong the islet, so as to round its southern point. The pirates pulled
gorously at their oars that they might get out of range of the bullets.
ey advanced to within five cables-lengths of that part of the shore
rminated by Flotsam Point, and after having rounded it in a semicircular
ne, still protected by the brig's guns, they proceeded towards the mouth
the Mercy.
eir evident intention was to penetrate into the channel, and cut off
e colonists posted on the islet, in such a way, that whatever their
mber might be, being placed between the fire from the boat and the fire
om the brig, they would find themselves in a very disadvantageous
sition.
quarter of an hour passed while the boat advanced in this direction.
solute silence, perfect calm reigned in the air and on the water.
ncroft and Ayrton, although they knew they ran the risk of being cut
f, had not left their post, both that they did not wish to show
emselves as yet to their assailants, and expose themselves to the
peedy's" guns, and that they relied on Neb and Gideon Spilett, watching
the mouth of the river, and on Cyrus Harding and Herbert, in ambush
ong the rocks at the Chimneys.
enty minutes after the first shots were fired, the boat was less than
o cables-lengths off the Mercy. As the tide was beginning to rise with
s accustomed violence, caused by the narrowness of the straits, the
rates were drawn towards the river, and it was only by dint of hard
wing that they were able to keep in the middle of the channel. But, as
ey were passing within good range of the mouth of the Mercy, two balls
luted them, and two more of their number were laid in the bottom of the
at. Neb and Spilett had not missed their aim.
e brig immediately sent a second ball on the post betrayed by the
oke, but without any other result than that of splintering the rock.
e boat now contained only three able men. Carried on by the current, it
ot through the channel with the rapidity of an arrow, passed before
rding and Herbert, who, not thinking it within range, withheld their
re, then, rounding the northern point of the islet with the two remaining
rs, they pulled towards the brig.
therto the settlers had nothing to complain of. Their adversaries had
rtainly had the worst of it. The latter already counted four men
riously wounded if not dead; they, on the contrary, unwounded, had not
ssed a shot. If the pirates continued to attack them in this way, if they
newed their attempt to land by means of a boat, they could be destroyed
e by one.
le:///E|/BOOKS/jules%20verne/The%20Mysterious%20Island.txt (258 of 366) [8/4/2003 1:56:49 PM]
7/29/2019 The Mysterious Island- Jules Verne
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/the-mysterious-island-jules-verne 259/365
le:///E|/BOOKS/jules%20verne/The%20Mysterious%20Island.txt
was now seen how advantageous the engineer's arrangements had been.
e pirates would think that they had to deal with numerous and well-armed
versaries, whom they could not easily get the better of.
lf an hour passed before the boat, having to pull against the current,
uld get alongside the "Speedy." Frightful cries were heard when they
turned on board with the wounded, and two or three guns were fired with
results.
t now about a dozen other convicts, maddened with rage, and possibly by
e effect of the evening's potations, threw themselves into the boat. A
cond boat was also lowered, in which eight men took their places, and
ile the first pulled straight for the islet, to dislodge the colonists
om thence the second maneuvered so as to force the entrance of the Mercy.
e situation was evidently becoming very dangerous for Pencroft and
rton, and they saw that they must regain the mainland.
wever, they waited till the first boat was within range, when two well-
rected balls threw its crew into disorder. Then, Pencroft and Ayrton,
andoning their posts, under fire from the dozen muskets, ran across the
let at full speed, jumped into their boat, crossed the channel at the
ment the second boat reached the southern end, and ran to hide themselves
the Chimneys.
ey had scarcely rejoined Cyrus Harding and Herbert, before the islet
s overrun with pirates in every direction. Almost at the same moment,
esh reports resounded from the Mercy station, to which the second boat
s rapidly approaching. Two, out of the eight men who manned her, were
rtally wounded by Gideon Spilett and Neb, and the boat herself, carried
resistibly onto the reefs, was stove in at the mouth of the Mercy. But
e six survivors, holding their muskets above their heads to preserve them
om contact with the water, managed to land on the right bank of the
ver. Then, finding they were exposed to the fire of the ambush there,
ey fled in the direction of Flotsam Point, out of range of the balls.
e actual situation was this: on the islet were a dozen convicts, of
om some were no doubt wounded, but who had still a boat at their
sposal; on the island were six, but who could not by any possibility
ach Granite House, as they could not cross the river, all the bridges
ing raised.
allo," exclaimed Pencroft as he rushed into the Chimneys, "hallo,
ptain! What do you think of it, now?"
think," answered the engineer, "that the combat will now take a new
rm, for it cannot be supposed that the convicts will be so foolish as to
main in a position so unfavorable for them!"
hey won't cross the channel," said the sailor. "Ayrton and Mr.ilett's rifles are there to prevent them. You know that they carry more
an a mile!"
o doubt," replied Herbert; "but what can two rifles do against the
ig's guns?"
ell, the brig isn't in the channel yet, I fancy!" said Pencroft.
ut suppose she does come there?" said Harding.
hat's impossible, for she would risk running aground and being lost!"
le:///E|/BOOKS/jules%20verne/The%20Mysterious%20Island.txt (259 of 366) [8/4/2003 1:56:49 PM]
7/29/2019 The Mysterious Island- Jules Verne
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/the-mysterious-island-jules-verne 260/365
le:///E|/BOOKS/jules%20verne/The%20Mysterious%20Island.txt
t is possible," said Ayrton. "The convicts might profit by the high
de to enter the channel, with the risk of grounding at low tide, it is
ue; but then, under the fire from her guns, our posts would be no longer
nable."
onfound them!" exclaimed Pencroft, "it really seems as if the
ackguards were preparing to weigh anchor."
erhaps we shall be obliged to take refuge in Granite House!" observed
rbert.
e must wait!" answered Cyrus Harding.
ut Mr. Spilett and Neb?" said Pencroft.
hey will know when it is best to rejoin us. Be ready, Ayrton. It is
urs and Spilett's rifles which must speak now."
was only too true. The "Speedy" was beginning to weigh her anchor, and
r intention was evidently to approach the islet. The tide would be rising
r an hour and a half, and the ebb current being already weakened, it
uld be easy for the brig to advance. But as to entering the channel,
ncroft, contrary to Ayrton's opinion, could not believe that she would
re to attempt it.
the meanwhile, the pirates who occupied the islet had gradually
vanced to the opposite shore, and were now only separated from the
inland by the channel.
ing armed with muskets alone, they could do no harm to the settlers, in
bush at the Chimneys and the mouth of the Mercy; but, not knowing the
tter to be supplied with long-range rifles, they on their side did not
lieve themselves to be exposed. Quite uncovered, therefore, they surveyed
e islet, and examined the shore.
eir illusion was of short duration. Ayrton's and Gideon Spilett's
fles then spoke, and no doubt imparted some very disagreeable
telligence to two of the convicts, for they fell backwards.
en there was a general helter-skelter. The ten others, not even
opping to pick up their dead or wounded companions, fled to the other
de of the islet, tumbled into the boat which had brought them, and pulled
ay with all their strength.
ight less!" exclaimed Pencroft. "Really, one would have thought that
. Spilett and Ayrton had given the word to fire together!"
entlemen," said Ayrton, as he reloaded his gun, "this is becoming more
rious. The brig is making sail!"
he anchor is weighed!" exclaimed Pencroft.
es, and she is already moving."
fact, they could distinctly hear the creaking of the windlass. The
peedy" was at first held by her anchor; then, when that had been raised,
e began to drift towards the shore. The wind was blowing from the sea;
e jib and the foretopsail were hoisted, and the vessel gradually
proached the island.
om the two posts of the Mercy and the Chimneys they watched her without
ving a sign of life, but not without some emotion. What could be more
rrible for the colonists than to be exposed, at a short distance, to the
le:///E|/BOOKS/jules%20verne/The%20Mysterious%20Island.txt (260 of 366) [8/4/2003 1:56:49 PM]
7/29/2019 The Mysterious Island- Jules Verne
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/the-mysterious-island-jules-verne 261/365
le:///E|/BOOKS/jules%20verne/The%20Mysterious%20Island.txt
ig's guns, without being able to reply with any effect? How could they
en prevent the pirates from landing?
rus Harding felt this strongly, and he asked himself what it would be
ssible to do. Before long, he would be called upon for his determination.
t what was it to be? To shut themselves up in Granite House, to be
sieged there, to remain there for weeks, for months even, since they had
abundance of provisions? So far good! But after that? The pirates would
t the less be masters of the island, which they would ravage at their
easure, and in time, they would end by having their revenge on the
isoners in Granite House.
wever, one chance yet remained; it was that Bob Harvey, after all,
uld not venture his ship into the channel, and that he would keep outside
e islet. He would be still separated from the coast by half a mile, and
that distance his shot could not be very destructive.
ever!" repeated Pencroft, "Bob Harvey will never, if he is a good
aman, enter that channel! He knows well that it would risk the brig, if
e sea got up ever so little! And what would become of him without his
ssel?"
the meanwhile the brig approached the islet, and it could be seen that
e was endeavoring to make the lower end. The breeze was light, and as the
rrent had then lost much of its force, Bob Harvey had absolute command
er his vessel.
e route previously followed by the boats had allowed her to reconnoiter
e channel, and she boldly entered it.
e pirate's design was now only too evident; he wished to bring her
oadside to bear on the Chimneys and from there to reply with shell and
ll to the shot which had till then decimated her crew.
on the "Speedy" reached the point of the islet; she rounded it with
se; the mainsail was braced up, and the brig hugging the wind, stood
ross the mouth of the Mercy.
he scoundrels! they are coming!" said Pencroft.
that moment, Cyrus Harding, Ayrton, the sailor, and Herbert, were
joined by Neb and Gideon Spilett.
e reporter and his companion had judged it best to abandon the post at
e Mercy, from which they could do nothing against the ship, and they had
ted wisely. It was better that the colonists should be together at the
ment when they were about to engage in a decisive action. Gideon Spilett
d Neb had arrived by dodging behind the rocks, though not without
tracting a shower of bullets, which had not, however, reached them.
pilett! Neb!" cried the engineer. "You are not wounded?"
o," answered the reporter, "a few bruises only from the ricochet! But
at cursed brig has entered the channel!"
es," replied Pencroft, "and in ten minutes she will have anchored
fore Granite House!"
ave you formed any plan, Cyrus?" asked the reporter.
e must take refuge in Granite House while there is still time, and the
nvicts cannot see us."
le:///E|/BOOKS/jules%20verne/The%20Mysterious%20Island.txt (261 of 366) [8/4/2003 1:56:49 PM]
7/29/2019 The Mysterious Island- Jules Verne
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/the-mysterious-island-jules-verne 262/365
le:///E|/BOOKS/jules%20verne/The%20Mysterious%20Island.txt
hat is, my opinion, too," replied Gideon Spilett, "but once shut up--"
e must be guided by circumstances," said the engineer.
et us be off, then, and make haste!" said the reporter.
ould you not wish, captain, that Ayrton and I should remain here?"
ked the sailor.
hat would be the use of that, Pencroft?" replied Harding. "No. We will
t separate!"
ere was not a moment to be lost. The colonists left the Chimneys. A
nd of the cliff prevented them from being seen by those in the brig, but
o or three reports, and the crash of bullets on the rock, told them that
e "Speedy" was at no great distance.
spring into the lift, hoist themselves up to the door of Granite
use, where Top and Jup had been shut up since the evening before, to rush
to the large room, was the work of a minute only.
was quite time, for the settlers, through the branches, could see the
peedy," surrounded with smoke, gliding up the channel. The firing was
cessant, and shot from the four guns struck blindly, both on the Mercy
st, although it was not occupied, and on the Chimneys. The rocks werelintered, and cheers accompanied each discharge. However, they were
ping that Granite House would be spared, thanks to Harding's precaution
concealing the windows when a shot, piercing the door, penetrated into
e passage.
e are discovered!" exclaimed Pencroft.
e colonists had not, perhaps, been seen, but it was certain that Bob
rvey had thought proper to send a ball through the suspected foliage
ich concealed that part of the cliff. Soon he redoubled his attack, when
other ball having torn away the leafy screen, disclosed a gaping aperture
the granite.
e colonists' situation was desperate. Their retreat was discovered.
ey could not oppose any obstacle to these missiles, nor protect the
one, which flew in splinters around them. There was nothing to be done
t to take refuge in the upper passage of Granite House, and leave their
elling to be devastated, when a deep roar was heard, followed by
ightful cries!
rus Harding and his companions rushed to one of the windows--
e brig, irresistibly raised on a sort of water-spout, had just split in
o, and in less than ten seconds she was swallowed up with all her
iminal crew!
apter 4
he has blown up!" cried Herbert.
es! blown up, just as if Ayrton had set fire to the powder!" returned
ncroft, throwing himself into the lift together with Neb and the lad.
ut what has happened?" asked Gideon Spilett, quite stunned by this
expected catastrophe.
h! this time, we shall know--" answered the engineer quickly.
le:///E|/BOOKS/jules%20verne/The%20Mysterious%20Island.txt (262 of 366) [8/4/2003 1:56:49 PM]
7/29/2019 The Mysterious Island- Jules Verne
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/the-mysterious-island-jules-verne 263/365
le:///E|/BOOKS/jules%20verne/The%20Mysterious%20Island.txt
hat shall we know?--"
ater! later! Come, Spilett. The main point is that these pirates have
en exterminated!"
d Cyrus Harding, hurrying away the reporter and Ayrton, joined
ncroft, Neb, and Herbert on the beach.
thing could be seen of the brig, not even her masts. After having been
ised by the water-spout, she had fallen on her side, and had sunk in that
sition, doubtless in consequence of some enormous leak. But as in that
ace the channel was not more than twenty feet in depth, it was certain
at the sides of the submerged brig would reappear at low water.
few things from the wreck floated on the surface of the water, a raft
uld be seen consisting of spare spars, coops of poultry with their
cupants still living, boxes and barrels, which gradually came to the
rface, after having escaped through the hatchways, but no pieces of the
eck appeared, neither planks from the deck, nor timber from the hull,--
ich rendered the sudden disappearance of the "Speedy" perfectly
explicable.
wever, the two masts, which had been broken and escaped from the
rouds and stays came up, and with their sails, some furled and the othersread. But it was not necessary to wait for the tide to bring up these
ches, and Ayrton and Pencroft jumped into the boat with the intention of
wing the pieces of wreck either to the beach or to the islet. But just as
ey were shoving off, an observation from Gideon Spilett arrested them.
hat about those six convicts who disembarked on the right bank of the
rcy?" said he.
fact, it would not do to forget that the six men whose boat had gone
pieces on the rocks had landed at Flotsam Point.
ey looked in that direction. None of the fugitives were visible. It was
obable that, having seen their vessel engulfed in the channel, they haded into the interior of the island.
e will deal with them later," said Harding. "As they are armed, they
ll still be dangerous; but as it is six against six, the chances are
ual. To the most pressing business first."
rton and Pencroft pulled vigorously towards the wreck.
e sea was calm and the tide very high, as there had been a new moon but
o days before. A whole hour at least would elapse before the hull of the
ig could emerge from the water of the channel.
rton and Pencroft were able to fasten the masts and spars by means of
pes, the ends of which were carried to the beach. There, by the united
forts of the settlers the pieces of wreck were hauled up. Then the boat
cked up all that was floating, coops, barrels, and boxes, which were
mediately carried to the Chimneys.
veral bodies floated also. Among them, Ayrton recognized that of Bob
rvey, which he pointed out to his companion, saying with some emotion,--
hat is what I have been, Pencroft."
ut what you are no longer, brave Ayrton!" returned the sailor warmly.
le:///E|/BOOKS/jules%20verne/The%20Mysterious%20Island.txt (263 of 366) [8/4/2003 1:56:49 PM]
7/29/2019 The Mysterious Island- Jules Verne
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/the-mysterious-island-jules-verne 264/365
le:///E|/BOOKS/jules%20verne/The%20Mysterious%20Island.txt
was singular enough that so few bodies floated. Only five or six were
unted, which were already being carried by the current towards the open
a. Very probably the convicts had not had time to escape, and the ship
ing over on her side, the greater number of them had remained below. Now
e current, by carrying the bodies of these miserable men out to sea,
uld spare the colonists the sad task of burying them in some corner of
eir island.
r two hours, Cyrus Harding and his companions were solely occupied in
uling up the spars on to the sand, and then in spreading the sails which
re perfectly uninjured, to dry. They spoke little, for they were absorbedtheir work, but what thoughts occupied their minds!
e possession of this brig, or rather all that she contained, was a
rfect mine of wealth. In fact, a ship is like a little world in
niature, and the stores of the colony would be increased by a large
mber of useful articles. It would be, on a large scale, equivalent to the
est found at Flotsam Point.
nd besides," thought Pencroft, "why should it be impossible to refloat
e brig? If she has only a leak, that may be stopped up; a vessel from
ree to four hundred tons, why she is a regular ship compared to our
onadventure'! And we could go a long distance in her! We could go
ywhere we liked! Captain Harding, Ayrton and I must examine her! Sheuld be well worth the trouble!"
fact, if the brig was still fit to navigate, the colonists' chances of
turning to their native land were singularly increased. But, to decide
is important question, it was necessary to wait until the tide was quite
w, so that every part of the brig's hull might be examined.
en their treasures had been safely conveyed on shore, Harding and his
mpanions agreed to devote some minutes to breakfast. They were almost
mished; fortunately, the larder was not far off, and Neb was noted for
ing an expeditious cook. They breakfasted, therefore, near the Chimneys,
d during their repast, as may be supposed, nothing was talked of but the
ent which had so miraculously saved the colony.
iraculous is the word," repeated Pencroft, "for it must be acknowledged
at those rascals blew up just at the right moment! Granite House was
ginning to be uncomfortable as a habitation!"
nd can you guess, Pencroft," asked the reporter, "how it happened, or
at can have occasioned the explosion?"
h! Mr. Spilett, nothing is more simple," answered Pencroft. "A convict
ssel is not disciplined like a man-of-war! Convicts are not sailors. Of
urse the powder-magazine was open, and as they were firing incessantly,
me careless or clumsy fellow just blew up the vessel!"
aptain Harding," said Herbert, "what astonishes me is that the
plosion has not produced more effect. The report was not loud, and
sides there are so few planks and timbers torn out. It seems as if the
ip had rather foundered than blown up."
oes that astonish you, my boy?" asked the engineer.
es, captain."
nd it astonishes me also, Herbert," replied he, "but when we visit the
ll of the brig, we shall no doubt find the explanation of the matter."
hy, captain," said Pencroft, "you don't suppose that the 'Speedy'
le:///E|/BOOKS/jules%20verne/The%20Mysterious%20Island.txt (264 of 366) [8/4/2003 1:56:49 PM]
7/29/2019 The Mysterious Island- Jules Verne
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/the-mysterious-island-jules-verne 265/365
le:///E|/BOOKS/jules%20verne/The%20Mysterious%20Island.txt
mply foundered like a ship which has struck on a rock?"
hy not," observed Neb, "if there are rocks in the channel?"
onsense, Neb," answered Pencroft, "you did not look at the right
ment. An instant before she sank, the brig, as I saw perfectly well, rose
an enormous wave, and fell back on her larboard side. Now, if she had
ly struck, she would have sunk quietly and gone to the bottom like an
nest vessel."
t was just because she was not an honest vessel!" returned Neb.
ell, we shall soon see, Pencroft," said the engineer.
e shall soon see," rejoined the sailor, "but I would wager my head
ere are no rocks in the channel. Look here, captain, to speak candidly,
you mean to say that there is anything marvelous in the occurrence?"
rus Harding did not answer.
t any rate," said Gideon Spilett, "whether rock or explosion, you will
ree, Pencroft, that it occurred just in the nick of time!"
es! yes!" replied the sailor, "but that is not the question. I ask
ptain Harding if he sees anything supernatural in all this."
cannot say, Pencroft," said the engineer. "That is all the answer I
n make."
reply which did not satisfy Pencroft at all. He stuck to "an
plosion," and did not wish to give it up. He would never consent to admit
at in that channel, with its fine sandy bed, just like the beach, which
had often crossed at low water, there could be an unknown rock.
d besides, at the time the brig foundered, it was high water, that is
say, there was enough water to carry the vessel clear over any rocks
ich would not be uncovered at low tide. Therefore, there could not have
en a collision. Therefore, the vessel had not struck. So she had blown
.
d it must be confessed that the sailor's arguments were reasonable.
wards half-past one, the colonists embarked in the boat to visit the
eck. It was to be regretted that the brig's two boats had not been saved;
t one, as has been said, had gone to pieces at the mouth of the Mercy,
d was absolutely useless; the other had disappeared when the brig went
wn, and had not again been seen, having doubtless been crushed.
e hull of the "Speedy" was just beginning to issue from the water. The
ig was lying right over on her side, for her masts being broken, pressed
wn by the weight of the ballast displaced by the shock, the keel was
sible along her whole length. She had been regularly turned over by the
explicable but frightful submarine action, which had been at the same
me manifested by an enormous water-spout.
e settlers rowed round the hull, and in proportion as the tide went
wn, they could ascertain, if not the cause which had occasioned the
tastrophe, at least the effect produced.
wards the bows, on both sides of the keel, seven or eight feet from the
ginning of the stem, the sides of the brig were frightfully torn. Over a
ngth of at least twenty feet there opened two large leaks, which would be
possible to stop up. Not only had the copper sheathing and the planks
le:///E|/BOOKS/jules%20verne/The%20Mysterious%20Island.txt (265 of 366) [8/4/2003 1:56:49 PM]
7/29/2019 The Mysterious Island- Jules Verne
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/the-mysterious-island-jules-verne 266/365
le:///E|/BOOKS/jules%20verne/The%20Mysterious%20Island.txt
sappeared, reduced, no doubt, to powder, but also the ribs, the iron
lts, and treenalls which united them. From the entire length of the hull
the stern the false keel had been separated with an unaccountable
olence, and the keel itself, torn from the carline in several places, was
lit in all its length.
've a notion!" exclaimed Pencroft, "that this vessel will be difficult
get afloat again."
t will be impossible," said Ayrton.
t any rate," observed Gideon Spilett to the sailor, "the explosion, if
ere has been one, has produced singular effects! It has split the lower
rt of the hull, instead of blowing up the deck and topsides! These great
nts appear rather to have been made by a rock than by the explosion of a
wder-magazine."
here is not a rock in the channel!" answered the sailor. "I will admit
ything you like, except the rock."
et us try to penetrate into the interior of the brig," said the
gineer; "perhaps we shall then know what to think of the cause of her
struction."
is was the best thing to be done, and it was agreed, besides, to takeinventory of all the treasures on board, and to arrange their
eservation.
cess to the interior of the brig was now easy. The tide was still going
wn and the deck was practicable. The ballast, composed of heavy masses of
on, had broken through in several places. The noise of the sea could be
ard as it rushed out at the holes in the hull.
rus Harding and his companions, hatchets in hand, advanced along the
attered deck. Cases of all sorts encumbered it, and, as they had been but
very short time in the water, their contents were perhaps uninjured.
ey then busied themselves in placing all this cargo in safety. Theter would not return for several hours, and these hours must be employed
the most profitable way. Ayrton and Pencroft had, at the entrance made
the hull, discovered tackle, which would serve to hoist up the barrels
d chests. The boat received them and transported them to the shore. They
ok the articles as they came, intending to sort them afterwards.
any rate, the settlers saw at once, with extreme satisfaction, that
e brig possessed a very varied cargo--an assortment of all sorts of
ticles, utensils, manufactured goods, and tools--such as the ships which
ke the great coasting-trade of Polynesia are usually laden with. It was
obable that they would find a little of everything, and they agreed that
was exactly what was necessary for the colony of Lincoln Island.
wever--and Cyrus Harding observed it in silent astonishment--not only, as
s been said, had the hull of the brig enormously suffered from the shock,
atever it was, that had occasioned the catastrophe, but the interior
rangements had been destroyed, especially towards the bows. Partitions
d stanchions were smashed, as if some tremendous shell had burst in the
terior of the brig. The colonists could easily go fore and aft, after
ving removed the cases as they were extricated. They were not heavy
les, which would have been difficult to remove, but simple packages, of
ich the stowage, besides, was no longer recognizable.
e colonists then reached the stern of the brig--the part formerly
rmounted by the poop. It was there that, following Ayrton's directions,
le:///E|/BOOKS/jules%20verne/The%20Mysterious%20Island.txt (266 of 366) [8/4/2003 1:56:49 PM]
7/29/2019 The Mysterious Island- Jules Verne
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/the-mysterious-island-jules-verne 267/365
le:///E|/BOOKS/jules%20verne/The%20Mysterious%20Island.txt
ey must look for the powder-magazine. Cyrus Harding thought that it had
t exploded; that it was possible some barrels might be saved, and that
e powder, which is usually enclosed in metal coverings might not have
ffered from contact with the water.
is, in fact, was just what had happened. They extricated from among a
rge number of shot twenty barrels, the insides of which were lined with
pper. Pencroft was convinced by the evidence of his own eyes that the
struction of the "Speedy" could not be attributed to an explosion. That
rt of the hull in which the magazine was situated was, moreover, that
ich had suffered least.
t may be so," said the obstinate sailor; "but as to a rock, there is
t one in the channel!"
hen, how did it happen?" asked Herbert.
don't know," answered Pencroft, "Captain Harding doesn't know, and
body knows or ever will know!"
veral hours had passed during these researches, and the tide began to
ow. Work must be suspended for the present. There was no fear of the brig
ing carried away by the sea, for she was already fixed as firmly as if
ored by her anchors.
ey could, therefore, without inconvenience, wait until the next day to
sume operations; but, as to the vessel itself, she was doomed, and it
uld be best to hasten to save the remains of her hull, as she would not
long in disappearing in the quicksands of the channel.
was now five o'clock in the evening. It had been a hard day's work for
e men. They ate with good appetite, and notwithstanding their fatigue,
ey could not resist, after dinner, their desire of inspecting the cases
ich composed the cargo of the "Speedy."
st of them contained clothes, which, as may be believed, was well
ceived. There were enough to clothe a whole colony--linen for every one's
e, shoes for every one's feet.
e are too rich!" exclaimed Pencroft, "But what are we going to do with
l this?"
d every moment burst forth the hurrahs of the delighted sailor when he
ught sight of the barrels of gunpowder, firearms and sidearms, balls of
tton, implements of husbandry, carpenter's, joiner's, and blacksmith's
ols, and boxes of all kinds of seeds, not in the least injured by their
ort sojourn in the water. Ah, two years before, how these things would
ve been prized! And now, even though the industrious colonists had
ovided themselves with tools, these treasures would find their use.
ere was no want of space in the store-rooms of Granite House, but thatytime would not allow them to stow away the whole. It would not do also
forget that the six survivors of the "Speedy's" crew had landed on the
land, for they were in all probability scoundrels of the deepest dye, and
was necessary that the colonists should be on their guard against them.
though the bridges over the Mercy were raised, the convicts would not be
opped by a river or a stream and, rendered desperate, these wretches
uld be capable of anything.
ey would see later what plan it would be best to follow; but in the
antime it was necessary to mount guard over cases and packages heaped up
ar the Chimneys, and thus the settlers employed themselves in turn during
le:///E|/BOOKS/jules%20verne/The%20Mysterious%20Island.txt (267 of 366) [8/4/2003 1:56:49 PM]
7/29/2019 The Mysterious Island- Jules Verne
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/the-mysterious-island-jules-verne 268/365
le:///E|/BOOKS/jules%20verne/The%20Mysterious%20Island.txt
e night.
e morning came, however, without the convicts having attempted any
tack. Master Jup and Top, on guard at the foot of Granite House, would
ve quickly given the alarm. The three following day--the 19th, 20th, and
st of October--were employed in saving everything of value, or of any use
atever, either from the cargo or rigging of the brig. At low tide they
erhauled the hold--at high tide they stowed away the rescued articles. A
eat part of the copper sheathing had been torn from the hull, which every
y sank lower. But before the sand had swallowed the heavy things which
d fallen through the bottom, Ayrton and Pencroft, diving to the bed ofe channel, recovered the chains and anchors of the brig, the iron of her
llast, and even four guns, which, floated by means of empty casks, were
ought to shore.
may be seen that the arsenal of the colony had gained by the wreck, as
ll as the storerooms of Granite House. Pencroft, always enthusiastic in
s projects, already spoke of constructing a battery to command the
annel and the mouth of the river. With four guns, he engaged to prevent
y fleet, "however powerful it might be," from venturing into the waters
Lincoln Island!
the meantime, when nothing remained of the brig but a useless hulk,
d weather came on, which soon finished her. Cyrus Harding had intended toow her up, so as to collect the remains on the shore, but a strong gale
om the northeast and a heavy sea compelled him to economize his powder.
fact, on the night of the 23rd, the hull entirely broke up, and some
the wreck was cast up on the beach.
to the papers on board, it is useless to say that, although he
refully searched the lockers of the poop, Harding did not discover any
ace of them. The pirates had evidently destroyed everything that
ncerned either the captain or the owners of the "Speedy," and, as the
me of her port was not painted on her counter, there was nothing which
uld tell them her nationality. However, by the shape of her boats Ayrton
d Pencroft believed that the brig was of English build.
week after the castrophe--or, rather, after the fortunate, though
explicable, event to which the colony owed its preservation--nothing more
uld be seen of the vessel, even at low tide. The wreck had disappeared,
d Granite House was enriched by nearly all it had contained.
wever, the mystery which enveloped its strange destruction would
ubtless never have been cleared away if, on the 30th of November, Neb,
rolling on the beach, had not found a piece of a thick iron cylinder,
aring traces of explosion. The edges of this cylinder were twisted and
oken, as if they had been subjected to the action of some explosive
bstance.
b brought this piece of metal to his master, who was then occupied with
s companions in the workshop of the Chimneys.
rus Harding examined the cylinder attentively, then, turning to
ncroft,--
ou persist, my friend," said he, "in maintaining that the 'Speedy' was
t lost in consequence of a collision?"
es, captain," answered the sailor. "You know as well as I do that there
e no rocks in the channel."
ut suppose she had run against this piece of iron?" said the engineer,
le:///E|/BOOKS/jules%20verne/The%20Mysterious%20Island.txt (268 of 366) [8/4/2003 1:56:49 PM]
7/29/2019 The Mysterious Island- Jules Verne
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/the-mysterious-island-jules-verne 269/365
le:///E|/BOOKS/jules%20verne/The%20Mysterious%20Island.txt
owing the broken cylinder.
hat, that bit of pipe!" exclaimed Pencroft in a tone of perfect
credulity.
y friends," resumed Harding, "you remember that before she foundered
e brig rose on the summit of a regular waterspout?"
es, captain," replied Herbert.
ell, would you like to know what occasioned that waterspout? It was
is," said the engineer, holding up the broken tube.
hat?" returned Pencroft.
es! This cylinder is all that remains of a torpedo!"
torpedo!" exclaimed the engineer's companions.
nd who put the torpedo there?" demanded Pencroft, who did not like to
eld.
ll that I can tell you is, that it was not I," answered Cyrus Harding;
ut it was there, and you have been able to judge of its incomparable
wer!"
apter 5
, then, all was explained by the submarine explosion of this torpedo.
rus Harding could not be mistaken, as, during the war of the Union, he
d had occasion to try these terrible engines of destruction. It was under
e action of this cylinder, charged with some explosive substance, nitro-
ycerine, picrate, or some other material of the same nature, that the
ter of the channel had been raised like a dome, the bottom of the brig
ushed in, and she had sunk instantly, the damage done to her hull being so
nsiderable that it was impossible to refloat her. The "Speedy" had not
en able to withstand a torpedo that would have destroyed an ironclad as
sily as a fishing-boat!
s! all was explained, everything--except the presence of the torpedo in
e waters of the channel!
y friends, then," said Cyrus Harding, "we can no longer be in doubt as
the presence of a mysterious being, a castaway like us, perhaps,
andoned on our island, and I say this in order that Ayrton may be
quainted with all the strange events which have occurred during these two
ars. Who this beneficent stranger is, whose intervention has, so
rtunately for us, been manifested on many occasions, I cannot imagine.
at his object can be in acting thus, in concealing himself after
ndering us so many services, I cannot understand: But his services are
t the less real, and are of such a nature that only a man possessed of
odigious power, could render them. Ayrton is indebted to him as much as
are, for, if it was the stranger who saved me from the waves after the
ll from the balloon, evidently it was he who wrote the document, who
aced the bottle in the channel, and who has made known to us the
tuation of our companion. I will add that it was he who guided that
est, provided with everything we wanted, and stranded it on Flotsam
int; that it was he who lighted that fire on the heights of the island,
ich permitted you to land; that it was he who fired that bullet found in
e body of the peccary; that it was he who plunged that torpedo into the
annel, which destroyed the brig; in a word, that all those inexplicable
le:///E|/BOOKS/jules%20verne/The%20Mysterious%20Island.txt (269 of 366) [8/4/2003 1:56:49 PM]
7/29/2019 The Mysterious Island- Jules Verne
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/the-mysterious-island-jules-verne 270/365
le:///E|/BOOKS/jules%20verne/The%20Mysterious%20Island.txt
ents, for which we could not assign a reason, are due to this mysterious
ing. Therefore, whoever he may be, whether shipwrecked, or exiled on our
land, we shall be ungrateful, if we think ourselves freed from gratitude
wards him. We have contracted a debt, and I hope that we shall one day
y it."
ou are right in speaking thus, my dear Cyrus," replied Gideon Spilett.
es, there is an almost all-powerful being, hidden in some part of the
land, and whose influence has been singularly useful to our colony. I
ll add that the unknown appears to possess means of action which border
the supernatural, if in the events of practical life the supernaturalre recognizable. Is it he who is in secret communication with us by the
ll in Granite House, and has he thus a knowledge of all our plans? Was it
who threw us that bottle, when the vessel made her first cruise? Was it
who threw Top out of the lake, and killed the dugong? Was it he, who as
erything leads us to believe, saved you from the waves, and that under
rcumstances in which any one else would not have been able to act? If it
s he, he possesses a power which renders him master of the elements."
e reporter's reasoning was just, and every one felt it to be so.
es," rejoined Cyrus Harding, "if the intervention of a human being is
t more questionable for us, I agree that he has at his disposal means of
tion beyond those possessed by humanity. There is a mystery still, but ifdiscover the man, the mystery will be discovered also. The question,
en, is, ought we to respect the incognito of this generous being, or
ght we to do everything to find him out? What is your opinion on the
tter?"
y opinion," said Pencroft, "is that, whoever he may be, he is a brave
n, and he has my esteem!"
e it so," answered Harding, "but that is not an answer, Pencroft."
aster," then said Neb, "my idea is, that we may search as long as we
ke for this gentleman whom you are talking about, but that we shall not
scover him till he pleases."
hat's not bad, what you say, Neb," observed Pencroft.
am of Neb's opinion," said Gideon Spilett, "but that is no reason for
t attempting the adventure. Whether we find this mysterious being or not,
shall at least have fulfilled our duty towards him."
nd you, my boy, give us your opinion," said the engineer, turning to
rbert.
h," cried Herbert, his countenance full of animation, "how I should
ke to thank him, he who saved you first, and who has now saved us!"
f course, my boy," replied Pencroft, "so would I and all of us. I amt inquisitive, but I would give one of my eyes to see this individual
ce to face! It seems to me that he must be handsome, tall, strong, with a
lendid beard, radiant hair, and that he must be seated on clouds, a great
ll in his hands!"
ut, Pencroft," answered Spilett, "you are describing a picture of the
eator."
ossibly, Mr. Spilett," replied the sailor, "but that is how I imagine
m!"
nd you, Ayrton?" asked the engineer.
le:///E|/BOOKS/jules%20verne/The%20Mysterious%20Island.txt (270 of 366) [8/4/2003 1:56:49 PM]
7/29/2019 The Mysterious Island- Jules Verne
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/the-mysterious-island-jules-verne 271/365
le:///E|/BOOKS/jules%20verne/The%20Mysterious%20Island.txt
aptain Harding," replied Ayrton, "I can give you no better advice in
is matter. Whatever you do will be best; when you wish me to join you in
ur researches, I am ready to follow you.
thank you, Ayrton," answered Cyrus Harding, "but I should like a more
rect answer to the question I put to you. You are our companion; you have
ready endangered your life several times for us, and you, as well as the
st, ought to be consulted in the matter of any important decision. Speak,
erefore."
aptain Harding," replied Ayrton, "I think that we ought to do
erything to discover this unknown benefactor. Perhaps he is alone.
rhaps he is suffering. Perhaps he has a life to be renewed. I, too, as
u said, have a debt of gratitude to pay him. It was he, it could be only
who must have come to Tabor Island, who found there the wretch you knew,
d who made known to you that there was an unfortunate man there to be
ved. Therefore it is, thanks to him, that I have become a man again. No,
will never forget him!"
hat is settled, then," said Cyrus Harding. "We will begin our
searches as soon as possible. We will not leave a corner of the island
explored. We will search into its most secret recesses, and will hope
at our unknown friend will pardon us in consideration of our intentions!"
r several days the colonists were actively employed in haymaking and
e harvest. Before putting their project of exploring the yet unknown
rts of the island into execution, they wished to get all possible work
nished. It was also the time for collecting the various vegetables from
e Tabor Island plants. All was stowed away, and happily there was no want
room in Granite House, in which they might have housed all the treasures
the island. The products of the colony were there, methodically
ranged, and in a safe place, as may be believed, sheltered as much from
imals as from man.
ere was no fear of damp in the middle of that thick mass of granite.
ny natural excavations situated in the upper passage were enlarged either
pick-axe or mine, and Granite House thus became a general warehouse,
ntaining all the provisions, arms, tools, and spare utensils--in a word,
l the stores of the colony.
to the guns obtained from the brig, they were pretty pieces of
dnance, which, at Pencroft's entreaty, were hoisted by means of tackle
d pulleys, right up into Granite House; embrasures were made between the
ndows, and the shining muzzles of the guns could soon be seen through the
anite cliff. From this height they commanded all Union Bay. It was like a
ttle Gibraltar, and any vessel anchored off the islet would inevitably be
posed to the fire of this aerial battery.
aptain," said Pencroft one day, it was the 8th of November, "now that
r fortifications are finished, it would be a good thing if we tried the
nge of our guns."
o you think that is useful?" asked the engineer.
t is more than useful, it is necessary! Without that how are we to know
what distance we can send one of those pretty shot with which we are
ovided?"
ry them, Pencroft," replied the engineer. "However, I think that in
king the experiment, we ought to employ, not the ordinary powder, the
pply of which, I think, should remain untouched, but the pyroxyle which
le:///E|/BOOKS/jules%20verne/The%20Mysterious%20Island.txt (271 of 366) [8/4/2003 1:56:49 PM]
7/29/2019 The Mysterious Island- Jules Verne
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/the-mysterious-island-jules-verne 272/365
le:///E|/BOOKS/jules%20verne/The%20Mysterious%20Island.txt
ll never fail us."
an the cannon support the shock of the pyroxyle?" asked the reporter,
o was not less anxious than Pencroft to try the artillery of Granite
use.
believe so. However," added the engineer, "we will be prudent."
e engineer was right in thinking that the guns were of excellent make.
de of forged steel, and breech-loaders, they ought consequently to be
le to bear a considerable charge, and also have an enormous range. In
ct, as regards practical effect, the transit described by the ball ought
be as extended as possible, and this tension could only be obtained
der the condition that the projectile should be impelled with a very
eat initial velocity.
ow," said Harding to his companions, "the initial velocity is in
oportion to the quantity of powder used. In the fabrication of these
eces, everything depends on employing a metal with the highest possible
wer of resistance, and steel is incontestably that metal of all others
ich resists the best. I have, therefore, reason to believe that our guns
ll bear without risk the expansion of the pyroxyle gas, and will give
cellent results."
e shall be a great deal more certain of that when we have tried them!"
swered Pencroft.
is unnecessary to say that the four cannons were in perfect order.
nce they had been taken from the water, the sailor had bestowed great
re upon them. How many hours he had spent, in rubbing, greasing, and
lishing them, and in cleaning the mechanism! And now the pieces were as
illiant as if they had been on board a frigate of the United States Navy.
this day, therefore, in presence of all the members of the colony,
cluding Master Jup and Top, the four cannon were successively tried. They
re charged with pyroxyle, taking into consideration its explosive power,
ich, as has been said, is four times that of ordinary powder: the
ojectile to be fired was cylindroconic.
ncroft, holding the end of the quick-match, stood ready to fire.
Harding's signal, he fired. The shot, passing over the islet, fell
to the sea at a distance which could not be calculated with exactitude.
e second gun was pointed at the rocks at the end of Flotsam Point, and
e shot striking a sharp rock nearly three miles from Granite House, made
fly into splinters. It was Herbert who had pointed this gun and fired
, and very proud he was of his first shot. Pencroft only was prouder than
! Such a shot, the honor of which belonged to his dear boy.
e third shot, aimed this time at the downs forming the upper side of
ion Bay, struck the sand at a distance of four miles, then havingcocheted: was lost in the sea in a cloud of spray.
r the fourth piece Cyrus Harding slightly increased the charge, so as
try its extreme range. Then, all standing aside for fear of its
rsting, the match was lighted by means of a long cord.
tremendous report was heard, but the piece had held good, and the
lonists rushing to the windows, saw the shot graze the rocks of Mandible
pe, nearly five miles from Granite House, and disappear in Shark Gulf.
ell, captain," exclaimed Pencroft, whose cheers might have rivaled the
ports themselves, "what do you say of our battery? All the pirates in the
le:///E|/BOOKS/jules%20verne/The%20Mysterious%20Island.txt (272 of 366) [8/4/2003 1:56:49 PM]
7/29/2019 The Mysterious Island- Jules Verne
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/the-mysterious-island-jules-verne 273/365
le:///E|/BOOKS/jules%20verne/The%20Mysterious%20Island.txt
cific have only to present themselves before Granite House! Not one can
nd there now without our permission!"
elieve me, Pencroft," replied the engineer, "it would be better not to
ve to make the experiment."
ell," said the sailor, "what ought to be done with regard to those six
llains who are roaming about the island? Are we to leave them to overrun
r forests, our fields, our plantations? These pirates are regular
guars, and it seems to me we ought not to hesitate to treat them as such!
at do you think, Ayrton?" added Pencroft, turning to his companion.
rton hesitated at first to reply, and Cyrus Harding regretted that
ncroft had so thoughtlessly put this question. And he was much moved when
rton replied in a humble tone,--
have been one of those jaguars, Mr. Pencroft. I have no right to
eak."
d with a slow step he walked away.
ncroft understood.
hat a brute I am!" he exclaimed. "Poor Ayrton! He has as much right to
eak here as any one!"
es," said Gideon Spilett, "but his reserve does him honor, and it is
ght to respect the feeling which he has about his sad past."
ertainly, Mr. Spilett," answered the sailor, "and there is no fear of
doing so again. I would rather bite my tongue off than cause Ayrton any
in! But to return to the question. It seems to me that these ruffians
ve no right to any pity, and that we ought to rid the island of them as
on as possible."
s that your opinion, Pencroft?" asked the engineer.
uite my opinion."
nd before hunting them mercilessly, you would not wait until they had
mmitted some fresh act of hostility against us?"
sn't what they have done already enough?" asked Pencroft, who did not
derstand these scruples.
hey may adopt other sentiments!" said Harding, "and perhaps repent."
hey repent!" exclaimed the sailor, shrugging his shoulders.
encroft, think of Ayrton!" said Herbert, taking the sailor's hand. "He
came an honest man again!"
ncroft looked at his companions one after the other. He had never
ought of his proposal being met with any objection. His rough nature
uld not allow that they ought to come to terms with the rascals who had
nded on the island with Bob Harvey's accomplices, the murderers of the
ew of the "Speedy," and he looked upon them as wild beasts which ought to
destroyed without delay and without remorse.
ome!" said be. "Everybody is against me! You wish to be generous to
ose villains! Very well; I hope we mayn't repent it!"
hat danger shall we run," said Herbert, "if we take care to be always
our guard?"
le:///E|/BOOKS/jules%20verne/The%20Mysterious%20Island.txt (273 of 366) [8/4/2003 1:56:49 PM]
7/29/2019 The Mysterious Island- Jules Verne
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/the-mysterious-island-jules-verne 274/365
le:///E|/BOOKS/jules%20verne/The%20Mysterious%20Island.txt
um!" observed the reporter, who had not given any decided opinion.
hey are six and well armed. If they each lay hid in a corner, and each
red at one of us, they would soon be masters of the colony!"
hy have they not done so?" said Herbert. "No doubt because it was not
eir interest to do it. Besides, we are six also."
ell, well!" replied Pencroft, whom no reasoning could have convinced.
et us leave these good people to do what they like, and don't think
ything more about them!"
ome, Pencroft," said Neb, "don't make yourself out so bad as all that!
ppose one of these unfortunate men were here before you, within good
nge of your guns, you would not fire."
would fire on him as I would on a mad dog, Neb," replied Pencroft
ldly.
encroft," said the engineer, "you have always shown much deference to
advice; will you, in this matter, yield to me?"
will do as you please, Captain Harding," answered the sailor, who was
t at all convinced.
ery well, wait, and we will not attack them unless we are attacked
rst."
us their behavior towards the pirates was agreed upon, although
ncroft augured nothing good from it. They were not to attack them, but
re to be on their guard. After all, the island was large and fertile. If
y sentiment of honesty yet remained in the bottom of their hearts, these
etches might perhaps be reclaimed. Was it not their interest in the
tuation in which they found themselves to begin a new life? At any rate,
r humanity's sake alone, it would be right to wait. The colonists would
longer as before, be able to go and come without fear. Hitherto they had
ly wild beasts to guard against, and now six convicts of the worst
scription, perhaps, were roaming over their island. It was serious,rtainly, and to less brave men, it would have been security lost! No
tter! At present, the colonists had reason on their side against
ncroft. Would they be right in the future? That remained to be seen.
apter 6
wever, the chief business of the colonists was to make that complete
ploration of the island which had been decided upon, and which would have
o objects: to discover the mysterious being whose existence was now
disputable, and at the same time to find out what had become of the
rates, what retreat they had chosen, what sort of life they were leading,
d what was to be feared from them. Cyrus Harding wished to set out
thout delay; but as the expedition would be of some days duration, it
peared best to load the cart with different materials and tools in order
facilitate the organization of the encampments. One of the onagers,
wever, having hurt its leg, could not be harnessed at present, and a few
ys' rest was necessary. The departure was, therefore, put off for a week,
til the 20th of November. The month of November in this latitude
rresponds to the month of May in the northern zones. It was, therefore,
e fine season. The sun was entering the tropic of Capricorn, and gave the
ngest days in the year. The time was, therefore, very favorable for the
ojected expedition, which, if it did not accomplish its principal object,
uld at any rate be fruitful in discoveries, especially of natural
le:///E|/BOOKS/jules%20verne/The%20Mysterious%20Island.txt (274 of 366) [8/4/2003 1:56:49 PM]
7/29/2019 The Mysterious Island- Jules Verne
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/the-mysterious-island-jules-verne 275/365
le:///E|/BOOKS/jules%20verne/The%20Mysterious%20Island.txt
oductions, since Harding proposed to explore those dense forests of the
r West, which stretched to the extremity of the Serpentine Peninsula.
ring the nine days which preceded their departure, it was agreed that
e work on Prospect Heights should be finished off.
reover, it was necessary for Ayrton to return to the corral, where the
mesticated animals required his care. It was decided that he should spend
o days there, and return to Granite House after having liberally supplied
e stables.
he was about to start, Harding asked him if he would not like one of
em to accompany him, observing that the island was less safe than
rmerly. Ayrton replied that this was unnecessary, as he was enough for
e work, and that besides he apprehended no danger. If anything occurred
the corral, or in the neighborhood, he could instantly warn the
lonists by sending a telegram to Granite House.
rton departed at dawn on the 9th, taking the cart drawn by one onager,
d two hours after, the electric wire announced that he had found all in
der at the corral.
ring these two days Harding busied himself in executing a project which
uld completely guard Granite House against any surprise. It was necessary
completely conceal the opening of the old outlet, which was already
lled up and partly hidden under grass and plants, at the southern angle
Lake Grant. Nothing was easier, since if the level of the lake was
ised two or three feet, the opening would be quite beneath it. Now, to
ise this level they had only to establish a dam at the two openings made
the lake, and by which were fed Creek Glycerine and Falls River.
e colonists worked with a will, and the two dams which besides did not
ceed eight feet in width by three in height, were rapidly erected by
ans of well-cemented blocks of stone.
is work finished, it would have been impossible to guess
at at that part of the lake, there existed a subterranean passage
rough which the overflow of the lake formerly escaped.
course the little stream which fed the reservoir of Granite House and
rked the lift, had been carefully preserved, and the water could not
il. The lift once raised, this sure and comfortable retreat would be safe
om any surprise.
is work had been so quickly done, that Pencroft, Gideon Spilett, and
rbert found time to make an expedition to Port Balloon, The sailor was
ry anxious to know if the little creek in which the "Bonadventure" was
ored, had been visited by the convicts.
hese gentlemen," he observed, "landed on the south coast, and if they
llowed the shore, it is to be feared that they may have discovered thettle harbor, and in that case, I wouldn't give half-a-dollar for our
onadventure.'"
ncroft's apprehensions were not without foundation, and a visit to Port
lloon appeared to be very desirable. The sailor and his companions set
f on the 10th of November, after dinner, well armed. Pencroft,
tentatiously slipping two bullets into each barrel of his rifle, shook
s head in a way which betokened nothing good to any one who approached
o near him, whether "man or beast," as he said. Gideon Spilett and
rbert also took their guns, and about three o'clock all three left
anite House.
le:///E|/BOOKS/jules%20verne/The%20Mysterious%20Island.txt (275 of 366) [8/4/2003 1:56:49 PM]
7/29/2019 The Mysterious Island- Jules Verne
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/the-mysterious-island-jules-verne 276/365
le:///E|/BOOKS/jules%20verne/The%20Mysterious%20Island.txt
b accompanied them to the turn of the Mercy, and after they had
ossed, he raised the bridge. It was agreed that a gunshot should announce
e colonists' return, and that at the signal Neb should return and
establish the communication between the two banks of the river.
e little band advanced directly along the road which led to the
uthern coast of the island. This was only a distance of three miles and a
lf, but Gideon Spilett and his companions took two hours to traverse it.
ey examined all the border of the road, the thick forest, as well as
bor Marsh. They found no trace of the fugitives who, no doubt, not having
t discovered the number of the colonists, or the means of defense which
ey had at their disposal, had gained the less accessible parts of the
land.
rived at Port Balloon, Pencroft saw with extreme satisfaction that the
onadventure" was tranquilly floating in the narrow creek. However, Port
lloon was so well hidden among high rocks, that it could scarcely be
scovered either from the land or the sea.
ome," said Pencroft, "the blackguards have not been there yet. Long
ass suits reptiles best, and evidently we shall find them in the Far
st."
nd it's very lucky, for if they had found the 'Bonadventure'," added
rbert, "they would have gone off in her, and we should have been
evented from returning to Tabor Island."
ndeed," remarked the reporter, "it will be important to take a document
ere which will make known the situation of Lincoln Island, and Ayrton's
w residence, in case the Scotch yacht returns to fetch him."
ell, the 'Bonadventure' is always there, Mr. Spilett," answered the
ilor. "She and her crew are ready to start at a moment's notice!"
think, Pencroft, that that is a thing to be done after our exploration
the island is finished. It is possible after all that the stranger, if
manage to find him, may know as much about Tabor Island as about Lincolnland. Do not forget that he is certainly the author of the document, and
may, perhaps, know how far we may count on the return of the yacht!"
ut!" exclaimed Pencroft, "who in the world can he be? The fellow knows
and we know nothing about him! If he is a simple castaway, why should he
nceal himself! We are honest men, I suppose, and the society of honest
n isn't unpleasant to any one. Did he come here voluntarily? Can he leave
e island if he likes? Is he here still? Will he remain any longer?"
atting thus, Pencroft, Gideon Spilett, and Herbert got on board and
oked about the deck of the "Bonadventure." All at once, the sailor having
amined the bitts to which the cable of the anchor was secured,--
allo," he cried, "this is queer!"
hat is the matter, Pencroft?" asked the reporter.
he matter is, that it was not I who made this knot!"
d Pencroft showed a rope which fastened the cable to the bitt itself.
hat, it was not you?" asked Gideon Spilett.
o! I can swear to it. This is a reef knot, and I always make a running
wline."
le:///E|/BOOKS/jules%20verne/The%20Mysterious%20Island.txt (276 of 366) [8/4/2003 1:56:49 PM]
7/29/2019 The Mysterious Island- Jules Verne
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/the-mysterious-island-jules-verne 277/365
le:///E|/BOOKS/jules%20verne/The%20Mysterious%20Island.txt
ou must be mistaken, Pencroft."
am not mistaken!" declared the sailor. "My hand does it so naturally,
d one's hand is never mistaken!"
hen can the convicts have been on board?" asked Herbert.
know nothing about that," answered Pencroft, "but what is certain, is
at some one has weighed the 'Bonadventure's' anchor and dropped it again!
d look here, here is another proof! The cable of the anchor has been run
t, and its service is no longer at the hawse-hole. I repeat that some one
s been using our vessel!"
ut if the convicts had used her, they would have pillaged her, or
ther gone off with her."
one off! where to--to Tabor Island?" replied Pencroft. "Do you think,
ey would risk themselves in a boat of such small tonnage?"
e must, besides, be sure that they know of the islet," rejoined the
porter.
owever that may be," said the sailor, "as sure as my name is
nadventure Pencroft, of the Vineyard, our 'Bonadventure' has sailedthout us!"
e sailor was positive that neither Gideon Spilett nor Herbert could
spute his statement. It was evident that the vessel had been moved, more
less, since Pencroft had brought her to Port Balloon. As to the sailor,
had not the slightest doubt that the anchor had been raised and then
opped again. Now, what was the use of these two maneuvers, unless the
ssel had been employed in some expedition?
ut how was it we did not see the 'Bonadventure' pass in the sight of
e island?" observed the reporter, who was anxious to bring forward every
ssible objection.
hy, Mr. Spilett," replied the sailor, "they would only have to start in
e night with a good breeze, and they would be out of sight of the island
two hours."
ell," resumed Gideon Spilett, "I ask again, what object could the
nvicts have had in using the 'Bonadventure,' and why, after they had made
e of her, should they have brought her back to port?"
hy, Mr. Spilett," replied the sailor, "we must put that among the
accountable things, and not think anything more about it. The chief thing
that the 'Bonadventure' was there, and she is there now. Only,
fortunately, if the convicts take her a second time, we shall very likely
t find her again in her place!"
hen, Pencroft," said Herbert, "would it not be wisest to bring the
onadventure' off to Granite House?"
es and no," answered Pencroft, "or rather no. The mouth of the Mercy is
bad place for a vessel, and the sea is heavy there."
ut by hauling her up on the sand, to the foot of the Chimneys?"
erhaps yes," replied Pencroft. "At any rate, since we must leave
anite House for a long expedition, I think the 'Bonadventure' will be
fer here during our absence, and we shall do best to leave her here until
le:///E|/BOOKS/jules%20verne/The%20Mysterious%20Island.txt (277 of 366) [8/4/2003 1:56:49 PM]
7/29/2019 The Mysterious Island- Jules Verne
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/the-mysterious-island-jules-verne 278/365
le:///E|/BOOKS/jules%20verne/The%20Mysterious%20Island.txt
e island is rid of these blackguards."
hat is exactly my opinion," said the reporter. "At any rate in the
ent of bad weather, she will not be exposed here as she would be at the
uth of the Mercy."
ut suppose the convicts pay her another visit," said Herbert.
ell, my boy," replied Pencroft, "not finding her here, they would not
long in finding her on the sands of Granite House, and, during our
sence, nothing could hinder them from seizing her! I agree, therefore,
th Mr. Spilett, that she must be left in Port Balloon. But, if on our
turn we have not rid the island of those rascals, it will be prudent to
ing our boat to Granite House, until the time when we need not fear any
pleasant visits."
hat's settled. Let us be off," said the reporter.
ncroft, Herbert, and Gideon Spilett, on their return to Granite House,
ld the engineer all that had passed, and the latter approved of their
rangements both for the present and the future. He also promised the
ilor that he would study that part of the channel situated between the
let and the coast, so as to ascertain if it would not be possible to make
artificial harbor there by means of dams. In this way, the
onadventure" would be always within reach, under the eyes of the
lonists, and if necessary, under lock and key.
at evening a telegram was sent to Ayrton, requesting him to bring from
e corral a couple of goats, which Neb wished to acclimatize to the
ateau. Singularly enough, Ayrton did not acknowledge the receipt of the
spatch, as he was accustomed to do. This could not but astonish the
gineer. But it might be that Ayrton was not at that moment in the corral,
even that he was on his way back to Granite House. In fact, two days had
ready passed since his departure, and it had been decided that on the
ening of the 10th or at the latest the morning of the 11th, he should
turn. The colonists waited, therefore, for Ayrton to appear on Prospect
ights. Neb and Herbert even watched at the bridge so as to be ready to
wer it the moment their companion presented himself.
t up to ten in the evening, there were no signs of Ayrton. It was,
erefore, judged best to send a fresh despatch, requiring an immediate
ply.
e bell of the telegraph at Granite House remained mute.
e colonists' uneasiness was great. What had happened? Was Ayrton no
nger at the corral, or if he was still there, had he no longer control
er his movements? Could they go to the corral in this dark night?
ey consulted. Some wished to go, the others to remain.
ut," said Herbert, "perhaps some accident has happened to the
legraphic apparatus, so that it works no longer?"
hat may be," said the reporter.
ait till to-morrow," replied Cyrus Harding. "It is possible, indeed,
at Ayrton has not received our despatch, or even that we have not
ceived his."
ey waited, of course not without some anxiety.
dawn of day, the 11th of November, Harding again sent the electric
le:///E|/BOOKS/jules%20verne/The%20Mysterious%20Island.txt (278 of 366) [8/4/2003 1:56:49 PM]
7/29/2019 The Mysterious Island- Jules Verne
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/the-mysterious-island-jules-verne 279/365
le:///E|/BOOKS/jules%20verne/The%20Mysterious%20Island.txt
rrent along the wire and received no reply.
tried again: the same result.
ff to the corral," said he.
nd well armed!" added Pencroft.
was immediately decided that Granite House should not be left alone
d that Neb should remain there. After having accompanied his friends to
eek Glycerine, he raised the bridge; and waiting behind a tree he watched
r the return of either his companions or Ayrton.
the event of the pirates presenting themselves and attempting to force
e passage, he was to endeavor to stop them by firing on them, and as a
st resource he was to take refuge in Granite House, where, the lift once
ised, he would be in safety.
rus Harding, Gideon Spilett, Herbert, and Pencroft were to repair to the
rral, and if they did not find Ayrton, search the neighboring woods.
six o'clock in the morning, the engineer and his three companions had
ssed Creek Glycerine, and Neb posted himself behind a small mound crowned
several dragon trees, on the left bank of the stream.
e colonists, after leaving the plateau of Prospect Heights, immediately
ok the road to the corral. They shouldered their guns, ready to fire on
e slightest hostile demonstration. The two rifles and the two guns had
en loaded with ball.
e wood was thick on each side of the road and might easily have
ncealed the convicts, who owing to their weapons would have been really
rmidable.
e colonists walked rapidly and in silence. Top preceded them, sometimes
nning on the road, sometimes taking a ramble into the wood, but always
iet and not appearing to fear anything unusual. And they could be sure
at the faithful dog would not allow them to be surprised, but would barkthe least appearance of danger.
rus Harding and his companions followed beside the road the wire which
nnected the corral with Granite House. After walking for nearly two
les, they had not as yet discovered any explanation of the difficulty.
e posts were in good order, the wire regularly extended. However, at that
ment the engineer observed that the wire appeared to be slack, and on
riving at post No. 74, Herbert, who was in advance stopped, exclaiming,--
he wire is broken!"
s companions hurried forward and arrived at the spot where the lad was
anding. The post was rooted up and lying across the path. The unexpected
planation of the difficulty was here, and it was evident that the
spatches from Granite House had not been received at the corral, nor
ose from the corral at Granite House.
t wasn't the wind that blew down this post," observed Pencroft.
o," replied Gideon Spilett. "The earth has been dug up round its foot,
d it has been torn up by the hand of man."
esides, the wire is broken," added Herbert, showing that the wire had
en snapped.
le:///E|/BOOKS/jules%20verne/The%20Mysterious%20Island.txt (279 of 366) [8/4/2003 1:56:49 PM]
7/29/2019 The Mysterious Island- Jules Verne
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/the-mysterious-island-jules-verne 280/365
le:///E|/BOOKS/jules%20verne/The%20Mysterious%20Island.txt
s the fracture recent?" asked Harding.
es," answered Herbert, "it has certainly been done quite lately."
o the corral! to the corral!" exclaimed the sailor.
e colonists were now half way between Granite House and the corral,
ving still two miles and a half to go. They pressed forward with
doubled speed.
deed, it was to be feared that some serious accident had occurred in
e corral. No doubt, Ayrton might have sent a telegram which had not
rived, but this was not the reason why his companions were so uneasy,
r, a more unaccountable circumstance, Ayrton, who had promised to return
e evening before, had not reappeared. In short, it was not without a
tive that all communication had been stopped between the corral and
anite House, and who but the convicts could have any interest in
terrupting this communication?
e settlers hastened on, their hearts oppressed with anxiety. They were
ncerely attached to their new companion. Were they to find him struck
wn by the hands of those of whom he was formerly the leader?
on they arrived at the place where the road led along the side of the
ttle stream which flowed from the Red Creek and watered the meadows ofe corral. They then moderated their pace so that they should not be out
breath at the moment when a struggle might be necessary. Their guns were
their hands ready cocked. The forest was watched on every side. Top
tered sullen groans which were rather ominous.
last the palisade appeared through the trees. No trace of any damage
uld be seen. The gate was shut as usual. Deep silence reigned in the
rral. Neither the accustomed bleating of the sheep nor Ayrton's voice
uld be heard.
et us enter," said Cyrus Harding.
d the engineer advanced, while his companions, keeping watch aboutenty paces behind him, were ready to fire at a moment's notice.
rding raised the inner latch of the gate and was about to push it back,
en Top barked loudly. A report sounded and was responded to by a cry of
in.
rbert, struck by a bullet, lay stretched on the ground.
apter 7
Herbert's cry, Pencroft, letting his gun fall, rushed towards him.
hey have killed him!" he cried. "My boy! They have killed him!"
rus Harding and Gideon Spilett ran to Herbert.
e reporter listened to ascertain if the poor lad's heart was still
ating.
e lives," said he, "but he must be carried--"
o Granite House? that is impossible!" replied the engineer.
nto the corral, then!" said Pencroft.
le:///E|/BOOKS/jules%20verne/The%20Mysterious%20Island.txt (280 of 366) [8/4/2003 1:56:49 PM]
7/29/2019 The Mysterious Island- Jules Verne
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/the-mysterious-island-jules-verne 281/365
le:///E|/BOOKS/jules%20verne/The%20Mysterious%20Island.txt
n a moment," said Harding.
d he ran round the left corner of the palisade. There he found a
nvict, who aiming at him, sent a ball through his hat. In a few seconds,
fore he had even time to fire his second barrel, he fell, struck to the
art by Harding's dagger, more sure even than his gun.
ring this time, Gideon Spilett and the sailor hoisted themselves over
e palisade, leaped into the enclosure, threw down the props which
pported the inner door, ran into the empty house, and soon, poor Herbert
s lying on Ayrton's bed. In a few moments, Harding was by his side.
seeing Herbert senseless, the sailor's grief was terrible.
sobbed, he cried, he tried to beat his head against the wall.
ither the engineer nor the reporter could calm him. They themselves
re choked with emotion. They could not speak.
wever, they knew that it depended on them to rescue from death the poor
y who was suffering beneath their eyes. Gideon Spilett had not passed
rough the many incidents by which his life had been checkered without
quiring some slight knowledge of medicine. He knew a little of
erything, and several times he had been obliged to attend to woundsoduced either by a sword-bayonet or shot. Assisted by Cyrus Harding, he
oceeded to render the aid Herbert required.
e reporter was immediately struck by the complete stupor in which
rbert lay, a stupor owing either to the hemorrhage, or to the shock, the
ll having struck a bone with sufficient force to produce a violent
ncussion.
rbert was deadly pale, and his pulse so feeble that Spilett only felt it
at at long intervals, as if it was on the point of stopping.
ese symptoms were very serious.
rbert's chest was laid bare, and the blood having been stanched with
ndkerchiefs, it was bathed with cold water.
e contusion, or rather the contused wound appeared,--an oval below the
est between the third and fourth ribs. It was there that Herbert had been
t by the bullet.
rus Harding and Gideon Spilett then turned the poor boy over; as they
d so, he uttered a moan so feeble that they almost thought it was his
st sigh.
rberts back was covered with blood from another contused wound, by
ich the ball had immediately escaped.
od be praised!" said the reporter, "the ball is not in the body, and we
all not have to extract it."
ut the heart?" asked Harding.
he heart has not been touched; if it had been, Herbert would be dead!"
ead!" exclaimed Pencroft, with a groan.
e sailor had only heard the last words uttered by the reporter.
o, Pencroft," replied Cyrus Harding, "no! He is not dead. His pulse
le:///E|/BOOKS/jules%20verne/The%20Mysterious%20Island.txt (281 of 366) [8/4/2003 1:56:49 PM]
7/29/2019 The Mysterious Island- Jules Verne
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/the-mysterious-island-jules-verne 282/365
le:///E|/BOOKS/jules%20verne/The%20Mysterious%20Island.txt
ill beats. He has even uttered a moan. But for your boy's sake, calm
urself. We have need of all our self-possession."
o not make us lose it, my friend."
ncroft was silent, but a reaction set in, and great tears rolled down
s cheeks.
the meanwhile, Gideon Spilett endeavored to collect his ideas, and
oceed methodically. After his examination he had no doubt that the ball,
tering in front, between the seventh and eighth ribs, had issued behind
tween the third and fourth. But what mischief had the ball committed in
s passage? What important organs had been reached? A professional surgeon
uld have had difficulty in determining this at once, and still more so
e reporter.
wever, he knew one thing, this was that he would have to prevent the
flammatory strangulation of the injured parts, then to contend with the
cal inflammation and fever which would result from the wound, perhaps
rtal! Now, what styptics, what antiphiogistics ought to be employed? By
at means could inflammation be prevented?
any rate, the most important thing was that the two wounds should be
essed without delay. It did not appear necessary to Gideon Spilett that a
esh flow of blood should be caused by bathing them in tepid water, and
mpressing their lips. The hemorrhage had been very abundant, and Herbert
s already too much enfeebled by the loss of blood.
e reporter, therefore, thought it best to simply bathe the two wounds
th cold water.
rbert was placed on his left side, and was maintained in that position.
e must not be moved." said Gideon Spilett. "He is in the most favorable
sition for the wounds in his back and chest to suppurate easily, and
solute rest is necessary."
hat! can't we carry him to Granite House?" asked Pencroft.
o, Pencroft," replied the reporter.
'll pay the villains off!" cried the sailor, shaking his fist in a
nacing manner.
encroft!" said Cyrus Harding.
deon Spilett had resumed his examination of the wounded boy. Herbert
s still so frightfully pale, that the reporter felt anxious.
yrus," said he, "I am not a surgeon. I am in terrible perplexity. You
st aid me with your advice, your experience!"
ake courage, my friend," answered the engineer, pressing the reporter's
nd. "Judge coolly. Think only of this: Herbert must be saved!"
ese words restored to Gideon Spilett that self-possession which he had
st in a moment of discouragement on feeling his great responsibility. He
ated himself close to the bed. Cyrus Harding stood near. Pencroft had
rn up his shirt, and was mechanically making lint.
ilett then explained to Cyrus Harding that he thought he ought first of
l to stop the hemorrhage, but not close the two wounds, or cause their
mediate cicatrization, for there had been internal perforation, and the
le:///E|/BOOKS/jules%20verne/The%20Mysterious%20Island.txt (282 of 366) [8/4/2003 1:56:49 PM]
7/29/2019 The Mysterious Island- Jules Verne
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/the-mysterious-island-jules-verne 283/365
le:///E|/BOOKS/jules%20verne/The%20Mysterious%20Island.txt
ppuration must not be allowed to accumulate in the chest.
rding approved entirely, and it was decided that the two wounds should
dressed without attempting to close them by immediate coaptation.
d now did the colonists possess an efficacious agent to act against the
flammation which might occur?
s. They had one, for nature had generously lavished it. They had cold
ter, that is to say, the most powerful sedative that can be employed
ainst inflammation of wounds, the most efficacious therapeutic agent in
ave cases, and the one which is now adopted by all physicians. Cold water
s, moreover, the advantage of leaving the wound in absolute rest, and
eserving it from all premature dressing, a considerable advantage, since
has been found by experience that contact with the air is dangerous
ring the first days.
deon Spilett and Cyrus Harding reasoned thus with their simple good
nse, and they acted as the best surgeon would have done. Compresses of
nen were applied to poor Herbert's two wounds, and were kept constantly
t with cold water.
e sailor had at first lighted a fire in the hut, which was not wanting
things necessary for life. Maple sugar, medicinal plants, the same which
e lad had gathered on the banks of Lake Grant, enabled them to make some
freshing drinks, which they gave him without his taking any notice of it.
s fever was extremely high, and all that day and night passed without his
coming conscious.
rbert's life hung on a thread, and this thread might break at any
ment. The next day, the 12th of November, the hopes of Harding and his
mpanions slightly revived. Herbert had come out of his long stupor. He
ened his eyes, he recognized Cyrus Harding, the reporter, and Pencroft.
uttered two or three words. He did not know what had happened. They told
m, and Spilett begged him to remain perfectly still, telling him that his
fe was not in danger, and that his wounds would heal in a few days.
wever, Herbert scarcely suffered at all, and the cold water with which
ey were constantly bathed, prevented any inflammation of the wounds. The
ppuration was established in a regular way, the fever did not increase,
d it might now be hoped that this terrible wound would not involve any
tastrophe. Pencroft felt the swelling of his heart gradually subside. He
s like a sister of mercy. like a mother by the bed of her child.
rbert dozed again, but his sleep appeared more natural.
ell me again that you hope, Mr. Spilett," said Pencroft. "Tell me again
at you will save Herbert!"
es, we will save him!" replied the reporter. "The wound is serious,
d, perhaps, even the ball has traversed the lungs, but the perforation of
is organ is not fatal."
od bless you!" answered Pencroft.
may be believed, during the four-and-twenty hours they had been in the
rral, the colonists had no other thought than that of nursing Herbert.
ey did not think either of the danger which threatened them should the
nvicts return, or of the precautions to be taken for the future.
t on this day, while Pencroft watched by the sick-bed, Cyrus Harding
d the reporter consulted as to what it would be best to do.
rst of all they examined the corral. There was not a trace of Ayrton.
le:///E|/BOOKS/jules%20verne/The%20Mysterious%20Island.txt (283 of 366) [8/4/2003 1:56:49 PM]
7/29/2019 The Mysterious Island- Jules Verne
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/the-mysterious-island-jules-verne 284/365
le:///E|/BOOKS/jules%20verne/The%20Mysterious%20Island.txt
d the unhappy man been dragged away by his former accomplices? Had he
sisted, and been overcome in the struggle? This last supposition was only
o probable. Gideon Spilett, at the moment he scaled the palisade, had
early seen some one of the convicts running along the southern spur of
unt Franklin, towards whom Top had sprung. It was one of those whose
ject had been so completely defeated by the rocks at the mouth of the
rcy. Besides, the one killed by Harding, and whose body was found outside
e enclosure, of course belonged to Bob Harvey's crew.
to the corral, it had not suffered any damage. The gates were closed,
d the animals had not been able to disperse in the forest. Nor could theye traces of any struggle, any devastation, either in the hut, or in the
lisade. The ammunition only, with which Ayrton had been supplied, had
sappeared with him.
he unhappy man has been surprised," said Harding, "and as he was a man
defend himself, he must have been overpowered."
es, that is to be feared!" said the reporter. "Then, doubtless, the
nvicts installed themselves in the corral where they found plenty of
erything, and only fled when they saw us coming. It is very evident, too,
at at this moment Ayrton, whether living or dead, is not here!"
e shall have to beat the forest," said the engineer, "and rid the
land of these wretches. Pencroft's presentiments were not mistaken, when
wished to hunt them as wild beasts. That would have spared us all these
sfortunes!"
es," answered the reporter, "but now we have the right to be
rciless!"
t any rate," said the engineer, "we are obliged to wait some time, and
remain at the corral until we can carry Herbert without danger to
anite House."
ut Neb?" asked the reporter.
eb is in safety."
ut if, uneasy at our absence, he would venture to come?"
e must not come!" returned Cyrus Harding quickly. "He would be murdered
the road!"
t is very probable, however, that he will attempt to rejoin us!"
h, if the telegraph still acted, he might be warned! But that is
possible now! As to leaving Pencroft and Herbert here alone, we could not
it! Well, I will go alone to Granite House."
o, no! Cyrus," answered the reporter, "you must not expose yourself!
ur courage would be of no avail. The villains are evidently watching the
rral, they are hidden in the thick woods which surround it, and if you go
shall soon have to regret two misfortunes instead of one!"
ut Neb?" repeated the engineer. "It is now four-and-twenty hours since
has had any news of us! He will be sure to come!"
nd as he will be less on his guard than we should be ourselves," added
ilett, "he will be killed!"
s there really no way of warning him?"
le:///E|/BOOKS/jules%20verne/The%20Mysterious%20Island.txt (284 of 366) [8/4/2003 1:56:49 PM]
7/29/2019 The Mysterious Island- Jules Verne
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/the-mysterious-island-jules-verne 285/365
le:///E|/BOOKS/jules%20verne/The%20Mysterious%20Island.txt
ile the engineer thought, his eyes fell on Top, who, going backwards
d forwards seemed to say,--
m not I here?"
op!" exclaimed Cyrus Harding.
e animal sprang at his master's call.
es, Top will go," said the reporter, who had understood the engineer.
op can go where we cannot! He will carry to Granite House the news ofe corral, and he will bring back to us that from Granite House!"
uick!" said Harding. "Quick!"
ilett rapidly tore a leaf from his note-book, and wrote these words:--
erbert wounded. We are at the corral. Be on your guard. Do not leave
anite House. Have the convicts appeared in the neighborhood? Reply by
p."
is laconic note contained all that Neb ought to know, and at the same
me asked all that the colonists wished to know. It was folded and
stened to Top's collar in a conspicuous position.
op, my dog," said the engineer, caressing the animal, "Neb, Top! Neb!
, go!"
p bounded at these words. He understood, he knew what was expected of
m. The road to the corral was familiar to him. In less than an hour he
uld clear it, and it might be hoped that where neither Cyrus Harding nor
e reporter could have ventured without danger, Top, running among the
ass or in the wood, would pass unperceived.
e engineer went to the gate of the corral and opened it.
eb, Top! Neb!" repeated the engineer, again pointing in the direction
Granite House.
p sprang forwards, then almost immediately disappeared.
e will get there!" said the reporter.
es, and he will come back, the faithful animal!"
hat o'clock is it?" asked Gideon Spilett.
en."
n an hour he may be here. We will watch for his return."
e gate of the corral was closed. The engineer and the reporter
-entered the house. Herbert was still in a sleep. Pencroft kept the
mpresser always wet. Spilett, seeing there was nothing he could do at
at moment, busied himself in preparing some nourishment, while
tentively watching that part of the enclosure against the hill, at which
attack might be expected.
e settlers awaited Top's return with much anxiety. A little before
even o'clock, Cyrus Harding and the reporter, rifle in hand, were behind
e gate, ready to open it at the first bark of their dog.
ey did not doubt that if Top had arrived safely at Granite House, Neb
le:///E|/BOOKS/jules%20verne/The%20Mysterious%20Island.txt (285 of 366) [8/4/2003 1:56:49 PM]
7/29/2019 The Mysterious Island- Jules Verne
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/the-mysterious-island-jules-verne 286/365
le:///E|/BOOKS/jules%20verne/The%20Mysterious%20Island.txt
uld have sent him back immediately.
ey had both been there for about ten minutes, when a report was heard,
llowed by repeated barks.
e engineer opened the gate, and seeing smoke a hundred feet off in the
od, he fired in that direction.
most immediately Top bounded into the corral, and the gate was quickly
ut.
op, Top!" exclaimed the engineer, taking the dog's great honest head
tween his hands.
note was fastened to his neck, and Cyrus Harding read these words,
aced in Neb's large writing:--"No pirates in the neighborhood of Granite
use. I will not stir. Poor Mr. Herbert!"
apter 8
the convicts were still there, watching the corral, and determined to
ll the settlers one after the other. There was nothing to be done but to
eat them as wild beasts. But great precautions must be taken, for justw the wretches had the advantage on their side, seeing, and not being
en, being able to surprise by the suddenness of their attack, yet not to
surprised themselves. Harding made arrangements, therefore, for living
the corral, of which the provisions would last for a tolerable length of
me. Ayrton's house had been provided with all that was necessary for
istence, and the convicts, scared by the arrival of the settlers, had not
d time to pillage it. It was probable, as Gideon Spilett observed, that
ings had occurred as follows:
e six convicts, disembarking on the island, had followed the southern
ore, and after having traversed the double shore of the Serpentine
ninsula, not being inclined to venture into the Far West woods, they had
ached the mouth of Falls River. From this point, by following the rightnk of the watercourse, they would arrive at the spurs of Mount Franklin,
ong which they would naturally seek a retreat, and they could not have
en long in discovering the corral, then uninhabited. There they had
gularly installed themselves, awaiting the moment to put their abominable
hemes into execution. Ayrton's arrival had surprised them, but they had
naged to overpower the unfortunate man, and--the rest may be easily
agined!
w, the convicts,--reduced to five, it is true, but well armed,--were
aming the woods, and to venture there was to expose themselves to their
tacks, which could be neither guarded against nor prevented.
ait! There is nothing else to be done!" repeated Cyrus Harding. "Whenrbert is cured, we can organize a general battle of the island, and have
tisfaction of these convicts. That will be the object of our grand
pedition at the same time--"
s the search for our mysterious protector," added Gideon Spilett,
nishing the engineer's sentence. "An, it must be acknowledged, my dear
rus, that this time his protection was wanting at the very moment when it
s most necessary to us!"
ho knows?" replied the engineer.
hat do you mean?" asked the reporter.
le:///E|/BOOKS/jules%20verne/The%20Mysterious%20Island.txt (286 of 366) [8/4/2003 1:56:49 PM]
7/29/2019 The Mysterious Island- Jules Verne
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/the-mysterious-island-jules-verne 287/365
le:///E|/BOOKS/jules%20verne/The%20Mysterious%20Island.txt
hat we are not at the end of our trouble yet, my dear Spilett, and that
s powerful intervention may have another opportunity of exercising
self. But that is not the question now. Herbert's life before
erything."
is was the colonists' saddest thought. Several days passed, and the
or boy's state was happily no worse. Cold water, always kept at a
itable temperature, had completely prevented the inflammation of the
unds. It even seemed to the reporter that this water, being slightly
lphurous,--which was explained by the neighborhood of the volcano, had a
re direct action on the healing. The suppuration was much less abundant,
d thanks to the incessant care by which he was surrounded!--Herbert
turned to life, and his fever abated. He was besides subjected to a
vere diet, and consequently his weakness was and would be extreme; but
ere was no want of refreshing drinks, and absolute rest was of the
eatest benefit to him. Cyrus Harding, Gideon Spilett, and Pencroft had
come very skilful in dressing the lad's wounds. All the linen in the
use had been sacrificed. Herbert's wounds, covered with compresses and
nt, were pressed neither too much nor too little, so as to cause their
catrization without effecting any inflammatory reaction. The reporter
ed extreme care in the dressing, knowing well the importance of it, and
peating to his companions that which most surgeons willingly admit, that
is perhaps rarer to see a dressing well done than an operation wellrformed.
ten days, on the 22nd of November, Herbert was considerably better. He
d begun to take some nourishment.
e color was returning to his cheeks, and his bright eyes smiled at his
rses. He talked a little, notwithstanding Pencroft's efforts, who talked
cessantly to prevent him from beginning to speak, and told him the most
probable stories. Herbert had questioned him on the subject of Ayrton,
om he was astonished not to see near him, thinking that he was at the
rral. But the sailor, not wishing to distress Herbert, contented himself
replying that Ayrton had rejoined Neb, so as to defend Granite House.
umph!" said Pencroft, "these pirates! they are gentlemen who have no
ght to any consideration! And the captain wanted to win them by kindness!
ll send them some kindness, but in the shape of a good bullet!"
nd have they not been seen again?" asked Herbert.
o, my boy," answered the sailor, "but we shall find them, and when you
e cured we shall see if the cowards who strike us from behind will dare
meet us face to face!"
am still very weak, my poor Pencroft!"
ell! your strength will return gradually! What's a ball through the
est? Nothing but a joke! I've seen many, and I don't think much of them!"
last things appeared to be going on well, and if no complication
curred, Herbert's recovery might be regarded as certain. But what would
ve been the condition of the colonists if his state had been aggravated,
if, for example, the ball had remained in his body, if his arm or his leg
d had to be amputated?
o," said Spilett more than once, "I have never thought of such a
ntingency without shuddering!"
nd yet, if it had been necessary to operate," said Harding one day to
m, "you would not have hesitated?"
le:///E|/BOOKS/jules%20verne/The%20Mysterious%20Island.txt (287 of 366) [8/4/2003 1:56:49 PM]
7/29/2019 The Mysterious Island- Jules Verne
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/the-mysterious-island-jules-verne 288/365
le:///E|/BOOKS/jules%20verne/The%20Mysterious%20Island.txt
o, Cyrus!" said Gideon Spilett, "but thank God that we have been spared
is complication!"
in so many other conjectures, the colonists had appealed to the logic
that simple good sense of which they had made use so often, and once
re, thanks to their general knowledge, it had succeeded! But might not a
me come when all their science would be at fault? They were alone on the
land. Now, men in all states of society are necessary to each other.
rus Harding knew this well, and sometimes he asked if some circumstance
ght not occur which they would be powerless to surmount. It appeared tom besides, that he and his companions, till then so fortunate, had
tered into an unlucky period. During the two years and a half which had
apsed since their escape from Richmond, it might be said that they had
d everything their own way. The island had abundantly supplied them with
nerals, vegetables, animals, and as Nature had constantly loaded them,
eir science had known how to take advantage of what she offered them.
e wellbeing of the colony was therefore complete. Moreover, in certain
currences an inexplicable influence had come to their aid!... But all
at could only be for a time.
short, Cyrus Harding believed that fortune had turned against them.
fact, the convicts' ship had appeared in the waters of the island, and
the pirates had been, so to speak, miraculously destroyed, six of them,
least, had escaped the catastrophe. They had disembarked on the island,
d it was almost impossible to get at the five who survived. Ayrton had no
ubt been murdered by these wretches, who possessed firearms, and at the
rst use that they had made of them, Herbert had fallen, wounded almost
rtally. Were these the first blows aimed by adverse fortune at the
lonists? This was often asked by Harding. This was often repeated by the
porter; and it appeared to him also that the intervention, so strange,
t so efficacious, which till then had served them so well, had now failed
em. Had this mysterious being, whatever he was, whose existence could not
denied, abandoned the island? Had he in his turn succumbed?
reply was possible to these questions. But it must not be imagined
at because Harding and his companions spoke of these things, they were
n to despair. Far from that. They looked their situation in the face,
ey analyzed the chances, they prepared themselves for any event, they
ood firm and straight before the future, and if adversity was at last to
rike them, it would find in them men prepared to struggle against it.
apter 9
e convalescence of the young invalid was regularly progressing. One thing
ly was now to be desired, that his state would allow him to be brought to
anite House. However well built and supplied the corral house was, it
uld not be so comfortable as the healthy granite dwelling. Besides, it
d not offer the same security, and its tenants, notwithstanding their
tchfulness, were here always in fear of some shot from the convicts.
ere, on the contrary, in the middle of that impregnable and inaccessible
iff, they would have nothing to fear, and any attack on their persons
uld certainly fail. They therefore waited impatiently for the moment when
rbert might be moved without danger from his wound, and they were
termined to make this move, although the communication through Jacamar
od was very difficult.
ey had no news from Neb, but were not uneasy on that account. The
le:///E|/BOOKS/jules%20verne/The%20Mysterious%20Island.txt (288 of 366) [8/4/2003 1:56:49 PM]
7/29/2019 The Mysterious Island- Jules Verne
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/the-mysterious-island-jules-verne 289/365
le:///E|/BOOKS/jules%20verne/The%20Mysterious%20Island.txt
urageous Negro, well entrenched in the depths of Granite House, would not
low himself to be surprised. Top had not been sent again to him, as it
peared useless to expose the faithful dog to some shot which might
prive the settlers of their most useful auxiliary.
ey waited, therefore, although they were anxious to be reunited at
anite House. It pained the engineer to see his forces divided, for it
ve great advantage to the pirates. Since Ayrton's disappearance they were
ly four against five, for Herbert could not yet be counted, and this was
t the least care of the brave boy, who well understood the trouble of
ich he was the cause.
e question of knowing how, in their condition, they were to act against
e pirates, was thoroughly discussed on the 29th of November by Cyrus
rding, Gideon Spilett, and Pencroft, at a moment when Herbert was asleep
d could not hear them.
y friends," said the reporter, after they had talked of Neb and of the
possibility of communicating with him, "I think,--like you, that to
nture on the road to the corral would be to risk receiving a gunshot
thout being able to return it. But do you not think that the best thing
be done now is to openly give chase to these wretches?"
hat is just what I was thinking," answered Pencroft. "I believe we're
t fellows to be afraid of a bullet, and as for me, if Captain Harding
proves, I'm ready to dash into the forest! Why, hang it, one man is equal
another!"
ut is he equal to five?" asked the engineer.
will join Pencroft," said the reporter, "and both of us, well-armed
d accompanied by Top--"
y dear Spilett, and you, Pencroft," answered Harding, "let us reason
olly. If the convicts were hid in one spot of the island, if we knew that
ot, and had only to dislodge them, I would undertake a direct attack; but
there not occasion to fear, on the contrary, that they are sure to fire
e first shot?"
ell, captain," cried Pencroft, "a bullet does not always reach its
rk."
hat which struck Herbert did not miss, Pencroft," replied the engineer.
esides, observe that if both of you left the corral I should remain here
one to defend it. Do you imagine that the convicts will not see you leave
, that they will not allow you to enter the forest, and that they will
t attack it during your absence, knowing that there is no one here but a
unded boy and a man?"
ou are right, captain," replied Pencroft, his chest swelling with
llen anger. "You are right; they will do all they can to retake therral, which they know to be well stored; and alone you could not hold it
ainst them."
h, if we were only at Granite House!"
f we were at Granite House," answered the engineer, "the case would be
ry different. There I should not be afraid to leave Herbert with one,
ile the other three went to search the forests of the island. But we are
the corral, and it is best to stay here until we can leave it together."
rus Harding's reasoning was unanswerable, and his companions understood
well.
le:///E|/BOOKS/jules%20verne/The%20Mysterious%20Island.txt (289 of 366) [8/4/2003 1:56:49 PM]
7/29/2019 The Mysterious Island- Jules Verne
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/the-mysterious-island-jules-verne 290/365
le:///E|/BOOKS/jules%20verne/The%20Mysterious%20Island.txt
f only Ayrton was still one of us!" said Gideon Spilett. "Poor fellow!
s return to social life will have been but of short duration."
f he is dead," added Pencroft, in a peculiar tone.
o you hope, then, Pencroft, that the villains have spared him?" asked
deon Spilett.
es, if they had any interest in doing so."
What! you suppose that Ayrton finding his old companions, forgettingl that he owes us--"
ho knows?" answered the sailor, who did not hazard this shameful
pposition without hesitating.
encroft," said Harding, taking the sailor's arm, "that is a wicked idea
yours, and you will distress me much if you persist in speaking thus. I
ll answer for Ayrton's fidelity."
nd I also," added the reporter quickly.
es, yes, captain, I was wrong," replied Pencroft; "it was a wicked idea
deed that I had, and nothing justifies it. But what can I do? I'm not insenses. This imprisonment in the corral wearies me horribly, and I have
ver felt so excited as I do now.
e patient, Pencroft," replied the engineer. "How long will it be, my
ar Spilett, before you think Herbert may be carried to Granite House?"
hat is difficult to say, Cyrus," answered the reporter, "for any
prudence might involve terrible consequences. But his convalescence is
ogressing, and if he continues to gain strength, in eight days from now--
ll, we shall see."
ght days! That would put off the return to Granite House until the
rst days of December. At this time two months of spring had already
ssed. The weather was fine, and the heat began to be great. The forests
the island were in full leaf, and the time was approaching when the
ual crops ought to be gathered. The return to the plateau of Prospect
ights would, therefore, be followed by extensive agricultural labors,
terrupted only by the projected expedition through the island.
can, therefore, be well understood how injurious this seclusion in the
rral must have been to the colonists.
t if they were compelled to bow before necessity, they did not do so
thout impatience.
ce or twice the reporter ventured out into the road and made the tour
the palisade. Top accompanied him, and Gideon Spilett, his gun cocked,
s ready for any emergency.
met with no misadventure and found no suspicious traces. His dog would
ve warned him of any danger, and, as Top did not bark, it might be
ncluded that there was nothing to fear at the moment at least, and that
e convicts were occupied in another part of the island.
wever, on his second sortie, on the 27th of November, Gideon Spilett,
o had ventured a quarter of a mile into the woods, towards the south of
e mountain, remarked that Top scented something. The dog had no longer
s unconcerned manner; he went backwards and forwards, ferreting among
le:///E|/BOOKS/jules%20verne/The%20Mysterious%20Island.txt (290 of 366) [8/4/2003 1:56:49 PM]
7/29/2019 The Mysterious Island- Jules Verne
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/the-mysterious-island-jules-verne 291/365
le:///E|/BOOKS/jules%20verne/The%20Mysterious%20Island.txt
e grass and bushes as if his smell had revealed some suspicious object to
m.
deon Spilett followed Top, encouraged him, excited him by his voice,
ile keeping a sharp look-out, his gun ready to fire, and sheltering
mself behind the trees. It was not probable that Top scented the presence
man, for in that case, he would have announced it by half-uttered,
llen, angry barks. Now, as he did not growl, it was because danger was
ither near nor approaching.
arly five minutes passed thus, Top rummaging, the reporter following
m prudently when, all at once, the dog rushed towards a thick bush, and
ew out a rag.
was a piece of cloth, stained and torn, which Spilett immediately
ought back to the corral. There it was examined by the colonists, who
und that it was a fragment of Ayrton's waistcoat, a piece of that felt,
nufactured solely by the Granite House factory.
ou see, Pencroft," observed Harding, "there has been resistance on the
rt of the unfortunate Ayrton. The convicts have dragged him away in spite
himself! Do you still doubt his honesty?"
o, captain," answered the sailor, "and I repented of my suspicion a
ng time ago! But it seems to me that something may be learned from the
cident."
hat is that?" asked the reporter.
t is that Ayrton was not killed at the corral! That they dragged him
ay living, since he has resisted. Therefore, perhaps, he is still
ving!"
erhaps, indeed," replied the engineer, who remained thoughtful.
is was a hope, to which Ayrton's companions could still hold. Indeed,
ey had before believed that, surprised in the corral, Ayrton had fallen
a bullet, as Herbert had fallen. But if the convicts had not killed himfirst, if they had brought him living to another part of the island,
ght it not be admitted that he was still their prisoner? Perhaps, even,
e of them had found in Ayrton his old Australian companion Ben Joyce, the
ief of the escaped convicts. And who knows but that they had conceived
e impossible hope of bringing back Ayrton to themselves? He would have
en very useful to them, if they had been able to make him turn traitor!
is incident was, therefore, favorably interpreted at the corral, and it
longer appeared impossible that they should find Ayrton again. On his
de, if he was only a prisoner, Ayrton would no doubt do all he could to
cape from the hands of the villains, and this would be a powerful aid to
e settlers!
t any rate," observed Gideon Spilett, "if happily Ayrton did manage to
cape, he would go directly to Granite House, for he could not know of the
tempted assassination of which Herbert has been a victim, and
nsequently would never think of our being imprisoned in the corral."
h! I wish that he was there, at Granite House!" cried Pencroft, "and
at we were there, too! For, although the rascals can do nothing to our
use, they may plunder the plateau, our plantations, our poultry-yard!"
ncroft had become a thorough farmer, heartily attached to his crops.
t it must be said that Herbert was more anxious than any to return to
anite House, for he knew how much the presence of the settlers was needed
le:///E|/BOOKS/jules%20verne/The%20Mysterious%20Island.txt (291 of 366) [8/4/2003 1:56:49 PM]
7/29/2019 The Mysterious Island- Jules Verne
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/the-mysterious-island-jules-verne 292/365
le:///E|/BOOKS/jules%20verne/The%20Mysterious%20Island.txt
ere. And it was he who was keeping them at the corral! Therefore, one
ea occupied his mind--to leave the corral, and when! He believed he could
ar removal to Granite House. He was sure his strength would return more
ickly in his room, with the air and sight of the sea!
veral times he pressed Gideon Spilett, but the latter, fearing, with
od reason, that Herbert's wounds, half healed, might reopen on the way,
d not give the order to start.
wever, something occurred which compelled Cyrus Harding and his two
iends to yield to the lad's wish, and God alone knew that this
termination might cause them grief and remorse.
was the 29th of November, seven o'clock in the evening. The three
ttlers were talking in Herbert's room, when they heard Top utter quick
rks.
rding, Pencroft, and Spilett seized their guns and ran out of the
use. Top, at the foot of the palisade, was jumping, barking, but it was
th pleasure, not anger.
ome one is coming."
es."
t is not an enemy!"
eb, perhaps?"
r Ayrton?"
ese words had hardly been exchanged between the engineer and his two
mpanions when a body leaped over the palisade and fell on the ground
side the corral.
was Jup, Master Jup in person, to whom Top immediately gave a most
rdial reception.
up!" exclaimed Pencroft.
eb has sent him to us," said the reporter.
hen," replied the engineer, "he must have some note on him."
ncroft rushed up to the orang. Certainly if Neb had any important
tter to communicate to his master he could not employ a more sure or more
pid messenger, who could pass where neither the colonists could, nor even
p himself.
rus Harding was not mistaken. At Jup's neck hung a small bag, and in
is bag was found a little note traced by Neb's hand.
e despair of Harding and his companions may be imagined when they read
ese words:--
riday, six o'clock in the morning.
lateau invaded by convicts.
"Neb."
ey gazed at each other without uttering a word, then they re-entered
le:///E|/BOOKS/jules%20verne/The%20Mysterious%20Island.txt (292 of 366) [8/4/2003 1:56:49 PM]
7/29/2019 The Mysterious Island- Jules Verne
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/the-mysterious-island-jules-verne 293/365
le:///E|/BOOKS/jules%20verne/The%20Mysterious%20Island.txt
e house. what were they to do? The convicts on Prospect Heights! that was
saster, devastation, ruin.
rbert, on seeing the engineer, the reporter, and Pencroft re-enter,
essed that their situation was aggravated, and when he saw Jup, he no
nger doubted that some misfortune menaced Granite House.
aptain Harding," said he, "I must go; I can bear the journey. I must
."
deon Spilett approached Herbert; then, having looked at him,--
et us go, then!" said he.
e question was quickly decided whether Herbert should be carried on a
tter or in the cart which had brought Ayrton to the corral. The motion of
e litter would have been more easy for the wounded lad, but it would have
cessitated two bearers, that is to say, there would have been two guns
ss for defense if an attack was made on the road. Would they not, on the
ntrary, by employing the cart leave every arm free? Was it impossible to
ace the mattress on which Herbert was lying in it, and to advance with so
ch care that any jolt should be avoided? It could be done.
e cart was brought. Pencroft harnessed the onager. Cyrus Harding and
e reporter raised Herbert's mattress and placed it on the bottom of the
rt. The weather was fine. The sun's bright rays glanced through the
ees.
re the guns ready?" asked Cyrus Harding.
ey were. The engineer and Pencroft, each armed with a double-barreled
n, and Gideon Spilett carrying his rifle, had nothing to do but start.
re you comfortable, Herbert?" asked the engineer.
h, captain," replied the lad, "don't be uneasy, I shall not die on the
ad!"
ile speaking thus, it could be seen that the poor boy had called up all
s energy, and by the energy of a powerful will had collected his failing
rength.
e engineer felt his heart sink painfully. He still hesitated to
ve the signal for departure; but that would have driven Herbert
despair--killed him perhaps.
orward!" said Harding.
e gate of the corral was opened. Jup and Top, who knew when to be
lent, ran in advance. The cart came out, the gate was reclosed, and the
ager, led by Pencroft, advanced at a slow pace.
rtainly, it would have been safer to have taken a different road than
at which led straight from the corral to Granite House, but the cart
uld have met with great difficulties in moving under the trees. It was
cessary, therefore, to follow this way, although it was well known to the
nvicts.
rus Harding and Gideon Spilett walked one on each side of the cart,
ady to answer to any attack. However, it was not probable that the
nvicts would have yet left the plateau of Prospect Heights.
b's note had evidently been written and sent as soon as the convicts
le:///E|/BOOKS/jules%20verne/The%20Mysterious%20Island.txt (293 of 366) [8/4/2003 1:56:49 PM]
7/29/2019 The Mysterious Island- Jules Verne
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/the-mysterious-island-jules-verne 294/365
le:///E|/BOOKS/jules%20verne/The%20Mysterious%20Island.txt
d shown themselves there. Now, this note was dated six o'clock in the
rning, and the active orang, accustomed to come frequently to the corral,
d taken scarcely three quarters of an hour to cross the five miles which
parated it from Granite House. They would, therefore, be safe at that
me, and if there was any occasion for firing, it would probably not be
til they were in the neighborhood of Granite House. However, the
lonists kept a strict watch. Top and Jup, the latter armed with his club,
metimes in front, sometimes beating the wood at the sides of the road,
gnalized no danger.
e cart advanced slowly under Pencroft's guidance. It had left therral at half-past seven. An hour after, four out of the five miles had
en cleared, without any incident having occurred. The road was as
serted as all that part of the Jacamar Wood which lay between the Mercy
d the lake. There was no occasion for any warning. The wood appeared as
serted as on the day when the colonists first landed on the island.
ey approached the plateau. Another mile and they would see the bridge
er Creek Glycerine. Cyrus Harding expected to find it in its place;
pposing that the convicts would have crossed it, and that, after having
ssed one of the streams which enclosed the plateau, they would have taken
e precaution to lower it again, so as to keep open a retreat.
length an opening in the trees allowed the sea-horizon to be seen. Bute cart continued its progress, for not one of its defenders thought of
andoning it.
that moment Pencroft stopped the onager, and in a hoarse voice,--
h! the villains!" he exclaimed.
d he pointed to a thick smoke rising from the mill, the sheds, and the
ildings at the poultry-yard.
man was moving about in the midst of the smoke. It was Neb.
s companions uttered a shout. He heard, and ran to meet them.
e convicts had left the plateau nearly half-an-hour before, having
vastated it!
nd Mr. Herbert?" asked Neb.
deon Spilett returned to the cart.
rbert had lost consciousness!
apter 10
the convicts, the dangers which menaced Granite House, the ruins withich the plateau was covered, the colonists thought no longer. Herbert's
itical state outweighed all other considerations. Would the removal prove
tal to him by causing some internal injury? The reporter could not affirm
, but he and his companions almost despaired of the result. The cart was
ought to the bend of the river. There some branches, disposed as a liner,
ceived the mattress on which lay the unconscious Herbert. Ten minutes
ter, Cyrus Harding, Spilett, and Pencroft were at the foot of the cliff,
aving Neb to take the cart on to the plateau of Prospect Heights. The
ft was put in motion, and Herbert was soon stretched on his bed in
anite House.
le:///E|/BOOKS/jules%20verne/The%20Mysterious%20Island.txt (294 of 366) [8/4/2003 1:56:49 PM]
7/29/2019 The Mysterious Island- Jules Verne
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/the-mysterious-island-jules-verne 295/365
le:///E|/BOOKS/jules%20verne/The%20Mysterious%20Island.txt
at cares were lavished on him to bring him back to life! He smiled for
moment on finding himself in his room, but could scarcely even murmur a
w words, so great was his weakness. Gideon Spilett examined his wounds. He
ared to find them reopened, having been imperfectly healed. There was
thing of the sort. From whence, then, came this prostration? why was
rbert so much worse? The lad then fell into a kind of feverish sleep, and
e reporter and Pencroft remained near the bed. During this time, Harding
ld Neb all that had happened at the corral, and Neb recounted to his
ster the events of which the plateau had just been the theater.
was only during the preceding night that the convicts had appeared one edge of the forest, at the approaches to Creek Glycerine. Neb, who was
tching near the poultry-yard, had not hesitated to fire at one of the
rates, who was about to cross the stream; but in the darkness he could
t tell whether the man had been hit or not. At any rate, it was not
ough to frighten away the band, and Neb had only just time to get up to
anite House, where at least he was in safety.
t what was he to do there? How prevent the devastations with which the
nvicts threatened the plateau? Had Neb any means by which to warn his
ster? And, besides, in what situation were the inhabitants of the corral
emselves? Cyrus Harding and his companions had left on the 11th of
vember, and it was now the 29th. It was, therefore, nineteen days since
b had had other news than that brought by Top--disastrous news: Ayrtonsappeared, Herbert severely wounded, the engineer, reporter, and sailor,
it were, imprisoned in the corral!
at was he to do? asked poor Neb. Personally he had nothing to fear, for
e convicts could not reach him in Granite House. But the buildings, the
antations, all their arrangements at the mercy of the pirates! Would it
t be best to let Cyrus Harding judge of what he ought to do, and to warn
m, at least, of the danger which threatened him?
b then thought of employing Jup, and confiding a note to him. He knew
e orang's great intelligence, which had been often put to the proof. Jup
derstood the word corral, which had been frequently pronounced before
m, and it may be remembered, too, that he had often driven the cartither in company with Pencroft. Day had not yet dawned. The active orang
uld know how to pass unperceived through the woods, of which the
nvicts, besides, would think he was a native.
b did not hesitate. He wrote the note, he tied it to Jup's neck, he
ought the ape to the door of Granite House, from which he let down a long
rd to the ground; then, several times he repeated these words,--
up Jup! corral, corral!"
e creature understood, seized the cord, glided rapidly down the beach,
d disappeared in the darkness without the convicts' attention having been
the least excited.
ou did well, Neb," said Harding, "but perhaps in not warning us you
uld have done still better!"
d, in speaking thus, Cyrus Harding thought of Herbert, whose recovery
e removal had so seriously checked.
b ended his account. The convicts had not appeared at all on the beach.
t knowing the number of the island's inhabitants, they might suppose that
anite House was defended by a large party. They must have remembered that
ring the attack by the brig numerous shot had been fired both from the
wer and upper rocks, and no doubt they did not wish to expose themselves.
le:///E|/BOOKS/jules%20verne/The%20Mysterious%20Island.txt (295 of 366) [8/4/2003 1:56:49 PM]
7/29/2019 The Mysterious Island- Jules Verne
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/the-mysterious-island-jules-verne 296/365
le:///E|/BOOKS/jules%20verne/The%20Mysterious%20Island.txt
t the plateau of Prospect Heights was open to them, and not covered by
e fire of Granite House. They gave themselves up, therefore, to their
stinct of destruction,--plundering, burning, devastating everything,--and
ly retiring half an hour before the arrival of the colonists, whom they
lieved still confined in the corral.
their retreat, Neb hurried out. He climbed the plateau at the risk of
ing perceived and fired at, tried to extinguish the fire which was
nsuming the buildings of the poultry-yard, and had struggled, though in
in, against it until the cart appeared at the edge of the wood.
ch had been these serious events. The presence of the convicts
nstituted a permanent source of danger to the settlers in Lincoln Island,
til then so happy, and who might now expect still greater misfortunes.
ilett remained in Granite House with Herbert and Pencroft, while Cyrus
rding, accompanied by Neb, proceeded to judge for himself of the extent
the disaster.
was fortunate that the convicts had not advanced to the foot of
anite House. The workshop at the Chimneys would in that case not have
caped destruction. But after all, this evil would have been more easily
parable than the ruins accumulated on the plateau of Prospect Heights.
rding and Neb proceeded towards the Mercy, and ascended its left bank
thout meeting with any trace of the convicts; nor on the other side of
e river, in the depths of the wood, could they perceive any suspicious
dications.
sides, it might be supposed that in all probability either the convicts
ew of the return of the settlers to Granite House, by having seen them
ss on the road from the corral, or, after the devastation of the plateau,
ey had penetrated into Jacamar Wood, following the course of the Mercy,
d were thus ignorant of their return.
the former case, they must have returned towards the corral, now
thout defenders, and which contained valuable stores.
the latter, they must have regained their encampment, and would wait
opportunity to recommence the attack.
was, therefore, possible to prevent them, but any enterprise to clear
e island was now rendered difficult by reason of Herbert's condition.
deed, their whole force would have been barely sufficient to cope with
e convicts, and just now no one could leave Granite House.
e engineer and Neb arrived on the plateau. Desolation reigned
erywhere. The fields had been trampled over; the ears of wheat, which
re nearly full-grown, lay on the ground. The other plantations had not
ffered less.
e kitchen-garden was destroyed. Happily, Granite House possessed aore of seed which would enable them to repair these misfortunes.
to the wall and buildings of the poultry-yard and the onagers stable,
e fire had destroyed all. A few terrified creatures roamed over the
ateau. The birds, which during the fire had taken refuge on the waters of
e lake, had already returned to their accustomed spot, and were dabbling
the banks. Everything would have to be reconstructed.
rus Harding's face, which was paler than usual, expressed an internal
ger which he commanded with difficulty, but he did not utter a word. Once
re he looked at his devastated fields, and at the smoke which still rose
om the ruins, then he returned to Granite House.
le:///E|/BOOKS/jules%20verne/The%20Mysterious%20Island.txt (296 of 366) [8/4/2003 1:56:49 PM]
7/29/2019 The Mysterious Island- Jules Verne
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/the-mysterious-island-jules-verne 297/365
le:///E|/BOOKS/jules%20verne/The%20Mysterious%20Island.txt
e following days were the saddest of any that the colonists had passed
the island! Herbert's weakness visibly increased. It appeared that a
re serious malady, the consequence of the profound physiological
sturbance he had gone through, threatened to declare itself, and Gideon
ilett feared such an aggravation of his condition that he would be
werless to fight against it!
fact, Herbert remained in an almost continuous state of drowsiness,
d symptoms of delirium began to manifest themselves. Refreshing drinks
re the only remedies at the colonists' disposal. The fever was not as yetry high, but it soon appeared that it would probably recur at regular
tervals. Gideon Spilett first recognized this on the 6th of December.
e poor boy, whose fingers, nose, and ears had become extremely pale,
s at first seized with slight shiverings, horripilations, and tremblings.
s pulse was weak and irregular, his skin dry, his thirst intense. To this
on succeeded a hot fit; his face became flushed; his skin reddened; his
lse quick; then a profuse perspiration broke out after which the fever
emed to diminish. The attack had lasted nearly five hours.
deon Spilett had not left Herbert, who, it was only too certain, was now
ized by an intermittent fever, and this fever must be cured at any cost
fore it should assume a more serious aspect.
nd in order to cure it," said Spilett to Cyrus Harding, "we need a
brifuge."
febrifuge--" answered the engineer. "We have neither Peruvian bark,
r sulphate of quinine."
o," said Gideon Spilett, "but there are willows on the border of the
ke, and the bark of the willow might, perhaps, prove to be a substitute
r quinine."
et us try it without losing a moment," replied Cyrus Harding.
e bark of the willow has, indeed, been justly considered as accedaneum for Peruvian bark, as has also that of the horse-chestnut tree,
e leaf of the holly, the snake-root, etc. It was evidently necessary to
ke trial of this substance, although not so valuable as Peruvian bark,
d to employ it in its natural state, since they had no means for
tracting its essence.
rus Harding went himself to cut from the trunk of a species of black
llow, a few pieces of bark; he brought them back to Granite House, and
duced them to a powder, which was administered that same evening to
rbert.
e night passed without any important change. Herbert was somewhat
lirious, but the fever did not reappear in the night, and did not returnther during the following day.
ncroft again began to hope. Gideon Spilett said nothing. It might be
at the fever was not quotidian, but tertian, and that it would return
xt day. Therefore, he awaited the next day with the greatest anxiety.
might have been remarked besides that during this period Herbert
mained utterly prostrate, his head weak and giddy. Another symptom
armed the reporter to the highest degree. Herbert's liver became
ngested, and soon a more intense delirium showed that his brain was also
fected.
le:///E|/BOOKS/jules%20verne/The%20Mysterious%20Island.txt (297 of 366) [8/4/2003 1:56:49 PM]
7/29/2019 The Mysterious Island- Jules Verne
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/the-mysterious-island-jules-verne 298/365
le:///E|/BOOKS/jules%20verne/The%20Mysterious%20Island.txt
deon Spilett was overwhelmed by this new complication. He took the
gineer aside.
t is a malignant fever," said he.
malignant fever!" cried Harding. "You are mistaken, Spilett. A
lignant fever does not declare itself spontaneously; its germ must
eviously have existed."
am not mistaken," replied the reporter. "Herbert no doubt contracted
e germ of this fever in the marshes of the island. He has already had one
tack; should a second come on and should we not be able to prevent a
ird, he is lost."
ut the willow bark?"
hat is insufficient," answered the reporter, "and the third attack of a
lignant fever, which is not arrested by means of quinine, is always
tal."
rtunately, Pencroft heard nothing of this conversation or he would have
ne mad.
may be imagined what anxiety the engineer and the reporter suffered
ring the day of the 7th of December and the following night.
wards the middle of the day the second attack came on. The crisis was
rrible. Herbert felt himself sinking. He stretched his arms towards Cyrus
rding, towards Spilett, towards Pencroft. He was so young to die! The
ene was heart-rending. They were obliged to send Pencroft away.
e fit lasted five hours. It was evident that Herbert could not survive
third.
e night was frightful. In his delirium Herbert uttered words which went
the hearts of his companions. He struggled with the convicts, he called
Ayrton, he poured forth entreaties to that mysterious being,--that
werful unknown protector,--whose image was stamped upon his mind; then heain fell into a deep exhaustion which completely prostrated him. Several
mes Gideon Spilett thought that the poor boy was dead.
e next day, the 8th of December, was but a succession of the fainting
ts. Herbert's thin hands clutched the sheets. They had administered
rther doses of pounded bark, but the reporter expected no result from it.
f before tomorrow morning we have not given him a more energetic
brifuge," said the reporter, "Herbert will be dead."
ght arrived--the last night, it was too much to be feared, of the good,
ave, intelligent boy, so far in advance of his years, and who was loved
all as their own child. The only remedy which existed against this
rrible malignant fever, the only specific which could overcome it, was
t to be found in Lincoln Island.
ring the night of the 8th of December, Herbert was seized by a more
olent delirium. His liver was fearfully congested, his brain affected,
d already it was impossible for him to recognize any one.
uld he live until the next day, until that third attack which must
fallibly carry him off? It was not probable. His strength was exhausted,
d in the intervals of fever he lay as one dead.
wards three o'clock in the morning Herbert uttered a piercing cry. He
le:///E|/BOOKS/jules%20verne/The%20Mysterious%20Island.txt (298 of 366) [8/4/2003 1:56:49 PM]
7/29/2019 The Mysterious Island- Jules Verne
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/the-mysterious-island-jules-verne 299/365
le:///E|/BOOKS/jules%20verne/The%20Mysterious%20Island.txt
emed to be torn by a supreme convulsion. Neb, who was near him,
rrified, ran into the next room where his companions were watching.
p, at that moment, barked in a strange manner.
l rushed in immediately and managed to restrain the dying boy, who was
deavoring to throw himself out of his bed, while Spilett, taking his arm,
lt his pulse gradually quicken.
was five in the morning. The rays of the rising sun began to shine in
the windows of Granite House. It promised to be a fine day, and this day
s to be poor Herbert's last!
ray glanced on the table placed near the bed.
ddenly Pencroft, uttering a cry, pointed to the table.
it lay a little oblong box, of which the cover bore these words:--
ULPHATE OF QUININE."
apter 11
deon Spilett took the box and opened it. It contained nearly two hundred
ains of a white powder, a few particles of which he carried to his lips.
e extreme bitterness of the substance precluded all doubt; it was
rtainly the precious extract of quinine, that pre-eminent antifebrile.
is powder must be administered to Herbert without delay. How it came
ere might be discussed later.
ome coffee!" said Spilett.
a few moments Neb brought a cup of the warm infusion. Gideon Spilett
rew into it about eighteen grains of quinine, and they succeeded in
king Herbert drink the mixture.
ere was still time, for the third attack of the malignant fever had nott shown itself. How they longed to be able to add that it would not
turn!
sides, it must be remarked, the hopes of all had now revived. The
sterious influence had been again exerted, and in a critical moment, when
ey had despaired of it.
a few hours Herbert was much calmer. The colonists could now discuss
is incident. The intervention of the stranger was more evident than ever.
t how had he been able to penetrate during the night into Granite House?
was inexplicable, and, in truth, the proceedings of the genius of the
land were not less mysterious than was that genius himself. During this
y the sulphate of quinine was administered to Herbert every three hours.
e next day some improvement in Herbert's condition was apparent.
rtainly, he was not out of danger, intermittent fevers being subject to
equent and dangerous relapses, but the most assiduous care was bestowed
him. And besides, the specific was at hand; nor, doubtless, was he who
d brought it far distant! And the hearts of all were animated by
turning hope.
is hope was not disappointed. Ten days after, on the 20th of December,
rbert's convalescence commenced.
was still weak, and strict diet had been imposed upon him, but no
le:///E|/BOOKS/jules%20verne/The%20Mysterious%20Island.txt (299 of 366) [8/4/2003 1:56:50 PM]
7/29/2019 The Mysterious Island- Jules Verne
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/the-mysterious-island-jules-verne 300/365
le:///E|/BOOKS/jules%20verne/The%20Mysterious%20Island.txt
cess of fever supervened. And then, the poor boy submitted with such
cility to all the prescriptions ordered him! He longed so to get well!
ncroft was as a man who has been drawn up from the bottom of an abyss.
ts of joy approaching delirium seized him. When the time for the third
tack had passed by, he nearly suffocated the reporter in his embrace.
nce then, he always called him Dr. Spilett.
e real doctor, however, remained undiscovered.
e will find him!" repeated the sailor.
rtainly, this man, whoever he was, might expect a somewhat too
ergetic embrace from the worthy Pencroft!
e month of December ended, and with it the year 1867, during which the
lonists of Lincoln Island had of late been so severely tried. They
mmenced the year 1868 with magnificent weather, great heat, and a
opical temperature, delightfully cooled by the sea-breeze. Herbert's
covery progressed, and from his bed, placed near one of the windows of
anite House, he could inhale the fresh air, charged with ozone, which
uld not fail to restore his health. His appetite returned, and what
mberless delicate, savory little dishes Neb prepared for him!
t is enough to make one wish to have a fever oneself!" said Pencroft.
ring all this time, the convicts did not once appear in the vicinity of
anite House. There was no news of Ayrton, and though the engineer and
rbert still had some hopes of finding him again, their companions did not
ubt but that the unfortunate man had perished. However, this uncertainty
uld not last, and when once the lad should have recovered, the
pedition, the result of which must be so important, would be undertaken.
t they would have to wait a month, perhaps, for all the strength of the
lony must be put into requisition to obtain satisfaction from the
nvicts.
wever, Herbert's convalescence progressed rapidly. The congestion of
e liver had disappeared, and his wounds might be considered completelyaled.
ring the month of January, important work was done on the plateau of
ospect Heights; but it consisted solely in saving as much as was possible
om the devastated crops, either of corn or vegetables. The grain and the
ants were gathered, so as to provide a new harvest for the approaching
lf-season. With regard to rebuilding the poultry-yard, wall, or stables,
rus Harding preferred to wait. While he and his companions were in
rsuit of the convicts, the latter might very probably pay another visit
the plateau, and it would be useless to give them an opportunity of
commencing their work of destruction. when the island should be cleared
these miscreants, they would set about rebuilding. The young
nvalescent began to get up in the second week of January, at first for
e hour a day, then two, then three. His strength visibly returned, so
gorous was his constitution. He was now eighteen years of age. He was
ll, and promised to become a man of noble and commanding presence. From
is time his recovery, while still requiring care,--and Dr. Spilett was
ry strict,--made rapid progress. Towards the end of the month, Herbert
s already walking about on Prospect Heights, and the beach.
derived, from several sea-baths, which he took in company with
ncroft and Neb, the greatest possible benefit. Cyrus Harding thought he
ght now settle the day for their departure, for which the 15th of
bruary was fixed. The nights, very clear at this time of year, would be
le:///E|/BOOKS/jules%20verne/The%20Mysterious%20Island.txt (300 of 366) [8/4/2003 1:56:50 PM]
7/29/2019 The Mysterious Island- Jules Verne
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/the-mysterious-island-jules-verne 301/365
le:///E|/BOOKS/jules%20verne/The%20Mysterious%20Island.txt
vorable to the researches they intended to make all over the island.
e necessary preparations for this exploration were now commenced, and
re important, for the colonists had sworn not to return to Granite House
til their twofold object had been achieved; on the one hand, to
terminate the convicts, and rescue Ayrton, if he was still living; on the
her, to discover who it was that presided so effectually over the
rtunes of the colony.
Lincoln Island, the settlers knew thoroughly all the eastern coast
om Claw Cape to the Mandible Capes, the extensive Tadorn Marsh, the
ighborhood of Lake Grant, Jacamar Wood, between the road to the corral
d the Mercy, the courses of the Mercy and Red Creek, and lastly, the
urs of Mount Franklin, among which the corral had been established.
ey had explored, though only in an imperfect manner, the vast shore of
shington Bay from Claw Cape to Reptile End, the woody and marshy border
the west coast, and the interminable downs, ending at the open mouth of
ark Gulf. But they had in no way surveyed the woods which covered the
rpentine Peninsula, all to the right of the Mercy, the left bank of Falls
ver, and the wilderness of spurs and valleys which supported three
arters of the base of Mount Franklin, to the east, the north, and the
st, and where doubtless many secret retreats existed. Consequently, many
llions of acres of the island had still escaped their investigations.
was, therefore, decided that the expedition should be carried through
e Far West, so as to include all that region situated on the right of the
rcy.
might, perhaps, be better worth while to go direct to the corral,
ere it might be supposed that the convicts had again taken refuge, either
pillage or to establish themselves there. But either the devastation of
e corral would have been an accomplished fact by this time, and it would
too late to prevent it, or it had been the convicts' interest to
trench themselves there, and there would be still time to go and turn
em out on their return.
erefore, after some discussion, the first plan was adhered to, and the
ttlers resolved to proceed through the wood to Reptile End. They would
ke their way with their hatchets, and thus lay the first draft of a road
ich would place Granite House in communication with the end of the
ninsula for a length of from sixteen to seventeen miles.
e cart was in good condition. The onagers, well rested, could go a long
urney. Provisions, camp effects, a portable stove, and various utensils
re packed in the cart, as also weapons and ammunition, carefully chosen
om the now complete arsenal of Granite House. But it was necessary to
member that the convicts were, perhaps, roaming about the woods, and that
the midst of these thick forests a shot might quickly be fired and
ceived. It was therefore resolved that the little band of settlers should
main together and not separate under any pretext whatever.
was also decided that no one should remain at Granite House. Top and
p themselves were to accompany the expedition; the inaccessible dwelling
eded no guard. The 14th of February, eve of the departure, was
nsecrated entirely to repose, and--thanksgiving addressed by the colonists
the Creator. A place in the cart was reserved for Herbert, who, though
oroughly convalescent, was still a little weak. The next morning, at
ybreak, Cyrus Harding took the necessary measures to protect Granite
use from any invasion. The ladders, which were formerly used for the
cent, were brought to the Chimneys and buried deep in the sand, so that
ey might be available on the return of the colonists, for the machinery
le:///E|/BOOKS/jules%20verne/The%20Mysterious%20Island.txt (301 of 366) [8/4/2003 1:56:50 PM]
7/29/2019 The Mysterious Island- Jules Verne
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/the-mysterious-island-jules-verne 302/365
le:///E|/BOOKS/jules%20verne/The%20Mysterious%20Island.txt
the lift had been taken to pieces, and nothing of the apparatus
mained. Pencroft stayed the last in Granite House in order to finish this
rk, and he then lowered himself down by means of a double rope held
low, and which, when once hauled down, left no communication between the
per landing and the beach.
e weather was magnificent.
e shall have a warm day of it," said the reporter, laughing.
ooh! Dr. Spilett," answered Pencroft, "we shall walk under the shade of
e trees and shan't even see the sun!"
orward!" said the engineer.
e cart was waiting on the beach before the Chimneys. The reporter made
rbert take his place in it during the first hours at least of the
urney, and the lad was obliged to submit to his doctor's orders.
b placed himself at the onagers' heads. Cyrus Harding, the reporter,
d the sailor, walked in front. Top bounded joyfully along. Herbert
fered a seat in his vehicle to Jup, who accepted it without ceremony. The
ment for departure had arrived, and the little band set out.
e cart first turned the angle of the mouth of the Mercy, then, havingcended the left bank for a mile, crossed the bridge, at the other side of
ich commenced the road to Port Balloon, and there the explorers, leaving
is road on their left, entered the cover of the immense woods which
rmed the region of the Far West.
r the first two miles the widely scattered trees allowed the cart to
ss with ease; from time to time it became necessary to cut away a few
eepers and bushes, but no serious obstacle impeded the progress of the
lonists.
e thick foliage of the trees threw a grateful shade on the ground.
odars, Douglas firs, casuarinas, banksias, gum-trees, dragon-trees, and
her well-known species, succeeded each other far as the eye could reach.e feathered tribes of the island were all represented--grouse, jacamars,
easants, lories, as well as the chattering cockatoos, parrots, and
roquets. Agouties, kangaroos, and capybaras fled swiftly at their
proach; and all this reminded the settlers of the first excursions they
d made on their arrival at the island.
evertheless," observed Cyrus Harding, "I notice that these creatures,
th birds and quadrupeds, are more timid than formerly. These woods have,
erefore, been recently traversed by the convicts, and we shall certainly
nd some traces of them."
d, in fact, in several places they could distinguish traces, more or
ss recent, of the passage of a band of men--here branches broken off theees, perhaps to mark out the way; there the ashes of a fire, and
otprints in clayey spots; but nothing which appeared to belong to a
ttled encampment.
e engineer had recommended his companions to refrain from hunting. The
ports of the firearms might give the alarm to the convicts, who were,
rhaps, roaming through the forest. Moreover, the hunters would
cessarily ramble some distance from the cart, which it was dangerous to
ave unguarded.
the afterpart of the day, when about six miles from Granite House,
eir progress became much more difficult. In order to make their way
le:///E|/BOOKS/jules%20verne/The%20Mysterious%20Island.txt (302 of 366) [8/4/2003 1:56:50 PM]
7/29/2019 The Mysterious Island- Jules Verne
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/the-mysterious-island-jules-verne 303/365
le:///E|/BOOKS/jules%20verne/The%20Mysterious%20Island.txt
rough some thickets, they were obliged to cut down trees. Before entering
ch places Harding was careful to send in Top and Jup, who faithfully
complished their commission, and when the dog and orang returned without
ving any warning, there was evidently nothing to fear, either from
nvicts or wild beasts, two varieties of the animal kingdom, whose
rocious instincts placed them on the same level. On the evening of the
rst day the colonists encamped about nine miles from Granite House, on
e border of a little stream falling into the Mercy, and of the existence
which they had till then been ignorant; it evidently, however, belonged
the hydiographical system to which the soil owed its astonishing
rtility. The settlers made a hearty meal, for their appetites werearpened, and measures were then taken that the night might be passed in
fety. If the engineer had had only to deal with wild beasts, jaguars or
hers, he would have simply lighted fires all around his camp, which would
ve sufficed for its defense; but the convicts would be rather attracted
an terrified by the flames, and it was, therefore, better to be
rrounded by the profound darkness of night.
e watch was, however, carefully organized. Two of the settlers were to
tch together, and every two hours it was agreed that they should be
lieved by their comrades. And so, notwithstanding his wish to the
ntrary, Herbert was exempted from guard. Pencroft and Gideon Spilett in
e party, the engineer and Neb in another, mounted guard in turns over
e camp.
e night, however, was but of few hours. The darkness was due rather to
e thickness of the foliage than to the disappearance of the sun. The
lence was scarcely disturbed by the howling of jaguars and the chattering
the monkeys, the latter appearing to particularly irritate Master Jup.
e night passed without incident, and on the next day, the 15th of
bruary, the journey through the forest, tedious rather than difficult,
s continued. This day they could not accomplish more than six miles, for
ery moment they were obliged to cut a road with their hatchets.
ke true settlers, the colonists spared the largest and most beautiful
ees, which would besides have cost immense labor to fell, and the small
es only were sacrificed, but the result was that the road took a verynding direction, and lengthened itself by numerous detours.
ring the day Herbert discovered several new specimens not before met
th in the island, such as the tree-fern, with its leaves spread out like
e waters of a fountain, locust-trees, on the long pods of which the
agers browsed greedily, and which supplied a sweet pulp of excellent
avor. There, too, the colonists again found groups of magnificent
uries, their cylindrical trunks, crowded with a cone of verdure, rising
a height of two hundred feet. These were the tree-kings of New Zealand,
celebrated as the cedars of Lebanon.
to the fauna, there was no addition to those species already known to
e hunters. Nevertheless, they saw, though unable to get near them, auple of those large birds peculiar to Australia, a sort of cassowary,
lled emu, five feet in height, and with brown plumage, which belong to
e tribe of waders. Top darted after them as fast as his four legs could
rry him, but the emus distanced him with ease, so prodigious was their
eed.
to the traces left by the convicts, a few more were discovered. Some
otprints found near an apparently recently extinguished fire were
tentively examined by the settlers. By measuring them one after the
her, according to their length and breadth, the marks of five men's feet
re easily distinguished. The five convicts had evidently camped on this
ot; but,--and this was the object of so minute an examination,--a sixth
le:///E|/BOOKS/jules%20verne/The%20Mysterious%20Island.txt (303 of 366) [8/4/2003 1:56:50 PM]
7/29/2019 The Mysterious Island- Jules Verne
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/the-mysterious-island-jules-verne 304/365
le:///E|/BOOKS/jules%20verne/The%20Mysterious%20Island.txt
otprint could not be discovered, which in that case would have been that
Ayrton.
yrton was not with them!" said Herbert.
o," answered Pencroft, "and if he was not with them, it was because the
etches had already murdered him! but then these rascals have not a den to
ich they may be tracked like tigers!"
o," replied the reporter, "it is more probable that they wander at
ndom, and it is their interest to rove about until the time when they
ll be masters of the island!"
he masters of the island!" exclaimed the sailor; "the masters of the
land!..." he repeated, and his voice was choked, as if his throat was
ized in an iron grasp. Then in a calmer tone, "Do you know, Captain
rding," said he, "what the ball is which I have rammed into my gun?"
o, Pencroft!"
t is the ball that went through Herbert's chest, and I promise you it
n't miss its mark!"
t this just retaliation would not bring Ayrton back to life, and from
e examination of the footprints left in the ground, they must, alas!nclude that all hopes of ever seeing him again must be abandoned.
at evening they encamped fourteen miles from Granite House, and Cyrus
rding calculated that they could not be more than five miles from Reptile
int.
d indeed, the next day the extremity of the peninsula was reached, and
e whole length of the forest had been traversed; but there was nothing to
dicate the retreat in which the convicts had taken refuge, nor that, no
ss secret, which sheltered the mysterious unknown.
apter 12
e next day, the 18th of February, was devoted to the exploration of all
at wooded region forming the shore from Reptile End to Falls River. The
lonists were able to search this forest thoroughly, for, as it was
mprised between the two shores of the Serpentine Peninsula, it was only
om three to four miles in breadth. The trees, both by their height and
eir thick foliage, bore witness to the vegetative power of the soil, more
tonishing here than in any other part of the island. One might have said
at a corner from the virgin forests of America or Africa had been
ansported into this temperate zone. This led them to conclude that the
perb vegetation found a heat in this soil, damp in its upper layer, but
rmed in the interior by volcanic fires, which could not belong to amperate climate. The most frequently occurring trees were knaries and
calypti of gigantic dimensions.
t the colonists' object was not simply to admire the magnificent
getation. They knew already that in this respect Lincoln Island would
ve been worthy to take the first rank in the Canary group, to which the
rst name given was that of the Happy Isles. Now, alas! their island no
nger belonged to them entirely; others had taken possession of it,
screants polluted its shores, and they must be destroyed to the last man.
traces were found on the western coast, although they were carefully
ught for. No more footprints, no more broken branches, no more deserted
le:///E|/BOOKS/jules%20verne/The%20Mysterious%20Island.txt (304 of 366) [8/4/2003 1:56:50 PM]
7/29/2019 The Mysterious Island- Jules Verne
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/the-mysterious-island-jules-verne 305/365
le:///E|/BOOKS/jules%20verne/The%20Mysterious%20Island.txt
mps.
his does not surprise me," said Cyrus Harding to his companions. "The
nvicts first landed on the island in the neighborhood of Flotsam Point,
d they immediately plunged into the Far West forests, after crossing
dorn Marsh. They then followed almost the same route that we took on
aving Granite House. This explains the traces we found in the wood. But,
riving on the shore, the convicts saw at once that they would discover no
itable retreat there, and it was then that, going northwards again, they
me upon the corral."
here they have perhaps returned," said Pencroft.
do not think so," answered the engineer, "for they would naturally
ppose that our researches would be in that direction. The corral is only
storehouse to them, and not a definitive encampment."
am of Cyrus' opinion," said the reporter, "and I think that it is
ong the spurs of Mount Franklin that the convicts will have made their
ir."
hen, captain, straight to the corral!" cried Pencroft. "We must finish
em off, and till now we have only lost time!"
o, my friend," replied the engineer; "you forget that we have a reasonr wishing to know if the forests of the Far West do not contain some
bitation. Our exploration has a double object, Pencroft. If, on the one
nd, we have to chastise crime, we have, on the other, an act of gratitude
perform."
hat was well said, captain," replied the sailor, "but, all the same, it
my opinion that we shall not find the gentleman until he pleases."
d truly Pencroft only expressed the opinion of all. It was probable
at the stranger's retreat was not less mysterious than was he himself.
at evening the cart halted at the mouth of Falls River. The camp was
ganized as usual, and the customary precautions were taken for the night.rbert, become again the healthy and vigorous lad he was before his
lness, derived great benefit from this life in the open air, between the
a breezes and the vivifying air from the forests. His place was no longer
the cart, but at the head of the troop.
e next day, the 19th of February, the colonists, leaving the shore,
ere, beyond the mouth, basalts of every shape were so picturesquely piled
, ascended the river by its left bank. The road had been already partly
eared in their former excursions made from the corral to the west coast.
e settlers were now about six miles from Mount Franklin.
e engineer's plan was this:--To minutely survey the valley forming the
d of the river, and to cautiously approach the neighborhood of therral; if the corral was occupied, to seize it by force; if it was not, to
trench themselves there and make it the center of the operations which
d for their object the exploration of Mount Franklin.
is plan was unanimously approved by the colonists, for they were
patient to regain entire possession of their island.
ey made their way then along the narrow valley separating two of the
rgest spurs of Mount Franklin. The trees, crowded on the river's bank,
came rare on the upper slopes of the mountain. The ground was hilly and
ugh, very suitable for ambushes, and over which they did not venture
thout extreme precaution. Top and Jup skirmished on the flanks, springing
le:///E|/BOOKS/jules%20verne/The%20Mysterious%20Island.txt (305 of 366) [8/4/2003 1:56:50 PM]
7/29/2019 The Mysterious Island- Jules Verne
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/the-mysterious-island-jules-verne 306/365
le:///E|/BOOKS/jules%20verne/The%20Mysterious%20Island.txt
ght and left through the thick brushwood, and emulating each other in
telligence and activity. But nothing showed that the banks of the stream
d been recently frequented--nothing announced either the presence or the
oximity of the convicts. Towards five in the evening the cart stopped
arly 600 feet from the palisade. A semicircular screen of trees still hid
.
was necessary to reconnoiter the corral, in order to ascertain if it
s occupied. To go there openly, in broad daylight, when the convicts were
obably in ambush, would be to expose themselves, as poor Herbert had
ne, to the firearms of the ruffians. It was better, then, to wait untilght came on.
wever, Gideon Spilett wished without further delay to reconnoiter the
proaches to the corral, and Pencroft, who was quite out of patience,
lunteered to accompany him.
o, my friends," said the engineer, "wait till night. I will not allow
e of you to expose himself in open day."
ut, captain--" answered the sailor, little disposed to obey.
beg of you, Pencroft," said the engineer.
ery well!" replied the sailor, who vented his anger in another way, bystowing on the convicts the worst names in his maritime vocabulary.
e colonists remained, therefore, near the cart, and carefully watched
e neighboring parts of the forest.
ree hours passed thus. The wind had fallen, and absolute silence
igned under the great trees. The snapping of the smallest twig, a
otstep on the dry leaves, the gliding of a body among the grass, would
ve been heard without difficulty. All was quiet. Besides, Top, lying on
e grass, his head stretched out on his paws, gave no sign of uneasiness.
eight o'clock the day appeared far enough advanced for the
connaissance to be made under favorable conditions. Gideon Spilett
clared himself ready to set out accompanied by Pencroft. Cyrus Hardingnsented. Top and Jup were to remain with the engineer, Herbert, and Neb,
r a bark or a cry at a wrong moment would give the alarm.
o not be imprudent," said Harding to the reporter and Pencroft, "you
ve not to gain possession of the corral, but only to find out whether it
occupied or not."
ll right," answered Pencroft.
d the two departed.
der the trees, thanks to the thickness of their foliage, the obscurity
ndered any object invisible beyond a radius of from thirty to forty feet.e reporter and Pencroft, halting at any suspicious sound, advanced with
eat caution.
ey walked a little distance apart from each other so as to offer a less
rk for a shot. And, to tell the truth, they expected every moment to hear
report. Five minutes after leaving the cart, Gideon Spilett and Pencroft
rived at the edge of the wood before the clearing beyond which rose the
lisade.
ey stopped. A few straggling beams still fell on the field clear of
ees. Thirty feet distant was the gate of the corral, which appeared to be
osed. This thirty feet, which it was necessary to cross from the wood to
le:///E|/BOOKS/jules%20verne/The%20Mysterious%20Island.txt (306 of 366) [8/4/2003 1:56:50 PM]
7/29/2019 The Mysterious Island- Jules Verne
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/the-mysterious-island-jules-verne 307/365
le:///E|/BOOKS/jules%20verne/The%20Mysterious%20Island.txt
e palisade, constituted the dangerous zone, to borrow a ballistic term:
fact, one or more bullets fired from behind the palisade might knock
er any one who ventured on to this zone. Gideon Spilett and the sailor
re not men to draw back, but they knew that any imprudence on their part,
which they would be the first victims, would fall afterwards on their
mpanions. If they themselves were killed, what would become of Harding,
b, and Herbert?
t Pencroft, excited at feeling himself so near the corral where he
pposed the convicts had taken refuge, was about to press forward, when
e reporter held him back with a grasp of iron.
n a few minutes it will be quite dark," whispered Spilett in the
ilor's ear, "then will be the time to act."
ncroft, convulsively clasping the butt-end of his gun, restrained his
ergies, and waited, swearing to himself.
on the last of the twilight faded away. Darkness, which seemed as if it
sued from the dense forest, covered the clearing. Mount Franklin rose
ke an enormous screen before the western horizon, and night spread
pidly over all, as it does in regions of low latitudes. Now was the time.
e reporter and Pencroft, since posting themselves on the edge of the
od, had not once lost sight of the palisade. The corral appeared to be
solutely deserted. The top of the palisade formed a line, a little darker
an the surrounding shadow, and nothing disturbed its distinctness.
vertheless, if the convicts were there, they must have posted one of
eir number to guard against any surprise.
ilett grasped his companion's hand, and both crept towards the corral,
eir guns ready to fire.
ey reached the gate without the darkness being illuminated by a single
y of light.
ncroft tried to push open the gate, which, as the reporter and he had
pposed, was closed. However, the sailor was able to ascertain that theter bars had not been put up. It might, then, be concluded that the
nvicts were there in the corral, and that very probably they had fastened
e gate in such a way that it could not be forced open.
deon Spilett and Pencroft listened.
t a sound could be heard inside the palisade. The musmons and the
ats, sleeping no doubt in their huts, in no way disturbed the calm of
ght.
e reporter and the sailor hearing nothing, asked themselves whether
ey had not better scale the palisades and penetrate into the corral. This
uld have been contrary to Cyrus Harding's instructions.
is true that the enterprise might succeed, but it might also fail.
w, if the convicts were suspecting nothing, if they knew nothing of the
pedition against them, if, lastly, there now existed a chance of
rprising them, ought this chance to be lost by inconsiderately attempting
cross the palisades?
is was not the reporter's opinion. He thought it better to wait until
l the settlers were collected together before attempting to penetrate into
e corral. One thing was certain, that it was possible to reach the
lisade without being seen, and also that it did not appear to be guarded.
is point settled, there was nothing to be done but to return to the cart,
le:///E|/BOOKS/jules%20verne/The%20Mysterious%20Island.txt (307 of 366) [8/4/2003 1:56:50 PM]
7/29/2019 The Mysterious Island- Jules Verne
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/the-mysterious-island-jules-verne 308/365
le:///E|/BOOKS/jules%20verne/The%20Mysterious%20Island.txt
ere they would consult.
ncroft probably agreed with this decision, for he followed the reporter
thout making any objection when the latter turned back to the wood.
a few minutes the engineer was made acquainted with the state of
fairs.
ell," said he, after a little thought, "I now have reason to believe
at the convicts are not in the corral."
e shall soon know," said Pencroft, "when we have scaled the palisade."
o the corral, my friends!" said Cyrus Harding.
hall we leave the cart in the wood?" asked Neb.
o," replied the engineer, "it is our wagon of ammunition and
ovisions, and, if necessary, it would serve as an entrenchment."
orward, then!" said Gideon Spilett.
e cart emerged from the wood and began to roll noiselessly towards the
lisade. The darkness was now profound, the silence as complete as when
ncroft and the reporter crept over the ground. The thick grass completelyffled their footsteps. The colonists held themselves ready to fire. Jup,
Pencroft's orders, kept behind. Neb led Top in a leash, to prevent him
om bounding forward.
e clearing soon came in sight. It was deserted. Without hesitating, the
ttle band moved towards the palisade. In a short space of time the
ngerous zone was passed. Neb remained at the onagers' heads to hold them.
e engineer, the reporter, Herbert, and Pencroft, proceeded to the door,
order to ascertain if it was barricaded inside. It was open!
hat do you say now?" asked the engineer, turning to the sailor and
ilett.
th were stupefied.
can swear," said Pencroft, "that this gate was shut just now!"
e colonists now hesitated. Were the convicts in the corral when
ncroft and the reporter made their reconnaissance? It could not be
ubted, as the gate then closed could only have been opened by them. Were
ey still there, or had one of their number just gone out?
l these questions presented themselves simultaneously to the minds of
e colonists, but how could they be answered?
that moment, Herbert, who had advanced a few steps into the enclosure,
ew back hurriedly, and seized Harding's hand.
hat's the matter?" asked the engineer.
light!"
n the house?"
es!"
l five advanced and indeed, through the window fronting them, they saw
immering a feeble light. Cyrus Harding made up his mind rapidly. "It is
r only chance," said he to his companions, "of finding the convicts
le:///E|/BOOKS/jules%20verne/The%20Mysterious%20Island.txt (308 of 366) [8/4/2003 1:56:50 PM]
7/29/2019 The Mysterious Island- Jules Verne
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/the-mysterious-island-jules-verne 309/365
le:///E|/BOOKS/jules%20verne/The%20Mysterious%20Island.txt
llected in this house, suspecting nothing! They are in our power!
rward!" The colonists crossed through the enclosure, holding their guns
ady in their hands. The cart had been left outside under the charge of
p and Top, who had been prudently tied to it.
rus Harding, Pencroft, and Gideon Spilett on one side, Herbert and Neb
the other, going along by the palisade, surveyed the absolutely dark and
serted corral.
a few moments they were near the closed door of the house.
rding signed to his companions not to stir, and approached the window,
en feebly lighted by the inner light.
gazed into the apartment.
the table burned a lantern. Near the table was the bed formerly used
Ayrton.
the bed lay the body of a man.
ddenly Cyrus Harding drew back, and in a hoarse voice,--"Ayrton!" he
claimed.
mediately the door was forced rather than opened, and the colonistsshed into the room.
rton appeared to be asleep. His countenance showed that he had long and
uelly suffered. On his wrists and ankles could be seen great bruises.
rding bent over him.
yrton!" cried the engineer, seizing the arm of the man whom he had just
und again under such unexpected circumstances.
this exclamation Ayrton opened his eyes, and, gazing at Harding, then
the others,--
ou!" he cried, "you?"
yrton! Ayrton!" repeated Harding.
here am I?"
n the house in the corral!"
lone?"
es!"
ut they will come back!" cried Ayrton. "Defend yourselves! defend
urselves!"
d he fell back exhausted.
pilett," exclaimed the engineer, "we may be attacked at any moment.
ing the cart into the corral. Then, barricade the door, and all come back
re."
ncroft, Neb, and the reporter hastened to execute the engineer's
ders. There was not a moment to be lost. Perhaps even now the cart was in
e hands of the convicts!
a moment the reporter and his two companions had crossed the corral
le:///E|/BOOKS/jules%20verne/The%20Mysterious%20Island.txt (309 of 366) [8/4/2003 1:56:50 PM]
7/29/2019 The Mysterious Island- Jules Verne
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/the-mysterious-island-jules-verne 310/365
le:///E|/BOOKS/jules%20verne/The%20Mysterious%20Island.txt
d reached the gate of the palisade behind which Top was heard growling
llenly.
e engineer, leaving Ayrton for an instant, came out ready to fire.
rbert was at his side. Both surveyed the crest of the spur overlooking
e corral. If the convicts were lying in ambush there, they might knock
e settlers over one after the other.
that moment the moon appeared in the east, above the black curtain of
e forest, and a white sheet of light spread over the interior of the
closure. The corral, with its clumps of trees, the little stream which
tered it, its wide carpet of grass, was suddenly illuminated. From the
de of the mountain, the house and a part of the palisade stood out white
the moonlight. On the opposite side towards the door, the enclosure
mained dark. A black mass soon appeared. This was the cart entering the
rcle of light, and Cyrus Harding could hear the noise made by the door,
his companions shut it and fastened the interior bars.
t, at that moment, Top, breaking loose, began to bark furiously and
sh to the back of the corral, to the right of the house.
e ready to fire, my friends!" cried Harding.
e colonists raised their pieces and waited the moment to fire.
p still barked, and Jup, running towards the dog, uttered shrill cries.
e colonists followed him, and reached the borders of the little stream,
aded by large trees. And there, in the bright moonlight, what did they
e? Five corpses, stretched on the bank!
ey were those of the convicts who, four months previously, had landed
Lincoln Island!
apter 13
w had it happened? who had killed the convicts? Was it Ayrton? No, for a
ment before he was dreading their return.
t Ayrton was now in a profound stupor, from which it was no longer
ssible to rouse him. After uttering those few words he had again become
conscious, and had fallen back motionless on the bed.
e colonists, a prey to a thousand confused thoughts, under the
fluence of violent excitement, waited all night, without leaving Ayrton's
use, or returning to the spot where lay the bodies of the convicts. It
s very probable that Ayrton would not be able to throw any light on the
rcumstances under which the bodies had been found, since he himself was
t aware that he was in the corral. But at any rate he would be in a
sition to give an account of what had taken place before this terrible
ecution. The next day Ayrton awoke from his torpor, and his companions
rdially manifested all the joy they felt, on seeing him again, almost
fe and sound, after a hundred and four days separation.
rton then in a few words recounted what had happened, or, at least, as
ch as he knew.
e day after his arrival at the corral, on the 10th of last November, at
ghtfall, he was surprised by the convicts, who had scaled the palisade.
ey bound and gagged him; then he was led to a dark cavern, at the foot of
unt Franklin, where the convicts had taken refuge.
le:///E|/BOOKS/jules%20verne/The%20Mysterious%20Island.txt (310 of 366) [8/4/2003 1:56:50 PM]
7/29/2019 The Mysterious Island- Jules Verne
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/the-mysterious-island-jules-verne 311/365
le:///E|/BOOKS/jules%20verne/The%20Mysterious%20Island.txt
s death had been decided upon, and the next day the convicts were about
kill him, when one of them recognized him and called him by the name
ich he bore in Australia. The wretches had no scruples as to murdering
rton! They spared Ben Joyce!
t from that moment Ayrton was exposed to the importunities of his
rmer accomplices. They wished him to join them again, and relied upon his
d to enable them to gain possession of Granite House, to penetrate into
at hitherto inaccessible dwelling, and to become masters of the island,
ter murdering the colonists!
rton remained firm. The once convict, now repentant and pardoned, would
ther die than betray his companions. Ayrton--bound, gagged, and closely
tched--lived in this cave for four months.
vertheless the convicts had discovered the corral a short time after
eir arrival in the island, and since then they had subsisted on Ayrton's
ores, but did not live at the corral.
the 11th of November, two of the villains, surprised by the colonists'
rival, fired at Herbert, and one of them returned, boasting of having
lled one of the inhabitants of the island; but he returned alone. His
mpanion, as is known, fell by Cyrus Harding's dagger.
rton's anxiety and despair may be imagined when he learned the news of
rbert's death. The settlers were now only four, and, as it seemed, at the
rcy of the convicts. After this event, and during all the time that the
lonists, detained by Herbert's illness, remained in the corral, the
rates did not leave their cavern, and even after they had pillaged the
ateau of Prospect Heights, they did not think it prudent to abandon it.
e ill-treatment inflicted on Ayrton was now redoubled. His hands and
et still bore the bloody marks of the cords which bound him day and
ght. Every moment he expected to be put to death, nor did it appear
ssible that he could escape.
tters remained thus until the third week of February. The convicts,ill watching for a favorable opportunity, rarely quitted their retreat,
d only made a few hunting excursions, either to the interior of the
land, or the south coast.
rton had no further news of his friends, and relinquished all hope of
er seeing them again. At last, the unfortunate man, weakened by ill-
eatment, fell into a prostration so profound that sight and hearing
iled him. From that moment, that is to say, since the last two days, he
uld give no information whatever of what had occurred.
ut, Captain Harding," he added, "since I was imprisoned in that cavern,
w is it that I find myself in the corral?"
ow is it that the convicts are lying yonder dead, in the middle of the
closure?" answered the engineer.
ead!" cried Ayrton, half rising from his bed, notwithstanding his
akness.
s companions supported him. He wished to get up, and with their
sistance he did so. They then proceeded together towards the little
ream.
was now broad daylight.
le:///E|/BOOKS/jules%20verne/The%20Mysterious%20Island.txt (311 of 366) [8/4/2003 1:56:50 PM]
7/29/2019 The Mysterious Island- Jules Verne
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/the-mysterious-island-jules-verne 312/365
le:///E|/BOOKS/jules%20verne/The%20Mysterious%20Island.txt
ere, on the bank, in the position in which they had been stricken by
ath in its most instantaneous form, lay the corpses of the five convicts!
rton was astounded. Harding and his companions looked at him without
tering a word. On a sign from the engineer, Neb and Pencroft examined the
dies, already stiffened by the cold.
ey bore no apparent trace of any wound.
ly, after carefully examining them, Pencroft found on the forehead of
e, on the chest of another, on the back of this one, on the shoulder of
at, a little red spot, a sort of scarcely visible bruise, the cause of
ich it was impossible to conjecture.
t is there that they have been struck!" said Cyrus Harding.
ut with what weapon?" cried the reporter.
weapon, lightning-like in its effects, and of which we have not the
cret!"
nd who has struck the blow?" asked Pencroft.
he avenging power of the island," replied Harding, "he who brought you
re, Ayrton, whose influence has once more manifested itself, who does forall that which we cannot do for ourselves, and who, his will
complished, conceals himself from us."
et us make search for him, then!" exclaimed Pencroft.
es, we will search for him," answered Harding, "but we shall not
scover this powerful being who performs such wonders, until he pleases to
ll us to him!"
is invisible protection, which rendered their own action unavailing,
th irritated and piqued the engineer. The relative inferiority which it
oved was of a nature to wound a haughty spirit. A generosity evinced in
ch a manner as to elude all tokens of gratitude, implied a sort of
sdain for those on whom the obligation was conferred, which in Cyrus
rding's eyes marred, in some degree, the worth of the benefit.
et us search," he resumed, "and God grant that we may some day be
rmitted to prove to this haughty protector that he has not to deal with
grateful people! What would I not give could we repay him, by rendering
m in our turn, although at the price of our lives, some signal service!"
om this day, the thoughts of the inhabitants of Lincoln Island were
lely occupied with the intended search. Everything incited them to
scover the answer to this enigma, an answer which would only be the name
a man endowed with a truly inexplicable, and in some degree superhuman
wer.
a few minutes, the settlers re-entered the house, where their
fluence soon restored to Ayrton his moral and physical energy. Neb and
ncroft carried the corpses of the convicts into the forest, some distance
om the corral, and buried them deep in the ground.
rton was then made acquainted with the facts which had occurred during
s seclusion. He learned Herbert's adventures, and through what various
ials the colonists had passed. As to the settlers, they had despaired of
er seeing Ayrton again, and had been convinced that the convicts had
thlessly murdered him.
le:///E|/BOOKS/jules%20verne/The%20Mysterious%20Island.txt (312 of 366) [8/4/2003 1:56:50 PM]
7/29/2019 The Mysterious Island- Jules Verne
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/the-mysterious-island-jules-verne 313/365
le:///E|/BOOKS/jules%20verne/The%20Mysterious%20Island.txt
nd now," said Cyrus Harding, as he ended his recital, "a duty remains
r us to perform. Half of our task is accomplished, but although the
nvicts are no longer to be feared, it is not owing to ourselves that we
e once more masters of the island."
ell!" answered Gideon Spilett, "let us search all this labyrinth of the
urs of Mount Franklin. We will not leave a hollow, not a hole unexplored!
! if ever a reporter found himself face to face with a mystery, it is I
o now speak to you, my friends!"
nd we will not return to Granite House until we have found our
nefactor," said Herbert.
es," said the engineer, "we will do all that it is humanly possible to
, but I repeat we shall not find him until he himself permits us."
hall we stay at the corral?" asked Pencroft.
e shall stay here," answered Harding. "Provisions are abundant, and we
e here in the very center of the circle we have to explore. Besides, if
cessary, the cart will take us rapidly to Granite House."
ood!" answered the sailor. "Only I have a remark to make."
hat is it?"
ere is the fine season getting on, and we must not forget that we have
voyage to make."
voyage?" said Gideon Spilett.
es, to Tabor Island," answered Pencroft. "It is necessary to carry a
tice there to point out the position of our island and say that Ayrton is
re in case the Scotch yacht should come to take him off. Who knows if it
not already too late?"
ut, Pencroft," asked Ayrton, "how do you intend to make this voyage?"
n the 'Bonadventure.'"
he 'Bonadventure!'" exclaimed Ayrton. "She no longer exists."
y 'Bonadventure' exists no longer!" shouted Pencroft, bounding from his
at.
o," answered Ayrton. "The convicts discovered her in her little harbor
ly eight days ago, they put to sea in her--"
nd?" said Pencroft, his heart beating.
nd not having Bob Harvey to steer her, they ran on the rocks, and the
ssel went to pieces."
h, the villains, the cutthroats, the infamous scoundrels!" exclaimed
ncroft.
encroft," said Herbert, taking the sailor's hand, "we will build
other 'Bonadventure'--a larger one. We have all the ironwork--all the
gging of the brig at our disposal."
ut do you know," returned Pencroft, "that it will take at least five or
x months to build a vessel of from thirty to forty tons?"
e can take our time," said the reporter, "and we must give up the
le:///E|/BOOKS/jules%20verne/The%20Mysterious%20Island.txt (313 of 366) [8/4/2003 1:56:50 PM]
7/29/2019 The Mysterious Island- Jules Verne
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/the-mysterious-island-jules-verne 314/365
le:///E|/BOOKS/jules%20verne/The%20Mysterious%20Island.txt
yage to Tabor Island for this year."
h, my 'Bonadventure!' my poor 'Bonadventure!'" cried Pencroft, almost
oken-hearted at the destruction of the vessel of which he was so proud.
e loss of the "Bonadventure" was certainly a thing to be lamented by
e colonists, and it was agreed that this loss should be repaired as soon
possible. This settled, they now occupied themselves with bringing their
searches to bear on the most secret parts of the island.
e exploration was commenced at daybreak on the 19th of February, and
sted an entire week. The base of the mountain, with its spurs and their
mberless ramifications, formed a labyrinth of valleys and elevations. It
s evident that there, in the depths of these narrow gorges, perhaps even
the interior of Mount Franklin itself, was the proper place to pursue
eir researches. No part of the island could have been more suitable to
nceal a dwelling whose occupant wished to remain unknown. But so
regular was the formation of the valleys that Cyrus Harding was obliged
conduct the exploration in a strictly methodical manner.
e colonists first visited the valley opening to the south of the
lcano, and which first received the waters of Falls River. There Ayrton
owed them the cavern where the convicts had taken refuge, and in which he
d been imprisoned until his removal to the corral. This cavern was just
Ayrton had left it. They found there a considerable quantity of
munition and provisions, conveyed thither by the convicts in order to
rm a reserve.
e whole of the valley bordering on the cave, shaded by fir and other
ees, was thoroughly explored, and on turning the point of the
uthwestern spur, the colonists entered a narrower gorge similar to the
cturesque columns of basalt on the coast. Here the trees were fewer.
ones took the place of grass. Goats and musmons gambolled among the
cks. Here began the barren part of the island. It could already be seen
at, of the numerous valleys branching off at the base of Mount Franklin,
ree only were wooded and rich in pasturage like that of the corral, which
rdered on the west on the Falls River valley, and on the east on the Red
eek valley. These two streams, which lower down became rivers by the
sorption of several tributaries, were formed by all the springs of the
untain and thus caused the fertility of its southern part. As to the
rcy, it was more directly fed from ample springs concealed under the
ver of Jacamar Wood, and it was by springs of this nature, spreading in a
ousand streamlets, that the soil of the Serpentine Peninsula was watered.
w, of these three well-watered valleys, either might have served as a
treat to some solitary who would have found there everything necessary
r life. But the settlers had already explored them, and in no part had
ey discovered the presence of man.
s it then in the depths of those barren gorges, in the midst of the
les of rock, in the rugged northern ravines, among the streams of lava,
at this dwelling and its occupant would be found?
e northern part of Mount Franklin was at its base composed solely of
o valleys, wide, not very deep, without any appearance of vegetation,
rewn with masses of rock, paved with lava, and varied with great blocks
mineral. This region required a long and careful exploration. It
ntained a thousand cavities, comfortless no doubt, but perfectly
ncealed and difficult of access.
e colonists even visited dark tunnels, dating from the volcanic period,
ill black from the passage of the fire, and penetrated into the depths of
le:///E|/BOOKS/jules%20verne/The%20Mysterious%20Island.txt (314 of 366) [8/4/2003 1:56:50 PM]
7/29/2019 The Mysterious Island- Jules Verne
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/the-mysterious-island-jules-verne 315/365
le:///E|/BOOKS/jules%20verne/The%20Mysterious%20Island.txt
e mountain. They traversed these somber galleries, waving lighted
rches; they examined the smallest excavations; they sounded the
allowest depths, but all was dark and silent. It did not appear that the
ot of man had ever before trodden these ancient passages, or that his arm
d ever displaced one of these blocks, which remained as the volcano had
st them up above the waters, at the time of the submersion of the island.
wever, although these passages appeared to be absolutely deserted, and
e obscurity was complete, Cyrus Harding was obliged to confess that
solute silence did not reign there.
arriving at the end of one of these gloomy caverns, extending several
ndred feet into the interior of the mountain, he was surprised to hear a
ep rumbling noise, increased in intensity by the sonorousness of the
cks.
deon Spilett, who accompanied him, also heard these distant mutterings,
ich indicated a revivification of the subterranean fires. Several times
th listened, and they agreed that some chemical process was taking place
the bowels of the earth.
hen the volcano is not totally extinct?" said the reporter.
t is possible that since our exploration of the crater," replied Cyrus
rding, "some change has occurred. Any volcano, although considered
tinct, may evidently again burst forth."
ut if an eruption of Mount Franklin occurred," asked Spilett, "would
ere not be some danger to Lincoln Island?"
do not think so," answered the reporter. "The crater, that is to say,
e safety-valve, exists, and the overflow of smoke and lava, would escape,
it did formerly, by this customary outlet."
nless the lava opened a new way for itself towards the fertile parts of
e island!"
nd why, my dear Spilett," answered Cyrus Harding, "should it not followe road naturally traced out for it?"
ell, volcanoes are capricious," returned the reporter.
otice," answered the engineer, "that the inclination of Mount Franklin
vors the flow of water towards the valleys which we are exploring just
w. To turn aside this flow, an earthquake would be necessary to change
e mountain's center of gravity."
ut an earthquake is always to be feared at these times," observed
deon Spilett.
lways," replied the engineer, "especially when the subterranean forces
gin to awake, as they risk meeting with some obstruction, after a long
st. Thus, my dear Spilett, an eruption would be a serious thing for us,
d it would be better that the volcano should not have the slightest
sire to wake up. But we could not prevent it, could we? At any rate, even
it should occur, I do not think Prospect Heights would he seriously
reatened. Between them and the mountain, the ground is considerably
pressed, and if the lava should ever take a course towards the lake, it
uld be cast on the downs and the neighboring parts of Shark Gulf."
e have not yet seen any smoke at the top of the mountain, to indicate
approaching eruption," said Gideon Spilett.
le:///E|/BOOKS/jules%20verne/The%20Mysterious%20Island.txt (315 of 366) [8/4/2003 1:56:50 PM]
7/29/2019 The Mysterious Island- Jules Verne
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/the-mysterious-island-jules-verne 316/365
le:///E|/BOOKS/jules%20verne/The%20Mysterious%20Island.txt
o," answered Harding, "not a vapor escapes from the crater, for it was
ly yesterday that I attentively surveyed the summit. But it is probable
at at the lower part of the chimney, time may have accumulated rocks,
nders, hardened lava, and that this valve of which I spoke, may at any
me become overcharged. But at the first serious effort, every obstacle
ll disappear, and you may be certain, my dear Spilett, that neither the
land, which is the boiler, nor the volcano, which is the chimney, will
rst under the pressure of gas. Nevertheless, I repeat, it would be better
at there should not be an eruption."
nd yet we are not mistaken," remarked the reporter. "Mutterings can bestinctly heard in the very bowels of the volcano!"
ou are right," said the engineer, again listening attentively. "There
n be no doubt of it. A commotion is going on there, of which we can
ither estimate the importance nor the ultimate result."
rus Harding and Spilett, on coming out, rejoined their companions, to
om they made known the state of affairs.
ery well!" cried Pencroft, "The volcano wants to play his pranks! Let
m try, if he likes! He will find his master!"
ho?" asked Neb.
ur good genius, Neb, our good genius, who will shut his mouth for him,
he so much as pretends to open it!"
may be seen, the sailor's confidence in the tutelary deity of his
land was absolute, and, certainly, the occult power, manifested until now
so many inexplicable ways, appeared to be unlimited; but also it knew
w to escape the colonists' most minute researches, for, in spite of all
eir efforts, in spite of the more than zeal,--the obstinacy,--with which
ey carried on their exploration, the retreat of the mysterious being
uld not be discovered.
om the 19th to the 20th of February the circle of investigation was
tended to all the northern region of Lincoln Island, whose most secretoks were explored. The colonists even went the length of tapping every
ck. The search was extended to the extreme verge of the mountain. It was
plored thus to the very summit of the truncated cone terminating the
rst row of rocks, then to the upper ridge of the enormous hat, at the
ttom of which opened the crater.
ey did more; they visited the gulf, now extinct, but in whose depths
e rumbling could be distinctly heard. However, no sign of smoke or vapor,
heating of the rock, indicated an approaching eruption. But neither
ere, nor in any other part of Mount Franklin, did the colonists find any
aces of him of whom they were in search.
eir investigations were then directed to the downs. They carefullyamined the high lava-cliffs of Shark Gulf from the base to the crest,
though it was extremely difficult to reach even the level of the gulf. No
e!--nothing!
deed, in these three words was summed up so much fatigue uselessly
pended, so much energy producing no results, that somewhat of anger
ngled with the discomfiture of Cyrus Harding and his companions.
was now time to think of returning, for these researches could not be
olonged indefinitely. The colonists were certainly right in believing
at the mysterious being did not reside on the surface of the island, and
e wildest fancies haunted their excited imaginations. Pencroft and Neb,
le:///E|/BOOKS/jules%20verne/The%20Mysterious%20Island.txt (316 of 366) [8/4/2003 1:56:50 PM]
7/29/2019 The Mysterious Island- Jules Verne
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/the-mysterious-island-jules-verne 317/365
le:///E|/BOOKS/jules%20verne/The%20Mysterious%20Island.txt
rticularly, were not contented with the mystery, but allowed their
aginations to wander into the domain of the supernatural.
the 25th of February the colonists re-entered Granite House, and by
ans of the double cord, carried by an arrow to the threshold of the door,
ey re-established communication between their habitation and the ground.
month later they commemorated, on the 25th of March, the third
niversary of their arrival on Lincoln Island.
apter 14
ree years had passed away since the escape of the prisoners from
chmond, and how often during those three years had they spoken of their
untry, always present in their thoughts!
ey had no doubt that the civil war was at an end, and to them it
peared impossible that the just cause of the North had not triumphed. But
at had been the incidents of this terrible war? How much blood had it not
st? How many of their friends must have fallen in the struggle? They
ten spoke of these things, without as yet being able to foresee the day
en they would be permitted once more to see their country. To return
ither, were it but for a few days, to renew the social link with thehabited world, to establish a communication between their native land and
eir island, then to pass the longest, perhaps the best, portion of their
istence in this colony, founded by them, and which would then be
pendent on their country, was this a dream impossible to realize?
ere were only two ways of accomplishing it--either a ship must appear
f Lincoln Island, or the colonists must themselves build a vessel strong
ough to sail to the nearest land.
nless," said Pencroft, "our good genius, himself provides us with the
ans of returning to our country."
d, really, had any one told Pencroft and Neb that a ship of 300 tonss waiting for them in Shark Gulf or at Port Balloon, they would not even
ve made a gesture of surprise. In their state of mind nothing appeared
probable.
t Cyrus Harding, less confident, advised them to confine themselves to
ct, and more especially so with regard to the building of a vessel--a
ally urgent work, since it was for the purpose of depositing, as soon as
ssible, at Tabor Island a document indicating Ayrton's new residence.
the "Bonadventure" no longer existed, six months at least would be
quired for the construction of a new vessel. Now winter was approaching,
d the voyage would not be made before the following spring.
e have time to get everything ready for the fine season," remarked the
gineer, who was consulting with Pencroft about these matters. "I think,
erefore, my friend, that since we have to rebuild our vessel it will be
st to give her larger dimensions. The arrival of the Scotch yacht at
bor Island is very uncertain. It may even be that, having arrived several
nths ago, she has again sailed after having vainly searched for some
ace of Ayrton. Will it not then he best to build a ship which, if
cessary, could take us either to the Polynesian Archipelago or to New
aland? What do you think?"
think, captain," answered the sailor; "I think that you are as capable
building a large vessel as a small one. Neither the wood nor the tools
le:///E|/BOOKS/jules%20verne/The%20Mysterious%20Island.txt (317 of 366) [8/4/2003 1:56:50 PM]
7/29/2019 The Mysterious Island- Jules Verne
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/the-mysterious-island-jules-verne 318/365
le:///E|/BOOKS/jules%20verne/The%20Mysterious%20Island.txt
e wanting. It is only a question of time."
nd how many months would be required to build a vessel of from 250 to
0 tons?" asked Harding.
even or eight months at least," replied Pencroft. "But it must not be
rgotten that winter is drawing near, and that in severe frost wood is
fficult to work. We must calculate on several weeks delay, and if our
ssel is ready by next November we may think ourselves very lucky."
ell," replied Cyrus Harding, "that will be exactly the most favorable
me for undertaking a voyage of any importance, either to Tabor Island or
a more distant land."
o it will, captain," answered the sailor. "Make out your plans then;
e workmen are ready, and I imagine that Ayrton can lend us a good
lping hand."
e colonists, having been consulted, approved the engineer's plan, and
was, indeed, the best thing to be done. It is true that the construction
a ship of from two to three hundred tons would be great labor, but the
lonists had confidence in themselves, justified by their previous
ccess.
rus Harding then busied himself in drawing the plan of the vessel andking the model. During this time his companions employed themselves in
lling and carting trees to furnish the ribs, timbers, and planks. The
rest of the Far West supplied the best oaks and elms. They took advantage
the opening already made on their last excursion to form a practicable
ad, which they named the Far West Road, and the trees were carried to the
imneys, where the dockyard was established. As to the road in question,
e choice of trees had rendered its direction somewhat capricious, but at
e same time it facilitated the access to a large part of the Serpentine
ninsula.
was important that the trees should be quickly felled and cut up, for
ey could not be used while yet green, and some time was necessary to
low them to get seasoned. The carpenters, therefore, worked vigorously
ring the month of April, which was troubled only by a few equinoctial
les of some violence. Master Jup aided them dexterously, either by
imbing to the top of a tree to fasten the ropes or by lending his stout
oulders to carry the lopped trunks.
l this timber was piled up under a large shed, built near the
imneys, and there awaited the time for use.
e month of April was tolerably fine, as October often is in the
rthern zone. At the same time other work was actively continued, and soon
l trace of devastation disappeared from the plateau of Prospect Heights.
e mill was rebuilt, and new buildings rose in the poultry-yard. It had
peared necessary to enlarge their dimensions, for the feathered
pulation had increased considerably. The stable now contained five
agers, four of which were well broken, and allowed themselves to be
ther driven or ridden, and a little colt. The colony now possessed a
ow, to which the onagers were yoked like regular Yorkshire or Kentucky
en. The colonists divided their work, and their arms never tired. Then
o could have enjoyed better health than these workers, and what good
mor enlivened the evenings in Granite House as they formed a thousand
ans for the future!
a matter of course Ayrton shared the common lot in every respect, and
ere was no longer any talk of his going to live at the corral.
le:///E|/BOOKS/jules%20verne/The%20Mysterious%20Island.txt (318 of 366) [8/4/2003 1:56:50 PM]
7/29/2019 The Mysterious Island- Jules Verne
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/the-mysterious-island-jules-verne 319/365
le:///E|/BOOKS/jules%20verne/The%20Mysterious%20Island.txt
vertheless he was still sad and reserved, and joined more in the work
an in the pleasures of his companions. But he was a valuable workman at
ed--strong, skilful, ingenious, intelligent. He was esteemed and loved by
l, and he could not be ignorant of it.
the meanwhile the corral was not abandoned. Every other day one of the
ttlers, driving the cart or mounted on an onager, went to look after the
ock of musmons and goats and bring back the supply of milk required by
b. These excursions at the same time afforded opportunities for hunting.
erefore Herbert and Gideon Spilett, with Top in front, traversed more
ten than their companions the road to the corral, and with the capitalns which they carried, capybaras, agouties, kangaroos, and wild pigs for
rge game, ducks, grouse, jacamars, and snipe for small game, were never
nting in the house. The produce of the warren, of the oyster-bed, several
rtles which were taken, excellent salmon which came up the Mercy,
getables from the plateau, wild fruit from the forest, were riches upon
ches, and Neb, the head cook, could scarcely by himself store them away.
e telegraphic wire between the corral and Granite House had of course
en repaired, and it was worked whenever one or other of the settlers was
the corral and found it necessary to spend the night there. Besides, the
land was safe now and no attacks were to be feared, at any rate from men.
wever, that which had happened might happen again. A descent ofrates, or even of escaped convicts, was always to be feared. It was
ssible that companions or accomplices of Bob Harvey had been in the
cret of his plans, and might be tempted to imitate him. The colonists,
erefore, were careful to observe the sea around the island, and every day
eir telescope covered the horizon enclosed by Union and Washington Bays.
en they went to the corral they examined the sea to the west with no less
tention, and by climbing the spur their gaze extended over a large
ction of the western horizon.
thing suspicious was discerned, but still it was necessary for them to
on their guard.
e engineer one evening imparted to his friends a plan which he had
nceived for fortifying the corral. It appeared prudent to him to heighten
e palisade and to flank it with a sort of blockhouse, which, if
cessary, the settlers could hold against the enemy. Granite House might,
its very position, be considered impregnable; therefore the corral with
s buildings, its stores, and the animals it contained, would always be
e object of pirates, whoever they were, who might land on the island, and
ould the colonists be obliged to shut themselves up there they ought also
be able to defend themselves without any disadvantage. This was a
oject which might be left for consideration, and they were, besides,
liged to put off its execution until the next spring.
out the 15th of May the keel of the new vessel lay along the dockyard,
d soon the stem and stern-post, mortised at each of its extremities, rosemost perpendicularly. The keel, of good oak, measured 110 feet in length,
is allowing a width of five-and-twenty feet to the midship beam. But this
s all the carpenters could do before the arrival of the frosts and bad
ather. During the following week they fixed the first of the stern
mbers, but were then obliged to suspend work.
ring the last days of the month the weather was extremely bad. The wind
ew from the east, sometimes with the violence of a tempest. The engineer
s somewhat uneasy on account of the dockyard shed--which besides, he
uld not have established in any other place near to Granite House--for
e islet only imperfectly sheltered the shore from the fury of the open
a, and in great storms the waves beat against the very foot of the
le:///E|/BOOKS/jules%20verne/The%20Mysterious%20Island.txt (319 of 366) [8/4/2003 1:56:50 PM]
7/29/2019 The Mysterious Island- Jules Verne
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/the-mysterious-island-jules-verne 320/365
le:///E|/BOOKS/jules%20verne/The%20Mysterious%20Island.txt
anite cliff.
t, very fortunately, these fears were not realized. The wind shifted to
e southeast, and there the beach of Granite House was completely covered
Flotsam Point.
ncroft and Ayrton, the most zealous workmen at the new vessel, pursued
eir labor as long as they could. They were not men to mind the wind
aring at their hair, nor the rain wetting them to the skin, and a blow
om a hammer is worth just as much in bad as in fine weather. But when a
vere frost succeeded this wet period, the wood, its fibers acquiring the
rdness of iron, became extremely difficult to work, and about the 10th of
ne shipbuilding was obliged to be entirely discontinued.
rus Harding and his companions had not omitted to observe how severe
s the temperature during the winters of Lincoln Island. The cold was
mparable to that experienced in the States of New England, situated at
most the same distance from the equator. In the northern hemisphere, or
any rate in the part occupied by British America and the north of the
ited States, this phenomenon is explained by the flat conformation of the
rritories bordering on the pole, and on which there is no intumescence of
e soil to oppose any obstacle to the north winds; here, in Lincoln
land, this explanation would not suffice.
t has even been observed," remarked Harding one day to his companions,
hat in equal latitudes the islands and coast regions are less tried by
e cold than inland countries. I have often heard it asserted that the
nters of Lombardy, for example, are not less rigorous than those of
otland, which results from the sea restoring during the winter the heat
ich it received during the summer. Islands are, therefore, in a better
tuation for benefiting by this restitution."
ut then, Captain Harding," asked Herbert, "why does Lincoln Island
pear to escape the common law?"
hat is difficult to explain," answered the engineer. "However, I should
disposed to conjecture that this peculiarity results from the situation
the island in the Southern Hemisphere, which, as you know, my boy, is
lder than the Northern Hemisphere."
es," said Herbert, "and icebergs are met with in lower latitudes in the
uth than in the north of the Pacific."
hat is true," remarked Pencroft, "and when I have been serving on board
alers I have seen icebergs off Cape Horn."
he severe cold experienced in Lincoln Island," said Gideon Spilett,
ay then perhaps be explained by the presence of floes or icebergs
mparatively near to Lincoln Island."
our opinion is very admissible indeed, my dear Spilett," answered Cyrusrding, "and it is evidently to the proximity of icebergs that we owe our
gorous winters. I would draw your attention also to an entirely physical
use, which renders the Southern colder than the Northern Hemisphere. In
ct, since the sun is nearer to this hemisphere during the summer, it is
cessarily more distant during the winter. This explains then the excess
temperature in the two seasons, for, if we find the winters very cold in
ncoln Island, we must not forget that the summers here, on the contrary,
e very hot."
ut why, if you please, captain," asked Pencroft, knitting his brows,
hy should our hemisphere, as you say, be so badly divided? It isn't just,
le:///E|/BOOKS/jules%20verne/The%20Mysterious%20Island.txt (320 of 366) [8/4/2003 1:56:50 PM]
7/29/2019 The Mysterious Island- Jules Verne
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/the-mysterious-island-jules-verne 321/365
le:///E|/BOOKS/jules%20verne/The%20Mysterious%20Island.txt
at!"
riend Pencroft," answered the engineer, laughing, "whether just or not,
must submit to it, and here lies the reason for this peculiarity. The
rth does not describe a circle around the sun, but an ellipse, as it must
the laws of rational mechanics. Now, the earth occupies one of the foci
the ellipse, and so at one point in its course is at its apogee, that
, at its farthest from the sun, and at another point it is at its
rigee, or nearest to the sun. Now it happens that it is during the winter
the southern countries that it is at its most distant point from the
n, and consequently, in a situation for those regions to feel theeatest cold. Nothing can be done to prevent that, and men, Pencroft,
wever learned they may be, can never change anything of the
smographical order established by God Himself."
nd yet," added Pencroft, "the world is very learned. what a big book,
ptain, might be made with all that is known!"
nd what a much bigger book still with all that is not known!" answered
rding.
last, for one reason or another, the month of June brought the cold
th its accustomed intensity, and the settlers were often confined to
anite House. Ah! how wearisome this imprisonment was to them, and more
rticularly to Gideon Spilett.
ook here," said he to Neb one day, "I would give you by notarial deed
l the estates which will come to me some day, if you were a good enough
llow to go, no matter where, and subscribe to some newspaper for me!
cidedly the thing that is most essential to my happiness is the knowing
ery morning what has happened the day before in other places than this!"
b began to laugh.
Pon my word," he replied, "the only thing I think about is my daily
rk!"
e truth was that indoors as well as out there was no want of work.
e colony of Lincoln Island was now at its highest point of prosperity,
hieved by three years of continued hard work. The destruction of the brig
d been a new source of riches. Without speaking of the complete rig which
uld serve for the vessel now on the stocks, utensils and tools of all
rts, weapons and ammunition, clothes and instruments, were now piled in
e storerooms of Granite House. It had not even been necessary to resort
ain to the manufacture of the coarse felt materials. Though the colonists
d suffered from cold during their first winter, the bad season might now
me without their having any reason to dread its severity. Linen was
entiful also, and besides, they kept it with extreme care. From chloride
sodium, which is nothing else than sea salt, Cyrus Harding easily
tracted the soda and chlorine. The soda, which it was easy to change into
rbonate of soda, and the chlorine, of which he made chloride of lime,
re employed for various domestic purposes, and especially in bleaching
nen. Besides, they did not wash more than four times a year, as was done
families in the olden times, and it may be added, that Pencroft and
deon Spilett, while waiting for the postman to bring him his newspaper,
stinguished themselves as washermen.
passed the winter months, June, July, and August. They were severe,
d the average observations of the thermometer did not give more than
ght degrees of Fahrenheit. It was therefore lower in temperature than the
eceding winter. But then, what splendid fires blazed continually on the
le:///E|/BOOKS/jules%20verne/The%20Mysterious%20Island.txt (321 of 366) [8/4/2003 1:56:50 PM]
7/29/2019 The Mysterious Island- Jules Verne
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/the-mysterious-island-jules-verne 322/365
le:///E|/BOOKS/jules%20verne/The%20Mysterious%20Island.txt
arths of Granite House, the smoke marking the granite wall with long,
bra-like streaks! Fuel was not spared, as it grew naturally a few steps
om them. Besides, the chips of the wood destined for the construction of
e ship enabled them to economize the coal, which required more trouble to
ansport.
n and animals were all well. Master Jup was a little chilly, it must be
nfessed. This was perhaps his only weakness, and it was necessary to make
m a well-padded dressing-gown. But what a servant he was, clever,
alous, indefatigable, not indiscreet, not talkative, and he might have
en with reason proposed as a model for all his biped brothers in the Oldd New Worlds!
s for that," said Pencroft, "when one has four hands at one's service,
course one's work ought to be done so much the better!"
d indeed the intelligent creature did it well.
ring the seven months which had passed since the last researches made
und the mountain, and during the month of September, which brought back
ne weather, nothing was heard of the genius of the island. His power was
t manifested in any way. It is true that it would have been superfluous,
r no incident occurred to put the colonists to any painful trial.
rus Harding even observed that if by chance the communication between
e unknown and the tenants of Granite House had ever been established
rough the granite, and if Top's instinct had as it were felt it, there
s no further sign of it during this period. The dog's growling had
tirely ceased, as well as the uneasiness of the orang. The two friends--
r they were such--no longer prowled round the opening of the inner well,
r did they bark or whine in that singular way which from the first the
gineer had noticed. But could he be sure that this was all that was to be
id about this enigma, and that he should never arrive at a solution?
uld he be certain that some conjuncture would not occur which would bring
e mysterious personage on the scene? who could tell what the future might
ve in reserve?
last the winter was ended, but an event, the consequences of which
ght be serious occurred in the first days of the returning spring.
the 7th of September, Cyrus Harding, having observed the crater, saw
oke curling round the summit of the mountain, its first vapors rising in
e air.
apter 15
e colonists, warned by the engineer, left their work and gazed in silence
the summit of Mount Franklin.
e volcano had awoke, and the vapor had penetrated the mineral layer
aped at the bottom of the crater. But would the subterranean fires
ovoke any violent eruption? This was an event which could not be
reseen. However, even while admitting the possibility of an eruption, it
s not probable that the whole of Lincoln Island would suffer from it. The
ow of volcanic matter is not always disastrous, and the island had
ready undergone this trial, as was shown by the streams of lava hardened
the northern slopes of the mountain. Besides, from the shape of the
ater--the opening broken in the upper edge--the matter would be thrown to
e side opposite the fertile regions of the island.
wever, the past did not necessarily answer for the future. Often, at
le:///E|/BOOKS/jules%20verne/The%20Mysterious%20Island.txt (322 of 366) [8/4/2003 1:56:50 PM]
7/29/2019 The Mysterious Island- Jules Verne
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/the-mysterious-island-jules-verne 323/365
le:///E|/BOOKS/jules%20verne/The%20Mysterious%20Island.txt
e summit of volcanoes, the old craters close and new ones open. This had
curred in the two hemispheres--at Etna, Popocatepetl, at Orizabaand on
e eve of an eruption there is everything to be feared. In fact, an
rthquake--a phenomenon which often accompanies volcanic eruption--is
ough to change the interior arrangement of a mountain, and to open new
tlets for the burning lava.
rus Harding explained these things to his companions, and, without
aggerating the state of things, he told them all the pros and cons. After
l, they could not prevent it. It did not appear likely that Granite House
uld be threatened unless the ground was shaken by an earthquake. But therral would be in great danger should a new crater open in the southern
de of Mount Franklin.
om that day the smoke never disappeared from the top of the mountain,
d it could even be perceived that it increased in height and thickness,
thout any flame mingling in its heavy volumes. The phenomenon was still
ncentrated in the lower part of the central crater.
wever, with the fine days work had been continued. The building of the
ssel was hastened as much as possible, and, by means of the waterfall on
e shore, Cyrus Harding managed to establish an hydraulic sawmill, which
pidly cut up the trunks of trees into planks and joists. The mechanism of
is apparatus was as simple as those used in the rustic sawmills ofrway. A first horizontal movement to move the piece of wood, a second
rtical movement to move the saw--this was all that was wanted; and the
gineer succeeded by means of a wheel, two cylinders, and pulleys properly
ranged. Towards the end of the month of September the skeleton of the
ssel, which was to be rigged as a schooner, lay in the dockyard. The ribs
re almost entirely completed, and, all the timbers having been sustained
a provisional band, the shape of the vessel could already be seen. The
hooner, sharp in the bows, very slender in the after-part, would
idently be suitable for a long voyage, if wanted; but laying the planking
uld still take a considerable time. Very fortunately, the iron work of
e pirate brig had been saved after the explosion. From the planks and
jured ribs Pencroft and Ayrton had extracted the bolts and a large
antity of copper nails. It was so much work saved for the smiths, but therpenters had much to do.
ipbuilding was interrupted for a week for the harvest, the haymaking,
d the gathering in of the different crops on the plateau. This work
nished, every moment was devoted to finishing the schooner. When night
me the workmen were really quite exhausted. So as not to lose any time
ey had changed the hours for their meals; they dined at twelve o'clock,
d only had their supper when daylight failed them. They then ascended to
anite House, when they were always ready to go to bed.
metimes, however, when the conversation bore on some interesting
bject the hour for sleep was delayed for a time. The colonists then spoke
the future, and talked willingly of the changes which a voyage in thehooner to inhabited lands would make in their situation. But always, in
e midst of these plans, prevailed the thought of a subsequent return to
ncoln Island. Never would they abandon this colony, founded with so much
bor and with such success, and to which a communication with America
uld afford a fresh impetus. Pencroft and Neb especially hoped to end
eir days there.
erbert," said the sailor, "you will never abandon Lincoln Island?"
ever, Pencroft, and especially if you make up your mind to stay there."
hat was made up long ago, my boy," answered Pencroft. "I shall expect
le:///E|/BOOKS/jules%20verne/The%20Mysterious%20Island.txt (323 of 366) [8/4/2003 1:56:50 PM]
7/29/2019 The Mysterious Island- Jules Verne
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/the-mysterious-island-jules-verne 324/365
le:///E|/BOOKS/jules%20verne/The%20Mysterious%20Island.txt
u. You will bring me your wife and children, and I shall make jolly chaps
your youngsters!"
hat's agreed," replied Herbert, laughing and blushing at the same time.
nd you, Captain Harding," resumed Pencroft enthusiastically, "you will
still the governor of the island! Ah, how many inhabitants could it
pport? Ten thousand at least!"
ey talked in this way, allowing Pencroft to run on, and at last the
porter actually started a newspaper--the New Lincoln Herald!
is man's heart. The desire to perform a work which will endure, which
ll survive him, is the origin of his superiority over all other living
eatures here below. It is this which has established his dominion, and
is it is which justifies it, over all the world.
ter that, who knows if Jup and Top had not themselves their little
eam of the future.
rton silently said to himself that he would like to see Lord Glenarvan
ain and show himself to all restored.
e evening, on the 15th of October, the conversation was prolonged later
an usual. It was nine o'clock. Already, long badly concealed yawns gaverning of the hour of rest, and Pencroft was proceeding towards his bed,
en the electric bell, placed in the dining-room, suddenly rang.
l were there, Cyrus Harding, Gideon Spilett, Herbert, Ayrton, Pencroft,
b. Therefore none of the colonists were at the corral.
rus Harding rose. His companions stared at each other, scarcely
lieving their ears.
hat does that mean?" cried Neb. "Was it the devil who rang it?"
one answered.
he weather is stormy," observed Herbert. "Might not its influence of
ectricity--"
rbert did not finish his phrase. The engineer, towards whom all eyes
re turned, shook his head negatively.
e must wait," said Gideon Spilett. "If it is a signal, whoever it may be
o has made it, he will renew it."
ut who do you think it is?" cried Neb.
ho?" answered Pencroft, "but he--"
e sailor's sentence was cut short by a new tinkle of the bell.
rding went to the apparatus, and sent this question to the corral:--
hat do you want?"
few moments later the needle, moving on the alphabetic dial, gave this
ply to the tenants of Granite House:--
ome to the corral immediately."
t last!" exclaimed Harding.
le:///E|/BOOKS/jules%20verne/The%20Mysterious%20Island.txt (324 of 366) [8/4/2003 1:56:50 PM]
7/29/2019 The Mysterious Island- Jules Verne
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/the-mysterious-island-jules-verne 325/365
le:///E|/BOOKS/jules%20verne/The%20Mysterious%20Island.txt
s! At last! The mystery was about to be unveiled. The colonists'
tigue had disappeared before the tremendous interest which was about to
ge them to the corral, and all wish for rest had ceased. Without having
tered a word, in a few moments they had left Granite House, and were
anding on the beach. Jup and Top alone were left behind. They could do
thout them.
e night was black. The new moon had disappeared at the same time as the
n. As Herbert had observed, great stormy clouds formed a lowering and
avy vault, preventing any star rays. A few lightning flashes, reflections
om a distant storm, illuminated the horizon.
was possible that a few hours later the thunder would roll over the
land itself. The night was very threatening.
t however deep the darkness was, it would not prevent them from finding
e familiar road to the corral.
ey ascended the left bank of the Mercy, reached the plateau, passed the
idge over Creek Glycerine, and advanced through the forest.
ey walked at a good pace, a prey to the liveliest emotions. There was
doubt but that they were now going to learn the long-searched-for answer
the enigma, the name of that mysterious being, so deeply concerned in
eir life, so generous in his influence, so powerful in his action! Must
t this stranger have indeed mingled with their existence, have known the
allest details, have heard all that was said in Granite House, to have
en able always to act in the very nick of time?
ery one, wrapped up in his own reflections, pressed forward. Under the
ch of trees the darkness was such that even the edge of the road could
t be seen. Not a sound in the forest. Both animals and birds, influenced
the heaviness of the atmosphere, remained motionless and silent. Not a
eath disturbed the leaves. The footsteps of the colonists alone resounded
the hardened ground.
ring the first quarter of an hour the silence was only interrupted by
is remark from Pencroft:--
e ought to have brought a torch."
d by this reply from the engineer:--
e shall find one at the corral."
rding and his companions had left Granite House at twelve minutes past
ne. At forty-seven minutes past nine they had traversed three out of the
ve miles which separated the mouth of the Mercy from the corral.
that moment sheets of lightning spread over the island and illumined
e dark trees. The flashes dazzled and almost blinded them. Evidently theorm would not be long in bursting forth.
e flashes gradually became brighter and more rapid. Distant thunder
owled in the sky. The atmosphere was stifling.
e colonists proceeded as if they were urged onwards by some
resistible force.
ten o'clock a vivid flash showed them the palisade, and as they
ached the gate the storm burst forth with tremendous fury.
a minute the corral was crossed, and Harding stood before the hut.
le:///E|/BOOKS/jules%20verne/The%20Mysterious%20Island.txt (325 of 366) [8/4/2003 1:56:50 PM]
7/29/2019 The Mysterious Island- Jules Verne
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/the-mysterious-island-jules-verne 326/365
le:///E|/BOOKS/jules%20verne/The%20Mysterious%20Island.txt
obably the house was occupied by the stranger, since it was from thence
at the telegram had been sent. However, no light shone through the
ndow.
e engineer knocked at the door.
answer.
rus Harding opened the door, and the settlers entered the room, which
s perfectly dark. A light was struck by Neb, and in a few moments the
ntern was lighted and the light thrown into every corner of the room.
ere was no one there. Everything was in the state in which it had been
ft.
ave we been deceived by an illusion?" murmured Cyrus Harding.
! that was not possible! The telegram had clearly said,--
ome to the corral immediately."
ey approached the table specially devoted to the use of the wire.
erything was in order--the pile on the box containing it, as well as all
e apparatus.
ho came here the last time?" asked the engineer.
did, captain," answered Ayrton.
nd that was--"
our days ago."
h! a note!" cried Herbert, pointing to a paper lying on the table.
this paper were written these words in English:--
ollow the new wire."
orward!" cried Harding, who understood that the despatch had not been
nt from the corral, but from the mysterious retreat, communicating
rectly with Granite House by means of a supplementary wire joined to the
d one.
b took the lighted lantern, and all left the corral. The storm then
rst forth with tremendous violence. The interval between each lightning-
ash and each thunder-clap diminished rapidly. The summit of the volcano,
th its plume of vapor, could be seen by occasional flashes.
ere was no telegraphic communication in any part of the corral between
e house and the palisade; but the engineer, running straight to the first
st, saw by the light of a flash a new wire hanging from the isolator to
e ground.
here it is!" said he.
is wire lay along the ground, and was surrounded with an isolating
bstance like a submarine cable, so as to assure the free transmission of
e current. It appeared to pass through the wood and the southern spurs of
e mountain, and consequently it ran towards the west.
ollow it!" said Cyrus Harding.
le:///E|/BOOKS/jules%20verne/The%20Mysterious%20Island.txt (326 of 366) [8/4/2003 1:56:50 PM]
7/29/2019 The Mysterious Island- Jules Verne
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/the-mysterious-island-jules-verne 327/365
le:///E|/BOOKS/jules%20verne/The%20Mysterious%20Island.txt
d the settlers immediately pressed forward, guided by the wire.
e thunder continued to roar with such violence that not a word could be
ard. However, there was no occasion for speaking, but to get forward as
st as possible.
rus Harding and his companions then climbed the spur rising between
e corral valley and that of Falls River, which they crossed at its
rrowest part. The wire, sometimes stretched over the lower branches of
e trees, sometimes lying on the ground, guided them surely. The engineer
d supposed that the wire would perhaps stop at the bottom of the valley,
d that the stranger's retreat would be there.
thing of the sort. They were obliged to ascend the south-western spur,
d re-descend on that arid plateau terminated by the strangely-wild basalt
iff. From time to time one of the colonists stooped down and felt for the
re with his hands; but there was now no doubt that the wire was running
rectly towards the sea. There, to a certainty, in the depths of those
cks, was the dwelling so long sought for in vain.
e sky was literally on fire. Flash succeeded flash. Several struck the
mmit of the volcano in the midst of the thick smoke. It appeared there as
the mountain was vomiting flame. At a few minutes to eleven the
lonists arrived on the high cliff overlooking the ocean to the west. The
nd had risen. The surf roared 500 feet below.
rding calculated that they had gone a mile and a half from the corral.
this point the wire entered among the rocks, following the steep side
a narrow ravine. The settlers followed it at the risk of occasioning a
ll of the slightly-balanced rocks, and being dashed into the sea. The
scent was extremely perilous, but they did not think of the danger; they
re no longer masters of themselves, and an irresistible attraction drew
em towards this mysterious place as the magnet draws iron.
us they almost unconsciously descended this ravine, which even in broad
ylight would have been considered impracticable.
e stones rolled and sparkled like fiery balls when they crossed through
e gleams of light. Harding was first--Ayrton last. On they went, step by
ep. Now they slid over the slippery rock; then they struggled to their
et and scrambled on.
last the wire touched the rocks on the beach. The colonists had
ached the bottom of the basalt cliff.
ere appeared a narrow ridge, running horizontally and parallel with the
a. The settlers followed the wire along it. They had not gone a hundred
ces when the ridge by a moderate incline sloped down to the level of the
a.
e engineer seized the wire and found that it disappeared beneath the
ves.
s companions were stupefied.
cry of disappointment, almost a cry of despair, escaped them! Must they
en plunge beneath the water and seek there for some submarine cavern? In
eir excited state they would not have hesitated to do it.
e engineer stopped them.
led his companions to a hollow in the rocks, and there--
le:///E|/BOOKS/jules%20verne/The%20Mysterious%20Island.txt (327 of 366) [8/4/2003 1:56:50 PM]
7/29/2019 The Mysterious Island- Jules Verne
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/the-mysterious-island-jules-verne 328/365
le:///E|/BOOKS/jules%20verne/The%20Mysterious%20Island.txt
e must wait," said he. "The tide is high. At low water the way will be
en."
ut what can make you think-" asked Pencroft.
e would not have called us if the means had been wanting to enable us
reach him!"
rus Harding spoke in a tone of such thorough conviction that no
jection was raised. His remark, besides, was logical. It was quite
ssible that an opening, practicable at low water, though hidden now by
e high tide, opened at the foot of the cliff.
ere was some time to wait. The colonists remained silently crouching in
deep hollow. Rain now began to fall in torrents. The thunder was re-
hoed among the rocks with a grand sonorousness.
e colonists' emotion was great. A thousand strange and extraordinary
eas crossed their brains, and they expected some grand and superhuman
parition, which alone could come up to the notion they had formed of the
sterious genius of the island.
midnight, Harding carrying the lantern, descended to the beach to
connoiter.
e engineer was not mistaken. The beginning of an immense excavation
uld be seen under the water. There the wire, bending at a right angle,
tered the yawning gulf.
rus Harding returned to his companions, and said simply,--
n an hour the opening will be practicable."
t is there, then?" said Pencroft.
id you doubt it?" returned Harding.
ut this cavern must be filled with water to a certain height," observed
rbert.
ither the cavern will be completely dry," replied Harding, "and in that
se we can traverse it on foot, or it will not be dry, and some means of
ansport will be put at our disposal."
hour passed. All climbed down through the rain to the level of the
a. There was now eight feet of the opening above the water. It was like
e arch of a bridge, under which rushed the foaming water.
aning forward, the engineer saw a black object floating on the water.
drew it towards him. It was a boat, moored to some interior projection
the cave. This boat was iron-plated. Two oars lay at the bottom.
ump in!" said Harding.
a moment the settlers were in the boat. Neb and Ayrton took the oars,
ncroft the rudder. Cyrus Harding in the bows, with the lantern, lighted
e way.
e elliptical roof, under which the boat at first passed, suddenly rose;
t the darkness was too deep, and the light of the lantern too slight, for
ther the extent, length, height, or depth of the cave to be ascertained.
lemn silence reigned in this basaltic cavern. Not a sound could penetrate
to it, even the thunder peals could not pierce its thick sides.
le:///E|/BOOKS/jules%20verne/The%20Mysterious%20Island.txt (328 of 366) [8/4/2003 1:56:50 PM]
7/29/2019 The Mysterious Island- Jules Verne
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/the-mysterious-island-jules-verne 329/365
le:///E|/BOOKS/jules%20verne/The%20Mysterious%20Island.txt
ch immense caves exist in various parts of the world, natural crypts
ting from the geological epoch of the globe. Some are filled by the sea;
hers contain entire lakes in their sides. Such is Fingal's Cave, in the
land of Staffa, one of the Hebrides; such are the caves of Morgat, in the
y of Douarnenez, in Brittany, the caves of Bonifacio, in Corsica, those
Lyse-Fjord, in Norway; such are the immense Mammoth caverns in Kentucky,
0 feet in height, and more than twenty miles in length! In many parts of
e globe, nature has excavated these caverns, and preserved them for the
miration of man.
d the cavern which the settlers were now exploring extend to the center
the island? For a quarter of an hour the boat had been advancing, making
tours, indicated to Pencroft by the engineer in short sentences, when all
once,--
ore to the right!" he commanded.
e boat, altering its course, came up alongside the right wall. The
gineer wished to see if the wire still ran along the side.
e wire was there fastened to the rock.
orward!" said Harding.
d the two oars, plunging into the dark waters, urged the boat onwards.
they went for another quarter of an hour, and a distance of half-a-
le must have been cleared from the mouth of the cave, when Harding's
ice was again heard.
top!" said he.
e boat stopped, and the colonists perceived a bright light illuminating
e vast cavern, so deeply excavated in the bowels of the island, of which
thing had ever led them to suspect the existence.
a height of a hundred feet rose the vaulted roof, supported on basalt
afts. Irregular arches, strange moldings, appeared on the columns erected
nature in thousands from the first epochs of the formation of the globe.
e basalt pillars, fitted one into the other, measured from forty to fifty
et in height, and the water, calm in spite of the tumult outside, washed
eir base. The brilliant focus of light, pointed out by the engineer,
uched every point of rocks, and flooded the walls with light.
reflection the water reproduced the brilliant sparkles, so that the
at appeared to be floating between two glittering zones. They could not
mistaken in the nature of the irradiation thrown from the glowing
cleus, whose clear rays were shattered by all the angles, all the
ojections of the cavern. This light proceeded from an electric source,
d its white color betrayed its origin. It was the sun of this cave, andfilled it entirely.
a sign from Cyrus Harding the oars again plunged into the water,
using a regular shower of gems, and the boat was urged forward towards
e light, which was now not more than half a cable's length distant.
this place the breadth of the sheet of water measured nearly 350 feet,
d beyond the dazzling center could be seen an enormous basaltic wall,
ocking up any issue on that side. The cavern widened here considerably,
e sea forming a little lake. But the roof, the side walls, the end cliff,
l the prisms, all the peaks, were flooded with the electric fluid, so
at the brilliancy belonged to them, and as if the light issued from them.
le:///E|/BOOKS/jules%20verne/The%20Mysterious%20Island.txt (329 of 366) [8/4/2003 1:56:50 PM]
7/29/2019 The Mysterious Island- Jules Verne
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/the-mysterious-island-jules-verne 330/365
le:///E|/BOOKS/jules%20verne/The%20Mysterious%20Island.txt
the center of the lake a long cigar-shaped object floated on the
rface of the water, silent, motionless. The brilliancy which issued from
escaped from its sides as from two kilns heated to a white heat. This
paratus, similar in shape to an enormous whale, was about 250 feet long,
d rose about ten or twelve above the water.
e boat slowly approached it, Cyrus Harding stood up in the bows. He
zed, a prey to violent excitement. Then, all at once, seizing the
porter's arm,--
t is he! It can only be he!" he cried, "he!--"
en, falling back on the seat, he murmured a name which Gideon Spilett
one could hear.
e reporter evidently knew this name, for it had a wonderful
fect upon him, and he answered in a hoarse voice,--
e! an outlawed man!"
e!" said Harding.
the engineer's command the boat approached this singular floating
paratus. The boat touched the left side, from which escaped a ray ofght through a thick glass.
rding and his companions mounted on the platform. An open hatchway was
ere. All darted down the opening.
the bottom of the ladder was a deck, lighted by electricity. At the
d of this deck was a door, which Harding opened.
richly-ornamented room, quickly traversed by the colonists, was joined
a library, over which a luminous ceiling shed a flood of light.
the end of the library a large door, also shut, was opened by the
gineer.
immense saloon--a sort of museum, in which were heaped up, with all
e treasures of the mineral world, works of art, marvels of industry--
peared before the eyes of the colonists, who almost thought themselves
ddenly transported into a land of enchantment.
retched on a rich sofa they saw a man, who did not appear to notice
eir presence.
en Harding raised his voice, and to the extreme surprise of his
mpanions, he uttered these words,--
aptain Nemo, you asked for us! We are here.--"
apter 16
these words the reclining figure rose, and the electric light fell upon
s countenance; a magnificent head, the forehead high, the glance
mmanding, beard white, hair abundant and falling over the shoulders.
s hand rested upon the cushion of the divan from which he had just
sen. He appeared perfectly calm. It was evident that his strength had
en gradually undermined by illness, but his voice seemed yet powerful, as
said in English, and in a tone which evinced extreme surprise,--
le:///E|/BOOKS/jules%20verne/The%20Mysterious%20Island.txt (330 of 366) [8/4/2003 1:56:50 PM]
7/29/2019 The Mysterious Island- Jules Verne
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/the-mysterious-island-jules-verne 331/365
le:///E|/BOOKS/jules%20verne/The%20Mysterious%20Island.txt
ir, I have no name."
evertheless, I know you!" replied Cyrus Harding.
ptain Nemo fixed his penetrating gaze upon the engineer, as though he
re about to annihilate him.
en, falling back amid the pillows of the divan,--
fter all, what matters now?" he murmured; "I am dying!"
rus Harding drew near the captain, and Gideon Spilett took his hand--it
s of a feverish heat. Ayrton, Pencroft, Herbert, and Neb stood
spectfully apart in an angle of the magnificent saloon, whose atmosphere
s saturated with the electric fluid.
anwhile Captain Nemo withdrew his hand, and motioned the engineer and
e reporter to be seated.
l regarded him with profound emotion. Before them they beheld that
ing whom they had styled the "genius of the island," the powerful
otector whose intervention, in so many circumstances, had been so
ficacious, the benefactor to whom they owed such a debt of gratitude!
eir eyes beheld a man only, and a man at the point of death, wherencroft and Neb had expected to find an almost supernatural being!
t how happened it that Cyrus Harding had recognized Captain Nemo? why
d the latter so suddenly risen on hearing this name uttered, a name which
had believed known to none?--
e captain had resumed his position on the divan, and leaning on his
m, he regarded the engineer, seated near him.
ou know the name I formerly bore, sir?" he asked.
do," answered Cyrus Harding, "and also that of this wonderful
bmarine vessel--"
he 'Nautilus'?" said the captain, with a faint smile.
he 'Nautilus.'"
ut do you--do you know who I am?"
do."
t is nevertheless many years since I have held any communication with
e inhabited world; three long years have I passed in the depth of the
a, the only place where I have found liberty! Who then can have betrayed
secret?"
man who was bound to you by no tie, Captain Nemo, and who,
nsequently, cannot be accused of treachery."
he Frenchman who was cast on board my vessel by chance sixteen years
nce?"
he same."
e and his two companions did not then perish in the maelstrom, in the
dst of which the 'Nautilus' was struggling?"
hey escaped, and a book has appeared under the title of 'Twenty
le:///E|/BOOKS/jules%20verne/The%20Mysterious%20Island.txt (331 of 366) [8/4/2003 1:56:50 PM]
7/29/2019 The Mysterious Island- Jules Verne
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/the-mysterious-island-jules-verne 332/365
le:///E|/BOOKS/jules%20verne/The%20Mysterious%20Island.txt
ousand Leagues Under the Sea,' which contains your history."
he history of a few months only of my life!" interrupted the captain
petuously.
t is true," answered Cyrus Harding, "but a few months of that strange
fe have sufficed to make you known."
s a great criminal, doubtless!" said Captain Nemo, a haughty smile
rling his lips. "Yes, a rebel, perhaps an outlaw against humanity!"
e engineer was silent.
ell, sir?"
t is not for me to judge you, Captain Nemo," answered Cyrus Harding,
t any rate as regards your past life. I am, with the rest of the world,
norant of the motives which induced you to adopt this strange mode of
istence, and I cannot judge of effects without knowing their causes; but
at I do know is, that a beneficent hand has constantly protected us since
r arrival on Lincoln Island, that we all owe our lives to a good,
nerous, and powerful being, and that this being so powerful, good and
nerous, Captain Nemo, is yourself!"
t is I," answered the captain simply.
e engineer and the reporter rose. Their companions had drawn near, and
e gratitude with which their hearts were charged was about to express
self in their gestures and words.
ptain Nemo stopped them by a sign, and in a voice which betrayed more
otion than he doubtless intended to show.
ait till you have heard all," he said.
d the captain, in a few concise sentences, ran over the events of his
fe.
s narrative was short, yet he was obliged to summon up his whole
maining energy to arrive at the end. He was evidently contending against
treme weakness. Several times Cyrus Harding entreated him to repose for a
ile, but he shook his head as a man to whom the morrow may never come,
d when the reporter offered his assistance,--
t is useless," he said; "my hours are numbered."
ptain Nemo was an Indian, the Prince Dakkar, son of a rajah of the then
dependent territory of Bundelkund. His father sent him, when ten years of
e, to Europe, in order that he might receive an education in all respects
mplete, and in the hopes that by his talents and knowledge he might one
y take a leading part in raising his long degraded and heathen country to
level with the nations of Europe.
om the age of ten years to that of thirty Prince Dakkar, endowed by
ture with her richest gifts of intellect, accumulated knowledge of every
nd, and in science, literature, and art his researches were extensive and
ofound.
traveled over the whole of Europe. His rank and fortune caused him to
everywhere sought after; but the pleasures of the world had for him no
tractions. Though young and possessed of every personal advantage, he was
er grave--somber even--devoured by an unquenchable thirst for knowledge,
d cherishing in the recesses of his heart the hope that he might become a
le:///E|/BOOKS/jules%20verne/The%20Mysterious%20Island.txt (332 of 366) [8/4/2003 1:56:50 PM]
7/29/2019 The Mysterious Island- Jules Verne
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/the-mysterious-island-jules-verne 333/365
le:///E|/BOOKS/jules%20verne/The%20Mysterious%20Island.txt
eat and powerful ruler of a free and enlightened people.
ill, for long the love of science triumphed over all other feelings. He
came an artist deeply impressed by the marvels of art, a philosopher to
om no one of the higher sciences was unknown, a statesman versed in the
licy of European courts. To the eyes of those who observed him
perficially he might have passed for one of those cosmopolitans, curious
knowledge, but disdaining action; one of those opulent travelers,
ughty and cynical, who move incessantly from place to place, and are of
country.
e history of Captain Nemo has, in fact, been published under the title
"Twenty Thousand Leagues Under the Sea." Here, therefore, will apply the
servation already made as to the adventures of Ayrton with regard to the
screpancy of dates. Readers should therefore refer to the note already
blished on this point.
is artist, this philosopher, this man was, however, still cherishing
e hope instilled into him from his earliest days.
ince Dakkar returned to Bundelkund in the year 1849. He married a noble
dian lady, who was imbued with an ambition not less ardent than that by
ich he was inspired. Two children were born to them, whom they tenderly
ved. But domestic happiness did not prevent him from seeking to carry out
e object at which he aimed. He waited an opportunity. At length, as he
inly fancied, it presented itself.
stigated by princes equally ambitious and less sagacious and more
scrupulous than he was, the people of India were persuaded that they
ght successfully rise against their English rulers, who had brought them
t of a state of anarchy and constant warfare and misery, and had
tablished peace and prosperity in their country. Their ignorance and
oss superstition made them the facile tools of their designing chiefs.
1857 the great sepoy revolt broke out. Prince Dakkar, under the belief
at he should thereby have the opportunity of attaining the object of his
ng-cherished ambition, was easily drawn into it. He forthwith devoted his
lents and wealth to the service of this cause. He aided it in person; he
ught in the front ranks; he risked his life equally with the humblest of
e wretched and misguided fanatics; he was ten times wounded in twenty
gagements, seeking death but finding it not, but at length the sanguinary
bels were utterly defeated, and the atrocious mutiny was brought to an
d.
ver before had the British power in India been exposed to such danger,
d if, as they had hoped, the sepoys had received assistance from without,
e influence and supremacy in Asia of the United Kingdom would have been a
ing of the past.
e name of Prince Dakkar was at that time well known. He had fought
enly and without concealment. A price was set upon his head, but he
naged to escape from his pursuers.
vilization never recedes; the law of necessity ever forces it onwards.
e sepoys were vanquished, and the land of the rajahs of old fell again
der the rule of England.
ince Dakkar, unable to find that death he courted, returned to the
untain fastnesses of Bundelkund. There, alone in the world, overcome by
sappointment at the destruction of all his vain hopes, a prey to profound
sgust for all human beings, filled with hatred of the civilized world, he
alized the wreck of his fortune, assembled some score of his most
le:///E|/BOOKS/jules%20verne/The%20Mysterious%20Island.txt (333 of 366) [8/4/2003 1:56:50 PM]
7/29/2019 The Mysterious Island- Jules Verne
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/the-mysterious-island-jules-verne 334/365
le:///E|/BOOKS/jules%20verne/The%20Mysterious%20Island.txt
ithful companions, and one day disappeared, leaving no trace behind.
ere, then, did he seek that liberty denied him upon the inhabited
rth? Under the waves, in the depths of the ocean, where none could
llow.
e warrior became the man of science. Upon a deserted island of the
cific he established his dockyard, and there a submarine vessel was
nstructed from his designs. By methods which will at some future day be
vealed he had rendered subservient the illimitable forces of electricity,
ich, extracted from inexhaustible sources, was employed for all the
quirements of his floating equipage, as a moving, lighting, and heating
ent. The sea, with its countless treasures, its myriads of fish, its
mberless wrecks, its enormous mammalia, and not only all that nature
pplied, but also all that man had lost in its depths, sufficed for every
nt of the prince and his crew--and thus was his most ardent desire
complished, never again to hold communication with the earth. He named
s submarine vessel the "Nautilus," called himself simply Captain Nemo,
d disappeared beneath the seas.
ring many years this strange being visited every ocean, from pole to
le. Outcast of the inhabited earth in these unknown worlds he gathered
calculable treasures. The millions lost in the Bay of Vigo, in 1702, by
e galleons of Spain, furnished him with a mine of inexhaustible richesich he devoted always, anonymously, in favor of those nations who fought
r the independence of their country.
his refers to the resurrection of the Candiotes, who were, in
act, largely assisted by Captain Nemo.)
r long, however, he had held no communication with his fellow-
eatures, when, during the night of the 6th of November, 1866, three men
re cast on board his vessel. They were a French professor, his servant,
d a Canadian fisherman. These three men had been hurled overboard by a
llision which had taken place between the "Nautilus" and the United
ates frigate "Abraham Lincoln," which had chased her.
ptain Nemo learned from this professor that the "Nautilus," taken now
r a gigantic mammal of the whale species, now for a submarine vessel
rrying a crew of pirates, was sought for in every sea.
might have returned these three men to the ocean, from whence chance
d brought them in contact with his mysterious existence. Instead of doing
is he kept them prisoners, and during seven months they were enabled to
hold all the wonders of a voyage of twenty thousand leagues under the
a.
e day, the 22nd of June, 1867, these three men, who knew nothing of the
st history of Captain Nemo, succeeded in escaping in one of the
autilus's" boats. But as at this time the "Nautilus" was drawn into the
rtex of the maelstrom, off the coast of Norway, the captain naturally
lieved that the fugitives, engulfed in that frightful whirlpool, found
eir death at the bottom of the abyss. He was unaware that the Frenchman
d his two companions had been miraculously cast on shore, that the
shermen of the Lofoten Islands had rendered them assistance, and that the
ofessor, on his return to France, had published that work in which seven
nths of the strange and eventful navigation of the "Nautilus" were
rrated and exposed to the curiosity of the public.
r a long time alter this, Captain Nemo continued to live thus,
aversing every sea. But one by one his companions died, and found their
le:///E|/BOOKS/jules%20verne/The%20Mysterious%20Island.txt (334 of 366) [8/4/2003 1:56:50 PM]
7/29/2019 The Mysterious Island- Jules Verne
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/the-mysterious-island-jules-verne 335/365
le:///E|/BOOKS/jules%20verne/The%20Mysterious%20Island.txt
st resting-place in their cemetery of coral, in the bed of the Pacific.
last Captain Nemo remained the solitary survivor of all those who had
ken refuge with him in the depths of the ocean.
was now sixty years of age. Although alone, he succeeded in navigating
e "Nautilus" towards one of those submarine caverns which had sometimes
rved him as a harbor.
e of these ports was hollowed beneath Lincoln Island, and at this
ment furnished an asylum to the "Nautilus."
e captain had now remained there six years, navigating the ocean no
nger, but awaiting death, and that moment when he should rejoin his
rmer companions, when by chance he observed the descent of the balloon
ich carried the prisoners of the Confederates. Clad in his diving dress
was walking beneath the water at a few cables' length from the shore of
e island, when the engineer had been thrown into the sea. Moved by a
eling of compassion the captain saved Cyrus Harding.
s first impulse was to fly from the vicinity of the five castaways; but
s harbor refuge was closed, for in consequence of an elevation of the
salt, produced by the influence of volcanic action, he could no longer
ss through the entrance of the vault. Though there was sufficient depth
water to allow a light craft to pass the bar, there was not enough for
e "Nautilus," whose draught of water was considerable.
ptain Nemo was compelled, therefore, to remain. He observed these men
rown without resources upon a desert island, but had no wish to be
mself discovered by them. By degrees he became interested in their
forts when he saw them honest, energetic, and bound to each other by the
es of friendship. As if despite his wishes, he penetrated all the secrets
their existence. By means of the diving dress he could easily reach the
ll in the interior of Granite House, and climbing by the projections of
ck to its upper orifice he heard the colonists as they recounted the
st, and studied the present and future. He learned from them the
emendous conflict of America with America itself, for the abolition of
avery. Yes, these men were worthy to reconcile Captain Nemo with that
manity which they represented so nobly in the island.
ptain Nemo had saved Cyrus Harding. It was he also who had brought back
e dog to the Chimneys, who rescued Top from the waters of the lake, who
used to fall at Flotsam Point the case containing so many things useful
the colonists, who conveyed the canoe back into the stream of the Mercy,
o cast the cord from the top of Granite House at the time of the attack
the baboons, who made known the presence of Ayrton upon Tabor Island, by
ans of the document enclosed in the bottle, who caused the explosion of
e brig by the shock of a torpedo placed at the bottom of the canal, who
ved Herbert from certain death by bringing the sulphate of quinine; and
nally, it was he who had killed the convicts with the electric balls, of
ich he possessed the secret, and which he employed in the chase ofbmarine creatures. Thus were explained so many apparently supernatural
currences, and which all proved the generosity and power of the captain.
vertheless, this noble misanthrope longed to benefit his proteges still
rther. There yet remained much useful advice to give them, and, his heart
ing softened by the approach of death, he invited, as we are aware, the
lonists of Granite House to visit the "Nautilus," by means of a wire
ich connected it with the corral. Possibly he would not have done this
d he been aware that Cyrus Harding was sufficiently acquainted with his
story to address him by the name of Nemo.
e captain concluded the narrative of his life. Cyrus Harding then
le:///E|/BOOKS/jules%20verne/The%20Mysterious%20Island.txt (335 of 366) [8/4/2003 1:56:50 PM]
7/29/2019 The Mysterious Island- Jules Verne
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/the-mysterious-island-jules-verne 336/365
le:///E|/BOOKS/jules%20verne/The%20Mysterious%20Island.txt
oke; he recalled all the incidents which had exercised so beneficent an
fluence upon the colony, and in the names of his companions and himself
anked the generous being to whom they owed so much.
t Captain Nemo paid little attention; his mind appeared to be absorbed
one idea, and without taking the proffered hand of the engineer,--
ow, sir," said he, "now that you know my history, your judgment!"
saying this, the captain evidently alluded to an important incident
tnessed by the three strangers thrown on board his vessel, and which the
ench professor had related in his work, causing a profound and terrible
nsation. Some days previous to the flight of the professor and his two
mpanions, the "Nautilus," being chased by a frigate in the north of the
lantic had hurled herself as a ram upon this frigate, and sunk her
thout mercy.
rus Harding understood the captain's allusion, and was silent.
t was an enemy's frigate," exclaimed Captain Nemo, transformed for an
stant into the Prince Dakkar, "an enemy's frigate! It was she who
tacked me--I was in a narrow and shallow bay--the frigate barred my way--
d I sank her!"
few moments of silence ensued; then the captain demanded,--
hat think you of my life, gentlemen?"
rus Harding extended his hand to the ci-devant prince and replied
avely, "Sir, your error was in supposing that the past can be
suscitated, and in contending against inevitable progress. It is one of
ose errors which some admire, others blame; which God alone can judge. He
o is mistaken in an action which he sincerely believes to be right may be
enemy, but retains our esteem. Your error is one that we may admire, and
ur name has nothing to fear from the judgment of history, which does not
ndemn heroic folly, but its results."
e old man's breast swelled with emotion, and raising his hand toaven,--
as I wrong, or in the right?" he murmured.
rus Harding replied, "All great actions return to God, from whom they
e derived. Captain Nemo, we, whom you have succored, shall ever mourn
ur loss."
rbert, who had drawn near the captain, fell on his knees and kissed his
nd.
tear glistened in the eyes of the dying man. "My child," he said, "may
d bless you!"
apter 17
y had returned. No ray of light penetrated into the profundity of the
vern. It being high-water, the entrance was closed by the sea. But the
tificial light, which escaped in long streams from the skylights of the
autilus" was as vivid as before, and the sheet of water shone around the
oating vessel.
extreme exhaustion now overcame Captain Nemo, who had fallen back upon
e divan. It was useless to contemplate removing him to Granite House, for
le:///E|/BOOKS/jules%20verne/The%20Mysterious%20Island.txt (336 of 366) [8/4/2003 1:56:50 PM]
7/29/2019 The Mysterious Island- Jules Verne
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/the-mysterious-island-jules-verne 337/365
le:///E|/BOOKS/jules%20verne/The%20Mysterious%20Island.txt
had expressed his wish to remain in the midst of those marvels of the
autilus" which millions could not have purchased, and to wait there for
at death which was swiftly approaching.
ring a long interval of prostration, which rendered him almost
conscious, Cyrus Harding and Gideon Spilett attentively observed the
ndition of the dying man. It was apparent that his strength was gradually
minishing. That frame, once so robust, was now but the fragile tenement
a departing soul. All of life was concentrated in the heart and head.
e engineer and reporter consulted in whispers. Was it possible tonder any aid to the dying man? Might his life, if not saved, be prolonged
r some days? He himself had said that no remedy could avail, and he
aited with tranquillity that death which had for him no terrors.
e can do nothing," said Gideon Spilett.
ut of what is he dying?" asked Pencroft.
ife is simply fading out," replied the reporter.
evertheless," said the sailor, "if we move him into the open air, and
e light of the sun, he might perhaps recover."
o, Pencroft," answered the engineer, "it is useless to attempt it.sides, Captain Nemo would never consent to leave his vessel. He has lived
r a dozen years on board the 'Nautilus,' and on board the 'Nautilus' he
sires to die."
thout doubt Captain Nemo heard Cyrus Harding's reply, for he raised
mself slightly, and in a voice more feeble, but always intelligible,--
ou are right, sir," he said. "I shall die here--it is my wish; and
erefore I have a request to make of you."
rus Harding and his companions had drawn near the divan, and now
ranged the cushions in such a manner as to better support the dying man.
ey saw his eyes wander over all the marvels of this saloon, lighted by
e electric rays which fell from the arabesques of the luminous ceiling.
surveyed, one after the other, the pictures hanging from the splendid
pestries of the partitions, the chef-d'oeuvres of the Italian, Flemish,
ench, and Spanish masters; the statues of marble and bronze on their
destals; the magnificent organ, leaning against the after-partition; the
uarium, in which bloomed the most wonderful productions of the sea--
rine plants, zoophytes, chaplets of pearls of inestimable value; and,
nally, his eyes rested on this device, inscribed over the pediment of the
seum--the motto of the "Nautilus"--
obilis in mobile."
s glance seemed to rest fondly for the last time on these masterpieces
art and of nature, to which he had limited his horizon during a sojourn
so many years in the abysses of the seas.
rus Harding respected the captain's silence, and waited till he should
eak.
ter some minutes, during which, doubtless, he passed in review his
ole life, Captain Nemo turned to the colonists and said,
le:///E|/BOOKS/jules%20verne/The%20Mysterious%20Island.txt (337 of 366) [8/4/2003 1:56:50 PM]
7/29/2019 The Mysterious Island- Jules Verne
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/the-mysterious-island-jules-verne 338/365
le:///E|/BOOKS/jules%20verne/The%20Mysterious%20Island.txt
ou consider yourselves, gentlemen, under some obligations to me?"
aptain, believe us that we would give our lives to prolong yours."
romise, then," continued Captain Nemo, "to carry out my last wishes,
d I shall be repaid for all I have done for you."
e promise," said Cyrus Harding.
d by this promise he bound both himself and his companions.
entlemen," resumed the captain, "to-morrow I shall be dead."
rbert was about to utter an exclamation, but a sign from the captain
rested him.
o-morrow I shall die, and I desire no other tomb than the 'Nautilus.'
is my grave! All my friends repose in the depths of the ocean; their
sting-place shall be mine."
ese words were received with profound silence.
ay attention to my wishes," he continued. "The 'Nautilus' is imprisoned
this grotto, the entrance of which is blocked up; but, although egress
impossible, the vessel may at least sink in the abyss, and there bury mymains."
e colonists listened reverently to the words of the dying man.
o-morrow, after my death, Mr. Harding," continued the captain,
ourself and companions will leave the 'Nautilus,' for all the treasures
contains must perish with me. One token alone will remain with you of
ince Dakkar, with whose history you are now acquainted. That coffer
nder contains diamonds of the value of many millions, most of them
mentoes of the time when, husband and father, I thought happiness
ssible for me, and a collection of pearls gathered by my friends and
self in the depths of the ocean. Of this treasure at a future day, you
y make good use. In the hands of such men as yourself and your comrades,
ptain Harding, money will never be a source of danger. From on high I
all still participate in your enterprises, and I fear not but that they
ll prosper."
ter a few moments' repose, necessitated by his extreme weakness,
ptain Nemo continued,--
o-morrow you will take the coffer, you will leave the saloon, of which
u will close the door; then you will ascend on to the deck of the
autilus,' and you will lower the mainhatch so as entirely to close the
ssel."
t shall be done, captain," answered Cyrus Harding.
ood. You will then embark in the canoe which brought you hither; but,
fore leaving the 'Nautilus,' go to the stern and there open two large
op-cocks which you will find upon the water-line. The water will penetrate
to the reservoirs, and the 'Nautilus' will gradually sink beneath the
ter to repose at the bottom of the abyss."
d comprehending a gesture of Cyrus Harding, the captain added,--
ear nothing! You will but bury a corpse!"
ither Cyrus Harding nor his companions ventured to offer any
servation to Captain Nemo. He had expressed his last wishes, and they had
le:///E|/BOOKS/jules%20verne/The%20Mysterious%20Island.txt (338 of 366) [8/4/2003 1:56:50 PM]
7/29/2019 The Mysterious Island- Jules Verne
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/the-mysterious-island-jules-verne 339/365
le:///E|/BOOKS/jules%20verne/The%20Mysterious%20Island.txt
thing to do but to conform to them.
have your promise, gentlemen?" added Captain Nemo.
ou have, captain," replied the engineer.
e captain thanked the colonists by a sign, and requested them to leave
m for some hours. Gideon Spilett wished to remain near him, in the event
a crisis coming on, but the dying man refused, saying, "I shall live
til to-morrow, sir."
l left the saloon, passed through the library and the dining-room, and
rived forward, in the machine-room where the electrical apparatus was
tablished, which supplied not only heat and light, but the mechanical
wer of the "Nautilus."
e "Nautilus" was a masterpiece containing masterpieces with itself, and
e engineer was struck with astonishment.
e colonists mounted the platform, which rose seven or eight feet above
e water. There they beheld a thick glass lenticular covering, which
otected a kind of large eye, from which flashed forth light. Behind this
e was apparently a cabin containing the wheels of the rudder, and in
ich was stationed the helmsman, when he navigated the "Nautilus" over the
d of the ocean, which the electric rays would evidently light up to a
nsiderable distance.
rus Harding and his companions remained for a time silent, for they
re vividly impressed by what they had just seen and heard, and their
arts were deeply touched by the thought that he whose arm had so often
ded them, the protector whom they had known but a few hours, was at the
int of death.
atever might be the judgment pronounced by posterity upon the events of
is, so to speak, extra-human existence, the character of Prince Dakkar
uld ever remain as one of those whose memory time can never efface.
hat a man!" said Pencroft. "Is it possible that he can have lived ate bottom of the sea? And it seems to me that perhaps he has not found
ace there any more than elsewhere!"
he 'Nautilus,'" observed Ayrton, "might have enabled us to leave
ncoln Island and reach some inhabited country."
ood Heavens!" exclaimed Pencroft, "I for one would never risk myself in
ch a craft. To sail on the seas, good, but under the seas, never!"
believe, Pencroft," answered the reporter, "that the navigation of a
bmarine vessel such as the 'Nautilus' ought to be very easy, and that we
ould soon become accustomed to it. There would be no storms, no lee-shore
fear. At some feet beneath the surface the waters of the ocean are aslm as those of a lake."
hat may be," replied the sailor, "but I prefer a gale of wind on board
well-found craft. A vessel is built to sail on the sea, and not beneath
."
y friends," said the engineer, "it is useless, at any rate as regards
e 'Nautilus,' to discuss the question of submarine vessels. The
autilus' is not ours, and we have not the right to dispose of it.
reover, we could in no case avail ourselves of it. Independently of the
ct that it would be impossible to get it out of this cavern, whose
trance is now closed by the uprising of the basaltic rocks, Captain
le:///E|/BOOKS/jules%20verne/The%20Mysterious%20Island.txt (339 of 366) [8/4/2003 1:56:50 PM]
7/29/2019 The Mysterious Island- Jules Verne
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/the-mysterious-island-jules-verne 340/365
le:///E|/BOOKS/jules%20verne/The%20Mysterious%20Island.txt
mo's wish is that it shall be buried with him. His wish is our law, and
will fulfil it."
ter a somewhat prolonged conversation, Cyrus Harding and his companions
ain descended to the interior of the "Nautilus." There they took some
freshment and returned to the saloon.
ptain Nemo had somewhat rallied from the prostration which had overcome
m, and his eyes shone with their wonted fire. A faint smile even curled
s lips.
e colonists drew around him.
entlemen," said the captain, "you are brave and honest men. You have
voted yourselves to the common weal. Often have I observed your conduct.
have esteemed you--I esteem you still! Your hand, Mr. Harding."
rus Harding gave his hand to the captain, who clasped it
fectionately.
t is well!" he murmured.
resumed,--
ut enough of myself. I have to speak concerning yourselves, and thisncoln Island, upon which you have taken refuge. You now desire to leave
?"
o return, captain!" answered Pencroft quickly.
o return, Pencroft?" said the captain, with a smile. "I know, it is
ue, your love for this island. You have helped to make it what it now is,
d it seems to you a paradise!"
ur project, captain," interposed Cyrus Harding, "is to annex it to the
ited States, and to establish for our shipping a port so fortunately
tuated in this part of the Pacific."
our thoughts are with your country, gentlemen," continued the captain;
our toils are for her prosperity and glory. You are right. One's native
nd!--there should one live! there die! And I die far from all I loved!"
ou have some last wish to transmit," said the engineer with emotion,
ome souvenir to send to those friends you have left in the mountains of
dia?"
o, Captain Harding; no friends remain to me! I am the last of my race,
d to all whom I have known I have long been as are the dead.--But to
turn to yourselves. Solitude, isolation, are painful things, and beyond
man endurance. I die of having thought it possible to live alone! You
ould, therefore, dare all in the attempt to leave Lincoln Island, and see
ce more the land of your birth. I am aware that those wretches have
stroyed the vessel you have built."
e propose to construct a vessel," said Gideon Spilett, "sufficiently
rge to convey us to the nearest land; but if we should succeed, sooner or
ter we shall return to Lincoln Island. We are attached to it by too many
collections ever to forget it."
t is here that we have known Captain Nemo," said Cyrus Harding.
t is here only that we can make our home!" added Herbert.
nd here shall I sleep the sleep of eternity, if--" replied the captain.
le:///E|/BOOKS/jules%20verne/The%20Mysterious%20Island.txt (340 of 366) [8/4/2003 1:56:50 PM]
7/29/2019 The Mysterious Island- Jules Verne
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/the-mysterious-island-jules-verne 341/365
le:///E|/BOOKS/jules%20verne/The%20Mysterious%20Island.txt
paused for a moment, and, instead of completing the sentence, said
mply,--
r. Harding, I wish to speak with you--alone!"
e engineer's companions, respecting the wish, retired.
rus Harding remained but a few minutes alone with Captain Nemo, and
on recalled his companions; but he said nothing to them of the private
tters which the dying man had confided to him.
deon Spilett now watched the captain with extreme care. It was evident
at he was no longer sustained by his moral energy, which had lost the
wer of reaction against his physical weakness.
e day closed without change. The colonists did not quit the "Nautilus"
r a moment. Night arrived, although it was impossible to distinguish it
om day in the cavern.
ptain Nemo suffered no pain, but he was visibly sinking. His noble
atures, paled by the approach of death, were perfectly calm. Inaudible
rds escaped at intervals from his lips, bearing upon various incidents of
s checkered career. Life was evidently ebbing slowly and his extremities
re already cold.
ce or twice more he spoke to the colonists who stood around him, and
iled on them with that last smile which continues after death.
length, shortly after midnight, Captain Nemo by a supreme effort
cceeded in folding his arms across his breast, as if wishing in that
titude to compose himself for death.
one o'clock his glance alone showed signs of life. A dying light
eamed in those eyes once so brilliant. Then, murmuring the words, "God
d my country!" he quietly expired.
rus Harding, bending low closed the eyes of him who had once been theince Dakkar, and was now not even Captain Nemo.
rbert and Pencroft sobbed aloud. Tears fell from Ayrton's eyes. Neb was
his knees by the reporter's side, motionless as a statue.
en Cyrus Harding, extending his hand over the forehead of the dead,
id solemnly, "May his soul be with God!" Turning to his friends, he
ded, "Let us pray for him whom we have lost!"
me hours later the colonists fulfilled the promise made to the captain
carrying out his dying wishes.
rus Harding and his companions quitted the "Nautilus," taking with them
e only memento left them by their benefactor, the coffer which contained
alth amounting to millions.
e marvelous saloon, still flooded with light, had been carefully
osed. The iron door leading on deck was then securely fastened in such a
nner as to prevent even a drop of water from penetrating to the interior
the "Nautilus."
e colonists then descended into the canoe, which was moored to the side
the submarine vessel.
e canoe was now brought around to the stern. There, at the water-line,
le:///E|/BOOKS/jules%20verne/The%20Mysterious%20Island.txt (341 of 366) [8/4/2003 1:56:50 PM]
7/29/2019 The Mysterious Island- Jules Verne
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/the-mysterious-island-jules-verne 342/365
le:///E|/BOOKS/jules%20verne/The%20Mysterious%20Island.txt
re two large stop-cocks communicating with the reservoirs employed in the
bmersion of the vessel.
e stop-cocks were opened, the reservoirs filled, and the "Nautilus,"
owly sinking, disappeared beneath the surface of the lake.
t the colonists were yet able to follow its descent through the waves.
e powerful light it gave forth lighted up the translucent water, while
e cavern became gradually obscure. At length this vast effusion of
ectric light faded away, and soon after the "Nautilus," now the tomb of
ptain Nemo, reposed in its ocean bed.
apter 18
break of day the colonists regained in silence the entrance of the
vern, to which they gave the name of "Dakkar Grotto," in memory of
ptain Nemo. It was now low-water, and they passed without difficulty
der the arcade, washed on the right by the sea.
e canoe was left here, carefully protected from the waves. As
ditional precaution, Pencroft, Neb, and Ayrton drew it up on a little
ach which bordered one of the sides of the grotto, in a spot where ituld run no risk of harm.
e storm had ceased during the night. The last low mutterings of the
under died away in the west. Rain fell no longer, but the sky was yet
scured by clouds. On the whole, this month of October, the first of the
uthern spring, was not ushered in by satisfactory tokens, and the wind
d a tendency to shift from one point of the compass to another, which
ndered it impossible to count upon settled weather.
rus Harding and his companions, on leaving Dakkar Grotto, had taken the
ad to the corral. On their way Neb and Herbert were careful to preserve
e wire which had been laid down by the captain between the corral and the
otto, and which might at a future time be of service.
e colonists spoke but little on the road. The various incidents of the
ght of October 15th had left a profound impression on their minds. The
known being whose influence had so effectually protected them, the man
om their imagination had endowed with supernatural powers, Captain Nemo,
s no more. His "Nautilus" and he were buried in the depths of the abyss.
each one of them their existence seemed even more isolated than before.
ey had been accustomed to count upon the intervention of that power which
isted no longer, and Gideon Spilett, and even Cyrus Harding, could not
cape this impression. Thus they maintained a profound silence during
eir journey to the corral.
wards nine in the morning the colonists arrived at Granite House.
had been agreed that the construction of the vessel should be actively
shed forward, and Cyrus Harding more than ever devoted his time and labor
this object. It was impossible to divine what future lay before them.
idently the advantage to the colonists would be great of having at their
sposal a substantial vessel, capable of keeping the sea even in heavy
ather, and large enough to attempt, in case of need, a voyage of some
ration. Even if, when their vessel should be completed, the colonists
ould not resolve to leave Lincoln Island as yet, in order to gain either
e of the Polynesian Archipelagoes of the Pacific or the shores of New
aland, they might at least, sooner or later, proceed to Tabor Island, to
ave there the notice relating to Ayrton. This was a precaution rendered
le:///E|/BOOKS/jules%20verne/The%20Mysterious%20Island.txt (342 of 366) [8/4/2003 1:56:50 PM]
7/29/2019 The Mysterious Island- Jules Verne
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/the-mysterious-island-jules-verne 343/365
le:///E|/BOOKS/jules%20verne/The%20Mysterious%20Island.txt
dispensable by the possibility of the Scotch yacht reappearing in those
as, and it was of the highest importance that nothing should be neglected
this point.
e works were then resumed. Cyrus Harding, Pencroft, and Ayrton,
sisted by Neb, Gideon Spilett, and Herbert, except when unavoidably
lled off by other necessary occupations, worked without cessation. It was
portant that the new vessel should be ready in five months--that is to
y, by the beginning of March--if they wished to visit Tabor Island before
e equinoctial gales rendered the voyage impracticable. Therefore the
rpenters lost not a moment. Moreover, it was unnecessary to manufacturegging, that of the "Speedy" having been saved entire, so that the hull
ly of the vessel needed to be constructed.
e end of the year 1868 found them occupied by these important labors,
the exclusion of almost all others. At the expiration of two months and
half the ribs had been set up and the first planks adjusted. It was
ready evident that the plans made by Cyrus Harding were admirable, and
at the vessel would behave well at sea.
ncroft brought to the task a devouring energy, and would even grumble
en one or the other abandoned the carpenter's axe for the gun of the
nter. It was nevertheless necessary to keep up the stores of Granite
use, in view of the approaching winter. But this did not satisfyncroft. The brave, honest sailor was not content when the workmen were
t at the dockyard. when this happened he grumbled vigorously, and, by way
venting his feelings, did the work of six men.
e weather was very unfavorable during the whole of the summer season.
r some days the heat was overpowering, and the atmosphere, saturated with
ectricity, was only cleared by violent storms. It was rarely that the
stant growling of the thunder could not be heard, like a low but
cessant murmur, such as is produced in the equatorial regions of the
obe.
e 1st of January, 1869, was signalized by a storm of extreme violence,
d the thunder burst several times over the island. Large trees wereruck by the electric fluid and shattered, and among others one of those
gantic nettle-trees which had shaded the poultry-yard at the southern
tremity of the lake. Had this meteor any relation to the phenomena going
in the bowels of the earth? Was there any connection between the
mmotion of the atmosphere and that of the interior of the earth? Cyrus
rding was inclined to think that such was the case, for the development
these storms was attended by the renewal of volcanic symptoms.
was on the 3rd of January that Herbert, having ascended at daybreak to
e plateau of Prospect Heights to harness one of the onagers, perceived an
ormous hat-shaped cloud rolling from the summit of the volcano.
rbert immediately apprised the colonists, who at once joined him intching the summit of Mount Franklin.
h!" exclaimed Pencroft, "those are not vapors this time! It seems to me
at the giant is not content with breathing; he must smoke!"
is figure of speech employed by the sailor exactly expressed the
anges going on at the mouth of the volcano. Already for three months had
e crater emitted vapors more or less dense, but which were as yet
oduced only by an internal ebullition of mineral substances. But now the
pors were replaced by a thick smoke, rising in the form of a grayish
lumn, more than three hundred feet in width at its base, and which spread
ke an immense mushroom to a height of from seven to eight hundred feet
le:///E|/BOOKS/jules%20verne/The%20Mysterious%20Island.txt (343 of 366) [8/4/2003 1:56:50 PM]
7/29/2019 The Mysterious Island- Jules Verne
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/the-mysterious-island-jules-verne 344/365
le:///E|/BOOKS/jules%20verne/The%20Mysterious%20Island.txt
ove the summit of the mountain.
he fire is in the chimney," observed Gideon Spilett.
nd we can't put it out!" replied Herbert.
he volcano ought to be swept," observed Neb, who spoke as if perfectly
rious.
ell said, Neb!" cried Pencroft, with a shout of laughter; "and you'll
dertake the job, no doubt?"
rus Harding attentively observed the dense smoke emitted by Mount
anklin, and even listened, as if expecting to hear some distant
ttering. Then, turning towards his companions, from whom he had gone
mewhat apart, he said,--
he truth is, my friends, we must not conceal from ourselves that an
portant change is going forward. The volcanic substances are no longer in
state of ebullition, they have caught fire, and we are undoubtedly
naced by an approaching eruption."
ell, captain," said Pencroft, "we shall witness the eruption; and if it
a good one, we'll applaud it. I don't see that we need concern ourselves
rther about the matter."
t may be so," replied Cyrus Harding, "for the ancient track of the lava
still open; and thanks to this, the crater has hitherto overflowed
wards the north. And yet--"
nd yet, as we can derive no advantage from an eruption, it might be
tter it should not take place," said the reporter.
ho knows?" answered the sailor. "Perhaps there may be some valuable
bstance in this volcano, which it will spout forth, and which we may turn
good account!"
rus Harding shook his head with the air of a man who augured no good
om the phenomenon whose development had been so sudden. He did not regard
lightly as Pencroft the results of an eruption. If the lava, in
nsequence of the position of the crater, did not directly menace the
oded and cultivated parts of the island, other complications might
esent themselves. In fact, eruptions are not unfrequently accompanied by
rthquakes; and an island of the nature of Lincoln Island, formed of
bstances so varied, basalt on one side, granite on the other, lava on the
rth, rich soil on the south, substances which consequently could not be
rmly attached to each other, would be exposed to the risk of
sintegration. Although, therefore, the spreading of the volcanic matter
ght not constitute a serious danger, any movement of the terrestrial
ructure which should shake the island might entail the gravest
nsequences.
t seems to me," said Ayrton, who had reclined so as to place his ear to
e ground, "it seems to me that I can hear a dull, rumbling sound, like
at of a wagon loaded with bars of iron."
e colonists listened with the greatest attention, and were convinced
at Ayrton was not mistaken. The rumbling was mingled with a subterranean
ar, which formed a sort of rinforzando, and died slowly away, as if some
olent storm had passed through the profundities of the globe. But no
plosion properly so termed, could be heard. It might therefore be
ncluded that the vapors and smoke found a free passage through the
ntral shaft; and that the safety-valve being sufficiently large, no
le:///E|/BOOKS/jules%20verne/The%20Mysterious%20Island.txt (344 of 366) [8/4/2003 1:56:50 PM]
7/29/2019 The Mysterious Island- Jules Verne
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/the-mysterious-island-jules-verne 345/365
le:///E|/BOOKS/jules%20verne/The%20Mysterious%20Island.txt
nvulsion would be produced, no explosion was to be apprehended.
ell, then!" said Pencroft, "are we not going back to work? Let Mount
anklin smoke, groan, bellow, or spout forth fire and flame as much as it
eases, that is no reason why we should be idle! Come, Ayrton, Neb,
rbert, Captain Harding, Mr. Spilett, every one of us must turn to at our
rk to-day! We are going to place the keelson, and a dozen pair of hands
uld not be too many. Before two months I want our new 'Bonadventure'--
r we shall keep the old name, shall we not?--to float on the waters of
rt Balloon! Therefore there is not an hour to lose!"
l the colonists, their services thus requisitioned by Pencroft,
scended to the dockyard, and proceeded to place the keelson, a thick mass
wood which forms the lower portion of a ship and unites firmly the
mbers of the hull. It was an arduous undertaking, in which all took part.
ey continued their labors during the whole of this day, the 3rd of
nuary, without thinking further of the volcano, which could not, besides,
seen from the shore of Granite House. But once or twice, large shadows,
iling the sun, which described its diurnal arc through an extremely clear
y, indicated that a thick cloud of smoke passed between its disc and the
land. The wind, blowing on the shore, carried all these vapors to the
stward. Cyrus Harding and Gideon Spilett remarked these somber
pearances, and from time to time discussed the evident progress of thelcanic phenomena, but their work went on without interruption. It was,
sides, of the first importance from every point of view, that the vessel
ould be finished with the least possible delay. In presence of the
entualities which might arise, the safety of the colonists would be to a
eat extent secured by their ship. Who could tell that it might not prove
me day their only refuge?
the evening, after supper, Cyrus Harding, Gideon Spilett, and Herbert
ain ascended the plateau of Prospect Heights. It was already dark, and
e obscurity would permit them to ascertain if flames or incandescent
tter thrown up by the volcano were mingled with the vapor and smoke
cumulated at the mouth of the crater.
he crater is on fire!" said Herbert, who, more active than his
mpanion, first reached the plateau.
unt Franklin, distant about six miles, now appeared like a gigantic
rch, around the summit of which turned fuliginous flames. So much smoke,
d possibly scoriae and cinders were mingled with them, that their light
eamed but faintly amid the gloom of the night. But a kind of lurid
illiancy spread over the island, against which stood out confusedly the
oded masses of the heights. Immense whirlwinds of vapor obscured the sky,
rough which glimmered a few stars.
he change is rapid!" said the engineer.
hat is not surprising," answered the reporter. "The reawakening of the
lcano already dates back some time. You may remember, Cyrus, that the
rst vapors appeared about the time we searched the sides of the mountain
discover Captain Nemo's retreat. It was, if I mistake not, about the
th of October."
es," replied Herbert, "two months and a half ago!"
he subterranean fires have therefore been smoldering for ten weeks,"
sumed Gideon Spilett, "and it is not to be wondered at that they now
eak out with such violence!"
le:///E|/BOOKS/jules%20verne/The%20Mysterious%20Island.txt (345 of 366) [8/4/2003 1:56:50 PM]
7/29/2019 The Mysterious Island- Jules Verne
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/the-mysterious-island-jules-verne 346/365
le:///E|/BOOKS/jules%20verne/The%20Mysterious%20Island.txt
o not you feel a certain vibration of the soil?" asked Cyrus Harding.
es," replied Gideon Spilett, "but there is a great difference between
at and an earthquake."
do not affirm that we are menaced with an earthquake," answered Cyrus
rding, "may God preserve us from that! No; these vibrations are due to
e effervescence of the central fire. The crust of the earth is simply the
ell of a boiler, and you know that such a shell, under the pressure of
eam, vibrates like a sonorous plate. it is this effect which is being
oduced at this moment."
hat magnificent flames!" exclaimed Herbert.
this instant a kind of bouquet of flames shot forth from the crater,
e brilliancy of which was visible even through the vapors. Thousands of
minous sheets and barbed tongues of fire were cast in various directions.
me, extending beyond the dome of smoke, dissipated it, leaving behind an
candescent powder. This was accompanied by successive explosions,
sembling the discharge of a battery of machine-guns.
rus Harding, the reporter, and Herbert, after spending an hour on the
ateau of Prospect Heights, again descended to the beach, and returned to
anite House. The engineer was thoughtful and preoccupied, so much so,
deed, that Gideon Spilett inquired if he apprehended any immediate
nger, of which the eruption might directly or indirectly be the cause.
es, and no," answered Cyrus Harding.
evertheless," continued the reporter, "would not the greatest
sfortune which could happen to us be an earthquake which would overturn
e island? Now, I do not suppose that this is to be feared, since the
pors and lava have found a free outlet."
rue," replied Cyrus Harding, "and I do not fear an earthquake in the
nse in which the term is commonly applied to convulsions of the soil
ovoked by the expansion of subterranean gases. But other causes may
oduce great disasters."
ow so, my dear Cyrus?'
am not certain. I must consider. I must visit the mountain. In a few
ys I shall learn more on this point."
deon Spilett said no more, and soon, in spite of the explosions of the
lcano, whose intensity increased, and which were repeated by the echoes
the island, the inhabitants of Granite House were sleeping soundly.
ree days passed by--the 4th, 5th, and 6th of January. The construction
the vessel was diligently continued, and without offering further
planations the engineer pushed forward the work with all his energy.unt Franklin was now hooded by a somber cloud of sinister aspect, and,
id the flames, vomiting forth incandescent rocks, some of which fell back
to the crater itself. This caused Pencroft, who would only look at the
tter in the light of a joke, to exclaim,--
h! the giant is playing at cup and ball; he is a conjurer."
fact, the substances thrown up fell back again in to the abyss, and it
d not seem that the lava, though swollen by the internal pressure, had
t risen to the orifice of the crater. At any rate, the opening on the
rtheast, which was partly visible, poured out no torrent upon the
rthern slope of the mountain.
le:///E|/BOOKS/jules%20verne/The%20Mysterious%20Island.txt (346 of 366) [8/4/2003 1:56:50 PM]
7/29/2019 The Mysterious Island- Jules Verne
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/the-mysterious-island-jules-verne 347/365
le:///E|/BOOKS/jules%20verne/The%20Mysterious%20Island.txt
vertheless, however pressing was the construction of the vessel, other
ties demanded the presence of the colonists on various portions of the
land. Before everything it was necessary to go to the corral, where the
ocks of musmons and goats were enclosed, and replenish the provision of
rage for those animals. It was accordingly arranged that Ayrton should
oceed thither the next day, the 7th of January; and as he was sufficient
r the task, to which he was accustomed, Pencroft and the rest were
mewhat surprised on hearing the engineer say to Ayrton--
s you are going to-morrow to the corral I will accompany you."
ut, Captain Harding," exclaimed the sailor, "our working days will not
many, and if you go also we shall be two pair of hands short!"
e shall return to-morrow," replied Cyrus Harding, "but it is necessary
at I should go to the corral. I must learn how the eruption is
ogressing."
he eruption! always the eruption!" answered Pencroft, with an air of
scontent. "An important thing, truly, this eruption! I trouble myself
ry little about it."
atever might be the sailor's opinion, the expedition projected by the
gineer was settled for the next day. Herbert wished to accompany Cyrusrding, but he would not vex Pencroft by his absence.
e next day, at dawn, Cyrus Harding and Ayrton, mounting the cart drawn
two onagers, took the road to the corral and set off at a round trot.
ove the forest were passing large clouds, to which the crater of Mount
anklin incessantly added fuliginous matter. These clouds, which rolled
avily in the air, were evidently composed of heterogeneous substances. It
s not alone from the volcano that they derived their strange opacity and
ight. Scoriae, in a state of dust, like powdered pumice-stone, and
ayish ashes as small as the finest feculae, were held in suspension in
e midst of their thick folds. These ashes are so fine that they have been
served in the air for whole months. After the eruption of 1783 in Icelandr upwards of a year the atmosphere was thus charged with volcanic dust
rough which the rays of the sun were only with difficulty discernible.
t more often this pulverized matter falls, and this happened on the
esent occasion. Cyrus Harding and Ayrton had scarcely reached the corral
en a sort of black snow like fine gunpowder fell, and instantly changed
e appearance of the soil. Trees, meadows, all disappeared beneath a
vering several inches in depth. But, very fortunately, the wind blew from
e northeast, and the greater part of the cloud dissolved itself over the
a.
his is very singular, Captain Harding," said Ayrton.
t is very serious," replied the engineer. "This powdered pumice-stone,
l this mineral dust, proves how grave is the convulsion going forward in
e lower depths of the volcano."
ut can nothing be done?"
othing, except to note the progress of the phenomenon. Do you,
erefore, Ayrton, occupy yourself with the necessary work at the corral.
the meantime I will ascend just beyond the source of Red Creek and
amine the condition of the mountain upon its northern aspect. Then--"
ell, Captain Harding?"
le:///E|/BOOKS/jules%20verne/The%20Mysterious%20Island.txt (347 of 366) [8/4/2003 1:56:50 PM]
7/29/2019 The Mysterious Island- Jules Verne
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/the-mysterious-island-jules-verne 348/365
le:///E|/BOOKS/jules%20verne/The%20Mysterious%20Island.txt
hen we will pay a visit to Dakkar Grotto. I wish to inspect it. At any
te I will come back for you in two hours."
rton then proceeded to enter the corral, and, while awaiting the
gineer's return, busied himself with the musmons and goats which seemed
feel a certain uneasiness in presence of these first signs of an
uption.
anwhile Cyrus Harding ascended the crest of the eastern spur, passed
d Creek, and arrived at the spot where he and his companions had
scovered a sulphurous spring at the time of their first exploration.
w changed was everything! Instead of a single column of smoke he
unted thirteen, forced through the soil as if violently propelled by some
ston. It was evident that the crust of the earth was subjected in this
rt of the globe to a frightful pressure. The atmosphere was saturated
th gases and carbonic acid, mingled with aqueous vapors. Cyrus Harding
lt the volcanic tufa with which the plain was strewn, and which was but
lverized cinders hardened into solid blocks by time, tremble beneath him,
t he could discover no traces of fresh lava.
e engineer became more assured of this when he observed all the
rthern part of Mount Franklin. Pillars of smoke and flame escaped from
e crater; a hail of scoriae fell on the ground; but no current of lava
rst from the mouth of the volcano, which proved that the volcanic matter
d not yet attained the level of the superior orifice of the central
aft.
ut I would prefer that it were so," said Cyrus Harding to himself. "At
y rate, I should then know that the lava had followed its accustomed
ack. who can say that it may not take a new course? But the danger does
t consist in that! Captain Nemo foresaw it clearly! No, the danger does
t lie there!"
rus Harding advanced towards the enormous causeway whose prolongation
closed the narrow Shark Gulf. He could now sufficiently examine on this
de the ancient channels of the lava. There was no doubt in his mind that
e most recent eruption had occurred at a far-distant epoch.
then returned by the same way, listening attentively to the
bterranean mutterings which rolled like long-continued thunder,
terrupted by deafening explosions. At nine in the morning he reached the
rral.
rton awaited him.
he animals are cared for, Captain Harding," said Ayrton.
ood, Ayrton."
hey seem uneasy, Captain Harding."
es, instinct speaks through them, and instinct is never deceived."
re you ready?"
ake a lamp, Ayrton," answered the engineer; "we will start at once."
rton did as desired. The onagers, unharnessed, roamed in the corral.
e gate was secured on the outside, and Cyrus Harding, preceding Ayrton,
ok the narrow path which led westward to the shore.
le:///E|/BOOKS/jules%20verne/The%20Mysterious%20Island.txt (348 of 366) [8/4/2003 1:56:50 PM]
7/29/2019 The Mysterious Island- Jules Verne
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/the-mysterious-island-jules-verne 349/365
le:///E|/BOOKS/jules%20verne/The%20Mysterious%20Island.txt
e soil they walked upon was choked with the pulverized matter fallen
om the cloud. No quadruped appeared in the woods. Even the birds had
ed. Sometimes a passing breeze raised the covering of ashes, and the two
lonists, enveloped in a whirlwind of dust, lost sight of each other. They
re then careful to cover their eyes and mouths with handkerchiefs, for
ey ran the risk of being blinded and suffocated.
was impossible for Cyrus Harding and Ayrton, with these impediments,
make rapid progress. Moreover, the atmosphere was close, as if the
ygen had been partly burned up, and had become unfit for respiration. At
ery hundred paces they were obliged to stop to take breath. It waserefore past ten o'clock when the engineer and his companion reached the
est of the enormous mass of rocks of basalt and porphyry which composed
e northwest coast of the island.
rton and Cyrus Harding commenced the descent of this abrupt declivity,
llowing almost step for step the difficult path which, during that stormy
ght, had led them to Dakkar Grotto. In open day the descent was less
rilous, and, besides, the bed of ashes which covered the polished surface
the rock enabled them to make their footing more secure.
e ridge at the end of the shore, about forty feet in height, was soon
ached. Cyrus Harding recollected that this elevation gradually sloped
wards the level of the sea. Although the tide was at present low, noach could he seen, and the waves, thickened by the volcanic dust, beat
on the basaltic rocks.
rus Harding and Ayrton found without difficulty the entrance to Dakkar
otto, and paused for a moment at the last rock before it.
he iron boat should be there," said the engineer.
t is here, Captain Harding," replied Ayrton, drawing towards him the
agile craft, which was protected by the arch of the vault.
n board, Ayrton!"
e two colonists stepped into the boat. A slight undulation of the wavesrried it farther under the low arch of the crypt, and there Ayrton, with
e aid of flint and steel, lighted the lamp. He then took the oars, and
e lamp having been placed in the bow of the boat, so that its rays fell
fore them, Cyrus Harding took the helm and steered through the shades of
e grotto.
e "Nautilus" was there no longer to illuminate the cavern with its
ectric light. Possibly it might not yet be extinguished, but no ray
caped from the depths of the abyss in which reposed all that was mortal
Captain Nemo.
e light afforded by the lamp, although feeble, nevertheless enabled the
gineer to advance slowly, following the wall of the cavern. A deathlikelence reigned under the vaulted roof, or at least in the anterior
rtion, for soon Cyrus Harding distinctly heard the rumbling which
oceeded from the bowels of the mountain.
hat comes from the volcano," he said.
sides these sounds, the presence of chemical combinations was soon
trayed by their powerful odor, and the engineer and his companion were
most suffocated by sulphurous vapors.
his is what Captain Nemo feared," murmured Cyrus Harding, changing
untenance. "We must go to the end, notwithstanding."
le:///E|/BOOKS/jules%20verne/The%20Mysterious%20Island.txt (349 of 366) [8/4/2003 1:56:50 PM]
7/29/2019 The Mysterious Island- Jules Verne
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/the-mysterious-island-jules-verne 350/365
le:///E|/BOOKS/jules%20verne/The%20Mysterious%20Island.txt
orward!" replied Ayrton, bending to his oars and directing the boat
wards the head of the cavern.
enty-five minutes after entering the mouth of the grotto the boat
ached the extreme end.
rus Harding then, standing up, cast the light of the lamp upon the
lls of the cavern which separated it from the central shaft of the
lcano. What was the thickness of this wall? It might be ten feet or a
ndred feet--it was impossible to say. But the subterranean sounds were too
rceptible to allow of the supposition that it was of any great thickness.
e engineer, after having explored the wall at a certain height
rizontally, fastened the lamp to the end of an oar, and again surveyed
e basaltic wall at a greater elevation.
ere, through scarcely visible clefts and joinings, escaped a pungent
por, which infected the atmosphere of the cavern. The wall was broken by
rge cracks, some of which extended to within two or three feet of the
ter's edge.
rus Harding thought for a brief space. Then he said in a low voice,--
es! the captain was right! The danger lies there, and a terriblenger!"
rton said not a word, but, upon a sign from Cyrus Harding, resumed the
rs, and half an hour later the engineer and he reached the entrance of
kkar Grotto.
apter 19
e next day, the 8th day of January, after a day and night passed at the
rral, where they left all in order, Cyrus Harding and Ayrton arrived at
anite House.
e engineer immediately called his companions together, and informed
em of the imminent danger which threatened Lincoln Island, and from which
human power could deliver them.
y friends," he said, and his voice betrayed the depth of his emotion,
ur island is not among those which will endure while this earth endures.
is doomed to more or less speedy destruction, the cause of which it
ars within itself, and from which nothing can save it."
e colonists looked at each other, then at the engineer. They did not
early comprehend him.
xplain yourself, Cyrus!" said Gideon Spilett.
will do so," replied Cyrus Harding, "or rather I will simply afford
u the explanation which, during our few minutes of private conversation,
s given me by Captain Nemo."
aptain Nemo!" exclaimed the colonists.
es, and it was the last service he desired to render us before his
ath!"
he last service!" exclaimed Pencroft, "the last service! You will see
at though he is dead he will render us others yet!"
le:///E|/BOOKS/jules%20verne/The%20Mysterious%20Island.txt (350 of 366) [8/4/2003 1:56:50 PM]
7/29/2019 The Mysterious Island- Jules Verne
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/the-mysterious-island-jules-verne 351/365
le:///E|/BOOKS/jules%20verne/The%20Mysterious%20Island.txt
ut what did the captain say?" inquired the reporter.
will tell you, my friends," said the engineer. "Lincoln Island does
t resemble the other islands of the Pacific, and a fact of which Captain
mo has made me cognizant must sooner or later bring about the subversion
its foundation."
onsense! Lincoln Island, it can't be!" cried Pencroft, who, in spite of
e respect he felt for Cyrus Harding, could not prevent a gesture of
credulity.
isten, Pencroft," resumed the engineer, "I will tell you what Captain
mo communicated to me, and which I myself confirmed yesterday, during the
ploration of Dakkar Grotto.
his cavern stretches under the island as far as the volcano, and is only
parated from its central shaft by the wall which terminates it. Now, this
ll is seamed with fissures and clefts which already allow the
lphurous gases generated in the interior of the volcano to escape."
ell?" said Pencroft, his brow suddenly contracting.
ell, then, I saw that these fissures widen under the internal pressure
om within, that the wall of basalt is gradually giving way and that afterlonger or shorter period it will afford a passage to the waters of the
ke which fill the cavern."
ood!" replied Pencroft, with an attempt at pleasantry. "The sea will
tinguish the volcano, and there will be an end of the matter!"
ot so!" said Cyrus Harding, "should a day arrive when the sea, rushing
rough the wall of the cavern, penetrates by the central shaft into the
terior of the island to the boiling lava, Lincoln Island will that day be
own into the air--just as would happen to the island of Sicily were the
diterranean to precipitate itself into Mount Etna."
e colonists made no answer to these significant words of the engineer.ey now understood the danger by which they were menaced.
may be added that Cyrus Harding had in no way exaggerated the danger
be apprehended. Many persons have formed an idea that it would be
ssible to extinguish volcanoes, which are almost always situated on the
ores of a sea or lake, by opening a passage for the admission of the
ter. But they are not aware that this would be to incur the risk of
owing up a portion of the globe, like a boiler whose steam is suddenly
panded by intense heat. The water, rushing into a cavity whose
mperature might be estimated at thousands of degrees, would be converted
to steam with a sudden energy which no enclosure could resist.
was not therefore doubtful that the island, menaced by a frightful andproaching convulsion, would endure only so long as the wall of Dakkar
otto itself should endure. It was not even a question of months, nor of
eks, but of days; it might be of hours.
e first sentiment which the colonists felt was that of profound sorrow.
ey thought not so much of the peril which menaced themselves personally,
t of the destruction of the island which had sheltered them, which they
d cultivated, which they loved so well, and had hoped to render so
ourishing. So much effort ineffectually expended, so much labor lost.
ncroft could not prevent a large tear from rolling down his cheek, nor
d he attempt to conceal it.
le:///E|/BOOKS/jules%20verne/The%20Mysterious%20Island.txt (351 of 366) [8/4/2003 1:56:50 PM]
7/29/2019 The Mysterious Island- Jules Verne
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/the-mysterious-island-jules-verne 352/365
le:///E|/BOOKS/jules%20verne/The%20Mysterious%20Island.txt
me further conversation now took place. The chances yet in favor of the
lonists were discussed; but finally it was agreed that there was not an
ur to be lost, that the building and fitting of the vessel should be
shed forward with their utmost energy, and that this was the sole chance
safety for the inhabitants of Lincoln Island.
l hands, therefore, set to work on the vessel. What could it avail to
w, to reap, to hunt, to increase the stores of Granite House? The
ntents of the storehouse and outbuildings contained more than sufficient
provide the ship for a voyage, however long might be its duration. But
was imperative that the ship should be ready to receive them before the
evitable catastrophe should arrive.
eir labors were now carried on with feverish ardor. By the 23rd of
nuary the vessel was half-decked over. Up to this time no change had
ken place on the summit of the volcano. Vapor and smoke mingled with
ames and incandescent stones were thrown up from the crater. But during
e night of the 23rd, in consequence of the lava attaining the level of
e first stratum of the volcano, the hat-shaped cone which formed over the
tter disappeared. A frightful sound was heard. The colonists at first
ought the island was rent asunder, and rushed out of Granite House.
is occurred about two o'clock in the morning.
e sky appeared on fire. The superior cone, a mass of rock a thousand
et in height, and weighing thousands of millions of pounds, had been
rown down upon the island, making it tremble to its foundation.
rtunately, this cone inclined to the north, and had fallen upon the plain
sand and tufa stretching between the volcano and the sea. The aperture
the crater being thus enlarged projected towards the sky a glare so
tense that by the simple effect of reflection the atmosphere appeared
d-hot. At the same time a torrent of lava, bursting from the new summit,
ured out in long cascades, like water escaping from a vase too full, and
thousand tongues of fire crept over the sides of the volcano.
he corral! the corral!" exclaimed Ayrton.
was, in fact, towards the corral that the lava was rushing as the new
ater faced the east, and consequently the fertile portions of the island,
e springs of Red Creek and Jacamar Wood, were menaced with instant
struction.
Ayrton's cry the colonists rushed to the onagers' stables. The cart
s at once harnessed. All were possessed by the same thought--to hasten to
e corral and set at liberty the animals it enclosed.
fore three in the morning they arrived at the corral. The cries of the
rrified musmons and goats indicated the alarm which possessed them.
ready a torrent of burning matter and liquefied minerals fell from the
de of the mountain upon the meadows as far as the side of the palisade.
e gate was burst open by Ayrton, and the animals, bewildered with terror,
ed in all directions.
hour afterwards the boiling lava filled the corral, converting into
por the water of the little rivulet which ran through it, burning up the
use like dry grass, and leaving not even a post of the palisade to mark
e spot where the corral once stood.
contend against this disaster would have been folly--nay, madness. In
esence of Nature's grand convulsions man is powerless.
was now daylight--the 24th of January. Cyrus Harding and his
le:///E|/BOOKS/jules%20verne/The%20Mysterious%20Island.txt (352 of 366) [8/4/2003 1:56:50 PM]
7/29/2019 The Mysterious Island- Jules Verne
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/the-mysterious-island-jules-verne 353/365
le:///E|/BOOKS/jules%20verne/The%20Mysterious%20Island.txt
mpanions, before returning to Granite House, desired to ascertain the
obable direction this inundation of lava was about to take. The soil
oped gradually from Mount Franklin to the east coast, and it was to be
ared that, in spite of the thick Jacamar Wood, the torrent would reach
e plateau of Prospect Heights.
he lake will cover us," said Gideon Spilett.
hope so!" was Cyrus Harding's only reply.
e colonists were desirous of reaching the plain upon which the superior
ne of Mount Franklin had fallen, but the lava arrested their progress. It
d followed, on one side, the valley of Red Creek, and on the other that
Falls River, evaporating those watercourses in its passage. There was no
ssibility of crossing the torrent of lava; on the contrary, the colonists
re obliged to retreat before it. The volcano, without its crown, was no
nger recognizable, terminated as it was by a sort of flat table which
placed the ancient crater. From two openings in its southern and eastern
des an unceasing flow of lava poured forth, thus forming two distinct
reams. Above the new crater a cloud of smoke and ashes, mingled with
ose of the atmosphere, massed over the island. Loud peals of thunder
oke, and could scarcely be distinguished from the rumblings of the
untain, whose mouth vomited forth ignited rocks, which, hurled to more
an a thousand feet, burst in the air like shells. Flashes of lightningvaled in intensity the volcano's eruption.
wards seven in the morning the position was no longer tenable by the
lonists, who accordingly took shelter in the borders of Jacamar Wood. Not
ly did the projectiles begin to rain around them, but the lava,
erflowing the bed of Red Creek, threatened to cut off the road to the
rral. The nearest rows of trees caught fire, and their sap, suddenly
ansformed into vapor, caused them to explode with loud reports, while
hers, less moist, remained unhurt in the midst of the inundation.
e colonists had again taken the road to the corral. They proceeded but
owly, frequently looking back; but, in consequence of the inclination of
e soil, the lava gained rapidly in the east, and as its lower wavescame solidified others, at boiling heat, covered them immediately.
anwhile, the principal stream of Red Creek Valley became more and more
nacing. All this portion of the forest was on fare, and enormous wreaths
smoke rolled over the trees, whore trunks were already consumed by the
va.
e colonists halted near the lake, about half a mile from the mouth of
d Creek. A question of life or death was now to be decided.
rus Harding, accustomed to the consideration of important crises, and
are that he was addressing men capable of hearing the truth, whatever it
ght be, then said,--
ither the lake will arrest the progress of the lava, and a part of the
land will be preserved from utter destruction, or the stream will overrun
e forests of the Far West, and not a tree or plant will remain on the
rface of the soil. We shall have no prospect but that of starvation upon
ese barren rocks--a death which will probably be anticipated by the
plosion of the island."
n that case," replied Pencroft, folding his arms and stamping his foot,
hat's the use of working any longer on the vessel?"
encroft," answered Cyrus Harding, "we must do our duty to the last!"
le:///E|/BOOKS/jules%20verne/The%20Mysterious%20Island.txt (353 of 366) [8/4/2003 1:56:50 PM]
7/29/2019 The Mysterious Island- Jules Verne
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/the-mysterious-island-jules-verne 354/365
le:///E|/BOOKS/jules%20verne/The%20Mysterious%20Island.txt
this instant the river of lava, after having broken a passage through
e noble trees it devoured in its course, reached the borders of the lake.
this point there was an elevation of the soil which, had it been
eater, might have sufficed to arrest the torrent.
o work!" cried Cyrus Harding.
e engineer's thought was at once understood. it might be possible to
m, as it were, the torrent, and thus compel it to pour itself into the
ke.
e colonists hastened to the dockyard. They returned with shovels,
cks, axes, and by means of banking the earth with the aid of fallen trees
ey succeeded in a few hours in raising an embankment three feet high and
me hundreds of paces in length. It seemed to them, when they had
nished, as if they had scarcely been working more than a few minutes.
was not a moment too soon. The liquefied substances soon after reached
e bottom of the barrier. The stream of lava swelled like a river about to
erflow its banks, and threatened to demolish the sole obstacle which
uld prevent it from overrunning the whole Far West. But the dam held
rm, and after a moment of terrible suspense the torrent precipitated
self into Grant Lake from a height of twenty feet.
e colonists, without moving or uttering a word, breathlessly regarded
is strife of the two elements.
at a spectacle was this conflict between water and fire! What pen could
scribe the marvelous horror of this scene--what pencil could depict it?
e water hissed as it evaporated by contact with the boiling lava. The
por whirled in the air to an immeasurable height, as if the valves of an
mense boiler had been suddenly opened. But, however considerable might be
e volume of water contained in the lake, it must eventually be absorbed,
cause it was not replenished, while the stream of lava, fed from an
exhaustible source, rolled on without ceasing new waves of incandescent
tter.
e first waves of lava which fell in the lake immediately solidified and
cumulated so as speedily to emerge from it. Upon their surface fell other
ves, which in their turn became stone, but a step nearer the center of
e lake. In this manner was formed a pier which threatened to gradually
ll up the lake, which could not overflow, the water displaced by the lava
ing evaporated. The hissing of the water rent the air with a deafening
und, and the vapor, blown by the wind, fell in rain upon the sea. The
er became longer and longer, and the blocks of lava piled themselves one
another. Where formerly stretched the calm waters of the lake now
peared an enormous mass of smoking rocks, as if an upheaving of the soil
d formed immense shoals. Imagine the waters of the lake aroused by a
rricane, then suddenly solidified by an intense frost, and some
nception may be formed of the aspect of the lake three hours alter the
uption of this irresistible torrent of lava.
is time water would be vanquished by fire.
vertheless it was a fortunate circumstance for the colonists that the
fusion of lava should have been in the direction of Lake Grant. They had
fore them some days' respite. The plateau of Prospect Heights, Granite
use, and the dockyard were for the moment preserved. And these few days
was necessary to employ in planking and carefully calking the vessel,
d launching her. The colonists would then take refuge on board the
ssel, content to rig her after she should be afloat on the waters. With
le:///E|/BOOKS/jules%20verne/The%20Mysterious%20Island.txt (354 of 366) [8/4/2003 1:56:50 PM]
7/29/2019 The Mysterious Island- Jules Verne
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/the-mysterious-island-jules-verne 355/365
le:///E|/BOOKS/jules%20verne/The%20Mysterious%20Island.txt
e danger of an explosion which threatened to destroy the island there
uld be no security on shore. The walls of Granite House, once so sure a
treat, might at any moment fall in upon them.
ring the six following days, from the 25th to the 30th of January, the
lonists accomplished as much of the construction of their vessel as
enty men could have done. They hardly allowed themselves a moment's
pose, and the glare of the flames which shot from the crater enabled them
work night and day. The flow of lava continued, but perhaps less
undantly. This was fortunate, for Lake Grant was almost entirely choked
, and if more lava should accumulate it would inevitably spread over theateau of Prospect Heights, and thence upon the beach.
t if the island was thus partially protected on this side, it was not
with the western part.
fact, the second stream of lava, which had followed the valley of
lls River, a valley of great extent, the land on both sides of the creek
ing flat, met with no obstacle. The burning liquid had then spread
rough the forest of the Far West. At this period of the year, when the
ees were dried up by a tropical heat, the forest caught fire
stantaneously, in such a manner that the conflagration extended itself
th by the trunks of the trees and by their higher branches, whose
terlacement favored its progress. It even appeared that the current ofame spread more rapidly among the summits of the trees than the current
lava at their bases.
us it happened that the wild animals, jaguars, wild boars, capybaras,
alas, and game of every kind, mad with terror, had fled to the banks of
e Mercy and to the Tadorn Marsh, beyond the road to Port Balloon. But the
lonists were too much occupied with their task to pay any attention to
en the most formidable of these animals. They had abandoned Granite
use, and would not even take shelter at the Chimneys, but encamped under
tent, near the mouth of the Mercy.
ch day Cyrus Harding and Gideon Spilett ascended the plateau of
ospect Heights. Sometimes Herbert accompanied them, but never Pencroft,
o could not bear to look upon the prospect of the island now so utterly
vastated.
was, in truth, a heart-rending spectacle. All the wooded part of the
land was now completely bare. One single clump of green trees raised
eir heads at the extremity of Serpentine Peninsula. Here and there were a
w grotesque blackened and branchless stumps. The side of the devastated
rest was even more barren than Tadorn Marsh. The eruption of lava had
en complete. Where formerly sprang up that charming verdure, the soil was
w nothing but a savage mass of volcanic tufa. In the valleys of the Falls
d Mercy rivers no drop of water now flowed towards the sea, and should
ke Grant be entirely dried up, the colonists would have no means of
enching their thirst. But, fortunately the lava had spared the southernrner of the lake, containing all that remained of the drinking water of
e island. Towards the northwest stood out the rugged and well-defined
tlines of the sides of the volcano, like a gigantic claw hovering over
e island. What a sad and fearful sight, and how painful to the colonists,
o, from a fertile domain covered with forests, irrigated by watercourses,
d enriched by the produce of their toils, found themselves, as it were,
ansported to a desolate rock, upon which, but for their reserves of
ovisions, they could not even gather the means of subsistence!
t is enough to break one's heart!" said Gideon Spilett, one day.
es, Spilett," answered the engineer. "May God grant us the time to
le:///E|/BOOKS/jules%20verne/The%20Mysterious%20Island.txt (355 of 366) [8/4/2003 1:56:50 PM]
7/29/2019 The Mysterious Island- Jules Verne
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/the-mysterious-island-jules-verne 356/365
le:///E|/BOOKS/jules%20verne/The%20Mysterious%20Island.txt
mplete this vessel, now our sole refuge!"
o not you think, Cyrus, that the violence of the eruption has somewhat
ssened? The volcano still vomits forth lava, but somewhat less
undantly, if I mistake not."
t matters little," answered Cyrus Harding. "The fire is still burning
the interior of the mountain, and the sea may break in at any moment. We
e in the condition of passengers whose ship is devoured by a
nflagration which they cannot extinguish, and who know that sooner or
ter the flames must reach the powder-magazine. To work, Spilett, to work,
d let us not lose an hour!"
ring eight days more, that is to say until the 7th of February, the
va continued to flow, but the eruption was confined within the previous
mits. Cyrus Harding feared above all lest the liquefied matter should
erflow the shore, for in that event the dockyard could not escape.
reover, about this time the colonists felt in the frame of the island
brations which alarmed them to the highest degree.
was the 20th of February. Yet another month must elapse before the
ssel would be ready for sea. Would the island hold together till then?
e intention of Pencroft and Cyrus Harding was to launch the vessel as
on as the hull should be complete. The deck, the upperworks, the interior
odwork and the rigging might be finished afterwards, but the essential
int was that the colonists should have an assured refuge away from the
land. Perhaps it might be even better to conduct the vessel to Port
lloon, that is to say, as far as possible from the center of eruption,
r at the mouth of the Mercy, between the islet and the wall of granite,
would run the risk of being crushed in the event of any convulsion. All
e exertions of the voyagers were therefore concentrated upon the
mpletion of the hull.
us the 3rd of March arrived, and they might calculate upon launching
e vessel in ten days.
pe revived in the hearts of the colonists, who had, in this fourth year
their sojourn on Lincoln island, suffered so many trials. Even Pencroft
st in some measure the somber taciturnity occasioned by the devastation
d ruin of his domain. His hopes, it is true, were concentrated upon his
ssel.
e shall finish it," he said to the engineer, "we shall finish it,
ptain, and it is time, for the season is advancing and the equinox will
on be here. Well, if necessary, we must put in to Tabor island to spend
e winter. But think of Tabor island after Lincoln Island. Ah, how
fortunate! Who could have believed it possible?"
et us get on," was the engineer's invariable reply.
d they worked away without losing a moment.
aster," asked Neb, a few days later, "do you think all this could have
ppened if Captain Nemo had been still alive?"
ertainly, Neb," answered Cyrus Harding.
, for one, don't believe it!" whispered Pencroft to Neb.
or I!" answered Neb seriously.
ring the first week of March appearances again became menacing.
ousands of threads like glass, formed of fluid lava, fell like rain upon
le:///E|/BOOKS/jules%20verne/The%20Mysterious%20Island.txt (356 of 366) [8/4/2003 1:56:50 PM]
7/29/2019 The Mysterious Island- Jules Verne
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/the-mysterious-island-jules-verne 357/365
le:///E|/BOOKS/jules%20verne/The%20Mysterious%20Island.txt
e island. The crater was again boiling with lava which overflowed the
ck of the volcano. The torrent flowed along the surface of the hardened
fa, and destroyed the few meager skeletons of trees which had withstood
e first eruption. The stream, flowing this time towards the southwest
ore of Lake Grant, stretched beyond Creek Glycerine, and invaded the
ateau of Prospect Heights. This last blow to the work of the colonists
s terrible. The mill, the buildings of the inner court, the stables, were
l destroyed. The affrighted poultry fled in all directions. Top and Jup
owed signs of the greatest alarm, as if their instinct warned them of an
pending catastrophe. A large number of the animals of the island had
rished in the first eruption. Those which survived found no refuge butdorn Marsh, save a few to which the plateau of Prospect Heights afforded
ylum. But even this last retreat was now closed to them, and the lava-
rrent, flowing over the edge of the granite wall, began to pour down upon
e beach its cataracts of fire. The sublime horror of this spectacle
ssed all description. During the night it could only be compared to a
agara of molten fluid, with its incandescent vapors above and its boiling
sses below.
e colonists were driven to their last entrenchment, and although the
per seams of the vessel were not yet calked, they decided to launch her
once.
ncroft and Ayrton therefore set about the necessary preparations fore launching, which was to take place the morning of the next day, the 9th
March.
t during the night of the 8th an enormous column of vapor escaping from
e crater rose with frightful explosions to a height of more than three
ousand feet. The wall of Dakkar Grotto had evidently given way under the
essure of gases, and the sea, rushing through the central shalt into the
neous gulf, was at once converted into vapor. But the crater could not
ford a sufficient outlet for this vapor. An explosion, which might have
en heard at a distance of a hundred miles, shook the air. Fragments of
untains fell into the Pacific, and, in a few minutes, the ocean rolled
er the spot where Lincoln island once stood.
apter 20
isolated rock, thirty feet in length, twenty in breadth, scarcely ten
om the water's edge, such was the only solid point which the waves of the
cific had not engulfed.
was all that remained of the structure of Granite House! The wall had
llen headlong and been then shattered to fragments, and a few of the
cks of the large room were piled one above another to form this point.
l around had disappeared in the abyss; the inferior cone of Mount
anklin, rent asunder by the explosion; the lava jaws of Shark Gulf, the
ateau of Prospect Heights, Safety Islet, the granite rocks of Port
lloon, the basalts of Dakkar Grotto, the long Serpentine Peninsula, so
stant nevertheless from the center of the eruption. All that could now be
en of Lincoln Island was the narrow rock which now served as a refuge to
e six colonists and their dog Top.
e animals had also perished in the catastrophe; the birds, as well as
ose representing the fauna of the island--all either crushed or drowned,
d the unfortunate Jup himself had, alas! found his death in some crevice
the soil.
Cyrus Harding, Gideon Spilett, Herbert, Pencroft, Neb, and Ayrton had
le:///E|/BOOKS/jules%20verne/The%20Mysterious%20Island.txt (357 of 366) [8/4/2003 1:56:50 PM]
7/29/2019 The Mysterious Island- Jules Verne
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/the-mysterious-island-jules-verne 358/365
le:///E|/BOOKS/jules%20verne/The%20Mysterious%20Island.txt
rvived, it was because, assembled under their tent, they had been hurled
to the sea at the instant when the fragments of the island rained down on
ery side.
en they reached the surface they could only perceive, at half a cable's
ngth, this mass of rocks, towards which they swam and on which they found
oting.
this barren rock they had now existed for nine days. A few provisions
ken from the magazine of Granite House before the catastrophe, a little
esh water from the rain which had fallen in a hollow of the rock, was all
at the unfortunate colonists possessed. Their last hope, the vessel, had
en shattered to pieces. They had no means of quitting the reef; no fire,
r any means of obtaining it. It seemed that they must inevitably perish.
is day, the 18th of March, there remained only provisions for two days,
though they limited their consumption to the bare necessaries of life.
l their science and intelligence could avail them nothing in their
esent position. They were in the hand of God.
rus Harding was calm, Gideon Spilett more nervous, and Pencroft, a prey
sullen anger, walked to and fro on the rock. Herbert did not for a
ment quit the engineer's side, as if demanding from him that assistance
had no power to give. Neb and Ayrton were resigned to their fate.
h, what a misfortune! what a misfortune!" often repeated Pencroft. "If
had but a walnut-shell to take us to Tabor Island! But we have nothing,
thing!"
aptain Nemo did right to die," said Neb.
ring the five ensuing days Cyrus Harding and his unfortunate companions
sbanded their provisions with the most extreme care, eating only what
uld prevent them from dying of starvation. Their weakness was extreme.
rbert and Neb began to show symptoms of delirium.
der these circumstances was it possible for them to retain even the
adow of a hope? No! What was their sole remaining chance? That a vesselould appear in sight of the rock? But they knew only too well from
perience that no ships ever visited this part of the Pacific. Could they
lculate that, by a truly providential coincidence, the Scotch yacht would
rive precisely at this time in search of Ayrton at Tabor Island? It was
arcely probable; and, besides, supposing she should come there, as the
lonists had not been able to deposit a notice pointing out Ayrton's
ange of abode, the commander of the yacht, after having explored Tabor
land without results, would again set sail and return to lower latitudes.
! no hope of being saved could be retained, and a horrible death, death
om hunger and thirst, awaited them upon this rock.
ready they were stretched on the rock, inanimate, and no longernscious of what passed around them. Ayrton alone, by a supreme effort,
om time to time raised his head, and cast a despairing glance over the
sert ocean.
t on the morning of the 24th of March Ayrton's arms were extended
ward a point in the horizon; he raised himself, at first on his knees,
en upright, and his hand seemed to make a signal.
sail was in sight off the rock. She was evidently not without an
ject. The reef was the mark for which she was making in a direct line,
der all steam, and the unfortunate colonists might have made her out some
urs before if they had had the strength to watch the horizon.
le:///E|/BOOKS/jules%20verne/The%20Mysterious%20Island.txt (358 of 366) [8/4/2003 1:56:50 PM]
7/29/2019 The Mysterious Island- Jules Verne
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/the-mysterious-island-jules-verne 359/365
le:///E|/BOOKS/jules%20verne/The%20Mysterious%20Island.txt
he 'Duncan'!" murmured Ayrton--and fell back without sign of life.
en Cyrus Harding and his companions recovered consciousness, thanks to
e attention lavished upon them, they found themselves in the cabin of a
eamer, without being able to comprehend how they had escaped death.
word from Ayrton explained everything.
he 'Duncan'!" he murmured.
he 'Duncan'!" exclaimed Cyrus Harding. And raising his hand to Heaven,
said, "Oh! Almighty God! mercifully hast Thou preserved us!"
was, in fact, the "Duncan," Lord Glenarvan's yacht, now commanded by
bert, son of Captain Grant, who had been despatched to Tabor Island to
nd Ayrton, and bring him back to his native land alter twelve years of
piation.
e colonists were not only saved, but already on the way to their native
untry.
aptain Grant," asked Cyrus Harding, "who can have suggested to you the
ea, after having left Tabor Island, where you did not find Ayrton, of
ming a hundred miles farther northeast?"
aptain Harding," replied Robert Grant, "it was in order to find, not
ly Ayrton, but yourself and your companions."
y companions and myself?"
oubtless, at Lincoln Island."
t Lincoln Island!" exclaimed in a breath Gideon Spilett, Herbert, Neb,
d Pencroft, in the highest degree astonished.
ow could you be aware of the existence of Lincoln Island?" inquired
rus Harding, "it is not even named in the charts."
knew of it from a document left by you on Tabor Island," answered
bert Grant.
document!" cried Gideon Spilett.
ithout doubt, and here it is," answered Robert Grant, producing a paper
ich indicated the longitude and latitude of Lincoln Island, "the present
sidence of Ayrton and five American colonists."
t is Captain Nemo!" cried Cyrus Harding, after having read the notice,
d recognized that the handwriting was similar to that of the paper found
the corral.
h!" said Pencroft, "it was then he who took our 'Bonadventure' and
zarded himself alone to go to Tabor Island!"
n order to leave this notice," added Herbert.
was then right in saying," exclaimed the sailor, "that even after his
ath the captain would render us a last service."
y friends," said Cyrus Harding, in a voice of the profoundest emotion,
ay the God of mercy have had pity on the soul of Captain Nemo, our
nefactor."
le:///E|/BOOKS/jules%20verne/The%20Mysterious%20Island.txt (359 of 366) [8/4/2003 1:56:50 PM]
7/29/2019 The Mysterious Island- Jules Verne
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/the-mysterious-island-jules-verne 360/365
le:///E|/BOOKS/jules%20verne/The%20Mysterious%20Island.txt
e colonists uncovered themselves at these last words of Cyrus Harding,
d murmured the name of Captain Nemo.
en Ayrton, approaching the engineer, said simply, "Where should this
ffer be deposited?"
was the coffer which Ayrton had saved at the risk of his life, at the
ry instant that the island had been engulfed, and which he now faithfully
nded to the engineer.
yrton! Ayrton!" said Cyrus Harding, deeply touched. Then, addressing
bert Grant, "Sir," he added, "you left behind you a criminal; you find in
s place a man who has become honest by penitence, and whose hand I am
oud to clasp in mine."
bert Grant was now made acquainted with the strange history of Captain
mo and the colonists of Lincoln Island. Then, observation being taken of
at remained of this shoal, which must henceforward figure on the charts
the Pacific, the order was given to make all sail.
few weeks afterwards the colonists landed in America, and found their
untry once more at peace alter the terrible conflict in which right and
stice had triumphed.
the treasures contained in the coffer left by Captain Nemo to thelonists of Lincoln Island, the larger portion was employed in the
rchase of a vast territory in the State of Iowa. One pearl alone, the
nest, was reserved from the treasure and sent to Lady Glenarvan in the
me of the castaways restored to their country by the "Duncan."
ere, upon this domain, the colonists invited to labor, that is to say,
wealth and happiness, all those to whom they had hoped to offer the
spitality of Lincoln Island. There was founded a vast colony to which
ey gave the name of that island sunk beneath the waters of the Pacific. A
ver there was called the Mercy, a mountain took the name of Mount
anklin, a small lake was named Lake Grant, and the forests became the
rests of the Far West. It might have been an island on terra firma.
ere, under the intelligent hands of the engineer and his companions,
erything prospered. Not one of the former colonists of Lincoln Island was
sent, for they had sworn to live always together. Neb was with his
ster; Ayrton was there ready to sacrifice himself for all; Pencroft was
re a farmer than he had ever been a sailor; Herbert, who completed his
udies under the superintendence of Cyrus Harding, and Gideon Spilett, who
unded the New Lincoln Herald, the best-informed journal in the world.
ere Cyrus Harding and his companions received at intervals visits from
rd and Lady Glenarvan, Captain John Mangles and his wife, the sister of
bert Grant, Robert Grant himself, Major McNab, and all those who had
ken part in the history both of Captain Grant and Captain Nemo.
ere, to conclude, all were happy, united in the present as they had
en in the past; but never could they forget that island upon which they
d arrived poor and friendless, that island which, during four years had
pplied all their wants, and of which there remained but a fragment of
anite washed by the waves of the Pacific, the tomb of him who had borne
e name of Captain Nemo.
le:///E|/BOOKS/jules%20verne/The%20Mysterious%20Island.txt (360 of 366) [8/4/2003 1:56:50 PM]
7/29/2019 The Mysterious Island- Jules Verne
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/the-mysterious-island-jules-verne 361/365
le:///E|/BOOKS/jules%20verne/The%20Mysterious%20Island.txt
* END OF THE PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK THE MYSTERIOUS ISLAND BY VERNE ***
******* This file should be named milnd11.txt or milnd11.zip **********
rrected EDITIONS of our eBooks get a new NUMBER, milnd12.txt
RSIONS based on separate sources get new LETTER, milnd11a.txt
is etext was first prepared by Anthony Matonak
is updated edition was produced by David Widger <[email protected]>
tensive proofing was done by Trevor Carlson
oject Gutenberg eBooks are often created from several printed
itions, all of which are confirmed as Public Domain in the US
less a copyright notice is included. Thus, we usually do not
ep eBooks in compliance with any particular paper edition.
are now trying to release all our eBooks one year in advance
the official release dates, leaving time for better editing.
ease be encouraged to tell us about any error or corrections,
en years after the official publication date.
ease note neither this listing nor its contents are final til
dnight of the last day of the month of any such announcement.
e official release date of all Project Gutenberg eBooks is at
dnight, Central Time, of the last day of the stated month. Aeliminary version may often be posted for suggestion, comment
d editing by those who wish to do so.
st people start at our Web sites at:
tp://gutenberg.net or
tp://promo.net/pg
ese Web sites include award-winning information about Project
tenberg, including how to donate, how to help produce our new
ooks, and how to subscribe to our email newsletter (free!).
ose of you who want to download any eBook before announcementn get to them as follows, and just download by date. This is
so a good way to get them instantly upon announcement, as the
dexes our cataloguers produce obviously take a while after an
nouncement goes out in the Project Gutenberg Newsletter.
tp://www.ibiblio.org/gutenberg/etext03 or
p://ftp.ibiblio.org/pub/docs/books/gutenberg/etext03
/etext02, 01, 00, 99, 98, 97, 96, 95, 94, 93, 92, 92, 91 or 90
st search by the first five letters of the filename you want,
it appears in our Newsletters.
formation about Project Gutenberg (one page)
produce about two million dollars for each hour we work. The
me it takes us, a rather conservative estimate, is fifty hours
get any eBook selected, entered, proofread, edited, copyright
arched and analyzed, the copyright letters written, etc. Our
ojected audience is one hundred million readers. If the value
r text is nominally estimated at one dollar then we produce $2
llion dollars per hour in 2002 as we release over 100 new text
les per month: 1240 more eBooks in 2001 for a total of 4000+
are already on our way to trying for 2000 more eBooks in 2002
le:///E|/BOOKS/jules%20verne/The%20Mysterious%20Island.txt (361 of 366) [8/4/2003 1:56:50 PM]
7/29/2019 The Mysterious Island- Jules Verne
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/the-mysterious-island-jules-verne 362/365
le:///E|/BOOKS/jules%20verne/The%20Mysterious%20Island.txt
they reach just 1-2% of the world's population then the total
ll reach over half a trillion eBooks given away by year's end.
e Goal of Project Gutenberg is to Give Away 1 Trillion eBooks!
is is ten thousand titles each to one hundred million readers,
ich is only about 4% of the present number of computer users.
re is the briefest record of our progress (* means estimated):
ooks Year Month
1 1971 July
10 1991 January
100 1994 January
000 1997 August
500 1998 October
000 1999 December
500 2000 December
000 2001 November
000 2001 October/November
000 2002 December*
000 2003 November*
000 2004 January*
e Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation has been created
secure a future for Project Gutenberg into the next millennium.
need your donations more than ever!
of February, 2002, contributions are being solicited from people
d organizations in: Alabama, Alaska, Arkansas, Connecticut,
laware, District of Columbia, Florida, Georgia, Hawaii, Illinois,
diana, Iowa, Kansas, Kentucky, Louisiana, Maine, Massachusetts,
chigan, Mississippi, Missouri, Montana, Nebraska, Nevada, New
mpshire, New Jersey, New Mexico, New York, North Carolina, Ohio,
lahoma, Oregon, Pennsylvania, Rhode Island, South Carolina, South
kota, Tennessee, Texas, Utah, Vermont, Virginia, Washington, Westrginia, Wisconsin, and Wyoming.
have filed in all 50 states now, but these are the only ones
at have responded.
the requirements for other states are met, additions to this list
ll be made and fund raising will begin in the additional states.
ease feel free to ask to check the status of your state.
answer to various questions we have received on this:
are constantly working on finishing the paperwork to legally
quest donations in all 50 states. If your state is not listed andu would like to know if we have added it since the list you have,
st ask.
ile we cannot solicit donations from people in states where we are
t yet registered, we know of no prohibition against accepting
nations from donors in these states who approach us with an offer to
nate.
ternational donations are accepted, but we don't know ANYTHING about
w to make them tax-deductible, or even if they CAN be made
ductible, and don't have the staff to handle it even if there are
ys.
le:///E|/BOOKS/jules%20verne/The%20Mysterious%20Island.txt (362 of 366) [8/4/2003 1:56:51 PM]
7/29/2019 The Mysterious Island- Jules Verne
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/the-mysterious-island-jules-verne 363/365
le:///E|/BOOKS/jules%20verne/The%20Mysterious%20Island.txt
nations by check or money order may be sent to:
oject Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation
B 113
39 University Ave.
ford, MS 38655-4109
ntact us if you want to arrange for a wire transfer or payment
thod other than by check or money order.
e Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation has been approved by
e US Internal Revenue Service as a 501(c)(3) organization with EIN
mployee Identification Number] 64-622154. Donations are
x-deductible to the maximum extent permitted by law. As fund-raising
quirements for other states are met, additions to this list will be
de and fund-raising will begin in the additional states.
need your donations more than ever!
u can get up to date donation information online at:
tp://www.gutenberg.net/donation.html
*
you can't reach Project Gutenberg,
u can always email directly to:
chael S. Hart <[email protected]>
of. Hart will answer or forward your message.
would prefer to send you information by email.
The Legal Small Print**
hree Pages)
*START**THE SMALL PRINT!**FOR PUBLIC DOMAIN EBOOKS**START***
y is this "Small Print!" statement here? You know: lawyers.
ey tell us you might sue us if there is something wrong with
ur copy of this eBook, even if you got it for free from
meone other than us, and even if what's wrong is not our
ult. So, among other things, this "Small Print!" statement
sclaims most of our liability to you. It also tells you how
u may distribute copies of this eBook if you want to.
EFORE!* YOU USE OR READ THIS EBOOK
using or reading any part of this PROJECT GUTENBERG-tm
ook, you indicate that you understand, agree to and accept
is "Small Print!" statement. If you do not, you can receive
refund of the money (if any) you paid for this eBook by
nding a request within 30 days of receiving it to the person
u got it from. If you received this eBook on a physical
dium (such as a disk), you must return it with your request.
OUT PROJECT GUTENBERG-TM EBOOKS
is PROJECT GUTENBERG-tm eBook, like most PROJECT GUTENBERG-tm eBooks,
a "public domain" work distributed by Professor Michael S. Hart
rough the Project Gutenberg Association (the "Project").
le:///E|/BOOKS/jules%20verne/The%20Mysterious%20Island.txt (363 of 366) [8/4/2003 1:56:51 PM]
7/29/2019 The Mysterious Island- Jules Verne
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/the-mysterious-island-jules-verne 364/365
le:///E|/BOOKS/jules%20verne/The%20Mysterious%20Island.txt
ong other things, this means that no one owns a United States copyright
or for this work, so the Project (and you!) can copy and
stribute it in the United States without permission and
thout paying copyright royalties. Special rules, set forth
low, apply if you wish to copy and distribute this eBook
der the "PROJECT GUTENBERG" trademark.
ease do not use the "PROJECT GUTENBERG" trademark to market
y commercial products without permission.
create these eBooks, the Project expends considerable
forts to identify, transcribe and proofread public domain
rks. Despite these efforts, the Project's eBooks and any
dium they may be on may contain "Defects". Among other
ings, Defects may take the form of incomplete, inaccurate or
rrupt data, transcription errors, a copyright or other
tellectual property infringement, a defective or damaged
sk or other eBook medium, a computer virus, or computer
des that damage or cannot be read by your equipment.
MITED WARRANTY; DISCLAIMER OF DAMAGES
t for the "Right of Replacement or Refund" described below,
] Michael Hart and the Foundation (and any other party you may
ceive this eBook from as a PROJECT GUTENBERG-tm eBook) disclaimsl liability to you for damages, costs and expenses, including
gal fees, and [2] YOU HAVE NO REMEDIES FOR NEGLIGENCE OR
DER STRICT LIABILITY, OR FOR BREACH OF WARRANTY OR CONTRACT,
CLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO INDIRECT, CONSEQUENTIAL, PUNITIVE
INCIDENTAL DAMAGES, EVEN IF YOU GIVE NOTICE OF THE
SSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGES.
you discover a Defect in this eBook within 90 days of
ceiving it, you can receive a refund of the money (if any)
u paid for it by sending an explanatory note within that
me to the person you received it from. If you received it
a physical medium, you must return it with your note, and
ch person may choose to alternatively give you a replacementpy. If you received it electronically, such person may
oose to alternatively give you a second opportunity to
ceive it electronically.
IS EBOOK IS OTHERWISE PROVIDED TO YOU "AS-IS". NO OTHER
RRANTIES OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, ARE MADE TO YOU AS
THE EBOOK OR ANY MEDIUM IT MAY BE ON, INCLUDING BUT NOT
MITED TO WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR A
RTICULAR PURPOSE.
me states do not allow disclaimers of implied warranties or
e exclusion or limitation of consequential damages, so the
ove disclaimers and exclusions may not apply to you, and youy have other legal rights.
DEMNITY
u will indemnify and hold Michael Hart, the Foundation,
d its trustees and agents, and any volunteers associated
th the production and distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm
xts harmless, from all liability, cost and expense, including
gal fees, that arise directly or indirectly from any of the
llowing that you do or cause: [1] distribution of this eBook,
] alteration, modification, or addition to the eBook,
[3] any Defect.
le:///E|/BOOKS/jules%20verne/The%20Mysterious%20Island.txt (364 of 366) [8/4/2003 1:56:51 PM]
7/29/2019 The Mysterious Island- Jules Verne
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/the-mysterious-island-jules-verne 365/365
le:///E|/BOOKS/jules%20verne/The%20Mysterious%20Island.txt
STRIBUTION UNDER "PROJECT GUTENBERG-tm"
u may distribute copies of this eBook electronically, or by
sk, book or any other medium if you either delete this
mall Print!" and all other references to Project Gutenberg,
:
] Only give exact copies of it. Among other things, this
requires that you do not remove, alter or modify the
eBook or this "small print!" statement. You may however,
if you wish, distribute this eBook in machine readable
binary, compressed, mark-up, or proprietary form,including any form resulting from conversion by word
processing or hypertext software, but only so long as
*EITHER*:
[*] The eBook, when displayed, is clearly readable, and
does *not* contain characters other than those
intended by the author of the work, although tilde
(~), asterisk (*) and underline (_) characters may
be used to convey punctuation intended by the
author, and additional characters may be used to
indicate hypertext links; OR
[*] The eBook may be readily converted by the reader atno expense into plain ASCII, EBCDIC or equivalent
form by the program that displays the eBook (as is
the case, for instance, with most word processors);
OR
[*] You provide, or agree to also provide on request at
no additional cost, fee or expense, a copy of the
eBook in its original plain ASCII form (or in EBCDIC
or other equivalent proprietary form).
] Honor the eBook refund and replacement provisions of this
"Small Print!" statement.
] Pay a trademark license fee to the Foundation of 20% of the
gross profits you derive calculated using the method you
already use to calculate your applicable taxes. If you
don't derive profits, no royalty is due. Royalties are
payable to "Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation"
the 60 days following each date you prepare (or were
legally required to prepare) your annual (or equivalent
periodic) tax return. Please contact us beforehand to
let us know your plans and to work out the details.
AT IF YOU *WANT* TO SEND MONEY EVEN IF YOU DON'T HAVE TO?
oject Gutenberg is dedicated to increasing the number of
blic domain and licensed works that can be freely distributed
machine readable form.
e Project gratefully accepts contributions of money, time,
blic domain materials, or royalty free copyright licenses.
ney should be paid to the:
roject Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation."